Datex-Ohmeda

E-Modules
Technical Reference Manual

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EEC.
CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.
All specifications subject to change without notice.

Order code for the Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules Technical Reference Manual, paper: M1065282
Order code for the S/5 Technical Reference Manuals CD: M1220141
4th edition
November 19, 2012

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2,
FI-00510 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
 2012, 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
Responsibility of the manufacturer
GE Healthcare Finland Oy (GE) is responsible for the effects on safety, reliability and performance of the
equipment only if:
• assembly, extensions, readjustments, modifications, servicing and repairs are carried out by
personnel authorized by GE.
• the electrical installation of the monitor room complies with appropriate requirements.
• the equipment is used in accordance with the "User's Guide" and serviced and maintained in
accordance with the “Technical Reference Manual”.
The manufacturer reserves the right to change product specifications without prior notice. Although the
information in this manual is believed to be accurate and reliable, the manufacturer assumes no
responsibility for its use.
Trademarks
S/5, D-lite, D-lite+, Pedi-lite, Pedi-lite+, Mini D-fend, D-fend, D-fend+, MemCard, ComBar, ComWheel,
EarSat, FingerSat, FlexSat, PatientO2, Entropy and Patient Spirometry are trademarks of GE Healthcare
Finland Oy.
Datex, Ohmeda, and OxyTip+ are trademarks of GE Healthcare Finland Oy and Datex-Ohmeda, Inc.
A portion of the Entropy software is derived from the RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest
Algorithm.
Masimo SET
Masimo SET is a licensed trademark of Masimo Corporation.

All other product and company names are property of their respective owners.
Product availability
Some of the products mentioned in this manual may not be available in all countries.
Please, consult your local representative for the availability.
 Master Table of Contents

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules
M1065282

Description

Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV and E-sCO 1

Compact Airway Modules, E-CAiOVX, E-CAiOV, 2
E-CAiO, E-COVX, E-COV and E-CO
PRESTN Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN 3
Patient Side Modules, E-PSM, E-PSMP rev. 01 4
Cardiac Output Modules E-COP rev. 01 and E-COPSv rev. 01 5
Pressure Module, E-P, Pressure Temp Module, E-PT 6
Dual Pressure Module, E-PP 7
Masimo Module, E-MASIMO 8
Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX 9
Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC 10
Tonometry Module, E-TONO 11
Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY 12
EEG Module, E-EEG rev.00 and EEG Headbox, N-EEG rev. 01 13

BIS Module, E-BIS rev. 01 14

NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT 15

Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx rev. 01 16

Interface Module, E-INT 17
Recorder Module, E-REC 18
Memory Module, E-MEM 19
Remote Controllers, K-REMCO rev. 01, K-CREMCO 20
Anesthesia record keeping keyboard, K-ARKB, Keyboard Interface Board, 21
B-ARK and ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN
E-Modules, Spare Parts 22

Document no. M1181405B

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ii

Document no. M1181405B

About this manual
Notes to the reader
This Technical Reference Manual is intended for service personnel and engineers who will
service and maintain the Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules as well as the anesthesia record keeping
keyboard, K-ARKB, remote controllers, K-REMCO and K-CREMCO, Device Interfacing Solution,
N-DISxxx, keyboard interface board, B-ARK, and ARK barcode reader, N-SCAN.
This Technical Reference Manual completes the S/5 Anesthesia Monitor and S/5 Critical Care
Monitor Technical Reference Manual and the S/5 Compact Anesthesia Monitor and
S/5 Compact Critical Care Monitor Technical Reference Manual. Later in this manual, the
monitors may be referred to as AM, CCM, CAM and CCCM.
The order code for the Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules Technical Reference Manual is M1065282.
The order code for the S/5 Technical Reference Manuals CD is M1220141. S/5 AM, CCM
Technical Reference Manual, S/5 CAM, CCCM Technical Reference Manual and Datex-Ohmeda
E-Modules Technical Reference Manual are included on the CD.

Each manual on the CD has an individual document number and is available for downloading
from GE Common Document Library in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
• This Technical Reference Manual contains the information needed to maintain, service
and troubleshoot these products. Instructions for visual and functional inspection,
disassembly and reassembly as well as calibration of the modules are included. A service
check form for each product is included in the slots.
• In addition, this Technical Reference Manual contains detailed module specifications and
descriptions on the technical performance and functioning of the modules.
• Read the manual through and make sure that you understand the procedures described
before servicing the modules. To avoid risks concerning safety or health, strictly observe
the warning indications. If you need any assistance concerning the service, please do not
hesitate to contact your authorized distributor.
For information on safety precautions and symbols on equipment, installation, planned
maintenance and interfacing, refer to the AM and CCM Technical Reference Manual or the CAM
and CCCM Technical Reference Manual.
The manufacturer reserves the right to change product specifications without prior notice.
Although the information in this manual is believed to be accurate and reliable, the
manufacturer assumes no responsibility for its use.
GE Healthcare assumes no responsibility for the use or reliability of its software in equipment
that is not furnished by GE Healthcare.

Related documentation
S/5 AM, CCM Technical Reference Manual
S/5 CAM, CCCM Technical Reference Manual
For more specific information about the clinical aspects refer to:
S/5 monitor’s User’s Guide
S/5 monitor’s User’s Reference Manual

Document no. M1181405B

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Conventions used
Throughout this manual, the following conventions are used to distinguish procedures or
elements of text:

 Sign the check form after performing the procedure.

Hard Keys Hard key names on the Command Board, the Remote Controller and modules are written in the
following way: ECG.
Menu Items Menu items are written in bold italic: ECG Setup.
‘Messages’ Messages displayed on the screen are written inside single quotes: ‘Please wait’.
“Sections” When referring to different sections in the same manual, the section name is enclosed in
double quotes: section “Cleaning and Service.”
“Other documents”
When referring to different documents, the document name is enclosed in double quotes: refer
to “User’s Reference Manual”.
Hypertext links Hypertext links on PDF versions are written in blue color.
WARNING Warnings are written in the following way:
WARNING Make sure that the electrodes, sensor and connectors do not touch any
electrically conductive material, including earth.
CAUTION Cautions are written in the following way:
CAUTION The module electronics can only be repaired and calibrated at the factory.
NOTE Notes are written in following way:
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

In this manual, the word “select” means choosing and confirming.

Revision history
Revision Date Comment
1st edition 10 May 2011 Initial
2nd edition 22 Sep 2011 Order code for paper manual added.
3rd edition 19 June 2012 E-PSM rev. 01, E-PSMP rev. 01, E-COP rev.01 and E-COPSv rev. 01
update.
4th edition 19 Nov 2012 Respiratory Modules E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV and E-sCO added .

Document no. M1181405B

GE Healthcare

Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV,

E-sCO
Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EEC.
CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.
All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1214853C

June 21, 2012

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2,
FI-00510 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
 2012 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Introduction 1
1 Technical specifications 3
1.1 Physical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Operating characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3 Airway gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3.1 General characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3.2 Respiration rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3.3 Carbon dioxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.4 Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.5 Nitrous oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.6 Anesthetic agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3.7 Non-disturbing gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3.8 Gas cross effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.4 Patient Spirometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.1 General characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.2 Airway pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.3 Airway gas flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.4 Tidal volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4.5 Minute volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.4.6 Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.4.7 Airway resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.4.8 Inspiration to expiration ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2 Functional description 8
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.1 CO2, N2O, and agent measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.2 O2 measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.3 Patient spirometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.1 Controls and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.2 Gas sampling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.3 MiniTPX measuring unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.4 MiniOM Oxygen sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.2.5 MiniPVX measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2.6 CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2.7 MiniOM board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2.8 MiniPVX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.2.9 Main Component Interactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

3 Service Procedures 22
3.1 Replacement of planned maintenance parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1.1 Required parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1.2 Planned Maintenance Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Document no. M1214853C

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.1.3 Replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

3.2 Visual inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3 Functional check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.1 Test setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.2 Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3.3 Test completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.4 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.4.1 Disassembly guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.4.2 Disassembly and reassembly procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.5 Adjustments and calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.5.1 Sample Flow Rate Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.5.2 Gas Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.5.3 Spirometry Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

4 Troubleshooting 47
4.1 Visual inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.2 Troubleshooting checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.2.1 Gas sampling system troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.2.2 MiniOM Measuring unit troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.2.3 MiniTPX Measuring unit troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.2.4 MiniPVX Measuring unit troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.2.5 CPU board troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.3 Service Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.4 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.4.1 Gas measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.4.2 Spirometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.5 Troubleshooting charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.5.1 CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.5.2 Patient spirometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

5 Spare parts 56
5.1 Ordering parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5.1.1 Planned Maintenance Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
5.2 Spare parts for E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.2.1 Front covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

6 Earlier revisions 61
Appendix A: Service check form A-1

ii
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Introduction
This document provides information for the maintenance and service of the CARESCAPE
Respiratory modules, E-sCO, E-sCOV, E-sCAiO and E-sCAiOV. The CARESCAPE Respiratory
modules are single width plug-in modules.

The CARESCAPE Respiratory modules provide airway and respiratory measurements.

Letters in the module name stand for:
C = CO2 and N2O, O = patient O2, V = patient spirometry, A = anesthetic agents, and i = agent
identification
Table 1 Options for CARESCAPE Respiratory modules

Modules Parameters / measurements

CO2 N2O O2 Anesthetic Agent ID Spirometry
agents
E-sCOV X X X X
E-sCO X X X
E-sCAiOV X X X X X X
E-sCAiO X X X X X

NOTE: Anesthetic agents and N2O values are not displayed with ICU and ED software packages,
but when present in the module they are calculated for compensation of CO2 and O2.





  

Figure 1 Airway gases measurement setup

(1) CARESCAPE Respiratory Module
(2) Gas sample, gas sampling line connector on the water trap
(3) Gas sampling line
(4) Gas sampling line connector on the airway adapter; place the connector upwards
(5) Airway adapter with sampling line connector
(6) Heat and moisture exchanger with filter (HMEF) (optional)

1
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

System compatibility

The CARESCAPE Respiratory Modules can be used for respiratory monitoring

in the following S/5 monitors:
 S/5 Anesthesia Monitor, software versions L-ANE06(A) 24.1 or later
 S/5 Critical Care Monitor, software versions L-ICU06(A) 24.1 or later
 S/5 Compact Anesthesia Monitor, software versions L-CANE05(A) 19.6 or later
 S/5 Compact Critical Care Monitor, software versions L-CICU05(A) 19.6 or later
NOTE: Low sample gas flow situation is indicated with the message Replace D-Fend in the
L-xxx06(A) software versions 24.1 and L-xxx05(A) software versions 19.6.
NOTE: The CARESCAPE Respiratory Modules cannot be used in the S/5 Extension Frame.

2
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

1 Technical specifications
1.1 Physical characteristics
Size (H x W x D) 112 x 37 x 205 mm ( 4.4 x 1.5 x 8.7 in)
Weight 0.75 kg (1.5 lb)
Power consumption 3.9 W

1.2 Operating characteristics

Warm-up time
- CO2, O2 and N2O measurements: 1 minute
-Anesthetic agent measurement
and identification: 5 minutes
Gas sampling rate: 120 ±20 ml/min
Automatic compensation for ambient pressure.
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature: +10°C to +40°C
Ambient pressure: 660 mbar to 1060 mbar
Ambient humidity: 10%RH to 98%RH, non-condensing

1.3 Airway gases

1.3.1 General characteristics
Specifications are valid at the following normal operating conditions:
Ambient temperature: +18°C to +28°C, within ±5°C of calibration
Ambient pressure: 660 mbar to 1060 mbar, ±67 mbar of calibration
Ambient humidity: 20%RH to 80%RH, non-condensing, ±20%RH of calibration
Sampling line length: 2, 3 and 6 meters
Respiration rate: 4 to 70 breaths/minute
(Halothane 4 to 50 breaths/minute)
Airway pressure: -20 mbar to +100 mbar
Module operating time: >20 minutes continuously

NOTE: The displayed ranges of parameter values depend on the host device. For more information, refer
to the host device’s user documentation.

1.3.2 Respiration rate

Breath detection: 1 vol% change in CO2 level
Measurement range: 4 to 100 breaths/min
Accuracy
at 4 to 20 breaths/min: ±1 breath/min
at 20 to 100 breaths/min: ±5%
RR value is updated breath-by-breath.

3
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1.3.3 Carbon dioxide

Measurement range: 0 vol% to 15 vol%, 0 kPa to 15 kPa,
0 mmHg to 113 mmHg
Accuracy: ±(0.2 vol% +2% of reading)
Total system response time: < 3.0 s
Rise time: < 260 ms
CO2 drift: < 0.1 vol%
EtCO2 and FiCO2 values are updated breath-by-breath.

Description of test method, data rate, and method of ET-calculation

The module uses gas concentration waveforms with data rate of 25Hz to calculate end-tidal (ET) gas
readings.
The module finds the time instant of the highest CO2 concentration in each breath. Concentration at that
instant is the ET CO2 reading. Because nitrous oxide and anesthetic agents are measured by the same
sensor as CO2, the ET-readings of those gases are obtained directly at the time instant of ET CO2. For
calculating ET-readings of oxygen, the module synchronizes the O2-waveform with the CO2 waveform.
The ET-reading of O2 is then determined as O2-concentration at the time instant of ET CO2. If no breaths
are detected for a given time (20s, for example), an apnea situation is triggered. During apnea, the ET
values are updated every two seconds to the current concentration of each gas.
The rated respiration rate range and the corresponding end-tidal gas reading accuracy were tested with
reference gases of known concentrations. The test gases were fed to the gas sampling system of the
module through an electrically actuated valve with very low internal volume. Depending on its actuation
status, the valve directed either room air or a test gas to the gas sampling line. The desired respiration
rates were set by the electrical actuating times of the valve.
The measurement accuracy of the end-tidal gas readings was tested using gas sampling lines of 3 meter
length, connected to the gas sample port on the D-fend Pro water trap. The gas sampled to the sampling
line was switched from room air to the test gases using an electrically actuated valve with low internal
dead space to generate step changes in the gas concentrations. The electric actuating signal of the valve
was generated using a higly accurate signal generator to accurately control the simulated respiration
rate.
The electronic sampling rate of the gas sensor signals is 25Hz, equaling a new data point on the gas
waveform traces every 40 milliseconds.

1.3.4 Oxygen
Measurement range: 0 vol% to 100 vol%
Accuracy: ±(1 vol% +2% of reading)
Total system response time: < 3.0 s
Rise time: < 260 ms
O2 drift: < 0.3 vol%
EtO2 and FiO2 values are updated breath-by-breath.

1.3.5 Nitrous oxide

Measurement range: 0 vol% to 100 vol%
Accuracy:
at (0 < N2O < 85 vol%) ±(2 vol% +2% of reading)
Total system response time: < 3.0 s
Rise time: < 320 ms
N2O drift: < 0.3 vol%
EtN2O and FiN2O values are updated breath-by-breath.

4
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

1.3.6 Anesthetic agents

Measurement range:
Sevoflurane: 0 vol% to 8 vol%
Desflurane: 0 vol% to 20 vol%
Isoflurane, enflurane, halothane: 0 vol% to 6 vol%
Accuracy: ±(0.15 vol% +5% of reading)
Total system response time: < 3.1 s (< 3.5 s for Halothane)
Rise time: < 420 ms (< 800 ms for Halothane)
Hal drift: < 0.1 vol%
Enf drift: < 0.1 vol%
Iso drift: < 0.1 vol%
Sev drift: < 0.1 vol%
Des drift: < 0.3 vol%
EtAA and FiAA values are updated breath-by-breath.

The module automatically identifies the anesthetic agent present in the sampled gas and measures the
concentration of the identified agent.
Identification threshold: 0.15 vol%
Identification time: < 20 s
The module automatically identifies mixtures of two anesthetic agents present in the sampled gas and
measures the concentrations of the two identified agents.
Identification threshold for the 2nd agent
at 1 MAC of the 1st agent: 0.2 vol% +10% of the concentration of the 1st agent

1.3.7 Non-disturbing gases

A gas is considered non-disturbing if its effects to the measured gas are as follows:
CO2: < 0.2 vol%
O2, N2O: < 2 vol%
Anesthetic agents: < 0.15 vol%

The following gases are non-disturbing when tested according to ISO21647(2004B):

ethanol, acetone, isopropanol, methane, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, nitric oxide, freon R134A (for CO2, O2
and N2O), water vapor.

The effects caused by N2O to the measurement of CO2, O2 and anesthetic agents are automatically
compensated for.

The effects caused by anesthetic agents to the measurement of CO2 and N2O are automatically
compensated for.

1.3.8 Gas cross effects

Helium (50 vol%): Decreases CO2 readings by less than 0.5 vol% at 5 vol% of CO2
Decreases O2 readings by less than 2 vol% at 50 vol% of O2
Xenon (80 vol%): Decreases CO2 readings by less than 0.5 vol% at 5 vol% of CO2
Decreases O2 readings by less than 1.5 vol% at 14 vol% of O2

5
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1.4 Patient Spirometry

1.4.1 General characteristics
These specifications are valid in the following operating conditions:
The module has been operating continuously for 10 minutes
Airway adapter, adult: D-lite
Airway adapter, pediatric: Pedi-lite
Respiration rate
- adults: 4 to 35 breaths/min
- pediatric patients: 4 to 70 breaths/min
I:E ratio: 1:4.5 to 2:1
Airway humidity: 10 %RH to 100 %RH
Ambient temperature: +10°C to +40°C
Ambient pressure: 660 mbar to 1060 mbar
Ambient humidity: 10 %RH to 98 %RH (non-condensing)
NOTE: The displayed ranges of parameter values depend on the host device. For more information, refer
to the host device’s user documentation.

1.4.2 Airway pressure

Measurement range: -20 cmH2O to +100 cmH2O
Accuracy: ±1 cmH2O
Time resolution: 10 ms
Values calculated from the measured airway pressure data:
Peak pressure (Ppeak)
Plateau pressure (Pplat)
Mean pressure (Pmean)
Positive end expiratory pressure (PEEPtot, or PEEPi and PEEPe)
Static positive end expiratory pressure (static PEEPe and static PEEPi)

1.4.3 Airway gas flow

Measurement range
- adults: -100 l/min to +100 l/min
- pediatic patients: -25 l/min to +25 l/min
Time resolution: 10 ms
Flow measurement has automatic compensation for airway pressure and effects caused by variation in
the concentrations of the gas components measured by the module.

1.4.4 Tidal volume

The module calculates the volume by integrating the measured gas flow over time. Tidal volumes (TVinsp
and TVexp) are obtained as the change of volume during inspiration and expiration.

Measurement range
- with D-lite: 150 ml to 2000 ml
- with Pedi-lite: 5 ml to 300 ml
Accuracy
- with D-lite: ±6% or 30 ml (whichever is greater)
- with Pedi-lite: ±6% or 4 ml (whichever is greater)

6
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

1.4.5 Minute volume

The module calculates the inspired and expired minute volumes as the sum of inspired (MVinsp) and
expired (MVexp) gas volume during one minute.
Measurement range
- with D-lite: 2 l to 20 l
- with Pedi-lite: 0.5 l to 5 l

1.4.6 Compliance
The module calculates both the compliance (Compl) and static compliance (static Compl). Compliance is
calculated by dividing the expired gas volume (TVexp) by the change in the airway pressure (Pplat -
PEEPtot). Static compliance is calculated by dividing TVexp by the difference of static Pplat and static
PEEPtot.

Measurement range
- adults: 4 ml/cmH2O to 100 ml/cmH2O
- pediatric patients: 1 ml/cmH2O to 100 ml/cmH2O

1.4.7 Airway resistance

The module calculates the airway resistance (Raw) by solving the lung model equation P(t) = Raw * F(t) +
V(t) / Compl + PEEPtot
where: P(t), F(t) and V(t) are the time dependent waveforms of pressure, flow, and volume, respectively.
Measurement range: 0 cmH2O/l/s to 40 cmH2O/l/s

1.4.8 Inspiration to expiration ratio

The module measures ratio of the inspiratory and expiratory time (I:E).
The inspiratory time is the time from the start of inspiration to the start of expiration. The end inspiratory
pause, if one exists, is included in the inspiration. Accordingly, expiratory time is the time from the start of
expiration to the start of the next inspiration.

7
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 CO2, N2O, and agent measurement
MiniTPX is a side stream gas analyzer, measuring real time concentrations of CO2, N2O, and
anesthetic agents (Halothane, Enflurane, Isoflurane, Desflurane, and Sevoflurane).

Figure 2 MiniTPX sensor principle

Anesthetic agents or mixtures of two anesthetic agents are automatically identified, and
concentrations of the identified agents are measured. MiniTPX also detects mixtures of more
than two agents and issues an alarm.
MiniTPX is a non-dispersive infrared analyzer, measuring absorption of the gas sample at
seven infrared wavelengths, which are selected using optical narrow band filters.
The infrared radiation detectors are thermopiles.
Concentrations of CO2 and N2O are calculated from absorption measured at 3-5 m.

8
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Figure 3 Absorbance of N2O and CO2

Identification of anesthetic agents and calculation of their concentrations is performed by

measuring absorptions at five wavelengths in the 8-9 m band and solving the concentrations
from a set of equations.

Figure 4 Infrared absorbance of AAs

The measuring accuracy is achieved utilizing numerous software compensations. The
compensation parameters are determined individually for each MiniTPX during the factory
calibration.

9
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.1.2 O2 measurement
The differential oxygen measuring unit uses the paramagnetic principle in a pneumatic bridge
configuration. The signal picked up with a differential pressure transducer unit is generated in
a measuring cell with a strong magnetic field that is switched on and off at a main frequency of
164 Hz. The output signal is a DC voltage proportional to the O2 concentration difference
between the gas to be measured and the air reference.

Figure 5 O2 measurement principle

2.1.3 Patient spirometry

In mechanical ventilation, breaths are delivered to the patient by a ventilator with a proper tidal
volume (TV), respiration rate (RR), and inspiration / expiration ratio in time (I:E) determined by
the settings of the ventilator.
The Patient Spirometry monitors patient ventilation.
The following volume parameters are displayed:
 Expiratory and inspiratory tidal volume (TV) in ml
 Expiratory and inspiratory minute volume (MV) in l/min
 Expiratory spontaneous minute volume in l/min
 Inspiration/expiration ratio (I:E)
The following airway pressure parameters are displayed:
 Peak pressure (Ppeak)
 Mean airway pressure (Pmean); available only in S/5 Critical Care and Compact Critical Care
monitors
 End inspiratory pressure (Pplat)
 PEEPi, PEEPe; available only in S/5 Critical Care and Compact Critical Care monitors
 Total positive end expiratory pressure (PEEPtot); available only in S/5 Anesthesia and
Compact Anesthesia monitors
 Real time airway pressure waveform (Paw)
 Static Positive end expiratory pressures (Static PEEPi and Static PEEPe); available only in
S/5 Critical Care and Compact Critical Care monitors
 Static Plateau pressure (Static Pplat); available only in S/5 Critical Care and Compact
Critical Care monitors
 Static Compliance (Static Compl); available only in S/5 Critical Care and Compact Critical
Care monitors

10
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

PEEP, Ppeak, Pmean, and Pplat are measured by a pressure transducer on the MiniPVX board.
Ambient pressure is used as a reference in measurement. The pressure measurement is made
from the airway part that is closest to the patient between the patient circuit and intubation
tube.
PEEPi=intrinsic PEEP, PEEPtot-PEEPe
Static pressure measurement maneuvers are automatically identified based on an increased
zero flow period at the end of the inspiration or expiration.
Static Compliance is calculated, if Static PEEP and Static Pplat measurements were made within
a 2 minute period.
The following airway flow parameters are displayed:
 Real time flow waveform (V')
 Compliance (Compl)
 Airway resistance (Raw)
 Pressure volume loop
 Flow volume loop
The measurement is based on measuring the kinetic gas pressure and is performed using the
Pitot effect. A pressure transducer is used to measure the Pitot pressure. The pressure signal
obtained is linearized and corrected according to the density of the gas. Speed of flow is
calculated from these pressure values and the TV value is then integrated. The MV value is
calculated and averaged using TV and RR (respiratory rate) values.

D-lite
Patient Spirometry uses specific sensors called D-lite+/D-lite and Pedi-lite+/Pedi-lite flow
sensors. Different types of sensors are available: adult sensor for measuring adults and
pediatric sensor for children. Both are available as reusable and disposable versions.
D-lite and Pedi-lite adapters are designed to measure kinetic pressure by a two-sided Pitot
tube. Velocity is calculated from pressure difference according to Bernoulli's equation. Flow is
then determined using the calculated velocity.

(from Bernoulli's equation) Formula 1

where:
V’ = flow (l/min), v = velocity (m/s), A = cross area (m2), dP = pressure difference (cmH2O),
 = density (kg/m3)
Finally, the volume information is obtained by integrating the flow signal.

Compliance and airway resistance

Compliance is calculated for each breath from the equation

Formula 2

Compliance describes how large a pressure difference is needed to deliver a certain amount of
gas to the patient.
The airway resistance, Raw, is calculated using an equation that describes the kinetics of the
gas flow between the lungs and the D-lite. The equation states that the pressure at the D-lite
can at any moment of the breath be approximated using the equation

11
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Formula 3

where P(t), V’(t) and V(t) are the pressure, flow and volume measured at the D-lite at a time t,
Raw is the airway resistance, Compl is the compliance and PEEPe+PEEPi is the total positive end
expiratory pressure (PEEPtot).

2.2 Main components

The respiratory modules consist of:
• Gas sampling system
• MiniTPX measuring unit
• MiniOM measuring unit
• MiniPVX measuring unit
• CPU board

2.2.1 Controls and connectors





Figure 6 Front of CARESCAPE Respiratory Module, E-sCAiOV, and the back of

the module
(1) D-fend Pro water trap
(2) Gas sample, sampling line connector on the water trap
(3) Water trap container
(4) Connectors for Patient Spirometry
(5) Gas exhaust, connector for the gas exhaust line (sampling gas out

12
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Module keys Module Description

Save Loop E-sCOV, E-sCAiOV Save Loop saves a reference
loop.
Change Loop E-sCOV, E-sCAiOV Change Loop changes a
pressure/volume loop to a
flow/volume loop or vice
versa.
Connector Module Description
D25 connector all modules Module bus connector

2.2.2 Gas sampling system

The gas sampling system draws a 120ml/min sample from the patient's airway to the
module. The sampling system also takes about 30ml/min flow of room air to the oxygen
sensor. When the gas sensors are zeroed, room air is taken through the CO2-absorber to
the gas sensors instead of the sampled gas from the patient's breathing.
The gas sampling line is connected between the patient circuit and the Gas Sample port
on the water trap. The water trap protects the sampling system and gas sensors from
liquids and dust.
The diagram of the gas sampling system is shown in the figure below:
7R20 5HIHUHQFHJDVFRQQHFWRU


ORFDWHGRQWKHVLGHRIWKH
3QHXPDWLFVEORFN PRGXOHXQGHUWKHIURQWFRYHU

73; 20UHI 1DILRQWXEH

20RXW 6) 3XPS 20UHI
PDLQIORZ
)/
)/

'IHQG3UR

1DILRQWXEH
]HUROLQH

=HURYDOYH

3XPS

7RVDPSOHJDVRXW
73;PRGXOH
20PRGXOH JDVH[KRXVW
&2  FRQQHFWRUDW
DEVRUEHU )URQW&RYHU

Figure 7 Gas sampling system

13
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

The sampling system has a self diagnostics that detects disturbances in the gas flow, reveals
the most common reasons for disturbances, such as occluded sampling line or blocked gas
exhaust line, and communicates relevant status messages to the patient monitor.
The system is designed so that gas the sampled gas will not flow from the sampling line back to
the patient circuit. The parts and connections of the sampling system are streamlined for
minimal dead spaces and turbulences in gas flows.
All gas inputs of the module have dust filters protecting the sampling system and gas sensors.
The water trap acts as a dust filter for the sampled gas and the module should always have the
water trap connected.
NOTE: It is very important to prevent dust from entering the open gas connections during
service operations.

D-fend Pro(+) water trap

The gas sampling line is connected to the input of the water trap where a special membrane
passes gases and vapors but stops liquids. The gas flowing through the membrane continues
via the main flow connector of the water trap to the module. The main flow is about 90% of the
sample flow.
Liquids stopped below the membrane are moved to the water container by a side flow that
goes through the water container and the water separation membrane before entering the
side flow connector of the water trap. Thus, the side flow also is free of liquids when it gets into
the module. In the module, the side flow is connected directly to the pump input and it does not
enter the gas sensors.
NOTE: The water trap acts as a dust filter for the sampling system and gas sensors. Thus, the
module should always have the water trap connected.

Zero valve and CO2 absorber

The zero valve is activated during gas sensor zeroing. Room air is drawn through the
CO2-absorber and the zero valve to the gas sensors, and the main flow of sample gas is
stopped. The zero gas comes to the sensors through the CO2-absorber that chemically absorbs
CO2. The side flow of the water trap flows in the gas sampling line even during zeroing.
During normal monitoring, the zero valve is not activated and the sampled gas gets through
the zero valve to the gas sensors.

Figure 8 Absorber

Nafion tubes 1)
The Nafion tube between the water trap and the zero valve equalizes the humidity of the
sampled gas to ambient level. This will prevent calibration errors caused by the difference in
humidities in the sampled breathing gas and the totally dry calibration gas.
Another Nafion tube is used between the CO2 absorber and the zero valve to prevent
condensation of water generated in the CO2 absorber as by-product of CO2-absorption.
1 Nafion is a registered trademark of Perma Pure Inc.

14
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Gas sensors
After the zero valve, the gas flows trough the MiniTPX sensor that measures the concentrations
of all gases but oxygen.
The oxygen concentration is measured in the MiniOM sensor that has two inputs. One input
draws in a part of the main flow and the other draws in room air as reference gas for the O2
measurement.

Sample flow differential pressure transducer

The module measures total flow at the input of the gas pump and reference flow at the OM
reference line. The sample flow is the difference of these two flows.

Working pressure transducer

The working pressure transducer measures absolute working pressure near the MiniTPX unit
and MiniOM unit. It is used for messages: ‘Sample line blocked’, ‘Check D-fend’, ‘Replace D-fend’
and ‘Check sample gas out’.

Pneumatics unit
The pneumatics unit contains the zero valve, the occlusion valve and the pneumatics block
with tubing connections.
The zero valve is activated during the zero level calibrations of gas sensors. The occlusion and
zero valves are activated when the sampling line or water trap is occluded. With the activated
valves, the gas pump generates maximal suction trough the “side flow” connector of the water
trap, thus maximizing the transfer of liquids from the wet side of the water trap to the
container.
The pneumatics block contains a network of constrictions to divide the sampled gas in correct
proportions to different parts in the module. The first branching takes place in the water trap
where incoming flow is divided to the “main flow” and “side flow”. The second branching takes
place before the MiniOM sensor.
The pneumatics block also contains a pneumatic low pass filter between gas sensors and gas
pump. The filter consists of constrictions (resistors) and volumes (capacitors) and it attenuates
the pressure pulsation generated in the gas pump so that they do not disturb the operation of
the gas sensors.

Gas pump unit

The gas pump is a membrane pump run by a brushless DC-motor. The pump is adjusted so
that the sample gas flow is kept close to its nominal value even when the flow resistances in
the sampling line of water trap change.

15
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

The pump is in a plastic enclosure to minimize the operating noise and mechanical vibration of
the pump unit. A pneumatic damping chamber is integrated to enclosure to attenuate the
pressure pulsation and noise conducted to the gas exhaust port.

Pressure measurements
The four pressure sensors on the CPU board are used to measure ambient pressure, working
pressure of the MiniTPX and MiniOM sensors and pressure of the reference gas flow to the
MiniOM sensor.

Sample flow control

The gas flow in the sampling line is monitored by measuring the gas flow at the input of the gas
pump and the reference flow to the oxygen sensor is estimated by measuring the pressure in
the reference gas flow branch. The sample flow is calculated by subtracting the reference flow
from the total gas flow. A control loop adjusts the rotation speed of the pump motor so that the
gas flow is kept close to 120ml/min.

Gas sampling self-diagnostics

The sample flow and the vacuum in the sampling system are used for continuous monitoring
of the gas sampling system. The vacuum is calculated in real time as difference of the
measured ambient and working pressures.
The self-diagnostics of the gas sampling system sends the following status data to the patient
monitor when specific triggering conditions are met: ‘Check water trap’, ‘Check sample gas
out’, ‘Replace water trap’, ‘Sample line blocked’ and ‘Continuous blockage’.
The gas pump is stopped when the 'Sample line blocked' has lasted for more than 1 minute.
The module automatically restarts the pump to check whether the abnormal situation has
been resolved so that normal gas sampling operation is possible.

The gas pump repeats 1 minute full pump, 30 seconds pump off when the ‘Continuous
blockage’ message is shown.

3QHXPDWLF
6DPSOH
%ORFN
OLQH 2FFOXVLRQ
)DVW)HQG *DV
9DOYH 5HWXUQ
1DILRQ 0LQL73;
8QLW 0LQL20 9ROXPH 9ROXPH 3XPS
8QLW   8QLW
5RRP =HUR
$LU &2 9DOYH
)LOWHU 1DILRQ PLQL73;
$EVRUEHU
:RUNLQJ
3UHVVXUH
%
PLQL20
:RUNLQJ 7RWDO
3UHVVXUH JDVIORZ
$PELHQW % 3UHVVXUH
3UHVVXUH VHQVRU
% %

Figure 9 Gas tubing layout

2.2.3 MiniTPX measuring unit

The MiniTPX unit is a non dispersive infrared analyzer, measuring the absorption of the gas
sample at seven infrared wavelengths, which are selected using optical narrow band filters.
The IR source is a micro-machined heating element with an integrated collimator. From the
output of the source, the radiation is passed to a flow optimized measuring chamber.

16
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

From the sample chamber, radiation goes via a specially designed beam splitter to two
detector units, each with four thermopile detectors and integrated optical filters. The miniTPX
measuring unit has two detector units for redundancy purposes. A more detailed description of
the measuring principle can be found in section “2.1.1. CO2, N2O, and agent measurement”.
Each detector unit also measures the unit's temperature. The module CPU uses it for further
processing and temperature compensation of the measured raw signals.
The miniTPX unit includes an amplifier board with the following functions:
• On-board 5V regulator and 2.5V reference source.
• Preamplifiers for the eight thermopile detectors and for the two temperature sensors.
A 16 channel buffered multiplexer is used to transfer the signals to the CPU board.
• PWM controlled power for the IR source.
• An EEPROM memory for storing factory calibration coefficients of the sensor.
The input to the amplifier board comprises a 7V DC feed and CPU control signals for the PWM,
the multiplexer and the EEPROM. When the module starts up, the calibration coefficients are
read to the module CPU and then used for calculating the gas concentrations from the raw
data received from the sensor multiplexer.

Figure 10 MiniTPX measuring unit

2.2.4 MiniOM Oxygen sensor

The miniOM sensor measures the concentration of Oxygen in the gas sample.
The measurement is based on the magnetic properties of oxygen. The sensor measures the
sound pressure generated in the air gap of the magnet at the 164Hz operating frequency. Two
microphones are used for detection and the Oxygen concentration is calculated from the RMS
value of the difference of the microphone outputs. The measurement principle is described in
more detail in section ”2.1.2. O2 measurement”.
The sensor consists of the following functional parts
• Pneumatic system
• Amplifier board
• MiniOM board
• Magnet

17
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

The sensor is shown in the picture below.

Figure 11 MiniOM oxygen sensor

NOTE: The sensor is assembled in the module using flexible suspension to prevent the
mechanical vibrations of the gas pump and cooling fan from disturbing the Oxygen
measurement. All gas lines to the sensor must also be carefully assembled so that they do not
pick up mechanical vibrations of the module mechanics.

Pneumatic System
The pneumatic system, together with the gas sampling system of the module creates the gas
flows and pressures needed for the oxygen measurement and protection of the microphones
from excessive pressure. About 30 ml/min flow of sampled gas comes to the In connector on
the MiniOM sensor. Room air is drawn to the Ref input of MiniOM also at 30 ml/min rate. About
75% of these flows are conducted to a pressure equalization chamber so that only about a
8 ml/min flow of the two gas streams continue into the air gap of the magnet. All the internal
gas flows finally get to a volume enclosed by the sensor board and the sensor body, and then
flow out through the Out connection of the sensor. Some of the gas channels and flow
restrictors are integrated into the preamplifier electronics board utilizing the multi-layer
structure of the LTCC (Low Temperature Co-fired Ceramics) circuit board technology.
NOTE: It is very important to prevent dust or liquids from getting into the pneumatic circuit of
MiniOM and thus, the gas connections should always be closed with a protecting cap when the
sensor is not connected to the module pneumatics.

Amplifier Board
The amplifier board located in the sensor has two electric microphones for the differential
detection of pressure pulses generated in the magnet's air gap. The microphone signals are fed
to two identical signal conditioning channels with a band-pass filter and a digitally controlled
amplifier. The voltage gains of the amplifiers are set during factory calibration so that the
responses of the microphone channels match in spite of differences in microphone's
sensitivities. The amplifier board also has an amplifier for the thermistor measuring the
temperature of the magnet.

MiniOM Board
The MiniOM board has five functions
• Drive the magnet coil.
• Convert the microphone and temperature signals into digital format.
• Filter digitally the microphone signals and perform the RMS-conversion.
• Communicate digitally with the module CPU.

18
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

• Store factory calibration data in permanent memory and communicate them to the
module CPU.
The module CPU provides the coil drive and communication enabling signals and also clock
signal for MiniOM board. The FPGA takes care of the coil drive and has also back-up clock in
case of CPU clock does not work. The FPGA takes care of the A/Dconversions which are
performed with a serial controlled SAR A/D-converter.
The digital band pass filtering and RMS conversion of the microphone signals is made with
FPGA circuit controlled by the VHDL code stored in the circuit. In order to filter out the
disturbances caused by acoustic noise, mechanical vibration and amplifier noise, the band
pass filters are designed to have as narrow a pass band as possible without slowing down the
filter's response to changes in the amplitude of the 164 Hz signal.
The FPGA circuit takes care of the digital communication between the miniOM sensor and the
module CPU.
The factory calibration coefficients of the sensor are stored in an EEPROM memory on the
miniOM board. When the module starts up, the calibration coefficients are read to the module
CPU and then used for calculating the O2 concentration from the Oxygen raw data received
from the sensor.

2.2.5 MiniPVX measuring unit

NOTE: Never apply the overpressure or negative pressure of more than 300 cmH2O to the flow
and volume tubing. Differential pressure max 25 cmH2O is allowed on one port at a time e.g.
when connecting tubes.
When Patient Spirometry is used, a special sensor, D-lite, replaces the normal airway adapter
in the patient circuit. A double lumen tubing is attached to the two connectors on the adapter
and on the module front panel.
The Patient Spirometry provides patient respiration monitoring capabilities using the D-lite and
Pedi-lite flow sensors.

Figure 12 MiniPVX measuring unit

The measurement is based on measuring the kinetic gas pressure and is performed using the
Pitot effect. A pressure transducer is used to measuring the Pitot pressure. The signal is then
linearized and corrected according to the density of the gas. Speed of the flow is calculated
from the pressure and TV is integrated from it.

19
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Patient Spirometry consists of airway connections, two pressure transducers, valves and
preamplifiers. The preamplifiers are connected to the A/D-converter on the module main CPU.
The patient’s breathing flow passing through the D-lite adapter creates a pressure difference.
This pressure difference is measured by a pressure transducer, B1. Overpressure and negative
pressure in airways are measured by another pressure transducer, B2.

2.2.6 CPU board

The CPU board contains the processor, memories and an A/D-converter that is common to the
whole module.
The CPU board also contains sensors for pressure, temperature and humidity as well as drivers
for valves, the fan and the pump. The module is connected to the module bus through an
RS-485 serial channel.

P20 9
&RQQHFWRU 9
'&'&
9&&B20 9
3RZHU
9
6XSSO\ 0RGXOH
9
%XV
P73;
&RQQHFWRU
&RQQHFWRU
'
0RG%XVB'DWD 56 56
WUDQVFHLYHU

P39;
$QDORJ
&RQQHFWRU
WR
'LJLWDO
&RQYHUVLRQ
+XPLGLW\
7HPSHUDWXUH
VHQVRU &38
$WPHO =HUR9DOYH
$750 &RQQHFWRU
3UHVVXUH
VHQVRUV
(7&9DOYH
9DOYH
&RQQHFWRU
&RQWURO
0HPRULHV
2FFOXVLRQ
6'5$0 9DOYH
0E\WH &RQQHFWRU
125)/$6+
0E\WH 3XPS 3XPS
&RQWURO &RQQHFWRU

&U\VWDO )DQ )DQ

0+] &RQWURO &RQQHFWRU

&U\VWDO 8VHU%XWWRQ
N+] &RQQHFWRU

Figure 13 Signal processing on CPU board

2.2.7 MiniOM board

The miniOmM board contains electronics specific to the MiniOM sensor: FPGA circuit, coil drive,
A/D-converter etc. It also contains EEPROM memory that stores calibration data of the oxygen
measurement.

20
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

2.2.8 MiniPVX board

The MiniPVX board contains pressure sensors for airway pressure and flow measurement and
preamplifiers for those. It also contains EEPROM memory that stores calibration data of the
spirometry measurement.

2.2.9 Main Component Interactions

The figure below describes the functionality of the module and the division of tasks between
different components.

9FF 9FF
0LQL73;1',5  JDVVHQVRU &38%RDUG 0LQL39;6SLURPHWU\8QLW
9GG
'LJLWDO,2
‡ ,5 VRXUFHODPS ‡ &DOFXODWLRQVRIJDVFRQFHQWUDWLRQV ((3520 ‡ 'LIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHVHQVRUIRU3DZ
‡ TXDGWKHUPRSLOHGHWHFWRUV 'LJLWDO,2 DQHVWK DJHQWLGHQWLILFDWLRQ6SLURPHWU\ ‡ 9HU\VHQVLWLYHGLIISUHVVVHQVRUIRU
‡ 3UHDPSOLILHUVIRUWKHUPRSLOHVLJQDOV 08;  ‡ &RQWURORIFRQVWDQWVDPSOHJDVIORZ 39;YDOYH
((3520
DLUZD\JDVIORZ
‡ WKHUPLVWRUV IRUGHWHFWRUWHPSHUDWXUH L0LQL73; ODPSFXUUHQW 0LQL20 9DOYHVWDW ‡ $QDORJVLJQDOVWRWKH&38
‡ &RQVWDQWFXUUHQWVRXUFHIRUODPS 9OFXUU ‡ 6XSHUYLVLRQDQGVHOIGLDJQRVWLFVIRU 9DOYHVWDW ‡ YDOYHVIRUVHQVRU]HURLQJ
‡ ((3520IRUIDFWRU\FDOLEUDWLRQGDWD VXSSO\YROWDJHVVHQVRURSHUDWLRQ ‡ 9DOYHVWDWXVELWVWRWKH&38
‡ 0XOWLSOH[HUIRUDQDORJVLJQDOVWRWKH&38 0S[G DQGJDVVDPSOLQJV\VWHP 9SDZ ‡ ((3520IRUIDFWRU\FDOLEUDWLRQGDWD
DQDORJ ‡ &RPPXQLFDWLRQZLWKWKHKRVWGHYLFH 9IORZ
VLJQDOV
9WS[
7HPS[ ‡ $WPHO $50&38
,ODPS ‡ 0%\WH 6'5$0 6SLURPHWU\NH\ERDUG
'LJLWDO,Q
‡ 0E\WH 125 )ODVKVHULDOQXPEHUV ‡ )XQFWLRQNH\VIRU6SLURPHWU\ 8,
NH\ERDUG
0LQL20SDUDPDJQHWLF2[\JHQVHQVRU PRGXOHFRQILJXUDWLRQSDVVHGWHVWV
9FF
FDOLEUDWLRQGDWDIRUVDPSOHIORZ
‡ (OHFWURPDJQHWZLWKPPDLUJDS 9GG
9FF 0RGXOH3QHXPDWLFV
‡ &XUUHQWIHHGLQJFLUFXLWU\IRUPDJQHW 9FRLO ‡ 6XSSO\FLUFXLWV9FF 9GGDQG9&RLO
‡ 3:0RXWSXWIRUVHWSRLQWRI0LQL73; 9IORZ
ODPSFXUUHQW 9OFXUU ‡ *DV3XPSZLWKGDPSLQJFKDPEHU
‡ PLFURSKRQHVIRUVLJQDODFTXLVLWLRQ 'LJLWDO,2 ‡ 3XPSPRWRUVSHHGFRQWUROOHGE\9IORZ
‡ 3:0RXWSXWIRUVHWSRLQWRIWKHJDV )SXPS
‡ 3UHDPSOLILHUVIRUPLF 6LJQDOV 08; ‡ 3XPSURWDWLRQSXOVHV)SXPSWR&38
((3520 SXPSURWDWLQJVSHHG9IORZ
‡ 7KHUPLVWRU IRUPDJQHWWHPSHUDWXUH$$$ 2[\$'DQG ‡ GLJLWDORXWSXWVIRUDFWXDWLQJYDOYHV
9RFFY ‡ =HURLQJYDOYH
,,PHDVXUHPHQW 2PWHPS$'
9]HURY ‡ 2FFOXVLRQYDOYH
‡ )3*$IRUWLPLQJDQGVLJQDOILOWHULQJ ‡ 0XOWLSOH[HUVDQGELW$'&RQYHUWHU
‡ ((3520IRUIDFWRU\FDOLEUDWLRQGDWD IRUDQDORJVLJQDOVIURPWKHVHQVRUV
20BFON ‡ 6HQVRUIRUDPELHQWSUHVVXUH
‡ 'LJLWDOVHULDOLQWHUIDFHWR&38 ‡ 3UHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWVIRUFRQWURODQG
‡ 6HQVRUIRUJDVVHQVRUZRUNLQJSUHVVXUH
VXSHUYLVLRQRIJDVVDPSOLQJV\VWHP 3DPE
20HQDEOH ‡ 6HQVRUIRUJDVVDPSOHIORZ
‡ POPLQUHIHUHQFHJDVIORZ 3ZRUN ‡ 6HQVRUIRU20UHILQSXWSUHVVXUH
&RLOHQDEOH ‡ 56 GDWDLQWHUIDFH
IRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQZLWKWKHKRVW 3IORZ
‡ 3QHXPDWLFVEORFNIRUFRUUHFWJDVIORZV
3RPUHI WRVHQVRUV GDPSLQJSUHVVXUHSXOVHV
‡ &2 DEVRUEHUIRU]HURJDV
‡ 1DILRQ WXEHVIRUHTXDOL]LQJJDVVDPSOH
(OHFWULFLQWHUIDFHWRWKHKRVWGHYLFH DQG]HURJDVKXPLGLW\ZLWKDPELHQW

Figure 14 Block diagram

21
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3 Service Procedures
To help ensure the equipment remains in proper operational and functional order, adhere to a
good maintenance schedule.
WARNING Only perform maintenance procedures specifically described in the manual.
WARNING Planned maintenance should be carried out annually. Failure to implement
the recommended maintenance schedule may cause equipment failure and
possible health hazards.
CAUTION Do not apply pressurized air to any outlet or tubing connected to the module.
NOTE: The manufacturer does not, in any manner, assume the responsibility for performing the
recommended maintenance schedule, unless an Equipment Maintenance Agreement exists.
The sole responsibility rests with the individuals, hospitals, or institutions utilizing the device.

Corrective maintenance
Service personnel shall perform the following checkout procedure after any corrective
maintenance, before taking the module back into clinical use:

Required checkout procedure

Visual inspections Functional check
Performed service activity
(section 3.2) (section 3.3)
Front panel replacement All steps Check “Module Keys” only
OM Reference gas filter All steps Check “Sample Flow Rate Check”
assembly
Module case opened either for All steps All steps
troubleshooting purpose or for
replacing any of the internal
parts.

Planned maintenance
Service personnel shall perform the following checkout procedure completely every 12 months
after installation:
1. 3.1. Replacement of planned maintenance parts
2. 3.2. Visual inspections
3. 3.3. Functional check

22
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

3.1 Replacement of planned maintenance parts

3.1.1 Required parts
Replace the following parts that wear in use at the recommended interval.
Description Pieces Replacement interval
Nafion Tube, 230 mm (mainflow) 1 Once a year
OM Reference gas filter assembly including 1 Once a year
O-ring
PM sticker 1 Once a year
Nafion tube, 85 mm (zero line) 1 Once every 4 years
CO2 absorber 1 Once every 4 years

It is also recommended to replace the D-fend Pro water trap, the gas sampling line and the
spirometry tube as part of the planned maintenance procedure.
NOTE: See the supplies and accessories document delivered with the manual for
compatible accessories.

3.1.2 Planned Maintenance Kits

The required planned maintenance parts are included in a PM kit.

Part number Description

M1206554 Planned Maintenance Kit for CARESCAPE E-sCxxx Respiratory modules.
The PM kit includes the required Nafion tubes, the OM reference gas filter
assembly with an O-ring and a PM sticker.
NOTE: The PM kit does not include the CO2 absorber. Order it separately.

3.1.3 Replacement procedures

Replace the specified planned maintenance parts according to the chapter “3.4. Disassembly
and reassembly”.
1. Replace the CO2 absorber every 4 years.

2. Replace the special tubes (Nafion) and check the condition of the internal tubing.
• Check that the tubing inside the module is not contaminated. Any contamination
inside the tubing may indicate that the valves or sensors are contaminated, too. This
can increase a risk of faulty operation in valves or sensors. The valves or gas sensors

23
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

are not possible to clean in the field. Therefore, if you noticed any contamination in
the module tubing, send the module to GE Healthcare for factory service.

7R20 5HIHUHQFHJDVFRQQHFWRU


ORFDWHGRQWKHVLGHRIWKH
3QHXPDWLFVEORFN PRGXOHXQGHUWKHIURQWFRYHU

73; 20UHI 1DILRQWXEH

20RXW 6) 3XPS 20UHI
PDLQIORZ
)/
)/

'IHQG3UR

1DILRQWXEH
]HUROLQH

=HURYDOYH

3XPS

7RVDPSOHJDVRXW
73;PRGXOH
20PRGXOH JDVH[KRXVW
&2  FRQQHFWRUDW
DEVRUEHU )URQW&RYHU

NOTE: The nafion tubes do not include the silicon fittings they connect to. Use the original
silicon fittings unless they are damaged or leaking.
3. Replace the OM reference gas filter assembly.
4. Check that the fan and ventilation hole are not covered in dust.

3.2 Visual inspections

Detach the module from the module slot and check that:
• the front cover is intact
• all connectors are intact and are attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact
• the D-fend Pro and its connectors are clean and intact
• the module and the applied parts are clean
The cleaning precautions, cleaning requirements, cleaning procedures, and recommended
cleaning solutions for the monitor are described in the S/5 monitor user’s manual. For details
about cleaning, disinfecting and sterilizing the accessories, see the instructions for use in the
accessory package.

24
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

3.3 Functional check

Turn the monitor on. Wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.

3.3.1 Test setup

Required tools
 A barometer
 A mass flowmeter for measuring air flow, minimum measurement range from 0 to
200ml/min, accuracy 5% or better in the 0 to 200 ml/min range.
 P/N: 755534-HEL Calibration Gas Regulator
 P/N: 755583-HEL Calibration gas, CO2, O2, N2O, DESF, package of 1 can (with E-sCAiO,
E-sCAiOV modules)
 P/N: 755581-HEL QUICK CAL calibration gas, CO2, O2, N2O, package of 4 cans (with
E-sCO, E-sCOV modules)
 P/N: M1006864, Calibration Gas Regulator, US only
 P/N: 755571-HEL, Calibration Gas, 5% CO2, 54.5% O2, 36.0% N2O, 2.0% DESFLURANE,
BAL N2 (with E-sCAiO, E-sCAiOV modules) US only
 P/N: 755587, Calibration Gas, CO2, O2, Balance, 4 cans/pkg (with E-sCO, E-sCOV modules)
US only
 D-fend Pro water trap
 3 m / 10 ft anesthesia gas sampling line
 Spirometry tube, 3 m/10 ft (with E-sCOV and E-sCAiOV modules)
 Adult D-Lite sensor
 A pressure manometer with either an integrated or a separate pressure pump
 Tubing for spirometry leak tests
 Forceps

NOTE: See the supplies and accessories document delivered with the manual for compatible
accessories.

Connections
• Disconnect the module from the monitor, if connected.
Monitor configuration
1. Configure the CO2, O2, AA, and Flow waveform fields to the monitor screen.
2. Configure the Spiro 1 split screen to the monitor screen.
3. Select the Spirometry Setup in the Airway Gas menu and configure:
Scaling: Auto
Sensor Type: Adult
TV or MV: TV

3.3.2 Procedure
Mark each task as complete on the checkout form.
1. Gas Sampling System Leak Test
NOTE: The gas module shall be disconnected from the monitor during the leak test.

25
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Check the gas sampling system for possible leakages.

a. Disconnect the module from the monitor.
b. Detach the module front cover and casing, see chapters“Detaching the Front Cover”
on page 33 and “Detaching the Module Casing” on page 34.
c. Block the OM reference tube with the forceps. Correct positioning of the forceps is
indicated by the figure below.
NOTE: Be careful when attaching the forceps to the tube and avoid stretching the
tube. Short pieces of silicone tubing on the forcep jaws can be used to protect the
tube from breaks that may appear when the tube is compressed between the jaws.

d. Connect a new D-fend Pro water trap to the module.

e. Connect a new gas sampling line to the sampling line connector in the water trap.
f. Connect the other end of the gas sampling line to a pressure manometer and a
pressure pump.
g. Block the sample gas out (gas exhaust) connector.
h. Carefully pump 80 mmHg 20 mmHg pressure to the gas sampling system. Let the
pressure stabilize for 10 - 20 seconds.
i. Check that the pressure reading does not drop more than 2 mmHg during 25
seconds.
j. Release the forceps, and reassemble the module casing. Make sure that the tubing
fits nicely into the module casing.

2. Spirometry System Leak Test

NOTE: Perform this test only for E-sCOV and E-sCAiOV modules.
NOTE: The gas module shall be disconnected from the monitor during the leak test.
NOTE: The spirometry pressure transducers are very sensitive for differential overpressure. A
momentary differential pressure between the two spirometry connectors exceeding 25 cmH2O
(18 mmHg) may damage the pressure sensors. To ensure that both pressure channels are
equally pressurized, make sure that the tubing between the manometer and the two
spirometry connectors is connected tightly, the tubes are equally long and thick and not
kinked.
NOTE: Do not overpressure the spirometry sampling system. A static pressure exceeding
300 cmH2O (220 mmHg) may damage the pressure sensor.
Check the spirometry sampling system for possible leakages.

26
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

a. Ensure the module is disconnected from the monitor.

b. Connect a pressure manometer to the spirometry connectors.

c. Pump ~68 cmH2O (50 mmHg ±10 mmHg) pressure to the Spirometry sampling
system. Let the pressure stabilize for approximately 10 seconds.
d. Verify that the pressure reading does not drop more than 4 cmH2O (3 mmHg) during
one minute.

3. Sample Flow Rate Check

Check the sample flow rate.
Connect the module to the monitor.
NOTE: Anesthetic gas measurement is not available during the first 1 to 5 minutes after the
module is connected due to warming up. A message 'Calibrating Gas Sensor' is shown in the
waveform field. Wait until warm-up is completed before proceeding with the next steps.
NOTE: The ambient temperature and air pressure influence the flow rate measured by the flow
meter. A flow meter, which has been calibrated at 21.11 °C (70 °F) and 760 mmHg
(1033 cmH2O), measures the flow rate correctly under the same conditions, i.e. in room
temperature at sea level. A flow rate correction as instructed by the manufacturer of the flow
meter needs to be performed when measuring flow rate under other conditions, for example in
high altitude.
a. Connect the gas sampling line (3 m / 10 ft with E-sCO, E-sCOV, E-sCAiO and
E-sCAiOV) to the Sampling line connector.
b. Connect the other end of the gas sampling line to a flowmeter.
c. Check the sample flow rate reading from the flowmeter. The flow rate shall be within
the specification limit 120 ± 20 ml/min.
NOTE: Readjustment is needed, if the measured value is not within the specification limit. Adjust
the sample gas flow rate according to the instructions in section “3.5.1. Sample Flow Rate
Adjustment”.

27
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4. Reference Gas Flow Rate Check

Check the flow rate in reference gas inlet:
a. Connect the module to the monitor.
b. Leave the other end of the gas sampling line open to room air.
c. Connect the flowmeter to the OM reference gas inlet on the side of the module with
a piece of tubing.
d. Check that the Reference Flow is within the following range:
10 - 50 ml/min with E-sCO, E-sCOV, E-sCAiO and E-sCAiOV modules
e. Detach the water trap.
f. Attach the front cover.

5. Fan
a. Check that the gas module's fan is running behind the D-fend Pro water trap.
b. Attach the water trap.

6. Module Keys
NOTE: Perform this test only for E-sCOV and E-sCAiOV modules.
a. Press the Change Loop module key.
b. Check that the spirometry loop is changed from Flow / Vol loop to Paw/Vol loop, or
vice versa.
c. Leave the Flow / Vol loop on the screen.

7. Zero Valve Operation

Test the zero valve functionality:
a. Connect the gas regulator to the calibration gas container.
b. Connect the end of the gas sampling line to the regulator on the gas container.
Leave the regulator overflow port open to room air.
c. Select Monitor Setup> Install/Service >Service > Parameters > Gas out > Gases
d. Start feeding the specified calibration gas. Wait until the gas values shown in the
Gas calibration menu rise approximately to the level indicated in the labelling of the
calibration gas container.
NOTE: The gas values in the Gas Calibrations menu is in percentages (%).
e. Open the zero valve to room air by selecting Zero valve Ctrl > Zero (zero position).
f. Check that the CO2, N2O and anesthesia agent values drop back near 0% and the
O2 reading near 21% (room air).
g. Stop feeding the calibration gas.
h. Turn the zero valve back to the normal measurement position by selecting Zero
valve Crtl > Meas (measurement position).

8. Gas Calibration
Perform gas calibration according to the instructions in section “3.5.2. Gas Calibration”.

9. Agent Identification
NOTE: Perform this test only for E-sCAiO and E-sCAiOV modules.
Check agent ID unreliability:

28
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

a. Feed the specified calibration gas for at least 30 seconds.

b. Check that the anesthesia agent is identified as Desflurane and the ID unrel value
(=agent ID unreliability) shown in the Monitor Setup > Install / Service > Service >
Parameters > Gas Unit > Gases menu is lower than 75.
If the value is higher, repeat the gas calibration and check the value again.

10. Ambient Pressure

Use a barometer to check the operation of the absolute pressure sensor.
• Check that the ambient pressure value shown in the Gas Calibrations menu does not
differ more than ± 10 mmHg from the value shown by the barometer.
NOTE: The ambient pressure value in the Gas Calibrations menu is in mmHg.

11. Occlusion detection

a. Block the tip of the sampling line by your finger.
b. Check that a 'Sample line blocked' and a ‘Low sample flow’ message appear on the
screen within 30 seconds.

12. Air Leak detection

a. Detach the D-fend Pro water trap.
b. Check that the message 'Check Water Trap' appears on the screen within 30
seconds.
c. Attach the water trap.

13. Gas exhaust blockage

a. Block the gas exhaust connector with your finger.
b. Check that the message 'Sample gas out' appears on the screen within 30
seconds.

14. Airway Gases

a. Breathe a minimum of 5 times to the tip of the sampling line.
b. Check that a normal CO2 waveform appears and the EtCO2 and FiCO2 values are
updated on the screen .

15. Apnea detection

a. Stop breathing to the gas sampling line.
b. Check that an 'Apnea' alarm appears on the screen within 30 seconds.

16. Flow waveform

NOTE: Perform this test only for E-sCOV and E-sCAiOV modules.
a. Connect a clean spirometry tube and D-lite to the module.
b. Breathe through the wider side of the D-lite.
c. Check that the flow waveform responds when you breathe in and out. The setting of
the inspiratory flow may be positive or negative.

29
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3.3 Test completion

• Select Discharge patient or Reset case to discard any changes made to the monitor
configuration during checkout.
• Disconnect and reconnect the module before starting a new case.
• Complete the “Appendix A. Service check form”.

3.4 Disassembly and reassembly

3.4.1 Disassembly guidelines
WARNING Disconnect the module from any monitoring system before performing any
repair.
WARNING Always perform gas sampling system leak test after the module cover is
reassembled.
WARNING Always perform gas calibration after any planned or corrective
maintenance.
Field service of the module is limited to replacing the serviceable parts listed below (see also
chapter ”5. Spare parts”). Attempting a field repair on any other parts could jeopardize the safe
and effective operation of the module, and void the warranty.
NOTE: Only a qualified service technician should perform field replacement procedures.
NOTE: Perform the checkout procedure described in chapter ”3. Service Procedures” after you
have disassembled and reassembled the module.

Serviceable parts
• CO2 Absorber
• D-fend Pro
• Nafion tubes
• Front chassis unit
• MiniPVX Unit
• Pump
• OM reference filter
• Latch and spring
• Mechanical parts listed in chapter ”5. Spare parts”

Service limitations
The following parts are not serviceable:
• MiniOM Measuring unit
• MiniTPX measuring unit
NOTE: Due to the complicated and sensitive mechanical construction of the oxygen measuring
unit, no repairs should be attempted inside the unit. Instead, if the fault has been found in the

30
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

measuring unit itself, the entire module should be replaced and the faulty module be sent to
GE Healthcare for repair.
NOTE: The MiniTPX measuring unit can only be repaired and calibrated at the factory. In case of
failure, the entire module should be replaced and the faulty module be sent to GE Healthcare
for repair.

ESD precautions
WARNING Protect module from electrostatic discharge.
All external connectors of the module are designed with protection from ESD damage.
However, if the module requires service, exposed components and assemblies inside are
susceptible to ESD damage. This includes human hands, non-ESD protected work stations or
improperly grounded test equipment. The following guidelines may not guarantee a 100%
static-free workstation, but can greatly reduce the potential for failure of any electronic
assemblies being serviced:
• Discharge any static charge you may have built up before handling semiconductors or
assemblies containing semiconductors.
• A grounded, antistatic wristband or heel strap should be worn at all times while handling
or repairing assemblies containing semiconductors.
• Use properly grounded test equipment.
• Use a static-free work surface while handling or working on assemblies containing
semiconductors.
• Do not remove semiconductors or assemblies containing semiconductors from antistatic
containers until absolutely necessary.
• Do not slide semiconductors or electrical/electronic assemblies across any surface.
• Do not touch semiconductor leads unless absolutely necessary.
• Semiconductors and electronic assemblies should be stored only in antistatic bags or
boxes.
• Handle all PCB assemblies by their edges.
• Do not flex or twist a circuit board.

Protection from dust

WARNING Module must be handled to prevent dust from entering the gas sampling
system.
The gas sampling system must be protected from dust entering the tubes, valves and other
components. In order to achieve this goal, the following measures must be taken:
• Have the D-fend Pro water trap always connected to the module.
• Clean and dust free working environment during all service procedures.
• Minimize the times with any open connections in the gas sampling system.
• Always close the open tube connections of the sampling system when not working on the
module.
• Remove the protective caps on the gas pump only immediately before assembling it to
the module

31
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

• Take the CO2-absorber out from the plastic bag only immediately before assembling it to
the module.
• The clothing of the service person must be such that the dust risk is taken into account.

Before disassembly
• Note the positions of any sampling tubes, wires or cables. Mark them if necessary to
ensure that they are reassembled correctly.
• Save and set aside all hardware for reassembly.

Required tools
- Torx T8 and T10 screwdrivers
- flat blade screwdriver
- forceps
- antistatic wristband

3.4.2 Disassembly and reassembly procedure

Disassembling the module (see the exploded view of the module in chapter ”5. Spare parts”:
Reassembling the module: reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
Check that:
• all screws are tightened properly
• all cables are connected properly
• tubes are not pinched and there are no sharp bends on them
• all tubes are connected properly
NOTE: Make sure that the Nafion tubes are routed in such a way that they don’t come near the
fan, and there is no risk of the fan being obstructed by the tubes. An obstructed fan will result in
degraded ventilation inside the module, and a ‘Sensor inop’ message being displayed.
• there are no loose objects inside the module

32
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Disassembly workflow
Use this workflow diagram to find the simplest way to disassemble the required parts of the
module. Follow the arrows from the top down to the required part and disassemble the module
by following the steps in between.

(V&[[[[PRGXOH

'IHQG )URQWFRYHU

0RGXOHFDVLQJ

1DILRQ &2DEVRUEHU 20KROGHU )URQWFKDVVLVXQLW /DWFK

0DLQIORZFRQQHFWRU 39;XQLW 3XPS

Detaching the Front Cover

1. Remove the D-fend Pro.
2. Release the two snaps on both sides of the
module by using a flat blade screwdriver.
3. Detach the front cover.

33
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Detaching the Module Casing

1. Remove the two T8 screws mounting the D25
connector shield.
2. Detach the connector shield.
3. Remove the two T8 screws to detach the module
casing.

4. Push the latch and pull the module casing.

NOTE: When reassembling ensure that the module
casing does not damage the conductive sealings on
the front chassis unit.

34
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Replacement of Planned Maintenance Parts

1. Carefully remove the main flow nafion tube and
every 4th year the shorter zero line nafion tube.
NOTE: Remember the route of the tubes and
reassemble correctly.
NOTE: Make sure that the Nafion tubes are routed in
such a way that they don’t come near the fan, and
there is no risk of the fan being obstructed by the
tubes. An obstructed fan will result in degraded
ventilation inside the module, and sensor inop
message being displayed.
NOTE: The nafion tubes do not include the silicon
fittings they are connected to. Use the original
silicon fittings unless they are not damaged or
leaking.
2. Pull out the OM reference filter assembly with
forceps.
3. Push the new filter assembly until it is on the
same level with the front chassis.

Replacement of CO2 Absorber

1. Lift the CO2 absorber from the slot.

2. Detach the tubes from the absorber.

3. Connect the tubes to a new CO2 absorber and
place it to the slot.

35
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Detaching the Latch

1. Pull the latch from the front chassis.
NOTE: Remember to detach the front cover first.

2. Remove the spring by squeezing it.

36
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Detaching the Front Chassis Unit

1. Remove the two T8 screws which fasten the PVX
unit to the front chassis.

2. Remove the two T10 screws.

3. Carefully detach the three tubes.

37
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4. Disconnect the fan and keypad cables.

5. Detach the front chassis unit.

NOTE: When reassembling insert the pump silicone

tube in the front chassis connector.

Detaching the Main Flow Connector

Original Main Flow Connector is required to maintain proper gas flow restriction in the module.
When the Front Chassis Unit is replaced move the original connector to the new unit.
1. Carefully detach the lock pin holding the main
flow connector.

2. Carefully attach the main flow connector to the

new front chassis unit.

38
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Detaching the PVX Unit

1. Carefully disconnect the PVX connector.

2. Detach the PVX Unit.

39
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Detaching the Pump

1. Carefully detach the tube from the pump.
2. Disconnect the pump cable from the CPU
board.
3. Lift the pump from the metal brackets.

40
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Detaching the OM holder

1. Carefully detach the three tubes from the OM
unit.

2. Carefully disconnect the OM flex cable from the

CPU board.
3. Carefully pass the flex cable through metal
frame.

4. Lift the OM unit with the holder from the metal

brackets.
5. Detach the holder.

41
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.5 Adjustments and calibration

3.5.1 Sample Flow Rate Adjustment
Sample flow rate shall be adjusted:
• if the sample flow rate check in section “3.3.2. Procedure” failed.

Calibration setup
Required tools
 A mass flowmeter for measuring air flow, minimum measurement range from 0 to
200ml/min, accuracy 5% or better in the 0 to 200 ml/min range.
 3 m / 10 ft anesthesia gas sampling line.
NOTE: See the supplies and accessories document delivered with the manual for compatible
accessories.
NOTE: Use only accurate, properly maintained, calibrated and traceable calibration tools for
the parameter calibration to ensure measurement accuracy.
NOTE: If the flow meter unit is not ml/min, it shall be converted to ml/min according to the
instructions of the flow meter manufacturer.
NOTE: Gas module sample flow rate is calibrated in the factory to ambient air conditions
corresponding the flow at the end of 3 m sampling line. Make sure that your meter is also
showing the flow at ambient conditions (= ATP).
NOTE: Refer to the flowmeter documentation for user instructions.
Connections
1. Ensure that the module is connected to the monitor.
2. Ensure that you have a new D-fend Pro water trap in use.
3. Connect a new gas sampling line to the sampling line connector in the water trap.
4. Connect the other end of the gas sampling line to the flow meter.
NOTE: Before checking or adjusting the sample flow, make sure there is no leakage in the
sampling system.

Sample Flow Rate Adjustment

1. Select Monitor Setup > Install / Service > Service > Parameters > Gas Unit > Gases
2. Select Sample gain adj.
3. Adjust the sample flow to the nominal value 120 ml/min by increasing or decreasing the
Sample Flow Gain:
NOTE: On S/5 monitor screen the 120 ml/min flow rate is shown as 200 ml/min to be
compatible with the old S/5 monitors.
• To decrease the sample flow rate measured by the flow meter by approximately
7,5 ml / min, add gain value by 0.05.
• To increase the sample flow rate measured by the flow meter by approximately
7,5 ml / min, lower the gain value by 0.05.
4. Press Confirm to check the effect of the gain adjustment. Wait until the sample flow value
shown in the Calibration menu returns near to the nominal value 120 ml/min and then
check the actual measured flow rate from the flow meter.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until the flow meter shows a 120 ± 20 ml /min flow rate.

42
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

NOTE: Adjust the flow rate according to the reading in the flow meter. The flow rate reading in
the Calibration menu is measured by the internal electronics and settles always back to the
nominal 120 ml /min independent on the real flow rate.

3.5.2 Gas Calibration

WARNING Failure in zeroing or calibrating gases might cause inaccurate readings.
WARNING Since calibration gas contains anesthetic agents, always ensure sufficient
ventilation of the room during calibration.
Gas calibration shall be performed:
• each time planned maintenance is performed.
• each time corrective maintenance is performed.
NOTE: Gas calibration is a normal user action. Refer to the monitor user’s manual for the
recommendation for gas calibration interval in clinical use.

Calibration setup
Required tools
 P/N: 755534-HEL Calibration Gas Regulator
 P/N: 755583-HEL Calibration gas, CO2, O2, N2O, DESF, package of 1 can (with E-sCAiO,
E-sCAiOV modules)
 P/N: 755581-HEL QUICK CAL calibration gas, CO2, O2, N2O, package of 4 cans (with
E-sCO, E-sCOV modules)
 P/N: M1006864, Calibration Gas Regulator, US only
 P/N: 755571-HEL, Calibration Gas, 5% CO2, 54.5% O2, 36.0% N2O, 2.0% DESFLURANE,
BAL N2 (with E-sCAiO, E-sCAiOV modules) US only
 P/N: 755587, Calibration Gas, CO2, O2, Balance, 4 cans/pkg (with E-sCO, E-sCOV modules)
US only
 3 m / 10 ft anesthesia gas sampling line
NOTE: Use only the specified GE Healthcare calibration gas for the gas calibration to ensure
measurement accuracy. Do not use any other calibration gases. Check the calibration gas
container's labelling to ensure that the calibration gas has not expired.
NOTE: Ensure that the gas regulator is functioning properly before gas calibration. Refer to the
gas regulator's "Instructions for Use" letter for the annual maintenance instructions.
Connections
1. Ensure that the module is connected to the monitor.
2. Ensure that you have a new D-fend Pro water trap in use.
3. Connect the gas regulator to the calibration gas container.
4. Connect a new gas sampling line to the sampling line connector in the water trap.
5. Connect the other end of the gas sampling line to the regulator on the gas container.
Leave the regulator overflow port open to room air.

43
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Figure 15 Connecting a gas regulator to the calibration gas container and

connecting a sampling line to the gas regulator.

Procedure
NOTE: Gas calibration is not available during the first 5 minutes after the module is connected.
A message 'Gas calibration is not available during first 5 minutes' is shown in the lower left
corner of the Calibration menu. For maximum accuracy, let the monitor to warm up for 30
minutes before starting calibration.
NOTE: Gas calibration is not available during a 'Sample line blocked', 'Check Dfend' and 'Check
sample gas out’ alarm condition. A message 'Gas calibration is not available during gas
sampling warning' is shown in the lower left corner of the calibration menu. Resolve the alarm
condition before starting calibration.
1. Select Airway Gas > Gas Calibration
2. The monitor will start automatic zeroing of the gas sensors. Wait until the message
'Zeroing' is replaced by a message 'Zero Ok' for all measured gases.
3. Open the regulator after a message 'Feed gas' is shown for all measured gases. The
measured gas concentrations are shown in real-time in the gas calibration menu.
Continue feeding the calibration gas until the measured gas concentrations are stabilized
and a message 'Adjust' is shown for all measured gases. Close the regulator.
4. Adjust the gas readings shown in the Calibration menu to match with the gas readings in
the labelling of the calibration gas container. Select Accept to accept the adjusted values
when the gas readings match each other.
5. Wait until a message 'Ok' is shown for all measured gases.
NOTE: A message 'Zero Error' is shown in case the zeroing fails.
NOTE: A message 'Calibration Error' is shown, if you do not start feeding gas within 1 minute
after the automatic zeroing is completed, or if the calibration fails due to too large gain
adjustment.
NOTE: If zeroing or calibration failed, select the Recalibrate button to restart the calibration
procedure from the beginning.

44
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

3.5.3 Spirometry Calibration

Patient spirometry does not require regular service calibration during planned maintenance, or
after the MiniPVX unit has been replaced. Calibration is only needed if there is a permanent
difference between the measured inspiratory and expiratory volumes.
The MiniPVX measuring unit is calibrated at the factory and due to the unit's design, spirometry
calibration is not regularly needed in the field. The calibration data is saved into the board's
EEPROM.
If calibration is desired, it is recommended to perform the calibration both with adult values
using the D-lite, and with pediatric values using the Pedi-lite.

Calibration setup
Required tools
 P/N 884202-HEL Spirometry tester
 D-Lite and Pedi-lite sensors
 Spirometry tube
 Ventilator
NOTE: See the supplies and accessories document delivered with the manual for compatible
accessories.
Connections
• Refer to the "Instructions for Use" -letter of the spirometry tester to see the setup.

3HGLDWULF $GXOW

Monitor configuration
• Configure the Flow waveform field to the monitor screen with adequate priority.
• Select the Spirometry Setup in the Airway Gas menu and configure:
Scaling: Auto
Sensor Type: Adult
TV or MV: TV

45
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Ventilator configuration
• Configure the ventilator to use air as fresh gas.
• Set the Tidal Volume (TV) to 500 ml/min when doing calibration check and calibration with
adult sensor and 100 ml/min with pediatric sensor.
• Set the RR =15, I/E =1/2 and PEEP 0cmH2O.

Calibration check
1. Perform the calibration check according to the steps 1 through 12a in the "Instructions for
Use" -letter of the spirometry tester.
NOTE: Let the gas module to warm up at least for 10 minutes before performing the calibration
check or flow calibration.
2. The measured flow values are shown in real-time in the TV Insp and TV Exp fields in the
Flow parameter window. Compare these measured values to the TV value reading
(highest water level) in the spirometry tester.
Acceptance criteria:
• If the TV Insp and TV Exp values differ less than ± 6% of the value read from the
spirometry tester, flow calibration is not needed.
• If the TV Insp and TV Exp values differ more than ± 6% of the value read from the
spirometry tester, perform flow calibration according to section “Flow calibration”.

Flow calibration
1. Select Monitor Setup > Install /Service > Service > Parameters > Gas Unit >
Spirometry
2. Ensure that the Sensor Type is correct and that Spirometry Zeroing is Enabled.
3. Wait until the MiniPVX sensor performs an automatic zeroing. It will show a message
‘zeroing’ in the Flow parameter window when zeroing takes place.
4. Adjust the Exp Flow Gain and/or Insp Flow Gain separately to calibrate the measured TV
Exp ml and TV Insp ml values:
 To increase the TV Exp ml flow value, increase the Exp Flow Gain.
 To decrease the TV Exp ml flow value, lower the Exp Flow Gain.
 To increase the TV Insp ml flow value, increase the TV Flow Gain.
 To decrease the TV Insp ml flow value, lower the TV Flow Gain.
5. Press Confirm to check the effect of the gain adjustment to the flow readings.
6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until the flow values are within the specification.

46
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

4 Troubleshooting
The problems and solutions in this chapter represent only a few of the faults that you may
encounter and are not intended to cover every possible problem that may occur.

This chapter focuses on troubleshooting technical problems. Refer also to the troubleshooting
hints on the S/5 monitor user’s manual for troubleshooting monitoring problems, performance
issues and clinical configuration issues.
NOTE: Perform the checkout procedure described in chapter “3. Service Procedures” each time
after you have opened the module casing.

4.1 Visual inspection

Before beginning any detailed troubleshooting, complete thorough visual inspection to be sure
that:
• the front cover is intact
• the water trap connection and disconnection functions properly
• all connectors are intact, clean and are attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact
• the metal D-fend Pro connectors are clean and intact
If in doubt of having any loose parts or cable connections inside the module, detach the
module box by removing the four screws from the back of the module and check that:
• all screws are tightened properly
• all cables are connected properly
• tubes are not pinched and there are no sharp bends on them
• all tubes are connected properly
• there are no loose objects inside the module

4.2 Troubleshooting checklist

The following simple troubleshooting hints may help you to localize and isolate a functional
problem to the correct unit. Ensure that the monitor is turned on and all modules are
connected:
• Check if there are any messages shown in the message field. Find the possible cause and
solution from the “Messages” section later in the chapter.
• Check that the module in doubt is compatible with the monitor. Compatibility information
can be found from the Carescape Respiratory Modules User’s Manual.
• Check that there are no duplicate modules connected to the monitor. List of identical
modules can be found from the Carescape Respiratory Modules User’s Manual.
• Connect the accessories to the module in doubt. Check that the parameters measured by
the module are configured to the display (Monitor Setup > Screen 1 Setup).
• Do a visual check to the accessories used with the module. If in doubt, replace the
accessories with known good ones.

47
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

After troubleshooting if the problem remains, contact service. Make sure you have all
necessary information of the product at hand. Describe the problem and the troubleshooting
done so far. Provide Webmin Device Information and Service logs, if requested.

4.2.1 Gas sampling system troubleshooting

• Faults which can occur in the sampling system are: leaks or blockages in the tubing,
failure of the sampling pump or the magnetic valves, or diminishing of the flow rates
because of dirt or other matter accumulating in the internal tubing or failure of pressure
sensors.
• Whenever suspecting the sampling system and always after having done any work on
the sampling system, check the sampling system for leakages and check the flow rate.
• The D-fend Pro water trap should be replaced, when the 'REPLACE D-FEND' message
appears.
• If any liquid has entered the MiniTPX measuring unit due to water trap filter failure,
contact GE Healthcare service.
• Check that the tubing inside the module is not contaminated.
Any contamination inside the tubing may indicate that the valves or sensors are
contaminated, too. This can increase a risk of faulty operation in valves or sensors. The
valves or gas sensors are not possible to clean in the field. Therefore, if you noticed any
contamination in the module tubing, send the module to GE Healthcare for factory
service.
NOTE: All internal tubes are mechanically fragile. Sharp bends may cause leaks and occlusions.

4.2.2 MiniOM Measuring unit troubleshooting

• Due to the complicated and sensitive mechanical construction of the oxygen measuring
unit, no repairs should be attempted inside the unit. Instead, if the fault has been found in
the measuring unit itself, the entire module should be replaced and the faulty module be
sent to GE Healthcare for repair.
• In cases of no response to O2 or strong drift, check the tubing for loose connections,
blockages, and leaks.
• Check also the OM reference gas filter assembly, and replace if needed.
• If the O2 signal is noisy, check the measurement unit suspension and if the MiniOM tubing
has tension.
NOTE: Never apply overpressure to the O2 measuring unit, as the pressure transducer may be
permanently damaged.

4.2.3 MiniTPX Measuring unit troubleshooting

• The MiniTPX measuring unit can only be repaired at the factory. In case of failure, the
entire module should be replaced and the faulty module be sent to GE Healthcare for
repair.

4.2.4 MiniPVX Measuring unit troubleshooting

• In case of failure, the MiniPVX unit can be replaced.
• Perform spirometry system leak test to check if there is any leakages in the internal or
external spirometry tubing.

48
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

4.2.5 CPU board troubleshooting

• Due to the complexity of the large scale integrated circuitry, there are few faults in the
CPU digital electronics that can be located without special equipment.
• Check that all connectors and screws are properly installed.
• In case of failure, the entire module should be replaced and the faulty module be sent to
GE Healthcare for repair.

4.3 Service Interface

The monitor has a service menu, which is a useful tool to examine monitor functions and
troubleshoot it in case a fault occurs.
To enter to the service menu see instructions in chapter Service Menu in the S/5 monitor’s
technical reference manual.

49
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.4 Messages
4.4.1 Gas measurements

Message Possible causes Possible solutions

Check water trap Water trap is not connected. Connect the water trap and
Check water trap and sample sampling line to the module.
gas out. Wait for 30 sec. and Air leak inside the internal tubing. Check the internal tubing for
press Normal screen to leakages.
continue.
Sample line blocked Gas sampling line is blocked. Check the external gas sampling
Continuous blockage. Check line for blockages. Replace, if
sampling line and water trap. needed.
Water trap container is full. Empty the water trap container.
Water trap is occluded. Replace the water trap.
Internal tubing is blocked. Check the internal tubing for
blockages.
Check sampling gas out The sample gas outflow is blocked. Check the sample gas out
Check water trap and sample connector in the front panel and
gas out. Wait for 30 seconds the exhaust line for gas return or
and press Normal screen scavenging for blockages.
to continue. - If the sample gas is returned
to the patient circuit, check
that there is no occlusion in
the tubing.
- If the sample gas outlet is
connected to a scavenging
system, make sure an open
system is used where gas is
removed in room pressure.
Internal tubing is blocked. Check the internal tubing for
blockages.
Pump failure. Check sample pump operation
by measuring the sample gas
flow rate. Replace pump, if
needed.
Replace water trap Defective or contaminated D-fend Pro. Replace the D-fend Pro water
Occlusion in internal tubing. trap.
Check sample and reference
flows. Perform a visual check for
the internal tubing. Remove the
cause for occlusion.
Calibrating Gas calibration is in progress. Wait until the calibration is
completed successfully.

50
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Message Possible causes Possible solutions

Failure in Agent ID Agent ID has failed. Perform gas calibration. Check
agent ID unreliability (see
functional check). If it does not
help, send the module to GE
Healthcare for factory repair.
Zeroing Zeroing is in progress. Wait until zeroing is completed
successfully.
Zero error Autozeroing during the measurement or in Check the zero valve operation.
the beginning of the gas calibration failed. Replace the zero absorber and
Nafion tube in zero line. If it does
not help, send the module to GE
Healthcare for factory repair.
Calibrating error Feeding the calibration gas was not started Recalibrate.
within 1 minute after the automatic zeroing
was completed.
Calibration was failed due to too large gain Recalibrate.
adjustment.
Wrong calibration gas is used. Use the specified calibration
gas.
Over range Measured FiO2>103% Perform gas calibration.
Apnea deactivated Apnea alarm start-up conditions are not Apnea alarm detection is
reached. activated after the 3 breaths are
detected.
Sensor INOP IR Lamp failure. Check miniTPX flex cable
Ambient pressure is too high or low. connection.
Check the ambient pressure
CPU failure. from the Gas Calibrations menu.
No response from the gas module, high Replace CPU.
temperature inside the module, or EEPROM Return the module to GE
checksum failure. Healthcare for service.

51
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Message Possible causes Possible solutions

Sensor INOP MiniOM unit failure Check flex cable connection.
- temperature
- internal supply voltages
- other internal failure
MiniTPX unit failure
- temperature
- internal supply voltages
- IR lamp failure
MiniPVX unit failure
- pressure sensor failure
- internal supply voltages
CPU failure
- internal supply voltages
- pressure sensor failure
- a/d-converter system failure
Other failure
- Fan failure Check that fan can rotate freely.
- Pump failure Check fan, pump or valve wire
- Valve (Zero, Occlusion) failure connection.
- Zeroing fails too many times
- CO2 reference signal differs too much
from CO2 signal
Calibrating gas sensor O2, CO2 and N2O measurements are not Wait until the warm-up is
available during the first minute after the completed.
module is connected due to warm-up.
Anaesthesia agent measurement is not
available during the first 5 minutes after the
module is connected due to warm-up.
Over Scale Incorrect waveform scale for the parameter. Change to the appropriate
The waveform clipped because measured waveform scale.
gas concentration exceeds the upper limit of For detailed instructions refer to
the current scale. the S/5 monitor user’s manual.
Low gas sample flow Sample flow deviates to less than 80% of the Check sample flow rate. Adjust,
module specific nominal flow value. if needed.
Gas sampling line, gas output, water trap, or Check or replace the gas
internal tubing is blocked. sampling line, water trap, or
Pump failure. internal tubing.
Replace the pump unit.
Incompatible gas module Incompatible gas module detected by the Check the compatibility of the
monitor. gas module.
Gas measurements removed The module is disconnected. Reconnect the module.
Identical gas modules The monitor detects gas measurement from Remove excess modules
two or more modules. providing gas measurement.

52
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

4.4.2 Spirometry

Message Possible causes Possible solutions

MVexp<<MVinsp Expired volume is much smaller (70% or less) Replace the spirometry tube.
than inspired volume due to a leak in the
spirometry system.
A leaking or occluded spirometry tube. Perform spirometry leak test.
Water in tubing. Replace MiniPVX, if needed.
Clean the tubing.
Low volumes I:E detection does not work. Check the water trap and its
Water trap may not be properly connected, or connection.
there may be a leak in the breathing circuit. Check the breathing circuit for
All following conditions are true for 20 s. No leaks.
apnea, Ppeak - PEEP <2cmH2O, TVinsp and Check the loops on screen to
TVexp are DATA_INVALID. locate the problem.
Zeroing error Zero valve leaking or internal damage in the Perform spirometry leakage test.
flow sensor. Replace MiniPVX sensor, if
needed.
MiniPVX flex cable loose. Check MiniPVX flex cable.
Zeroing Zeroing is in progress. Wait until zeroing is completed
successfully.
Sensor INOP There is no response from the MiniPVX Replace MiniPVX unit.
measurement board or there is an EEPROM
checksum failure.
MiniPVX flex cable loose. Check MiniPVX flex cable.
Zero valve is broken. Return the module to GE
Healthcare for service.
Over scale Flow or Paw waveform signal exceeds the Change Flow/Paw waveform
upper limit of the current scale. scale or use autoscaling. For
detailed instructions refer to the
S/5 monitor user’s manual.
Scale changed Displayed for 10 seconds after autoscaling N/A
mode has changed Flow, Paw, or Vol scale.
Saving loop Spirometry loop is being saved. N/A
Printing loop Spirometry loop is being printed. N/A
Spirometry measurements The module is disconnected. Reconnect the module.
removed

53
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.5 Troubleshooting charts

4.5.1 CO2 measurement

Problem Possible clinical cause Possible technical cause What to do

too low EtCO2 value - sudden decrease in - leak in sampling system - check all connections
circulation - calibration error - check calibration
- pulmonary embolism - high by-pass flow from
- hyperventilation ventilator
- very large dead-space
- large shunting
too high EtCO2 - hypoventilation - D-fend Pro contaminated - change D-fend Pro
- increased metabolism - calibration error - check calibration
waveform clipped - incorrect scaling - change scale

For detailed instructions

refer to the S/5 monitor
user’s manual.
no response to - apnea - sampling line or water - check all connections
breathing - (disconnection) trap loose or blocked (air
leak)
- sample gas out blocked - check that outlet is
open
EtCO2 overscale - abnormally high EtCO2 - CO2 sensor contaminated - call service technician
>15% (>20%) (permissive hypercapnia) - D-fend Pro malfunction - change D-fend Pro
Shown until 32%,
specified range
0...15%
EtCO2>PaCO2 - unit is mmHg or kPa and - Dry gas as default - change to Wet gas by
EtCO2 is close to arterial using Default Setup/
PCO2 Care unit Settings /
Parameters menu

4.5.2 Patient spirometry

Problem Possible clinical cause Possible technical cause What to do

insp TV>exp TV - leak in lungs - spirometry tube leak - check leakages — perform
- ET tube cuff leak leak test
- water inside D-lite or - change tubings and D-lite
tubings - do not use active
humidification
- another side stream gas - connect gas sampling only
sampling between D-lite and always to D-lite
and patient
- D-fend Pro leaks - check D-fend Pro

54
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

Problem Possible clinical cause Possible technical cause What to do

exp TV> insp TV - spirometry tube leak - check leakages — perform
leak test
- water inside D-lite or - change tubings and D-lite
tubings - do not use active
humidification
Loop overscale - wrong scale selected - change scaling
Monitored volumes < - wrong TV base selected - Select correct TV base
set volumes - leak between ventilator (ATPD / BTPS / NTPD/ STPD)
and D-lite - check ventilator
connections
Strongly vibrating - mucus in ET tube - water or secretions in - check the patient status
loop hoses or D-lite - change dry D-lite and/or
- wrong mode vs. sensor empty the water from
selection hoses
Too large or too - incorrect sensor type - check mode and sensor
small volumes selection - D-lite for adult
- Pedi-lite for pediatric
Fluctuating Raw - mucus in airways or - ventilator exp. valve - check the tubings and
tubings causes fluctuations D-fend Pro
- breathing effort during exp. flow
against the ventilator - check the patient status
- patient triggered
breathes
Too high Raw - kink in tubing - check the tubing
- mucus - check the patient status
- asthmatic patient
- bronchospasm
- spontaneous breaths
Raw value invalid
- breathing efforts
against the ventilator
- patient triggered
breaths
Too high Ppeak - bronchospasm - check the patient status
- patient is coughing
- patient breaths
against the ventilator - check the patient circuit
- obstruction in airways status
- HME obstructed
Compl value invalid - spontaneous breaths - compliance cannot be
calculated

55
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Spare parts
5.1 Ordering parts
To order parts, Contact GE Healthcare. Contact information is available at
www.gehealthcare.com. Make sure you have all necessary information at hand.
NOTE: Perform the checkout procedure described in chapter “3. Service Procedures” after you
have disassembled and reassembled the module.

5.1.1 Planned Maintenance Kits

The required planned maintenance parts are included in a PM kit.

Part number Description

M1206554 Planned Maintenance Kit for CARESCAPE E-sCxxx Respiratory modules. The
PM kit includes the required Nafion tubes, OM reference filter assembly with
O-ring and PM Sticker.
NOTE: The PM kit does not include the CO2 absorber. Order it separately.

56
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

5.2 Spare parts for E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO



 

FRU# FRU/ Item description FRU / Item part

number

1 FRU, Front Chassis Unit, E-sCAiO, E-sCO M1206530

- Front Chassis Assembly

2 FRU, Front Chassis Unit, E-sCAiOV, E-sCOV M1206529

- Front Chassis Assembly including Membrane Keyboard

3 FRU, HW Kit, E-sCxxxx M1206533

- All Mounting Screws
- All Conductive Sealings
- Pump Connector Silicone Tube
- D25 Connector Shield
- Latch
- Torsion Spring

57
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

 




 

 


FRU# FRU/ Item description FRU / Item part

number

4 FRU, Pump Unit, E-sCxxxx M1206290

5 FRU, OM Holder, E-sCxxxx M1206531

6 FRU, PVX Unit, E-sCAiOV, E-sCOV M1206528

7 CO2 Absorber, E-sCxxxx M1206555

58
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

5.2.1 Front covers

 

FRU# FRU/ Item description FRU / Item part number

8 FRU, Front Cover, E-sCAiO M1206538

8 FRU, Front Cover, US, E-sCAiO M1206558

8 FRU, Front Cover, E-sCO M1206539

8 FRU, Front Cover, US, E-sCO M1206559

9 FRU, Front Cover, EN, E-sCAiOV M1207033

9 FRU, Front Cover, CS, E-sCAiOV M1207034

9 FRU, Front Cover, DA, E-sCAiOV M1207035

9 FRU, Front Cover, ES, E-sCAiOV M1207036

9 FRU, Front Cover, FI, E-sCAiOV M1207037

9 FRU, Front Cover, FR, E-sCAiOV M1207038

9 FRU, Front Cover, HU, E-sCAiOV M1207039

9 FRU, Front Cover, IT, E-sCAiOV M1207040

9 FRU, Front Cover, JA, E-sCAiOV M1207041

9 FRU, Front Cover, NL, E-sCAiOV M1207042

9 FRU, Front Cover, NO, E-sCAiOV M1207043

9 FRU, Front Cover, PL, E-sCAiOV M1207044

9 FRU, Front Cover, PT, E-sCAiOV M1207045

9 FRU, Front Cover, SV, E-sCAiOV M1207046

59
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

FRU# FRU/ Item description FRU / Item part number

9 FRU, Front Cover, DE, E-sCAiOV M1207047

9 FRU, Front Cover, RU, E-sCAiOV M1213759

9 FRU, Front Cover, ZH, E-sCAiOV M1213760

9 FRU, Front Cover, EN, E-sCOV M1207048

9 FRU, Front Cover, CS, E-sCOV M1207049

9 FRU, Front Cover, DA, E-sCOV M1207051

9 FRU, Front Cover, ES, E-sCOV M1207053

9 FRU, Front Cover, FI, E-sCOV M1207055

9 FRU, Front Cover, FR, E-sCOV M1207057

9 FRU, Front Cover, HU, E-sCOV M1207059

9 FRU, Front Cover, IT, E-sCOV M1207062

9 FRU, Front Cover, JA, E-sCOV M1207064

9 FRU, Front Cover, NL, E-sCOV M1207067

9 FRU, Front Cover, NO, E-sCOV M1207069

9 FRU, Front Cover, PL, E-sCOV M1207071

9 FRU, Front Cover, PT, E-sCOV M1207073

9 FRU, Front Cover, SV, E-sCOV M1207075

9 FRU, Front Cover, DE, E-sCOV M1207077

9 FRU, Front Cover, RU, E-sCOV M1213757

9 FRU, Front Cover, ZH, E-sCOV M1213758

60
Document no. M1214853C
 Respiratory Modules, E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO

6 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the CARESCAPE Respiratory Modules E-sCAiOV, E-sCAiO,
E-sCOV, E-sCO.

61
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

For your notes:

62
Document no. M1214853C
 Appendix A, Service check form

APPENDIX A: Service check form

CARESCAPE Respiratory Modules, EsCAiOV, E-sCAiO, E-sCOV, E-sCO
Customer Monitor S/N
Service S/N
Service engineer Software
Planned maintenance Corrective maintenance Module type S/N

Prior to testing verify all equipment is calibrated via “Cal” labeling and record Cal Due Dates

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part No: Serial Number/ID: Cal Due Date:

PASS = Test passed N.A. = Test not applicable FAIL = Test failed
PASS N.A. FAIL PASS N.A. FAIL
3.2. Visual inspections
3.3. Functional check
3.3.2. Procedure
1. Gas Sampling System Leak Test 2. Spirometry System Leak Test
3. Sample Flow Rate Check 4. Reference Gas Flow Rate Check
5. Fan 6. Module Keys
7. Zero Valve Operation 8. Gas Calibration
9. Agent Identification 10. Ambient Pressure
11. Occlusion detection 12. Air Leak detection
13. Gas exhaust blockage 14. Airway Gases
15. Apnea detection 16. Flow waveform
3.3.3. Test completion

Notes

Used service parts

Signature Date

A-1(2)
Document no. M1214853C
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

For your notes:

A-2(2)

Document no. M1214853C

Compact Airway Modules
S/5 Compact Airway Module, E-CAiOVX (Rev. 00)
S/5 Compact Airway Module, E-CAiOV (Rev. 00)
S/5 Compact Airway Module, E-CAiO (Rev. 00)
S/5 Compact Airway Module, E-COVX (Rev.00)
S/5 Compact Airway Module, E-COV (Rev. 00)
S/5 Compact Airway Module, E-CO (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EEC.
CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1027822-02

May 2, 2011

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2,
FI-00510 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005, 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures iii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Typical performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Gas specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3.1 Normal conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3.2 Conditions exceeding normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.4 Patient spirometry specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.4.1 Normal conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.4.2 Conditions exceeding normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.5 Gas exchange specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2 Functional description 7
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.1 CO2, N2O, and agent measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.2 O2 measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.3 Patient spirometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.4 Gas exchange measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2.1 Controls and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.2 Gas sampling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.3 TPX measuring unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.4 PVX measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.5 CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.2.6 OM board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

3 Service procedures 19
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.1 OM measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.2 TPX measuring unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.3 OM, TPX, and PVX measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.4 Serviceable parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.2.2 Recommended parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.3 Planned Maintenance Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2.4 Replacement procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.2.5 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.2.6 Functional inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3.1 Before disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

3.3.2 Required tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.3.3 PVX unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.3.4 Pump unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.3.5 CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.3.6 Software of CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.3.7 Instructions after replacing software or CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.4 Adjustments and calibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.4.1 Gas sampling flow rate measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.4.2 Gas sampling flow rate adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.4.3 Gas calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

4 Troubleshooting 35
4.1 Troubleshooting charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.1.1 CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.1.2 Patient spirometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.1.3 Gas exchange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.2 Gas sampling system troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.3 OM measuring unit troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.4 PVX measuring unit troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.5 CPU board troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.6 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

5 Earlier revisions 42
Appendix A: Service check form, Compact Airway Modules A-1

ii

Document no. M1027822-02

 List of figures

Table of figures

Figure 1 TPX sensor principle.................................................................................................................................................................... 7

Figure 2 Absorbance of N2O and CO2 ................................................................................................................................................. 7
Figure 3 Infrared absorbance of AAs .................................................................................................................................................... 8
Figure 4 O2 measurement principle ...................................................................................................................................................... 8
Figure 5 Front of Compact Airway Module, E-CAiOVX, and the back of the module....................................................12
Figure 6 Absorber .........................................................................................................................................................................................13
Figure 7 Gas sampling system layout.................................................................................................................................................14
Figure 8 Gas tubing layout.......................................................................................................................................................................15
Figure 9 TPX measuring unit ...................................................................................................................................................................15
Figure 10 OM measuring unit....................................................................................................................................................................16
Figure 11 PVX measuring unit...................................................................................................................................................................16
Figure 12 Signal processing .......................................................................................................................................................................17
Figure 13 Control logic..................................................................................................................................................................................18
Figure 14 Calibration data stored in EEPROM....................................................................................................................................18
Figure 15 Pneumatic unit and reference gas connection block ..............................................................................................25

iii

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

iv

Document no. M1027822-02

 Compact Airway Modules

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Compact Airway modules. The Compact Airway modules are double
width plug-in modules. E-CO, E-COV, E-COVX, E-CAiO, E-CAiOV, E-CAiOVX and
E-CAiOVX/SERVICE/SERVICE are designed for use with the S/5 Monitors. Later in this manual
modules may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The Compact Airway modules provide airway and respiratory measurements.
Letters in the module name stand for:
C = CO2 and N2O, O = patient O2, V = patient spirometry, X = gas exchange, A = anesthetic
agents, and i = agent identification

About E-CAiOVX/SERVICE module

The E-CAiOVX/SERVICE module is meant for service purposes only. It can be used as a loan
module, if the module in the hospital should be sent to the factory for repair. The specifications
that apply to the E-CAiOVX apply also to the E-CAiOVX/SERVICE module. Module differences:
the color of the front mask is green, the front panel has a “SERVICE” text and there are no front
panel keys equipped.
Table 1 Options for Compact Airway modules

Modules Parameters / measurements

CO2 N2O O2 Anesthetic Agent ID Spirometr Gas
agents y exchange
E-CAiOVX X X X X X X X
E-CAiOV X X X X X X
E-CAiO X X X X X
E-COV X X X X
E-COVX X X X X X
E-CO X X X
E-CAiOVX/SERVICE X X X X X X X

NOTE: Do not use identical modules in the same monitor simultaneously.

The E-miniC, E-CO, E-COV, E-COVX, E-CAiO, E-CAiOV, E-CAiOVX and E-CAiOVX/SERVICE and the
M-miniC, M-C, M-CO, M-COV, M-COVX, M-CAiO, M-CAiOV, M-CAiOVX and M-CAiOVX/SERVICE are
considered identical modules.
NOTE: The Compact Airway Module or Single-Width Airway Module and Airway Module,
G-XXXX, cannot be used simultaneously in the same monitor.
NOTE: The Compact Airway modules cannot be used in the Extension Frame, F-EXT4.
NOTE: Anesthetic agents and N2O values are not displayed with Critical Care main software,
but when present in the module they are calculated for compensation of CO2 and O2.

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size, W x D x H 75 x 228 x 112 mm / 3.0 x 9.0 x 4.4 in
Module weight 1.6 kg / 3.5 lb.
Operating temperature +10 to +40 °C
Storage temperature -25 to +70 °C
Atmospheric pressure 666 to 1060 hPa /
(67 to 106 kPa)
(500 to 800 mmHg)
(666 to 1060 mbar)
Relative humidity 10 to 95% non-condensing (in airway 0 to 100%, condensing)
Power consumption 12.6 W Prms, 14.6 W momentary
Protection against electrical shock Type BF

1.2 Typical performance

CO2
Measurement range 0 to 15 vol% (0 to 15 kPa, 0 to 113 mmHg)
Measurement rise time < 400 ms typical
Accuracy (0.2 vol% +2% of the reading)
e.g. Reading 5.0 % accuracy = ± (0.2 + 0.1); = ± 0.3 vol%
Gas cross effects < 0.2 vol% (O2, N2O, anesthetic agents)

O2
Measurement range 0 to 100 vol%
Measurement rise time < 400 ms typical
Accuracy ± (1 vol% + 2% of the reading)
Gas cross effects < 1 vol%; anesthetic agents
< 2 vol%; N2O
O2 Fi-Et difference resolution 0.1 vol%

N2O
Measurement range 0 to 100%
Measurement rise time < 400 ms typical
Accuracy ± (2 vol% + 2% of the reading) (0%<N2O<85%)
± (2 vol% + 8% of the reading) (85%<N2O<100%)
Gas cross effects < 2 vol%; anesthetic agents

Respiration Rate (RR)

Measurement range 4 to 60 breaths/min
Detection criteria 1% variation in CO2

2
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

Anesthetic Agents (AA)

Measuring range
Hal, Enf, Iso 0 to 6 vol%
Sev 0 to 8 vol%
Des 0 to 20 vol%
Measurement rise time <600 ms typical (<1000 ms for Hal, typical)
Gas cross effects < 0.15 vol% N2O
Resolution is two digits, when the AA concentration is below 1.0 vol%.
If AA concentration is below 0.1 vol%, 0.0% is displayed.

Agent identification
Identification threshold 0.15 vol% typical
Identification time < 20 s (for pure agents)
Mixture identification threshold for 2. agent:
0.2 vol% +10% of total conc.

MAC
Range 0...9.9 MAC
Equation:

Formula 1

where x(AA): Hal=0.75%, Enf=1.7%, Iso=1..15%, Sev=2.05%, Des=6.0%

1.3 Gas specifications

Airway humidity 0...100%, condensing
Sampling rate 200 ±20 ml/min. (sampling line 2-3 m, normal conditions)
Sampling delay 2.5 seconds typical with a 3 m sampling line

Total system response time 2.9 seconds typical with a 3 m sampling line, including
sampling delay and rise time

Display update rate breath-by-breath

Warm up time 2 min. for operation with CO2, O2, and N2O
5 min. for operation of anesthetic agents
30 min. for full specifications
Gas values are measured in ATPD conditions (ambient temperature and pressure, dry). When
CO2 is displayed as a partial pressure (kPa, mmHg), the value can be alternatively shown as
wet (BTPS, body temperature and pressure saturated).
Automatic compensation for barometric pressure , CO2-N2O and CO2-O2 collision broadening
effect.
Auto zeroing interval Immediately after calibrating the gas sensor and 2, 5, 10, 15, 30,
45, 60 minutes after start-up, then every 60 minutes

1.3.1 Normal conditions

Accuracy specifications apply in normal conditions (after 30 minutes warm-up period):
Ambient temperature 18 to 28 °C, within ±5 °C of calibration
Ambient pressure 500 to 800 mmHg, ±50 mmHg of cal.
Ambient humidity 20 to 80% RH, ±20% RH of cal.

3
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Non-disturbing gases
Ethanol C2H5OH < 0.3%
Acetone < 0.3%
Methane CH4 < 0.3%
Freon 21 < 1%
Freon R134A <1%
Nitrogen N2
Carbon monoxide CO
Nitric Oxide NO < 200 ppm
water vapor
Maximum effect on readings
CO2 < 0.2 vol%
O2, N2O < 2 vol%
anesthetic agents < 0.15 vol%
Effect of Helium decreases CO2 readings < 0.6 vol% typically
decreases O2 readings < 3 vol% typically
Effect of Xenon decreases CO2 readings < 0.4 vol% typically

1.3.2 Conditions exceeding normal

Accuracy specifications under the following conditions; nopq:
n Ambient temperature 10 to 40 °C, within ±5 °C of calibration
Ambient pressure 500 to 800 mmHg, ±50 mmHg of calibration
Ambient humidity 10 to 98% RH, ±20% RH of calibration
o During warm-up 2 to 10 minutes (anesthetic agents 5-10 minutes), under normal conditions
p During warm-up 10 to 30 minutes, under normal conditions
q N2O > 85%, under normal conditions

Accuracy under different conditions (see above)

Condition n and p Condition o Condition q
CO2 ±(0.3 vol% + 4% of reading) ±(0.4 vol% + 7% of reading)
(at 5 vol% error ±0.5 vol%) (at 5 vol% error ±0.75 vol%)
O2 (2 vol% + 2% of reading) ±(3 vol% + 3% of reading)
N2O ±(3 vol% + 3% of reading) ±(3 vol% + 5% of reading) ± (2vol% + 8% of reading)
Agents: Hal, Enf, Iso, ±(0.2 vol% + 10% of reading) ±(0.3 vol% + 10% of
Sev, Des reading)

1.4 Patient spirometry specifications

1.4.1 Normal conditions
Accuracy specifications apply in normal conditions (after 10 minutes warm-up period):
Ambient temperature 10 to 40 °C
Ambient pressure 500 to 800 mmHg
Ambient humidity 10 to 98% RH
Airway humidity 10 to 100% RH

4
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

Respiration rate 4 to 35 breaths/min (adults)

4 to 50 breaths/min (pediatric)
I:E ratio 1:4.5 to 2:1
Intubation tube 5.5 to 10 mm (adults), 3...6 mm (pediatric)
Airway pressures (Paw, Ppeak, Pplat, PEEPe, PEEPiStat, PEEPiDyn, Pmean)
Measurement range -20 to +100 cmH2O
Resolution 0.5 cmH2O
Accuracy ±1 cmH2O
Airway flow
Measurement range 1.5 to 100 l/min (adults)
(for both directions) 0.25 to 25 l/min (pediatric)
Tidal volume
Measurement range 150 to 2000 ml (adults), 15...300 ml (pediatric)
Resolution 1 ml
Accuracy ±6% or 30 ml (adult), ±6% or 4 ml (pediatric)
Minute volume
Measurement range 2 to 20 l/min (adults), 0.5...5 l/min (pediatric)
Resolution 0.1 l/min
Compliance
Measurement range 4 to 100 ml/cmH2O (adult), 1...100 ml/cmH2O (pediatric)
Resolution 1 ml/cmH2O (adult), 0.1 ml/cmH2O (pediatric)
Airway resistance
Measurement range 0 to 40 cmH2O/ l/s
Resolution 1 cmH2O/ l/s
Other parameters
Specifications apply in conditions listed in patient spirometry specifications.
Dead space of the sensor
9.5 ml (adult), 2.5 ml (pediatric)
Resistance of the sensor
0.5 cmH2O at 30 l/min (adult), 1.0 cmH2O at 10 l/min (pediatric)

1.4.2 Conditions exceeding normal

Accuracy specifications under the following condition (during warm-up 2 to 10 minutes):
Airway Pressure (Paw)
Accuracy ±2 cmH2O
Tidal volume
Accuracy ±10% or 100 ml (adult), ±10% or 10 ml (pediatric)

1.5 Gas exchange specifications

Mathematical integration of airway flow and gas concentration for intubated, mechanically
ventilated and/or partly spontaneously breathing patients.
NOTE: These specifications apply only, when a 2 meter gas sampling line is used, and a Y-piece
with a physical dead space less than 8 ml.

5
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

NOTE: These specifications only apply, if the FiO2 level delivered to the patient is varying by less
NOTE: than 0.2% at the measurement point during the inspiratory cycle.
VO2 and VCO2
Measurement range 50 to 1000 ml/min
Resolution 10 ml/min
Accuracy ±10% or 10 ml/min; when FiO2 < 65%
±15% or 15 ml/min; when 65% < FiO2 < 85%

RQ
Measurement range 0.6...1.2
Resolution 0.05

6
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 CO2, N2O, and agent measurement
TPX is a side stream gas analyzer, measuring real time concentrations of CO2, N2O and
anesthetic agents (Halothane, Enflurane, Isoflurane, Desflurane, and Sevoflurane).

7HPSVHQVRU

6DPSOH
FKDPEHU 7KHUPRSLOH

73;BVHQVRUBSULQFSOHYVG
GHWHFWRUV

6DPSOH 6DPSOH
JDVRXW JDVLQ

Figure 1 TPX sensor principle

Anesthetic agents or mixtures of two anesthetic agents are automatically identified and
concentrations of the identified agents are measured. TPX also detects mixtures of more than
two agents and issues an alarm.
TPX is a non dispersive infrared analyzer, measuring absorption of the gas sample at seven
infrared wavelengths, which are selected using optical narrow band filters.
The infrared radiation detectors are thermopiles.
Concentrations of CO2 and N2O are calculated from absorption measured at 3-5 μm.

absorbance_N2O_CO2.vsd

Figure 2 Absorbance of N2O and CO2

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Identification of anesthetic agents and calculation of their concentrations is performed by

measuring absorptions at five wavelengths in the 8-9 μm band and solving the concentrations
from a set of five equations.

absorbance_AA.vsd
Figure 3 Infrared absorbance of AAs
The measuring accuracy is achieved utilizing numerous software compensations. The
compensation parameters are determined individually for each TPX during the factory
calibration.

2.1.2 O2 measurement
The differential oxygen measuring unit uses the paramagnetic principle in a pneumatic bridge
configuration. The signal picked up with a differential pressure transducer is generated in a
measuring cell with a strong magnetic field that is switched on and off at a frequency of 165
Hz. The output signal is a DC voltage proportional to the O2 concentration difference between
the two gases to be measured.

(OHFWURPDJQHW
0L[WXUH
RXW

6ZLWFKHG
PDJQHWLF
0LFURSKRQH
2BPHDVBSULQFLSOHYVG

ILHOG

6DPSOHLQ

5HIHUHQFHLQ

Figure 4 O2 measurement principle

8
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

2.1.3 Patient spirometry

In mechanical ventilation, breaths are delivered to the patient by a ventilator with a proper tidal
volume (TV), respiration rate (RR), and inspiration / expiration ratio in time (I:E) determined by
the settings of the ventilator.
The Patient Spirometry monitors patient ventilation. The following parameters are displayed:
− Expiratory and inspiratory tidal volume (TV) in ml
− Expiratory and inspiratory minute volume (MV) in l/min
− Expiratory spontaneous minute volume in l/min
− Inspiration/expiration ratio (I:E)
Airway pressure
− Peak pressure (Ppeak)
− Mean airway pressure (Pmean); available only in S/5 Critical Care and Compact Critical Care
monitors
− End inspiratory pressure (Pplat)
− PEEPi, PEEPe; available only in S/5 Critical Care and Compact Critical Care monitors
− Total positive end expiratory pressure (PEEPtot); available only in S/5 Anesthesia and
Compact Anesthesia monitors
− Real time airway pressure waveform (Paw)
− Static Positive end expiratory pressures (Static PEEPi and Static PEEPe); available only in
S/5 Critical Care and Compact Critical Care monitors
− Static Plateau pressure (Static Pplat); available only in S/5 Critical Care and Compact
Critical Care monitors
− Static Compliance (Static Compl); available only in S/5 Critical Care and Compact Critical
Care monitors
PEEP, Ppeak, Pmean, and Pplat are measured by a pressure transducer on the PVX board.
Atmospheric pressure is used as a reference in measurement. The pressure measurement is
made from the airway part that is closest to the patient between the patient circuit and
intubation tube.
PEEPi=intrinsic PEEP, PEEPtot-PEEPe
Static pressure measurement maneuvers are automatically identified based on an increased
zero flow period at the end of the inspiration or expiration.
Static Compliance is calculated, if Static PEEP and Static Pplat measurements were made within
a 2 minute period.

Airway flow
− Real time flow waveform (V')
− Compliance (Compl)
− Airway resistance (Raw)
− Pressure volume loop
− Flow volume loop
The measurement is based on measuring the kinetic gas pressure and is performed using the
Pitot effect. A pressure transducer is used to measure the Pitot pressure. The pressure signal
obtained is linearized and corrected according to the density of the gas. Speed of flow is
calculated from these pressure values and the TV value is then integrated. The MV value is
calculated and averaged using TV and RR (respiratory rate) values.
Compliance and airway resistance
Compliance is calculated for each breath from the equation

Formula 2

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Compliance describes how large a pressure difference is needed to deliver a certain amount of
gas to the patient.
The airway resistance, Raw, is calculated using an equation that describes the kinetics of the
gas flow between the lungs and the D-lite. The equation states that the pressure at the D-lite
can at any moment of the breath be approximated using the equation

Formula 3

where P(t), V’(t) and V(t) are the pressure, flow and volume measured at the D-lite at a time t,
Raw is the airway resistance, Compl is the compliance and PEEPe+PEEPi is the total positive end
expiratory pressure (PEEPtot).

D-lite
Patient Spirometry uses specific sensors called D-lite+/D-lite and Pedi-lite+/Pedi-lite flow
sensors. Different types of sensors are available: adult sensor for measuring adults and
pediatric sensor for children. Both are available as reusable and disposable versions.
D-lite and Pedi-lite adapters are designed to measure kinetic pressure by a two-sided Pitot
tube. Velocity is calculated from pressure difference according to Bernoulli's equation. Flow is
then determined using the calculated velocity.

(from Bernoulli's equation) Formula 4

where:
F = flow (l/min), v = velocity (m/s), A = cross area (m2), dP = pressure difference (cmH2O),
ρ = density (kg/m3)
Finally the volume information is obtained by integrating the flow signal.

2.1.4 Gas exchange measurement

The gas exchange measurement uses the D-lite flow sensor and the gas sampler.
The basic data which is needed to obtain O2 consumption and CO2 production are volumes and
concentrations.
Concentrations have been corrected for delay and deformation during the transport of the gas
sample in a sidestream gas measurement sensor.
To obtain the amount of O2 consumed in ml/min, the amount which is exhaled is subtracted
from the amount that is inhaled.
To obtain the amount of CO2 produced in ml/min, the amount which is inhaled is subtracted
from the amount that is exhaled.
These amounts can be obtained by multiplying each measured volume piece (dv) by the
corresponding gas concentration:

Formula 5
and

10
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

Formula 6

Using inspiratory and expiratory minute volumes MVi and MVe and volume-weighted
inspiratory concentrations fi and fe, these equations can be rewritten as:

Formula 7

Formula 8

To obtain results which are less sensitive to errors in volume measurements, the so-called
Haldane transformation is used. This means taking advantage of the fact that the patient is not
consuming nor producing nitrogen: the amount of nitrogen inhaled is equal to the amount
exhaled fiN2 × MVi=feN2×MVe.
VO2 and VCO2 can then be written as:

Formula 9

Formula 10

with
fHald = (1-fiCO2 – fiO2 – fiN2O - fiAne1 – fiAne2) / (1-feCO2 – feO2 – feN2O - feAne1 – feAne2)

Formula 11

with Un=Urea Nitrogen Excretion = 13 g/day (for adults only).

2.2 Main components

The compact airway modules consist of:
• Gas sampling system
• TPX measuring unit
• OM measuring unit
• PVX measuring unit
• CPU board
• OM board
• PVX board

11

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.2.1 Controls and connectors

25

13


14

1


Figure 5 Front of Compact Airway Module, E-CAiOVX, and the back of the
module
(1) D-fend water trap
(2) Sampling line connector
(3) Water trap latch
(4) Oxygen reference gas inlet
(5) Sample gas outlet
(6) Cooling fan with dust filter

Module keys Module Description

Save Loop E-COV, E-COVX, E-CAiOV, Save Loop saves a reference
E-CAiOVX loop.
Print Loop E-COV, E-COVX, E-CAiOV, Print Loop prints the
E-CAiOVX reference loop.
Change Loop E-COV, E-COVX, E-CAiOV, Change Loop changes a
E-CAiOVX pressure/volume loop to a
flow/volume loop or vice
versa.
Connector Module Description
D25 connector all modules Module bus connector

12
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

2.2.2 Gas sampling system

The sampling system takes care of drawing a gas sample into the analyzers at a fixed rate.
The gas sampling system samples the measured air to the module, and removes water and
impurities from it. A sampling line is connected to the water trap. The pump draws gas through
the sampling line to gas measuring units. After the measurements, the gas is exhausted from
the sample gas out connector.
The E-COVX and E-CAiOVX modules have a different gas sampling system compared to the
other modules. A number of flow restrictors have been changed to create a bigger pressure
difference between ambient pressure and the gas sampling system in the gas sensors. The
sample flow is, however, about the same (200 ml/min).
A larger pressure difference makes the deformations of the gas concentration curves less
sensitive to high variations of the airway pressures, thus also meeting the accuracy
requirements of gas exchange for these applications.

D-fendTM
The sample is drawn through a sampling line. Then gas enters the monitor through the water
trap, where it is divided into two flows, a main flow and a side flow. The main flow goes into the
analyzers. This flow is separated from the patient side by a hydrophobic filter. The side flow
creates a slight subatmospheric pressure within the D-fend water trap, which causes fluid
removed by the hydrophobic filter to collect in the bottle.

Zero valve and absorber

The main flow passes through a magnetic valve before
proceeding to the analyzers. This valve is activated to establish the
zero points for the TPX and OM units. When the valve is activated,
room air is drawn through the absorber into the internal system
and the gas sensors. Paralyme is used as an absorbent.

Figure 6 Absorber

Nafion® tubes 1)
A Nafion tube is used between the water trap and the zero valve to balance the sample gas
humidity with that of ambient air. The tube will prevent errors caused by the effect of water
vapor on gas partial pressure, when humid gases are measured after calibration with dry
gases. Another Nafion tube is used between the absorber and the pneumatic unit to prevent
humidity caused by the absorption of CO2.

Gas analyzers
After the zero valve and Nafion tube, the gas passes through the TPX and OM units. The oxygen
sensor has two inputs. One input accepts the main flow and the other draws in room air for
reference. Both gas flows exit from a single port.

Sample flow differential pressure transducer

The sample flow differential pressure transducer measures pressure drop across an OM inlet
restrictor and calculates sample flow from the pressure difference.

1 Nafion is a registered trademark of Perma Pure Inc.

13

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Working pressure transducer

The working pressure transducer measures absolute working pressure between the TPX unit
and OM unit. It is used for messages: ‘Sample line blocked’, ‘Check D-fend’, ‘Replace D-fend’ and
‘Check sample gas outlet’.

Pneumatic unit
The pneumatic unit contains a zeroing valve, occlusion valve and tubing connections. There is
a series of restrictors and chambers forming a pneumatic filter to prevent pressure oscillations
from the pump to reach the measuring units. The occlusion valve connection to room air
includes a dust filter and the zero valve connection to room air includes an absorber.

Connection block
The connection block contains a sample gas outlet connector and an OM unit reference gas
inlet. The inlet is equipped with a dust filter.

Occlusion valve
The valve is activated, when the sampling line gets occluded. The main flow is then diverted to
the side flow of the D-fend water trap to faster remove the occlusion.

Sampling pump and damping chamber

The gas sampling pump is a membrane pump that is run by a brushless DC-motor. Sample
flow is measured with a differential pressure transducer across a known restriction. The motor
is automatically controlled to maintain a constant flow, even when the D-fend water trap ages
and starts to get occluded. It also enables use of sample tubes with varying lengths and
diameters.
The damping chamber is used to even out the pulsating flow and silence the exhaust flow.
NOTE: In no occasion is the flow reversed towards the patient.

&2DEVRUEHU
1DILRQ7XEHPP
LQ]HUROLQHSQ0

3QHXPDWLFXQLW 3
287
20XQLW 'IHQG
*
5() :DWHUWUDS
) ,1

'

&

1DILRQ7XEHPPLQVDPSOH
3UHVVXUH JDVLQOLQHSQ+(/
WUDQVGXFHUV

%

&RQQHFWLRQEORFN
%
JDVBVDPSOBV\VWBOD\RXWBRWKHUVYVG

73;XQLW

287 ,1

,1
287
'DPSLQJFKDPSHU
6DPSOLQJSXPS

Figure 7 Gas sampling system layout

14
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

)URQWSDQHO

5RRPDLU
 5HIHUHQFHJDV
)LOWHU

)LOWHU
$EVRUEHU 5RRPDLU
=HUR
2FFOXVLRQ
YDOYH YDOYH

73; 20

3UHVVXUH 3UHVVXUH

JDVBWXELQJBOD\RXWYVG
6DPSOH WUDQVGXFHU WUDQVGXFHU
S S GS
OLQH 3XPS
'IHQG


Tubing marked with 1) is thinner in E-CAiOVX and E-COVX module.

Figure 8 Gas tubing layout

2.2.3 TPX measuring unit

The TPX unit is a non dispersive infrared analyzer, measuring absorption of the gas sample at
seven infrared wavelengths, which are selected using optical narrow band filters. The IR lamp is
a 4 W filament, surrounded by thermal isolation. There is a hole in the isolation, passing the
radiation to a conical measuring chamber with 4 mm length.
From the sample chamber, radiation goes into seven tubular light guides with reflective inner
surfaces. At the other end of each light guide, there is a thermopile detector with an optical
filter in front of it.
The Temp sensor measures the TPX units’ temperature and it is used for temperature
compensation.
The TPX unit includes a TPX board located at the end of the unit. Its function is to connect the 7
thermopile signals and the temperature sensor signal to the CPU board.
TPX_meas_unit.vsd

Figure 9 TPX measuring unit

15

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

OM measuring unit
The oxygen measurement is based on paramagnetic susceptibility. The gas and the reference
gas, which usually is room air, are conducted into a gap in an electromagnet with a strong
magnetic field switched on and off at a frequency of approximately 165 Hz.
An alternating differential pressure is generated between the sample and reference inputs due
to forces acting to the oxygen molecules in a magnetic field gradient.
The pressure is measured with a sensitive differential transducer, rectified with a synchronous
detector and amplified to produce a DC voltage proportional to the oxygen partial pressure
difference of the two gases.

Figure 10 OM measuring unit

2.2.4 PVX measuring unit

NOTE: Never apply overpressure or negative pressure of more than 300 cmH2O to the flow and
volume tubing. Differential pressure max 25 cmH2O on one port at a time e.g. when connecting
tubes.
When Patient Spirometry is used, a special sensor, D-lite, replaces the normal airway adapter
in the patient circuit. A double lumen tubing is attached to the two connectors on the adapter
and on the module front panel.
The Patient Spirometry provides patient respiration monitoring capabilities using the D-lite and
Pedi-lite flow sensors.
PVX_meas_unit.vsd

Figure 11 PVX measuring unit

The measurement is based on measuring the kinetic gas pressure and is performed using the
Pitot effect. A pressure transducer is used to measure the Pitot pressure. The signal is then
linearized and corrected according to the density of the gas. Speed of the flow is calculated
from the pressure and TV is integrated from it.

16
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

Patient Spirometry consists of airway connections, two pressure transducers, valves and
preamplifiers. The preamplifiers are connected to the A/D-converter on the module main CPU.
The breathing flow of a patient passing through the D-lite adapter creates a pressure
difference. This pressure difference is measured by a pressure transducer, B1. Overpressure
and negative pressure in airways are measured by another pressure transducer, B2.

Gas exchange
The gas exchange measurement uses the concentrations measured by the TPX measurement
unit and the O2 measurement unit, in combination with the flow from the PVX measurement
unit. The gas exchange calculation is done by software.
CAUTION The gas exchange measurement in the E-CAiOVX and E-COVX modules works
accurately only with 2-meter gas sampling lines.

2.2.5 CPU board

The CPU board contains the processor and memories and A/D-converters that are common to
the whole module. The CPU board also contains preamplifiers of TPX-sensor and drivers for
valves, fan, pump and lamp. The module is connected to the module bus through an RS-485
serial channel.

73;ERDUG &38ERDUG
,57KHUPRSLOH6HQVRUV SUHDPSV
$JHQWV
$QHV

[

08;
1 2 [ DQG
&2 EXIIHU
56
76HQVRU
GULYHU
6SLURPHWU\
NH\ERDUG

76HQVRU 20%RDUG
08; FK
0RGXOH%XV
&38
DQG $'
VLJQDOBSURFHVVLQJYVG
08; &17
2 EXIIHU ELW

)ORZ3UHVV
39;%RDUG

Figure 12 Signal processing

17

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

/DPS8QLW &38%RDUG

73; 9DOYHV
ODPS 3QHXPDWLF
/DPS XQLW
&XUUHQW
6HQVLQJ
)DQ

0RGXOH%XV
08; 
$'
EXIIHU

*DVSUHVV
08;
'LIISUHVV $'
&38 UHVHW

FRQWUROBORJLFYVG
20%RDUG &17 GDWD
7HPS
39; VHQVRU
YDOYHV

Figure 13 Control logic

73;%RDUG &38%RDUG

&RUUHFWLRQGDWDIRU
((3520 DPSOLILFDWLRQDQGRIIVHW

0RGXOH%XV
RIDOODPSOLILFDWLRQ
FKDQQHOV

((3520

FDOLEBGDWDBVWRUHGBLQB((3520YVG
)DFWRU\FDOLEUDWLRQ
GDWDIRU20DQG73;
((3520 &38 56
&17 GULYHU

)DFWRU\FDOLEUDWLRQ
((3520 GDWDIRU39;

39;%RDUG

Figure 14 Calibration data stored in EEPROM

2.2.6 OM board
The Oxygen board contains the specific electronics for the oxygen sensor. Sample flow
measurement and sampling system pressure sensors are on this board. It also contains
EEPROMs that store calibration data of both TPX and OM sensors. The spirometry keyboard
connection is on this board.

PVX board
The Spirometry board is connected to the oxygen board. It contains pressure sensors for
airway pressure and flow measurement differential pressure and preamplifiers for those.
Calibration data of spirometry is stored on its own EEPROM.

18
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the compact airway modules is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
WARNING Handle the water trap and its contents as you would any body fluid.
Infectious hazard may be present.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the
warranty of the unit.
NOTE: Wear a static control wrist strap when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.

3.1.1 OM measuring unit

CAUTION Due to the complicated and sensitive mechanical construction of the O2
measuring unit, no repairs should be attempted inside the unit.

3.1.2 TPX measuring unit

CAUTION The TPX photometer and its components are repaired/calibrated at the factory.
Attempts to repair/calibrate the unit elsewhere will adversely affect operation
of the unit. The information provided is for reference only.

3.1.3 OM, TPX, and PVX measuring unit

CAUTION The OM, TPX, and PVX measuring units can be repaired only at the factory.

3.1.4 Serviceable parts

• Absorber
• D-fend
• Nafion tubes
• Fan filter
• Fan
• CPU board
• CPU software
• PVX Unit including PVX board
• Pump
NOTE: After any component replacement, see chapter 3.4. Adjustments and calibrations.

19
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service check is
mandatory after any service repair. However, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which may be used when performing the
procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check form contains space to record the
results of the particular procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

NOTE: Use only calibrated and traceable measuring equipment.
− A barometer
− A mass flowmeter for measuring air flow, minimum measurement range 100-300ml/min,
accuracy 5% or better in the 100-300ml/min range.
− P/N: 755534-HEL Calibration Gas Regulator
− P/N: 755583-HEL Calibration gas, CO2, O2, N2O, DESF, package of 1 can (with E-CAiO,
E-CAiOV, E-CAiOVX modules)
− P/N: 755581-HEL QUICK CAL calibration gas, CO2, O2, N2O, package of 4 cans (with E-CO,
E-COV and E-COVX modules)
− P/N: M1006864, Calibration Gas Regulator, US only
− P/N: 755571-HEL, Calibration Gas, 5% CO2, 54.5% O2, 36.0% N2O, 2.0% DESFLURANE,
BAL N2 (with E-CAiO, E-CAiOV, E-CAiOVX modules) US only
− P/N: 755587, Calibration Gas, CO2, O2, Balance, 4 cans/pkg (with E-CO, E-COV and
E-COVX modules) US only
− D-Fend water trap
− 3 m / 10 ft anesthesia gas sampling line (with E-CO, E-COV, E-CAiO and E-CAiOV modules)
− 2 m / 7 ft anesthesia gas sampling line (with E-COVX and E-CAiOVX modules)
− Spirometry tube, 3 m/10 ft (with E-CO, E-COV, E-CAiO and E-CAiOV modules)
− Spirometry tube, 2 m/7 ft (with E-COVX and E-CAiOVX modules)
− Adult D-Lite sensor
− A pressure manometer with either an integrated or a separate pressure pump
− Tubing for spirometry leak tests

NOTE: Ensure that the calibration gas and the regulator are functioning properly before
calibration. Perform annual maintenance on the regulator as required, see “Calibration gas
regulator flow check” page 33.

20
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

3.2.2 Recommended parts

Replace the following parts that wear in use at the recommended interval.

Part number Description Pieces Replacement

interval
733382-HEL Nafion Tube, 300 mm 1 Once a year
M1080137 Nafion tube, 130 mm 1 Once a year
886136-HEL Occlusion filter for pneumatic unit 1 Once a year
M1028983 Reference gas filter assembly 1 Once a year
65340 O-ring for reference gas filter assembly 1 Once a year
M1130739 Ref gas sticker 1 Once a year
65312-HEL D-Fend O-ring 2 Once a year
M1028987 Fan filter 1 Once a year
895933 CO2 zero absorber 1 Once every 4 years

It is also recommended to replace the D-fend water trap, the gas sampling line and the
spirometry tube as part of the planned maintenance procedure.
Part number Description Notes
876446-HEL D-Fend Water Trap
881319-HEL D-Fend+ Water Trap for E-COVX
73319-HEL Sampling line 3 m/10 ft anesthesia gas sampling line
73318-HEL Sampling line 2 m/7 ft for E-CAiOVX/E-COVX
890031 Spirometry tube 2 m
884101 Spirometry tube 3 m
733950/73393 D-lite / Pedi-lite
896952 D-lite+ for condensing active
humidification circuits

3.2.3 Planned Maintenance Kits

The required planned maintenance parts are included in a PM kit.

Part number Description

8001760-HEL Planned Maintenance Kit for Compact Airway modules.
The PM kit includes the required Nafion tubes, the occlusion filter for the
pneumatic unit, the reference gas filter assembly with an O-ring and a new
sticker, the D-fend O-rings and the fan filter.
NOTE: The PM kit does not include the CO2 zero absorber. Order it
separately.

21
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.2.4 Replacement procedures

Replace the specified planned maintenance parts according to the following procedure. Refer
to chapter “3.3. Disassembly and reassembly" and chapter "E-Modules, Spare Parts slot" for
additional information.
1. Replace the CO2 absorber every 4 years.

2. Replace the special tubes (Nafion) and check the condition of the internal tubing.
• Replace the 130 mm Nafion tube in the zero line between the CO2 absorber and the
pneumatic unit.
• Replace the 300 mm Nafion tube in the sample gas line between the D-fend water
trap and the pneumatic unit.
• Check that the tubing inside the module is not contaminated. Any contamination
inside the tubing may indicate that the valves or sensors are contaminated, too. This
can increase a risk of faulty operation in valves or sensors. The valves or gas sensors
are not possible to clean in the field. Therefore, if you noticed any contamination in
the module tubing, send the module to GE Healthcare for factory service.

&2DEVRUEHU
1DILRQ7XEHPP
LQ]HUROLQHSQ0

3QHXPDWLFXQLW 3
287
20XQLW 'IHQG
*
5() :DWHUWUDS
) ,1

'

&

1DILRQ7XEHPPLQVDPSOH
3UHVVXUH JDVLQOLQHSQ+(/
WUDQVGXFHUV

%

&RQQHFWLRQEORFN
%
JDVBVDPSOBV\VWBOD\RXWBRWKHUVYVG

73;XQLW

287 ,1

,1
287
'DPSLQJFKDPSHU
6DPSOLQJSXPS

NOTE: The nafion tubes do not include the silicon fittings they connect to. Use the original
silicon fittings unless they are not damaged or leaking.
NOTE: Some older versions of Compact Airway modules were equipped with a longer 300 mm
nafion tube in the zero line. You can replace it with the shorter 130 mm nafion tube.

22
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

3. Replace the occlusion filter in the pneumatic unit:

a. Open the screw that holds the black filter cover to the pneumatic unit.
b. Detach the filter cover e.g. using a small flat blade screwdriver.
c. Detach the white occlusion filter e.g. by turning the module upside-down so that the filter
drops.
d. Attach a new occlusion filter to the pneumatic unit.
e. Attach the filter cover back and fasten the screw.




 
  
 
 


4. Replace the reference gas filter assembly:

a. Detach the reference gas sticker.
b. Open the screw that holds the reference gas filter assembly to the front cover. Pull out the
reference gas filter assembly and discard it.
c. Attach a new O-ring into the new reference gas filter assembly.
d. Attach the new reference gas filter assembly with the O-ring to the front cover.
e. Attach a new reference gas sticker to the reference gas filter assembly. Use the original
labelling language. .

O-ring for reference gas filter assembly

Reference gas filter assembly

Sticker

5. Replace the D-Fend O-rings:

a. Detach the D-fend.
b. Detach the old rubber O-rings that are around the metal D-fend connectors e.g. using a
small flat blade screwdriver. Pay special attention not to scratch the metal D-fend
connectors and thus causing leaking.

23
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

c. Set the new rubber O-rings into place and attach a new D-fend.
.

D-fend O-rings

Fan filter
6. Replace the fan filter in the front of the module.

3.2.5 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• all screws are tightened properly
• all cables are connected properly
• tubes are not pinched and there are no sharp bends on them
• all tubes are connected properly
• the front cover grounding pins are not bent against the CPU board
• there are no loose objects inside the module
NOTE: Make sure not to press too deep the tubes that are connected to the Oxygen board
pressure transducers, i.e. the pressure transducer port must not touch the back wall of the
L-shaped tube connector.
NOTE: Make sure that tubes are not in contact with the sampling pump or the O2 sensor, or its
springs.

"
2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel stickers are intact
• all connectors are intact and attached properly
• the D-fend latch is moving properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
24
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

3.2.6 Functional inspection

3. Fan filter
Clean or replace the fan filter.

"
4. D-fend O-rings
Detach the D-fend. Check the condition of the rubber O-rings on the metal D-fend
connectors, located in the Compact Airway Module front cover.
If necessary, detach the connectors by first disconnecting the tubes, then removing the
locking rings from the back of the front cover.
NOTE: The O-rings are recommended to be replaced annually.

"
5. Other filters
Check that the flow of air through the filters in the reference gas connection block (1 pc)
and in the pneumatic unit (1 or 2 pcs) is not obstructed.

SQHXPBXQLWBUHIBJDVBFRQQBEORFNYVG
=HUR
ILOWH
U

'
2FFOX
ILOWHU VLRQ &

$
5HIHUHQFHJDV
FRQQHFWLRQEORFN

Figure 15 Pneumatic unit and reference gas connection block

NOTE: The filters should be replaced annually.

Replace the old D-fend and sampling line with new ones.
NOTE: Use only GE Healthcare sampling lines in order to ensure proper function.
2 m/7 ft. sampling line should be used with E-COVX and E-CAiOVX.
Connect the Compact Airway Module to the Central Unit’s Module motherboard using the
Gas interface cable (the grounding plates of the cable should be removed).
Turn the monitor on.
Configure the monitor screen so that all the needed parameters are shown, for example
as follows:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform fields - Field 1 - Paw
Field 2 - Flow
Field 3 - Off
Field 4 - O2
Field 5 - AA
Field 6 - CO2
Digit Fields
Lower Field 1 - Gases

25
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

6. Fan
Check that the fan is running.

"
7. Module software
Wait until the message ‘Calibrating gas sensor’ disappears from the screen, then enter
the Service menu.
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding Compact Airway Module software.

"
8. Module configuration
Enter the Compact Airway Module service menu.
Parameters - Gas Unit - General
Check that the shown module configuration corresponds with the used Compact Airway
Module type.

"
9. Module bus communication
Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second.
If one of the values is increasing faster, it indicates a failure in module bus
communication.

"
10. Flow measurement offset
Enter the service menu Gases:
Gas Unit - Gases
Check that the flow measurement offset, i.e. the shown sample Zero value is within ±10
ml/min.

"
11. Ambient pressure
Check that the shown Ambient value corresponds with the current ambient pressure (±20
mmHg).

"
12. Zero valve
Feed calibration gas and check that the gas readings in the service menu correspond
with the values on the gas bottle sticker. Keep feeding gas, then activate the zero valve
from the menu. The CO2 (N2O, AA) reading should drop back near 0%, the O2 reading near
21%.

"
26
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

13. Special tubes

Perform the steam test for the Nafion tubes, or replace those by new.
Replace the CO2 absorber, if necessary.
NOTE: The Nafion tubes should be replaced annually. If you replace the absorber, you should
also replace the Nafion tube.
NOTE: The CO2 absorber should be replaced once every four years.

"
14. Leak test
Check the gas sampling system for possible leakages.
a. Disconnect the module from the monitor.
b. Connect a new D-Fend water trap to the module.
c. Connect a new gas sampling line to the sampling line connector in the water trap.
d. Connect the other end of the gas sampling line to a pressure manometer and a pressure
pump.
e. Block the "Ref Gas In" and "Sample Gas Out" connectors.
f. Pump 100 mmHg ± 20 mmHg pressure to the gas sampling system. Let the pressure
stabilize for approximately 10 seconds.
g. Check that the pressure reading does not drop more than 4 mmHg during one minute.
NOTE: The gas module shall be disconnected from the monitor during the leak test.

"
15. Flow rates
Wait until the Sample Flow value is back near 200 ml/min.
Connect a flowmeter to the 3 meter sampling line (use a 2 meter sampling line for
E-CAiOVX and E-COVX) and check that the flow (the flowmeter reading) is within the
following range:

Sampling flow (ml/min) 180...220

If necessary, readjust the sampling flow:

Select Sample gain adj from the menu. To increase the sampling flow, turn the
ComWheel counterclockwise, to decrease the flow, turn the ComWheel clockwise.
A change of 0.050 in the Gain value changes the flow approximately 10 ml/min.
After you have changed the gain, wait until the Sample Flow value on the screen gets
back near the original, then check the flowmeter reading again.
Connect the flowmeter to the reference gas connector, check that the flow is within the
following range:
Reference flow E-CAiOVX/E-COVX Others
(ml/min)
27...40 31...45
(with 2m sampling line) (with 3m sampling line)

27
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Activate the zero valve on from the service menu. The Sample Flow value should not
change more than 20 ml/min. If the absorber is connected, the value is 30 ml/min.

"
16. Working pressure
Check that the Amb-Work value in the service menu is within the following range:
Amb-Work (mmHg) E-CAiOVX/E-COVX Others
70...115 40...75

"
17. Gas calibration
Perform the gas calibration.
Airway Gas - Gas Calibration
NOTE: Calibration is not recommended until 30 minutes warm-up time has elapsed.
Use calibration gas 755587 (5% CO2, 95% O2) for calibrating Airway Module, E-COVX, and
calibration gas 755583-HEL (2% Desflurane, 5% CO2, 33% N2O, 55% O2, balance N2) for
E-CAiOVX/E-CAiOV/E-CAiO, and calibration gas 755581 (5% CO2, 40% N2O, 55% O2) for
calibrating E-COV/E-CO.
NOTE: You can calibrate the modules E-CO and E-COV with the same calibration gas as the
E-COVX module.
NOTE: For correct measurement values, modules need different amounts of oxygen in the
calibration mixture. Use only recommended calibration gases to ensure a successful
calibration.

18. Fall time measurement

Perform the fall time measurement in the Gases service menu.
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8) -
Parameters - Gas Unit - Gases
Activate the measurement by selecting Fall Time Meas from the service menu. Feed
calibration gas until the message ‘Feed’ near the fall time values changes to ‘READY’. If
necessary, repeat the same procedure to get all the values on the screen.
Check that the measured values are within the following ranges:
CO2 fall time < 400 ms
O2 fall time < 400 ms
CO2-O2 delay < 800 ms

"
Anesthesia Agent measurement
19. ID unrel.
Agent ID reliability.
Feed calibration gas (order code 755583-HEL) continuously for at least 30 seconds and
check that the ID in the service menu shows DES and that the value for ID unrel. is lower
than 70.

28
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

If the value is higher, repeat the gas calibration and check the value again.

"
Patient Spirometry measurement
20. Spirometry System Leak Test
NOTE: Perform this test only for E-COV, E-COVX, E-CAiOV and E-CAiOVX modules.
Check the spirometry sampling system for possible leakages.
a. Ensure the module is disconnected from the monitor.
b. Connect a pressure manometer to the spirometry connectors.

c. Pump 50 mmHg ±10 mmHg (~68 cmH2O) pressure to the Spirometry sampling system.
Let the pressure stabilize for approximately 10 seconds.
d. Verify that the pressure reading does not drop more than 3 mmHg during one minute.
NOTE: The gas module shall be disconnected from the monitor during the leak test.
NOTE: The spirometry pressure transducers are very sensitive for differential overpressure. A
momentary differential pressure between the two spirometry connectors exceeding 25 cmH2O
(18 mmHg) may damage the pressure sensors. To ensure that both pressure channels are
equally pressurized, make sure that the tubing between the manometer and the two
spirometry connectors is connected tightly, the tubes are equally long and thick and not
kinked.
NOTE: Do not overpressure the spirometry sampling system. A static pressure exceeding 300
cmH2O (220 mmHg) may damage the pressure sensor.

"
21. Flow waveform
Remove the blockage from the sampling line port and connect the sampling line. Breathe
through the wider side of the D-lite. Check that the flow waveform moves downwards
when you breathe in, and upwards when you breathe out.

"

29
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

22. Spirometry tester

If possible, check the Side Stream Spirometry measurement also with the Spirometry
Tester (order code 884202-HEL). Follow the instructions that are supplied with the tester.

"
All modules
Turn the monitor off, disconnect the Gas interface cable and reassemble the module.
Remember to attach the plastic cover against the CPU board before installing the module
box.
NOTE: When reassembling the module, make sure that the tubes are not pinched between the
module box and internal parts.

Install the Compact Airway Module into the Central Unit, turn the monitor on and wait
until the message ‘Calibrating gas sensor’ disappears from the screen.

23. Occlusion detection

Block the tip of the sampling line with your finger and check that the message ‘Sample
line blocked’ appears on the monitor screen within 60 seconds.

"
24. Air leak detection
Detach the D-fend and check that the message ‘Check D-fend’ appears on the monitor
screen within 30 seconds.

"
Reattach the D-fend. Simulate at least 5 breaths by feeding calibration gas into the
sampling line. Check that the shown gas information is correct.

25. Apnea detection

Check that the monitor shows the message ‘Apnea’ within 30 seconds after you have
stopped feeding gas.

"
26. Final cleaning
Turn the monitor off, disconnect and clean the module.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

30
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic
discharge may damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Required tools

- pozidrive screwdrivers
- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

To disassemble the compact airway module (see the exploded view of the module in the
“E-Modules Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. Press the release latch. Pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it from the
main body.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the tubes and cables are not
pinched between the boards and the cover.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

3.3.3 PVX unit

1. Remove the module box.
2. Detach the CPU board and OM board from the module chassis (4 screws).
3. Disconnect the pump cable, pneumatics unit cable, fan cable, and the other cable of the
TPX unit from CPU board.
4. Disconnect the OM unit’s cables, spirometry keyboard cable and PVX unit’s cables from
the OM board.
5. Detach the front panel from the module chassis (1 screw).
6. Detach the PVX unit from the front panel (1 screw).
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.

3.3.4 Pump unit

1. Remove the module box.
2. Cut off the pump’s clamp (panduit).
3. Unplug the hoses of the pump.

31

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4. Disconnect the pump’s cable from the CPU board. Pass the cable under the pneumatic
unit by lifting it.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.

3.3.5 CPU board

1. Remove the module box.
2. Detach the CPU board and OM board from the module chassis (4 screws).
3. Disconnect the pump cable, pneumatics unit cable, fan cable, and both cables of the TPX
unit from the CPU board.
4. Detach the CPU board from the OM board.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.

3.3.6 Software of CPU board

1. Remove the module box.
2. Detach the CPU board and OM board from the module chassis (4 screws).
3. Disconnect the pump cable, pneumatics unit cable, fan cable, and the other cable of the
TPX unit from the CPU board.
4. Detach the CPU board from the OM board.
5. Detach the software from the CPU board.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.

3.3.7 Instructions after replacing software or CPU board

After replacing the software or CPU board:
• perform the sampling system leak test
• perform the occlusion test
• perform the gas calibration
• perform the fall time measurement

32
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

3.4 Adjustments and calibrations

See “User’s Reference Manual” for normal gas calibration instructions.

3.4.1 Gas sampling flow rate measurement

NOTE: Let the monitor run for 15 minutes before measuring flow rates.
For the flow rate measurements, a flowmeter with a low flow resistance and capability to
measure the specified air flow measurement range is required. Use recommended sampling
lines, because the length of the sampling line has a considerable effect on the flow.
If any flow rates are not correct, first replace the D-fend water trap. Then recheck the incorrect
flows.
The sampling flow rate is measured by a rotameter at the sampling line. The rate should be
between 180 and 220 ml/min. The flow rate is adjusted in the Gases service menu with Sample
gain adj.
The reference flow of the oxygen measuring unit is checked as follows:
Connect the rotameter to the Gas Ref. inlet on the front panel. The flow rate should be between
31 and 45 ml/min (E-CAiOVX/E-COVX: 27-40 ml/min). The flow rate is not adjustable.

3.4.2 Gas sampling flow rate adjustment

NOTE: Before adjusting the sampling flow, make sure there is no leakage in the sampling
system.
Refer to chapter 3.2. Service check, step 15; “Flow rates”.

3.4.3 Gas calibration

NOTE: Ensure that the calibration gas and the regulator are functioning properly before
calibration. Perform annual maintenance on the regulator as required.
WARNING Calibration gas bottles and their regulators contain ferrous material.
Perform the calibration outside the MR environment.
The gas calibration is performed in the Airway Gas menu. See “User’s Guide” for gas calibration
instructions.

Calibration gas regulator flow check

Interval: every 12 months
Regulator flow specification:
REF 755583-HEL & 755534-HEL: 260 – 410 ml/min at 1-10 bar cylinder pressure
REF 755530-HEL: 260 – 410ml/min at 5-7psi cylinder pressure
Tools needed: calibration gas can, regulator, piece of silicon hose and flow meter. GE
Healthcare recommends use of TSI 4140 or 41403 flow Meter.
Attach the calibration gas regulator to the gas cylinder. Connect a silicon hose between the
regulator and the flow meter. Block the regulator overflow port and open the regulator. Check
the flow rate from the flow meter and verify that the flow is within the specification.

Flow calibration
The PVX measuring unit is calibrated at the factory and due to the unit’s design, calibration is
not regularly needed. The calibration data is saved into the board’s EEPROM. In case calibration
is needed, it is recommended to perform the calibration both with adult values using the D-lite,
and with pediatric values using the Pedi-lite.

33

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1. Connect a spirometry tube with a D-lite sensor to the compact airway module. To
improve the accuracy, the endotracheal tube and all accessories which normally are in
use should be attached also during the calibration.
2. Enter the Gas Unit service menu: Monitor Setup - Install Service - Service -
Parameters. Enter the Spirometry menu.
3. After the flow is zeroed ('Zero OK' message displayed), attach a spirometry tester to the
flow sensor (D-lite or Pedi-lite). Select the sensor type.
4. Perform the calibration according to the tester instructions. Observe the values of
inspired and expired tidal volumes.
5. Adjust the reading to match the calibration volume (about 1000 ml for the D-lite and 300
ml for the Pedi-lite). Adjust Exp Flow Gain and Insp Flow Gain values in proportion to the
difference between the measured values and the spirometry tester reading.

34
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting charts
Problem Cause / What to do
No response to breathing Sampling line or water trap blocked or loose, or improperly attached.
Water trap container full.
See the gas sampling system troubleshooting.
‘SENSOR INOP.’ message The temperature is too high, check fan and filter at the front panel.
Communication error, check timeout and bad checksum values at the
service menu.
‘xx ZEROING ERROR’ message Gas zeroing failed. Condensation or residual gases are affecting zero
measurement. Allow module to run drawing room air for half an hour
and calibrate again.
‘CHECK D-FEND’ message Probably the water trap or the sampling line is not attached properly. Gas
(‘Air leak’ message)1) zero valve failure. Pump failure or gas outlet blockage.
‘REPLACE D-FEND’ message Indicates residue build-up on the water trap membrane. This decreases
(‘Replace water trap’ message)1) air flow. Replace the D-fend.
‘REBREATHING’ message CO2 concentration in inspiratory air is too high. CO2 absorber in
(‘FiCO2 high’ message)1) ventilation may be saturated. Change the ventilation absorber.
‘SAMPLE LINE BLOCKED’ message Sampling line or water trap is occluded. Water trap container is full. If
(‘Air leak’ message)1) occlusion persists, check internal tubings for blockages.

(‘SELECT AGENT’ message)1) No anesthetic agent is selected though delivery is started. Vaporizer
valve is broken, or traces of cleaning or disinfecting agent in the water
trap container affecting the readouts. Let the container dry properly after
disinfection before use.
No response to any gas Sampling line, water trap or internal tubing blocked or loose, or
improperly attached.
Occlusion or zero valve malfunction. Pump failure. Supply voltage
missing. Serial communication error.
Sudden increase in gas display Water trap malfunction. Check all internal tubings and the interior of the
water trap for occlusions or leaks. Replace water trap. Check flow rates.
Abnormally high Pressure transducer failure.
response to all gases
(or abnormally low) or sudden
occlusion warning

35

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Problem Cause / What to do

Strong drift in all gases Leak in sampling line or internal tubings (especially in conjunction with
too low readings).
‘MVexp << MVinsp’ message Leak in patient circuit between patient and D-lite or in the patient’s lungs,
or leak in tubes from D-lite to module. Check D-lite connection and D-lite
tubings.
(Disconnection)1) Too small tidal volumes for accurate measurement (not shown during
(MVexp < 0.5 l/min message)1) Apnea). Gas sampling is working correctly. Check D-lite connections and
Low volumes D-lite tubing.

1) with earlier software versions

4.1.1 CO2 measurement

Problem Possible clinical cause Possible technical cause What to do

too low ETCO2 value • sudden decrease in • leak in sampling system • check all connections
circulation
• calibration error • check calibration
• pulmonary embolism
• high by-pass flow from
• hyperventilation ventilator
• very large dead-space
• large shunting
too high ETCO2 • hypoventilation • D-fend contaminated • change D-fend
• increased metabolism • calibration error • check calibration
waveform clipped • incorrect scaling • change scale
no response to • apnea • sampling line or water • check all connections
breathing trap loose or blocked (air
• (disconnection)
leak)
• check that outlet is
• sample gas outlet open
blocked
ETCO2 overscale • abnormally high ETCO2 • call service technician
>15% (>20%) (permissive hypercapnia)
• CO2 sensor contaminated • change D-fend
Shown until 32%,
specified range • D-fend malfunction
0...15%
ETCO2>PaCO2 • unit is mmHg or kPa and • change to Wet gas by
ETCO2 is close to arterial using Install/Service
PCO2 • Dry gas as default menu

36
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

4.1.2 Patient spirometry

Problem Possible clinical cause Possible technical cause What to do

insp TV>exp TV • leak in lungs • spirometry tube leak • check leakages --
perform leak test
• ET tube cuff leak
• water inside D-lite or • change tubings and
tubings D-lite
• do not use active
humidification

• another side stream • connect gas sampling

gas sampling between only and always to
D-lite and patient D-lite

• D-fend leaks
• check D-fend
exp TV> insp TV • spirometry tube leak • check leakages --
perform leak test

• water inside D-lite or • change tubings and

tubings D-lite
• do not use active
humidification
loop overscale • wrong scale selected • change scaling
monitored volumes < set
• leak between ventilator • check ventilator
volumes
and D-lite connections
strongly vibrating loop • mucus in ET tube • - • check the patient
status
• water or secretions in
hoses or D-lite • change dry D-lite
and/or empty the
too large or too small water from hoses
• wrong mode vs. sensor
volumes
selection • check mode and
sensor
• incorrect sensor type
- D-lite for adult
selection
- Pedi-lite for pediatric

37

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Problem Possible clinical cause Possible technical cause What to do

fluctuating Raw • mucus in airways or • ventilator exp. valve • check the tubings
tubings causes fluctuations and D-fend
during exp. flow
• breathing effort against • check the patient
the ventilator status
• patient triggered breathes
too high Raw • kink in tubing • check the tubing
• mucus • check the patient
status
• asthmatic patient
• bronchospasm
Raw value invalid • spontaneous breaths
• breathing efforts against
the ventilator
• patient triggered breaths
too high Ppeak • bronchospasm • check the patient
status
• patient is coughing
• patient breaths against
the ventilator
• obstruction in airways
• check the patient
circuit status
• HME obstructed
Compl value invalid • spontaneous breaths • compliance
cannot be
calculated

38
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

4.1.3 Gas exchange

Problem Possible clinical cause Possible technical cause What to do

“Strange” values • ventilation mode: • gas exchange not
BiPaP, CPAP with high measurable
continuous by-pass
flow
• do not use N2O or AA
• presence of N2O or in ICU, or use a
anesthetic agents in E-CAiOVX module
ICU applications
Non physiological VO2 • unstable O2 delivery • select oxygram and
readings verify the stableness
- gas mixer
of the curve

• RR over 35/min • reference gas inlet port • check reference port

blocked

• gas sampling line longer • change 2 m

than 2 m sampling line

• dead space of Y-piece > 8 • check the dead

ml space of Y-piece

• gas sampling line • gas sampling line

connected to HME should ALWAYS be
connected to D-lite

• D-lite incorrectly placed • do not connect

anything between
D-lite and Y-piece
• ALWAYS connect
D-lite between the
HME and Y-piece
VO2 value invalid, • over range • after changing the FiO2 • VO2 cannot be
no VO2, setting on the ventilator, calculated without
• no VO2 value
FiO2 > 85%, VO2 may be out of the significant presence
(FiO2+FiN2O) > 85% • 0 ml/min < VO2 < 999 specified range for several of N2
ml/min minutes

4.2 Gas sampling system troubleshooting

Faults that may occur in the sampling system include: leaks or blockages in the tubings, failure
of the sampling pump or the magnetic valves or diminishing of the flow rates because of dirt or
other matter accumulating in the internal tubing.
The following checks should help in locating the fault. Whenever suspecting the sampling
system and always after having done any work on the sampling system, check and adjust the
flow rate, if necessary.
CAUTION The special internal sample tube is mechanically fragile. Sharp bends will cause
leaks.

39

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

NOTE: The D-fend water trap should be replaced when the ‘REPLACE D-FEND’ message
appears during monitor startup.
NOTE: If any liquid has entered the TPX measuring unit due to water trap filter failure, contact
GE Healthcare Technical Services.
Perform sampling system leak test to check if there is any leakages in the tubing.

4.3 OM measuring unit troubleshooting

CAUTION Due to the complicated and sensitive mechanical construction of the oxygen
measuring unit, no repairs should be attempted inside the unit. Instead, if the
fault has been found in the measuring unit itself, the entire module should be
replaced and the faulty module be sent to GE Healthcare for repair.
In cases of no response to O2 or strong drift, check the tubing for loose connections, blockages
and leaks.
CAUTION Never apply overpressure to the O2 measuring unit, as the pressure transducer
may be permanently damaged.
If the O2 signal is noisy, check the measurement unit suspension.
− TPX measuring unit troubleshooting
CAUTION The TPX measuring unit can only be repaired and calibrated at the factory. In
case of failure, the entire module should be replaced and the faulty module be
sent to GE Healthcare for repair.

4.4 PVX measuring unit troubleshooting

In case of failure, the PVX unit can be replaced.
NOTE: Never apply overpressure or negative pressure of more than 300 cmH2O to the flow and
volume tubing. Also never apply differential pressure of more than 25 mmHg on one PVX
connection at a time.
Perform spirometry system leak test to check if there is any leakages in the internal or external
spirometry tubing.

4.5 CPU board troubleshooting

Due to the complexity of the large scale integrated circuitry, there are few faults in the CPU
digital electronics that can be located without special equipment.
Check only that RAM, EPROM, CPU, and other socketed ICs are properly installed.

40
Document no. M1027822-02
 Compact Airway Modules

4.6 Error messages

Message Cause
Occlusion or Sample Line Blocked The sample tube inside or outside the monitor is blocked
or water trap is occluded. If occlusion persists, measured
gas values disappear.
Continuous occlusion. Check sampling line and Occlusion over 40 seconds.
D-fend.
Check D-fend -The water trap is not connected
-There is a leak in the sampling line inside the module. If air
leak persists, measured gas values disappear.
Air leak detected. Check water trap and sample Air leak over 40 seconds.
gas out-flow. Press normal screen to continue.
Replace D-fend (replace water trap)1) Indicates residue build-up on the water trap membrane.
This decreases air flow.
Gas calibration is not available during the first 5 Entering calibration is not allowed during 5 minutes after
minutes/during occlusion/during air leak power up and during occlusion or air leak.
Gas out blocked - Gas out connector on the front panel, or the exhaust line
connected to it, is blocked.
- If the sample gas is returned to patient circuit, the filter in
the return kit may be occluded.
- Make sure the sample gas outlet is connected to an open
scavenging system only where gas is removed in room
pressure.
Select agent1) No agent selected.

Select agent1) Mixture of agent is detected, but no agent is selected.

Check agent1) Agent is selected manually, but it differs from the identified
one.
Failure in Agent ID (unknown agent) The agent ID has failed (due to a third agent).
Overrange FiO2 >100% measured.
Recalibration Time out, fluctivating gases, gain adjusted “over”.
CO2, O2, AA, N2O
Zero error Unsuccessful zeroing.
Unstable, Calibr error Unsuccessful calibration.
Menu messages during calibration:
Zero error Unsuccessful zeroing.
Adjust Calibration gas accepted and monitor is ready for
adjusting the gas values to match the calibration gas
concentration.
Unstable Unsuccessful calibration.

1) only with earlier monitor software versions

41

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5 Compact Airway Modules, E-CAiOVX, E-CAiOV, E-CAiO,
E-COVX or E-CO.

42
Document no. M1027822-02
 Appendix A, Service check form, Compact Airway Modules

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

Compact Airway Modules

Customer

Module type S/N

Service

Date
Service engineer

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Notes

Functional inspection

3. Fan filter 4. D-fend O-rings

5. Other filters

Notes

6. Fan

7. Module software GAS

9. Module bus
8. Module configuration
communication

10. Flow measurement offset ±10 ml/min

A-1(4)
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

11. Ambient pressure 12. Zero valve

13. Special tubes

14. Leak test ≤6 mmHg/min

Notes

15. Flow rates Measured value Allowed range

Sampling flow (E-CAiOVX/E-COVX) 180...220 ml/min

Reference flow (E-CAiOVX/E-COVX) 27...40 ml/min

Reference flow (E-CAiOVX/E-COVX) 27...40 ml/min

Reference flow (others) 31...45 ml/min

Zeroing flow ±20 ml/min

16. Working pressure Measured value Allowed range

Amb-Work 40...75 ml/min

Amb-Work (E-CAiOVX/E-COVX) 70...115 ml/min

Notes

OK N.A. Fail

17. Gas calibration

18. Fall time measurement Measured value Allowed range

CO2 fall time < 400 ms

O2 fall time < 400 ms

CO2-N2O delay < 800 ms

A-2(4)

Document no. M1027822-02

 Appendix A, Service check form, Compact Airway Modules

AA option S/N

19. ID unrel. < 70

Patient spirometry option S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

20. Spirometry System
21. Flow waveform
Leak Test

22. Spirometry tester

Notes

All modules OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

23. Occlusion detection 24. Air leak detection

25. Apnea detection 26. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-3(4)
Document no. M1027822-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

For Your notes:

A-4(4)

Document no. M1027822-02

Datex-Ohmeda
S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN,
E-PRETN

Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EC.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1027824-02

January 19, 2011

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2
FI-00510 Helsinki, Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310

www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2005, 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures iii
List of tables iv
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Typical performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 NIBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.2 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.3 Pulse oximetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.4 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.5 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2.6 Respiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3.1 NIBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3.2 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.3 Pulse oximetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.4 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.5 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.6 Respiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2 Functional description 8
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.1 NIBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.2 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.3 Pulse oximetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.4 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.5 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.6 Respiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2.1 E-PRESTN/-RESTN/-PRETN modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2.2 NIBP board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.3 ECG board in 12-lead measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.4 ECG filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.5 STP board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.3.2 Front panel connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

3 Service procedures 25
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.2.2 Recommended parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.2.3 Visual inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.2.4 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.3 To disassemble the module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.4 To replace the NIBP filter:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.4 Adjustments and calibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.4.1 NIBP calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.4.2 Temperature calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.4.3 Invasive pressure calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

4 Troubleshooting 47
4.1 Troubleshooting charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.1.1 NIBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.1.2 NIBP error code explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.1.3 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.1.4 Impedance respiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.1.5 Pulse oximetry (SpO2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.1.6 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.1.7 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.2 Troubleshooting flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.2.1 Troubleshooting for NIBP parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.2.2 Troubleshooting for ESP parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

5 Earlier revisions 58
Appendix A: Service check form, S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN,
E-RESTN, E-PRETN (Rev. 00)A-1

ii

Document no. M1027824-02

 List of figures

Table of figures

Figure 1 S/5 Hemodynamic Module, E-PRESTN ............................................................................................................................... 1

Figure 2 Absorption of infrared light in the finger........................................................................................................................... 9
Figure 3 Pulse oximetry probe parts layout and schematic diagram .................................................................................10
Figure 4 Front panel of E-PRESTN.........................................................................................................................................................11
Figure 5 NIBP board functional block diagram ..............................................................................................................................12
Figure 6 NIBP pneumatics diagram.....................................................................................................................................................14
Figure 7 12-lead ECG measurement block diagram....................................................................................................................15
Figure 8 STP board block diagram .......................................................................................................................................................17
Figure 9 Temperature measurement principle ..............................................................................................................................18
Figure 10 Pressure measurement principle........................................................................................................................................19
Figure 11 Pulse oximetry measurement block diagram...............................................................................................................20
Figure 12 Serial communication of E-PRESTN module..................................................................................................................21
Figure 13 Troubleshooting flowchart for NIBP parameter ..........................................................................................................55
Figure 14 Troubleshooting flowchart for ESP Parameters...........................................................................................................57

iii

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

List of tables

Table 15 Options of S/5 Hemodynamic modules.......................................................................................................... 1

Table 16 Module bus connector description ................................................................................................................ 22
Table 17 ECG connector ......................................................................................................................................................... 23
Table 18 SpO2 connector ....................................................................................................................................................... 23
Table 19 Invasive blood pressure connectors (P1, P2) ............................................................................................. 24
Table 20 Temp connector (T1, T2) ...................................................................................................................................... 24
Table 21 Recommended tools............................................................................................................................................. 25
Table 22 Recommended parts ............................................................................................................................................ 26
Table 23 NIBP calibration check pressures ................................................................................................................... 44

iv

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

Introduction

This Technical Reference Manual Slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the hemodynamic modules S/5 E-PRESTN/-RESTN/-PRETN. The modules are double width
modules designed for use with S/5 monitors. Later in this manual modules may be referred to
without S/5 for simplicity.
Please also refer to “Technical Reference Manual” of the monitor for system specific
information e.g. related documentation, conventions used, symbols on equipment, safety
precautions, system description, system installation, interfacing, functional check and planned
maintenance.
The E-PRESTN/-RESTN/-PRETN modules provide general hemodynamic parameters.

NOTE: Do not use identical modules in the same

monitor simultaneously. All the following modules
are considered identical:
E-PRESTN/ -RESTN/ -PRETN,
E-PSM(P)
M-PRESTN/ -RESTN/ -PRETN,
M-NE(12)STPR/ -NE(12)STR/ -NE(12)TPR,
M-ESTPR/ -ESTR/ -ETPR,
M-ESTP/-EST/-ETP
ECG

Figure 1 S/5 Hemodynamic Module, E-PRESTN

Table 1 Options of S/5 Hemodynamic modules

Parameter PRESTN RESTN PRETN

P Two invasive blood pressures x x

R Impedance respiration x x x
E ECG x x x
S Pulse oximetry x x
T Two temperatures x x x
N NIBP x x x

NOTE: 12-lead ECG measurement requires Display Controller, B-DISP or B-DISPX.

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Intended purpose (Indications for use)

The Datex-Ohmeda PRESTN module (model family E-PRESTN) and accessories are indicated for
the monitoring of hemodynamic parameters of all hospital patients. The hemodynamic
parameters of the module comprise ECG including ST-segment and arrhythmia, Impedance
respiration, NIBP, Temperature, SpO2 (including monitoring during conditions of clinical patient
motion), and invasive blood pressure.
Impedance respiration measurement is indicated for patients aged 3 and up. The NIBP
measurement is indicated for patients who weigh 5kg (11 lb.) and up. This device is indicated
for use by qualified medical personnel only.
Monitor software compatibility
Datex-Ohmeda E-PRESTN Rev. 00 module is designed for use with Datex-Ohmeda monitors
using software as follows:
AM: L-ANE04(A) or later versions
CCM: L-ICU04(A) or later versions
CAM: L-CANE04(A) or later versions
CCCM: L-CICU04(A) or later versions
Equipment safety symbols
When displayed on the E-PRESTN, E-PRETN, E-RESTN module, indicates that
protection against cardiac defibrillator discharge is due in part to the
accessories for pulse oximetry (SpO2), temperature (T) and invasive pressure (P)
measurement

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size 75 x 186 x 112 mm
WxDxH 3.0 x 7.3 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.7 kg / 1.5 lb.
Power consumption about 6 W
Operation temperature 10 to 40°C / 50 to 104°F

1.2 Typical performance

1.2.1 NIBP
NOTE: Non-invasive blood pressure measurement is intended for patients weighing over 5 kg
(11 lb.)
Oscillometric measurement principle.
Measurement range adult 25 to 260 mmHg
child 25 to 195 mmHg
infant 15 to 140 mmHg
Pulse rate range accepted 30 to 250 bpm
Measurement interval from 1 min. to 4h
Typical measuring time adult 23 s
infant 20 s
Initial inflation pressure adult 170 ±10 mmHg
child 150 ±10 mmHg
infant 120 ±10 mmHg
Venous stasis adult 80 ±5 mmHg / 2 min.
child 60 ±5 mmHg / 2 min.
infant 40 ±5 mmHg / 1 min.
Cuff widths see User’s Guide

Venous stasis pressure may be lower than the values above if the patient has low blood
pressure. The venous stasis pressure adapts to the measured mean pressure being the same
as mean pressure but always at least the following:
Infant 20 ± 5 mmHg
Child 30 ± 5 mmHg
Adult 40 ± 5 mmHg
Overall system accuracy: Meets or exceeds SP10-2002 AAMI standards1

1.2.2 ECG
Lead selection I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6
Sweep speeds 12.5, 25, 50 mm/sec.
Display filter
Diagnostic 0.05 to 150 Hz
Monitoring 0.5 to 30 Hz (-3 dB, with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.5 to 40 Hz (-3 dB, with 60 Hz reject filter)

1 (According to SP10-2002 AAMI 4.4.5.2.B, Intra-arterial method as the reference standard, mean difference of the test
system and the comparison system shall be ± 5 mmHg or less with standard deviation of 8 mmHg or less).

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ST filter 0.05 to 30 Hz (-3 dB, with 50 Hz reject filter)

0.05 to 40 Hz (-3 dB, with 60 Hz reject filter)
Heart rate from ECG
Range 30 to 250 bpm
Accuracy ±5 bpm or ±5%, whichever is greater
Resolution 1 bpm
Update interval 5s
Averaging time 5s
ST levels (in main software)
ST level range -9 to +9 mm (-0.9 to +0.9 mV)
Resolution 0.1 mm (0.01 mV)
Averaging calculated from 8 QRS complexes
Pacemaker pulse detection
Detection level 2 to 700 mV
Pulse duration 0.5 to 2 ms
The monitor is specified for both of the methods A and B in ANSI/AAMI EC13 4.1.4.2.
Synchronization- signal to the module bus
Direct ECG analog output of ECG, 1 V/1 mV
Pacer 5 V and 0.5 to 2.5 ms pulse, < 30 ms after pacer peak
Defibrillator 5 V and 10 ms pulse, < 35 ms after R-point synchronization

1.2.3 Pulse oximetry

Measurement range 0 to 100%
Calibration range 70 to 100%
Accuracy1 100 to 70%, ±2 digits
±3 digits during clinical patient motion
69 to 0%, unspecified
Display resolution 1 digit = 1% of SpO2
Display averaging time Slow, Normal, beat-to-beat
Pulse beep pitch varies with SpO2 level
The monitor is calibrated against functional oxygen saturation SpO2 func.
Pulse rate from Pleth
Measurement range 30 to 250 bpm
Accuracy 30 to 100, ±5 bpm,
100 to 250, ±5%
Resolution 1 bpm
Display averaging 10 s
Adjustable pulse beep volume.
Pleth waveform
Scales 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 mod%, Auto
Start up scale is 20 mod% if AUTO is not selected to be the default setting.

1.2.4 Temperature
Measurement range 10 to 45 °C (50 to 113 °F)
Measurement accuracy ±0.1 °C (25 to 45.0 °C)
±0.2 °C (10 to 24.9 °C)
Display resolution 0.1 °C (0.1 °F)
Temperature test automatic (every 10 min.)

1 Accuracy is based on deep hypoxia studies with volunteered subjects during motion and non-motion conditions over a
wide range of arterial blood oxygen saturation as compared to arterial blood CO-Oximetry. Accuracy may depend on the
sensor used, please refer to the instructions for use in the accessory package.

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

Probe type compatible with YSI 400 series

Single use sensors ±0.3 °C (25 to 45.0 °C)
±0.4 °C (10 to 24.9 °C)

1.2.5 Invasive blood pressure

Measurement range -40 to 320 mmHg
Measurement accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg
Zero adjustment range ±150 mmHg
Calibration range ±25%
Scales upper limit is adjustable between 10 and 300 mmHg in steps
or 10. Lower limit is 10% of selected upper limit below zero.
Sweep speed 12.5, 25, 50 mm/s
Digital display
Range -40 to 320 mmHg
Resolution ±1 mmHg
Waveform display
Range -30 to 300 mmHg
Pulse rate from arterial pressure
Measurement range 30 to 250 bpm
Resolution 1 bpm
Accuracy ±5 bpm or ±5% whichever is greater

1.2.6 Respiration
The EMC immunity of the respiration measurement has been tested with 1 Vrms and 1 V/m.
This level has been used for optimizing the immunity of the respiration measurement to damp
the operating frequency of the electrosurgery equipment.
NOTE: Impedation respiration measurement is intended for patients over three years old.
Measurement range 4 to 120 breath/min
Accuracy ±5 breath/min or ±5%
Resolution 1 breath/min
Averaging time 30 s
Update interval 10 s
Respiration waveform
Sweep Speeds 6.25 mm/s and 0.625 mm/s

1.3 Technical specifications

1.3.1 NIBP
Deflation rate, PR dep. 3 to 8 mmHg/s
Inflation time 20 to 185 mmHg, 1 to 5 s
Automatic software control, max. inflation pressure
adult 280 ±10 mmHg
child 200 ±10 mmHg
infant 140 ±5 mmHg
Over pressure limit, stops measurement after 2 seconds
adult 320 mmHg
child 220 mmHg
infant 160 mmHg
The safety circuit limits the maximum cuff pressure to 320 mmHg in adult/child mode or to 160
mmHg in infant mode. Independent timing circuit limits the pressurizing (>15 mmHg) time to 3
minutes maximum in adult/child mode, and to 90 seconds at (>5mmHg) in infant mode.
Zeroing to ambient pressure is done automatically.

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Inflation pressure is adjusted according to the previous systolic pressure, typically 40 mmHg
above. If the systolic pressure is not found, the inflation pressure is increased typically 50
mmHg.
Max. measurement time adult 120 s
child 120 s
infant 75 s
Pressure transducer accuracy is better than ±3 mmHg or ±2% whichever is greater.
Max. error ±4 mmHg.
Protection against electrical
shock Type BF defibrillator-proof

1.3.2 ECG
Defibrillation protection 5000 V, 360 J
Recovery time 5s
Input impedance >2.5 MΩ (10 Hz)
CMRR >100 dB (ST)
System noise <30 mV (p-p, RTI)
Allowable offset ±1VDC
Gain range 0.2 to 5.0 cm/mV
Pacemaker pulse detection 2 to 700 mV, 0.5 to 2 ms pulses
Protection against electrical
shock Type CF defibrillator-proof

1.3.3 Pulse oximetry

Protection against electrical
shock Type CF defibrillator-proof

1.3.4 Temperature
Measurement accuracy ±0.1 °C (25.0 to 45.0 °C)
±0.2 °C (10.0 to 24.9 °C)
Protection against electrical
shock Type CF defibrillator-proof
NOTE: The accuracy of the measurement may be different from the specified, depending on
the transducer/probe used. Please refer to the transducer/probe specification.

1.3.5 Invasive blood pressure

Digital display averaging
Digital displays Art and P1 are averaged over 5 seconds and updated at 5 seconds intervals. All
other pressures have respiration artifact rejection.
Accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg, whichever is greater
Transducer and input sensitivity 5 µV/V/mmHg
Filter 0 to 4 - 22 Hz adjustable
Zero set accuracy ±1 mmHg
Calibration resolution ±1 mmHg
Zero time less than 15 s
Protection against electrical
shock Type CF defibrillator-proof
NOTE: The accuracy of the measurement may be different from the specified, depending on
the transducer/probe used. Please refer to the transducer/probe specification.

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

1.3.6 Respiration
Excitation frequency,
12-lead ECG 31.25 kHz
Breath detection automatic, manually adjustable minimum detection: 0.2, 0.4,
0.6, 0.8, 1.0
Input dynamic range 0.2 to 20 Ω
Input impedance range 100 to 5000 Ω
Respiration Rate min. 4 breath/min
max. 120 breath/min
Lead off detection >3 MΩ

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 NIBP
NIBP (Non-Invasive Blood Pressure) is an indirect method for measuring blood pressure.
The NIBP measurement is performed according to the oscillometric measuring principle. The
cuff is inflated with a pressure slightly higher than the presumed systolic pressure, and deflated
at a speed based on the patient’s pulse, collecting data from the oscillations caused by the
pulsating artery. Based on these oscillations, values for systolic, mean, and diastolic pressures
are calculated.
The following parts are necessary for the NIBP measurement:
• a multiparameter hemodynamic module
• twin hose (adult or infant model)
• blood pressure cuffs (various sizes)

2.1.2 ECG
Electrocardiography analyzes the electrical activity of the heart by measuring the electrical
potential produced with electrodes placed on the surface of the body.
ECG reflects:
• electrical activity of the heart
• normal/abnormal function of the heart
• effects of anesthesia on heart function
• effects of surgery on heart function
See the “User's Guide” or the “User’s Reference Manual” for electrodes’ positions and other
information.

2.1.3 Pulse oximetry

A pulse oximeter measures the light absorption of blood at two wavelengths, one in the near
infrared (about 940 nm) and the other in the red region (about 660 nm) of the light spectrum.
These wavelengths are emitted by LEDs in the SpO2 probe, the light is transmitted through
peripheral tissue and is finally detected by a PIN-diode opposite the LEDs in the probe. The
pulse oximeter derives the oxygen saturation (SpO2) using an empirically determined
relationship between the relative absorption at the two wavelengths and the arterial oxygen
saturation SaO2.
In order to measure the arterial saturation accurately, pulse oximeters use the component of
light absorption giving variations synchronous with heart beat as primary information on the
arterial saturation.
A general limitation of pulse oximetry is that due to the use of only two wavelengths, only two
hemoglobin species can be discriminated by the measurement.

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

The modern pulse oximeters are empirically calibrated either against fractional saturation
SaO2frac;
HbO2
SaO2frac =
HbO2 + Hb + Dyshemoglobin Formula 1
or against functional saturation SaO2func;

HbO2
SaO2func =
HbO2 + Hb Formula 2
Functional saturation is more insensitive to changes of carboxyhemoglobin and
methemoglobin concentrations in blood.
The oxygen saturation percentage SpO2 measured by the Datex-Ohmeda module is calibrated
against functional saturation SaO2func. The advantage of this method is that the accuracy of
SpO2 measurement relative to SaO2func can be maintained even at rather high concentrations
of carboxyhemoglobin in blood. Independent of the calibration method, pulse oximeters are
not able to correctly measure oxygen content of the arterial blood at elevated
carboxyhemoglobin or methemoglobin levels.

Plethysmographic pulse wave

The plethysmographic waveform is derived from the IR signal and reflects the blood pulsation
at the measuring site. Thus the amplitude of the waveform represents the perfusion.

Pulse rate
The pulse rate calculation is done by peak detection of the plethysmographic pulse wave. The
signals are filtered to reduce noise and checked to separate artifacts.

Intensity of
Imax (DC-component) Imax
transmitted
light AC-component
Imin

Transmitted Variable absorption

light due to pulse added
volume of arterial
blood

Arterial blood

Venous blood
absorption_of_light.vsd

Tissue

Time
No pulsation Pulsatile blood

Incident light

Figure 2 Absorption of infrared light in the finger

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

SpO2 sensor connector

6
GND
IRED
Emitter
7

PRSTN_absorption_of_infrared.vsd
ILED
4 GND
RED 5
DEF_A
8 IS
9
DET_C

Detector

Figure 3 Pulse oximetry probe parts layout and schematic diagram

The standard probe is a finger clamp probe which contains the light source LEDs in one half
and the photodiode detector in the other half. Different kinds of probes are available from GE
Healthcare.

2.1.4 Temperature
The temperature is measured by a probe whose resistance varies when the temperature
changes, called NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) resistor.
The resistance can be measured by two complementary methods:
• Applying a constant voltage across the resistor and measuring the current that flows
through it.
• Applying a constant current through the resistor and measuring the voltage that is
generated across it.
In Datex-Ohmeda modules the two methods are combined in the form of a voltage divider. The
NTC-resistor is connected in series with a normal resistor and a constant voltage is applied
across them. The temperature dependent voltage can be detected at the junction of the
resistors, thus producing the temperature signal from the patient. The signal is amplified by
analog amplifiers and further processed by digital electronics.

2.1.5 Invasive blood pressure

To measure invasive blood pressure, a catheter is inserted into an artery or vein. The invasive
pressure setup, consisting of a connecting tubing, a pressure transducer, an intravenous bag
of normal saline, all connected together by stopcocks, is attached to the catheter. The
transducer is placed at the same level with the heart, and is electrically zeroed.
The transducer is a piezo-resistive device that converts the pressure signal to a voltage. The
monitor interprets the voltage signal so that pressure data and pressure waveforms can be
displayed.

10

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

2.1.6 Respiration
Impedance respiration is measured across the thorax between ECG electrodes. The respiration
signal is made by supplying current between the electrodes and by measuring the differential
current from the electrodes. The signal measured is the impedance change caused by
breathing. The respiration rate is calculated from these impedance changes, and the
respiration waveform is displayed on the screen.

2.2 Main components

2.2.1 E-PRESTN/-RESTN/-PRETN modules

1. Module keys
1 2. InvBP connector in E-PRESTN, E-PRETN
3. Temperature connector
2 4. SpO2 connector in E-PRESTN, E-RESTN
5. NIBP connector
3 6. ECG and impedance respiration connector
4

5 6
ECG

Figure 4 Front panel of E-PRESTN

The E-PRESTN, E-RESTN and E-PRETN modules contain three main PC boards, the STP board,
the ECG board, and the NIBP board. Each of these boards contain a processor and software in
the processor flash memory. The boards produce their own supply voltages from the Vmod
13.8-16 V line that is available via the module bus connector. One exception, the NIBP board
provides +5V for the ECG and STP board non-isolated side components. The NIBP board
provides also the synchronization signal for the ECG and STP board power supplies.
There are two input boards; the STP input board attached to the front panel of the module and
the ECG input board in its own housing. The front panel has five connectors and four keys.
There is one connector for two temperature measurements, one for two invasive blood
pressure measurements, one for ECG, one for NIBP, and one for SpO2 measurement. The NIBP
connector includes two plungers for NIBP hose identification. The keys are for NIBP Auto
On/Off, NIBP Start/Cancel, P1 zero, and P2 zero.

11

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.2.2 NIBP board

P a t ie n t a n d N I B P c u f f

N IB P c u ff h o s e

N I B P c o n n e c t o r w it h N I B P h o s e
id e n t if ic a t io n

N I B P p n e u m a t ic s ( m a n if o ld )
Pum p

N IB P P re s s u re D r iv e r s f o r
c o n tro l s e n s o rs p u m p & v a lv e s
keys

M a in C P U S a fe ty C P U

N V m e m o ry
P o w e r s u p p ly
f o r c o n tin u e d N V m e m o ry +5 V and
RS 485
p a t ie n t d a t a s y n c h r o n iz a tio n s ig n a l
c o m m u n ic a t io n fo r E C G - a n d
S T P -b o a rd s

PSM_NIBP_blockdiag.vsd
M o d u le b u s c o n n e c t o r

Figure 5 NIBP board functional block diagram

Signal processing
Two signals from the pressure transducers are amplified and sent to the A/D converter. After
the converter, digitized signals are sent to the microprocessor for data processing.
The NIBP board is controlled with an H8/3052 microprocessor at 16 MHz oscillator frequency.

Memory
The NIBP program memory (processor flash memory) size is 512k x 8. The processor has 4
kBytes RAM and there is also an external RAM memory, the size of which is 128k x 8. Variable
values of the NIBP measurement are stored into the external RAM. The EEPROM size is 512 x 8
and it is used to store the calibration values for the pressure transducers, the pulse valve
constants gained during measurements, the PC board identification, and the module serial
number.

12

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

Software control
The software controls valves and a pump. In addition to the individual on/off signals for each
component there is a common power switch for the valves and the pump that can be used at
pump/valve failures.
In addition to external RS485 reset line, the microprocessor system is equipped with its own
power-up reset. See the section in the ECG board’s description: “RS485 communication”

Safety circuit
The NIBP board is equipped with an independent safety circuit to disconnect supply voltages
from the pump and the valves if the cuff has been pressurized longer than the preset
maximum measurement time, or if the pressure of the cuff is inflated over the specified
pressure limit. The maximum measurement time values and pressure limits for different
measurement modes have been specified in the technical specification section of this manual.

Pneumatics

The module has the following pneumatics parts:

1. Intake air filter; for preventing dust and other parts from entering the air pump and the
valves.
2. Air pump; for pumping the measuring pressure of the cuff.
3. (Pulse) Valve; for producing a linear pressure fall (bleeding) in order to measure the blood
pressure of the patient.
Note that in the service menu also names Valve and Set valve have been used for this
valve.
4. Safety valve; The safety valve is intended to be used for deflating the cuff in single fault
case, i.e. to prevent too long a measurement time or too high an inflation pressure of the
cuff.
Note that lso Exh2 valve has been used to designate the Safety valve in service menu.
5. Main pressure sensor; for measuring the pressure of the blood pressure cuff and the
pressure fluctuations caused by arterial wall movement.
6. Safety pressure sensor; for detecting the , cuff loose, cuff occlusion situations, etc. and
for recognizing the pressure sensor fault.
7. Cuff connector; for connection and hose identification.

13

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Safety pressure sensor

S1

Plunger Proportional valve

Air pump
Cuff connector

Plunger
S2

PSM_NIBP_pneum_diagr.vsd
Dump valve
Main pressure sensor
Intake air filter

Figure 6 NIBP pneumatics diagram

Power supply section of the NIBP board

All connections are established via a 25-pin connector (D-type, female). The module needs a
+15 V (dirty) power supply to operate. The supply voltage (+15V) is generated in the power
supply section of the S/5 monitor. The other voltages needed for the operation of the NIBP
measurement are made on the NIBP board.

14

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

2.2.3 ECG board in 12-lead measurement

The 12-lead ECG measurement consists of the functions shown in Figure 7 on page 15. All
functions are located in the ECG board except the ECG input unit.

PATIENT AND ECG ELECTRODES

ECG CABLE
- ECG LEAD SET
- ECG TRUNK CABLE

ECG INPUT UNIT

- ECG CONNECTOR
- INPUT PROTECTION RESISTORS

INPUT PROTECTION DIODES FOR ECG & RESPIRATION MEASUREMENT

INPUT FILTERING FOR ECG & RESPIRATION MEASUREMENTS

LEADS OFF &

RESPIRATION RESPIRATION ECG
PACER &
MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT PREAMPLIFIERS &
DEFIBRILLATION
AMPLIFIERS CURRENT SUPPLY RLD CIRCUIT
DETECTION

BASELINE
RESTORATION

ECG CPU

12_lead_ECG_meas_blck_dgrm.vsd
RS 485 POWER SUPPLY
COMMUNICATION NV
MEMORY

ISOLATION ISOLATION

MODULE BUS CONNECTOR ECG BLOCK DIAGRAM

Figure 7 12-lead ECG measurement block diagram

ECG input unit

The ECG input unit consists of the front panel connector and the ECG input connector board
with the high voltage protection resistors. The connector for the 12-lead ECG cable is a green
11-pin rectangle shaped connector.

Input protection and filtering

The input protection is implemented with high voltage protection resistors in the ECG input unit
and with protection diodes in the ECG board. The input filtering for ECG measurement is done
with passive RC filtering.

15

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ECG preamplifiers
The buffer amplifiers are used for each lead. The “Leads off” detection is implemented by
measuring the output level of the input buffer amplifiers with the A/D converter of the CPU. The
ECG signals are measured using differential amplifiers.

ECG amplifiers and baseline restoration

The function of the ECG amplifiers and baseline restoration is to amplify the signal and to
restore the baseline of the signal in the middle of the display after the change of the signal
level, e.g. after the change of the DC offset voltage.

Pacer detection
Pacer detection has been made by using four slew rate detector circuits. The pacer detection
amplifiers have been realized at the front of the slew rate detectors independently of the ECG
measuring channels.

Respiration impedance supply

The 31.25 kHz sine wave generator is used as the respiration measurement signal supply.
Analog switches are used for connecting the sine wave to the ECG leads to be measured.

Respiration impedance amplifiers

Buffer amplifiers are used in respiration measurement. Analog switches are used for selecting
the measurement leads. There are also additional amplifiers for increasing the respiration
signal gain. When ECG measurement is 5/12-lead, the respiration measurement is always done
between R and F, independently on the ECG lead selection. When ECG measurement is 3-lead,
then the respiration measurement is happened at the same lead as the ECG measurement (I, II
or III).

ECG CPU
The CPU is a 16 bit H8/3052 single-chip microcomputer. It contains 128 kbytes of flash memory
and 4 kbytes of RAM. The clock frequency is 16 MHz.

RS485 communication
The communication to the CPU board of the monitor uses RS485 protocol. The RS485 driver
circuits are optically isolated from the processor of the module.

Power supply
The ECG board has a driver-controlled half-bridge switching power supply with 5 kV isolation.
The supply voltages have been regulated with linear regulators.

2.2.4 ECG filtering

Datex-Ohmeda S/5 monitors have three ECG filtering modes:
MONITORING 0.5 to 30 Hz (with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.5 to 40 Hz (with 60 Hz reject filter)
DIAGNOSTIC 12-lead ECG 0.05 to 150 Hz
ST FILTER 0.05 to 30 Hz (with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.05 to 40 Hz (with 60 Hz reject filter)
The purpose of filtering is to reduce high frequency noise and low frequency (e.g. respiratory)
movement artifacts.
The monitor filter is used in normal monitoring. The diagnostic filter is used if more accurate
diagnostic information is needed. The ST filter gives more accurate information of ST segment,
but reduces high frequency noise.

16

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

The high-pass filters 0.5 Hz and 0.05 Hz are done with software. The monitor sends a command
to the hemodynamic module determining which of the corner frequencies 0.5 Hz or 0.05 Hz is
to be used.
The 50 Hz and 60 Hz reject filters are both low-pass filters with zero at 50 Hz or 60 Hz
correspondingly. They are software based filters used for the mains supply filtering. With these
filters the 3 dB value for low-pass filter is 30 Hz or 40 Hz.
In diagnostic mode the upper frequency is 150 Hz and it is limited by software.

2.2.5 STP board

PATIENT AND INVASIVE CANNULA OR

PATIENT AND SpO2 PROBE PATIENT AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CATHETER

FLUSHING KIT & INVASIVE PRESSURE

SpO2 TRUNK CABLE TEMPERATURE CONNECTOR
SENSOR WITH DOME

SpO2 CONNECTOR INPUT PROTECTION CIRCUITRY INV.PRESSURE CONNECTOR

SpO2 PROBE RECOGNITION & LED

DRIVE SELECTION MATRIX
TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL INV: PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
MEASUREMENT CURRENT MEASURE MENT VOLTAGE
AMPLIFIER SOURCE AMPLIFIER SOURCE

SpO2 LED SpO2

DRIVE AMPLIFIER

A/D CONVERSION

STP CPU

RS 485 POWER SUPPLY

STP_brd_blck_dgrm.vsd

COMMUNICATION NV
MEMORY

ISOLATION ISOLATION

MODULE BUS CONNECTOR STP BLOCK DIAGRAM

Figure 8 STP board block diagram

Microprocessor unit
The CPU is a 16 bit H8/3052 single-chip microcomputer. It contains 128 kbytes of flash memory
and 4 kbytes of RAM. The clock frequency is 16 MHz.
High speed I/O is used to obtain a pulse control sequence necessary for pulse oximetry
measurement. Timing for the clock is from the oscillator.

17

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Temperature measurement unit

The NTC-resistor value in the probe depends on the patient’s temperature. It is measured with
the following principle described below.
The constant current source is supplied about 38 µA current through the temperature sensor
(YSI 400-series NTC resistor). The constant current is caused a voltage over the temperature
sensor (NTC resistor). The voltage over the temperature sensor is amplified in a differential
amplifier stage. The amplified voltage is transferred to a controller of the STP board through an
A/D converter.

constant
Defibrillation/ESD protection current
resistors and diodes source
Temperature
sensors T1, T2
R Ref1 Ref2

T1 T2

Differential
R amplifier

0C:7k36 d/dt 0
0 To A/D
15C:3k54
converter
25C:2k53
R

0
38C:1k30
45C: 984 0

PSM temp meas principle vsd

R

Figure 9 Temperature measurement principle

Invasive blood pressure measurement unit

An isolated +5 V voltage is supplied to the pressure transducer. The differential voltage, which
depends on the pressure and the supplied voltage, is calculated from the bridge connection
(see the formula below).
Uout = Uin × pressure × 5 µV, where Uin is 5 V
⇒ Uout = 25 µV × pressure [mmHg]

18

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

Pressure amplification is realized in the instrumentation amplifier. The gain of the amplifier is
set to keep the level of the signal transferred to the A/D converter within the measurement
range even when there are circumstantial offsets or offsets caused by the transducer. There is
a filter before the amplifier to attenuate high frequency disturbances.

Vin

Current
measurement G
to AD converter
Pressure
transducer
Instrum entation
amplifier

PSM_pressure_meas_principle.vsd
Vout
Input filter G
to A D converter

Figure 10 Pressure measurement principle

Pulse oximetry measurement section

LED control signals
The D/A converters of the microcontroller on the STP board set the LED intensity adjustment
values for the infrared and red LEDs of the SpO2 probe. The microcontroller on the STP board
switches ON (to the adjusted intensity) and OFF the SpO2 probe LEDs according to the
predetermined sequence.

LED driving circuit

Differential amplifiers measure the LED currents (LED current indication) of the SpO2 probe over
the shunt resistors placed in the LED current paths. The LED driving voltages (LED voltage
indication) are measured from the driver circuitry. The LED driving circuits also have MOSFET
transistor matrix to enable the use of different probe configurations.

Measured signal preamplification

The preamplifier is a bipolar/single-ended current-to-voltage converter with adjustable gain. A
higher gain is used for measuring thin tissue. The preamplification stage has also ambient light
reduction and a second amplifier stage.

19

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

LED Driving circuit 1 LED Intensity adjustment 1

LED ON/OFF control 1

LED voltage indication 1

LED current indication 1

LED Driving circuit 2 LED Intensity adjustment 2

LED ON/OFF control 2

LED voltage indication 2

SpO2
Probe LED current indication 2

LP Oximeter channel 1
Gain=7.5

DC-
suppression

LP Oximeter channel 2
Gain=7.5

Ambient reduction DC-

suppression

LP Oximeter channel 3
Amplifier: Gain=7.5
Preamplifier: Gain = 2
Current-to-voltage type

Spo2_measurement_blck_diagr.vsd
Bipolar/single-ended modes DC-
Adjustable gain suppression
Oximeter channel 4
LP

DE-MUX Amplifiers

Analog Digital

Figure 11 Pulse oximetry measurement block diagram

Red and infrared channel separation

It is possible to multiplex the detector signal to four different channels depending on the
content of the signal. The detector signal must at least multiplex into infrared and red signals.
Other channels are e.g. for diagnostic purposes.

Serial communication
An RS485 type bus driver makes the serial communication between the module and the frame.
The data transmission rate is 500kbps.

20

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

NIBP BOARD CONTROLLERS

NIBP BOARD

NIBP BOARD CONNECTOR

RECEIVE DATA DATA
RS 485
SEND DATA DRIVER NDATA

synchronization signal
SEND/RECEIVE

+5 V
STP BOARD
STP BOARD CONTROLLER

Module bus connector

STP BOARD CONNECTOR
PATIENT ISOLATION

RECEIVE DATA DATA

RS 485
SEND DATA DRIVER NDATA +5 V

SEND/RECEIVE

ECG BOARD
RD CONTROLLER

DIRECT ECG (PWM)

ARD CONNECTOR
T ISOLATION

RECEIVE DATA DATA

RS 485 +5 V
SEND DATA DRIVER NDATA

Figure 12 Serial communication of E-PRESTN module

Signals and isolation barrier

The communication signals transfer over the isolation barrier by using high isolation voltage
(6kV) opto isolators.

Power supply section

The power for the electronics on the floating part of the STP and the ECG boards is made on
each board with the switching power supplies connected to a high voltage isolated
transformer. The switching power supplies on the STP and ECG boards are synchronized to the
frequency, about 340kHz of the switching power supply on the NIBP board. The NIBP board
supplies non-isolated 5 V to the ECG and STP boards. The module uses only Vmod 13.8 - 16 V
voltage of the frame. The other voltages of the measuring boards are made by the switching
power supplies and regulators or the linear regulators. Each measuring board is protected
against overloading with PTC type automatic fuses.

21

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector
Only the shaded signals of the table below are valid for the PRESTN module
Table 7 Module bus connector description

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal Note

1 I RESET_RS485

13 1 2 I -15 VDC
25 14
3 I +15 VDIRTY
4 I +15 VDC
5 I/O NDATA_RS485
6 I/O DATA_RS485
7 Ground & Shield
8 I -RESET_RS485
9 I CTSB
10 O RTSB
11 I RXDB
12 O TXDB
13 Ground & Shield
14 I +32 VDIRTY
15 I GroundDIRTY
16 I CTSC
17 O RTSC
18 I RXDC
19 O TXDC
20 ON/STANDBY
21 O PWM_ECG
22 RXDD_RS232
23 TXDD_RS232
24 I +5 VDC
25 I +5 VDC

22

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

2.3.2 Front panel connectors

Table 8 ECG connector

ECG Connector Pin No. Signal Name

1 R/RA; Right arm electrode
2 C2/V2; Chest electrode
3 C3/V3; Chest electrode
4 L/LA; Left arm electrode
5 N/RL; Neutral/Right Leg Drive electrode
6 C1/V1; Chest electrode
7 C4/V4; Chest electrode
8 F/LL; Left Leg electrode
9 C6/V6; Chest electrode
10 C5/V5; Chest electrode
11 Cable Shield

Table 9 SpO2 connector

SpO2 connector Pin No. Signal Description

1 DET_A Photodiode anode
2 DET_C Photodiode cathode
3 DATA-
4 Wire 1/3 LED connection
5 IR_C IR LED cathode
6 OUTER SHIELD
7 DET_SHIELD
8 PRB_ID Bin/ID Resistor+
9 Wire 3/5 LED Connection
10 RED_C RED LED cathode
11 DATA+

23

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Table 10 Invasive blood pressure connectors (P1, P2)

Invasive blood pressure Pin Signal Description

connectors (Dual BP) No.
1 BP_+VREF BP transducer excitation voltage, channel
1
2 BP SIG+ BP transducer signal positive (+), channel
1
3 BP_+VREF BP transducer excitation voltage, channel
2
4 AGND Analog ground
5 BP SIG+ BP transducer signal positive (+), channel
2
6 SHIELD BP cable shield
7 AGND Analog ground
8 BP SIG1 BP transducer signal negative (-), channel
1
9 BP SIG2 BP transducer signal negative (-), channel
2
10 BP1_ID BP1 probe identification
11 NC Not connected

Table 11 Temp connector (T1, T2)

Temp connector Pin No Signal

1 Sensor drive current
2 Input from temperature sensor, channel 1
3 Not connected
4 Not connected
5 Thermistor ID (LOW= Temperature error,
HIGH=YSI 400 series)
6 Cable shield
7 Analog ground
8 Input from temperature sensor, channel 2
9 Not connected
10 Temperature probe presence identification
signal
11 Digital ground

24

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the hemodynamic modules is limited to replacing faulty printed circuit
boards or mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void warranty of
the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service check should
be performed after any service repair, Additionally, the service check procedures can also be
used for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which should be filled in when performing
the procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after
performing the procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

NOTE: Use only properly maintained, calibrated and traceable measurement equipment for the
specified calibrations and adjustments to ensure accuracy.
Table 12 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. For product(s)

Hemodynamic patient simulator M1010831 Hemodynamic modules
Adapter cables for simulators
- Dual temperature adapter cable 402015-004 Hemodynamic patient
simulator and Medsim
- Dual Inv.BP adapter cable 2005772-001 Hemodynamic patient
simulator
- Temperature adapter cable M1010832 Medsim
- Inv.BP adapter cable M1010858 Medsim
- Temperature adapter cable M1010846 Lionheart & MPS450
- Inv.BP adapter cable M1010862 Lionheart & MPS450
Pressure manometer Hemodynamic modules w/ (P)

25

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Tool Order No. For product(s)

Accessories:
Temperature test set 884515 Hemodynamic modules w/ (T)
Multi-Link ECG accessories, IEC:
- Multi-link 3-leadwire set 412682-003 Hemodynamic modules w/ (E)
- Multi-link 5-leadwire set 412681-003 Hemodynamic modules w/ (E)
- Multi-link 5-leadwire set, C2-C6 416467-004 Hemodynamic modules w/ (E)
- Multi-link 12-lead ECG trunk 416035-002 Hemodynamic modules w/
cable (E12)
Multi-Link ECG accessories, AHA:
- Multi-link 3-leadwire set 412682-001 Hemodynamic modules w/ (E)
- Multi-link 5-leadwire set 416681-001 Hemodynamic modules w/ (E)
- Multi-link 5-leadwire set, V2-V6 416467-003 Hemodynamic modules w/ (E)
- Multi-link 12-lead ECG trunk 416035-001 Hemodynamic modules w/
cable (E12)
SpO2 finger probe OXY-F-UN Hemodynamic modules w/ (S)
SpO2 Interconnect Cable OXY-ES3 Hemodynamic modules w/ (S)
InvBP transducer 70077-001 Hemodynamic modules w/ (P)
Adult NIBP cuff hose with cuff ID 2021285-001 Hemodynamic modules w/
(NIBP)
Adult NIBP cuff 2753E Hemodynamic modules w/
(NIBP)
Infant cuff hose without cuff ID 414874-001 Hemodynamic modules w/
(NIBP)
Screwdriver

3.2.2 Recommended parts

Table 13 Recommended parts

Part Order No. Notes

NIBP pump filter 57142

3.2.3 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.
Check:
1. Internal parts
− screws are tightened properly
− connectors are connected properly
− NIBP tubing is attached properly

26

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

− there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External parts
− the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
− all connectors are intact and attached properly
− the module box and latch are intact

"
3.2.4 Functional inspection
3. NIBP pump filter
Replace the NIBP pump filter, if necessary.

"
Reattach the module cover and check that the latch is moving properly.
Switch the monitor on and wait until the monitoring screen appears. Configure the
monitor screen so that all the needed parameters are shown, for example as follows:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - ECG1
Field 2 - ECG2
Field 3 - P1
Field 4 - P2
Field 5 - Pleth
Field 6 - Resp
Digit Fields - Lower Field 2 - NIBP
Lower Field 3 - T1+T2
4. Module installation
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly

"
5. Module recognition
Check that the module is recognized, i.e. all the needed parameter information, except
invasive blood pressure, starts to show on the screen.

"
Preset ECG, Respiration, InvBP and SpO2 measurement settings:
ECG - ECG Setup - Hr Source - Auto
Pacemaker - Show
Others - Resp&Temp Setup - Resp Setup
Resp Rate Source - Auto
Measurement - On
Detection Limit - Auto
Invasive Pressures - P1 ‘Art’ Setup - Label - Art
P2 ‘Cvp’ Setup - Label - Cvp
PulseOximetry - Pleth Scale - Auto

27

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ECG measurement
6. Module software (serial numbers)
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) -
Service (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding the module software by selecting Scroll Vers and
turning the ComWheel.

"
7. Communication and memories
Enter the Parameters - ESTP:ECG service menu.
Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second. Check also that the ECG/RESP board memories have passed
the internal memory test, i.e. the RAM, ROM and EEPROM state all OK.

"
8. Power frequency
Check that the power frequency value is set according to the current mains power
frequency. Change the setting by selecting Power Freq, if necessary.

"
9. Cable recognition
Connect a 12-lead ECG trunk cable without a lead set to the module. Check that the
message ‘Leads off’ is displayed on the screen.

"
10. Lead detection
Connect both 5-leadwire sets to the trunk cable. Connect all the leads together, for
example to a suitable screwdriver. Check that all the electrodes show ON and the
message ‘Asystole’ appears. Check that the Cable type shows 10 lead.

Connect the 10-leadwire set to the simulator. Disconnect one of the leads and check that
the corresponding electrode in the service menu shows OFF within 10 seconds of the
disconnection, and then reconnect the lead. Check the rest of the leads using the same
method. Disconnect the trunk cable.

Connect a 3-leadwire set to a trunk cable and connect it to the module. Connect all the
leads together, for example to a suitable screwdriver. Check that the cable type shows 3
lead.
NOTE: When any of the limb leads is disconnected, the measurement will automatically
change to 3 electrode ECG measurement.
NOTE: The asystole and different leads off messages are shown using certain priority,
Even though one of the leads is disconnected, the related leads off message may not
appear on the screen.
NOTE: When RA, LA , LL or RL electrode is disconnected, all six V electrodes show OFF.
NOTE: With PRESTN/RESTN/PRETN modules and 5 lead cable, the state of the V electrode
is displayed only for the selected V Lead (ECG Setup - V Lead: V1 - V6).

28

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

"
11. Test with the patient simulator
Connect the leads to a patient simulator.
Perform the settings and checks with Dynatech Nevada MedSim 300 Patient Simulator:
ECG - BASE - BPM - 160
PACE - WAVE - NSR
Check that a normal ECG waveform is shown, the HR value is 160 (±5) and the ‘Pacer
count’ -value is not increasing in the service menu.
ECG - PACE - WAVE - ASNC
Check that pacemaker spikes are shown on the ECG waveform, the HR value changes to
75 (±5) and the Pacer count value is increasing according to the shown pacemaker spikes.
Set the pacemaker option off:
ECG - PACE - WAVE - NSR

"
Respiration measurement
12. RESP measurement recognition
Check that Resp Available and RESP Measurement both show ON in the ESTP: ECG service
menu.

"
13. Test with patient simulator
Check the respiration measurement with a patient simulator.
The settings and checks with Dynatech Nevada MedSim 300 Patient Simulator:
BASELINE IMPEDANCE -switch - 500
LEAD SELECT-switch - II/RL-LL
RESP - WAVE - NORM
RATE - 20
OHMS - 1.0
RATIO - 1/1
APNEA - OFF
SHIFT - OFF
Check that the RESP waveform is shown and the RR value is 20 (±5). Change the position
of the BASELINE IMPEDANCE switch and check that appropriate RESP waveform and RR
value are shown again within 30 seconds.
RESP - APNEA - 32 S
Check that the monitor activates the APNEA alarm.
NOTE: Make sure that only the ECG leads are connected to the simulator during the apnea
test. If other cables are connected at the same time, the respiration signal from the
simulator may be disturbed, and therefore, the APNEA alarm may not be activated.
NOTE: When you have the ECG service menu open, spikes will appear on the respiration
waveform. These spikes represent the threshold level for detecting inspiration and
expiration.

"
29

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Temperature measurement
14. Communication and memories
Enter the ESTP: STP service menu:
Parameters - ESTP : STP
Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values do not increase
faster than by 5 per second. Check also that the STP board memories have passed the
internal memory test, i.e. the RAM, ROM and EEPROM show all OK.

"
15. Temperature probe detection
Check that the ‘Cable’ and ‘Probe’ show OFF for both channels, T1 and T2, when no
probes are connected.
Connect the temperature adapter cable to the module temperature connector and a
temperature test plug to the adapter cable. Check that the Cable and Probe for T1 show
ON and the corresponding temperature value appears on the monitor screen.

"
16. Calibration check
Check the temperature calibrations using temperature test plugs.
If the deviation on a temperature reading on the screen is more than 0.1°C, calibrate the
temperature channels according to the instructions in chapter “Temperature calibration”
on page 45.”

"
17. Temp test
Activate the temperature test by selecting Temp Test from the menu and pressing the
ComWheel twice. When the message ‘Performing temp test’ disappears from the digit
field, check that no error messages appear and Temp error shows OFF for both channels
in the service menu.

"
18. Module configuration
Check that the module configuration has been set correctly. The configuration in use is
shown beside the text Configuration in the service menu and it can be either STP, ST or TP.
Change the configuration in the Calibrations - Set Config menu, if necessary. To activate
the change, reset the module communication by removing and inserting the module.

"
Invasive blood pressure measurement
19. Membrane keys
Check the front panel membrane keys that are related to the InvBP measurement.
Press each of the keys for at least one second. Check that the pressed key is identified, i.e.
one of the texts for Buttons changes from OFF to ON in the service menu.

"

30

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

20. Cable and transducer detection

Check that the Cable and Probe for P1 show OFF. Connect the InvBP adapter cable to the
module, connect a cable with an invasive blood pressure transducer to the adapter cable
and check that the Cable and Probe show ON and the corresponding pressure waveform
appears on the screen.
Perform the same check also for the InvBP channel P2.

"
21. Calibration
Calibrate the InvBP channels P1 and P2 according to the instructions in chapter “Invasive
pressure calibration” on page 46.“

"
22. Test with patient simulator
Check the InvBP channels with a patient simulator.
The settings and checks with Dynatech Nevada MedSim 300 Patient Simulator:
SENSITIVITY - switch - 5 µV/V/mmHg
ECG - BASE - BPM - 60 - BP - 1 - WAVE - ATM
2 - WAVE - ATM
Restore the normal monitoring screen by pressing the key Normal Screen.
Connect cables from the channels BP1 and BP2 to the module connectors. Zero the InvBP
channels by pressing the keys ZERO P1 and ZERO P2 on the module front panel.
BP - 1 - WAVE - ART
2 - WAVE - CVP
Check that appropriate InvBP waveforms are shown and the InvBP values are
approximately 120/80 (±3 mmHg) for the channel P1 and 15/10 (±2 mmHg) for the
channel P2.
Check that the HR value is calculated from P1, when ECG is not measured (ECG cable
disconnected).

"
SpO2 measurement
23. SpO2 probe detection
Check that the message ‘No probe’ is shown, when no SpO2 sensor is connected to the
module. Connect an SpO2 finger probe to the module (with the interconnection cable, if
needed). Check that the message ‘Probe off’ is shown when the probe is not connected to
a finger.

"
24. Test measurement
Connect the SpO2 probe onto your finger. Check that the reading of 95-99 and SpO2
waveform appears. Check that the HR value is calculated from SpO2 when ECG and InvBP
(P1) are not measured.

"

31

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Non Invasive Blood Pressure measurement

25. Communication and memories
Enter the NIBP module service menu:
Parameters - NIBP
Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second. Check also that the NIBP board memories have passed the
internal memory test, i.e. the RAM, ROM and EEPROM show all OK.

"
26. Membrane keys
Check the front panel membrane keys.
Select Buttons/Leds.
Press each of the two NIBP related membrane keys for at least one second. Check that
the pressed key is identified, i.e. the corresponding text changes from OFF to ON in the
menu, when the key is released back up again.

"
27. Pump and valves
Check the pump and valves.
Select Pneumatics from the NIBP menu. Connect a pressure manometer to the NIBP
module cuff connector.
Select Start Pump and press the ComWheel. Check that the pump turns on and the
pressure inside the tubing system starts to increase. Stop the pump by pressing the
ComWheel again when the pressure reaches 280 mmHg.
Select Open Exh2. Press the ComWheel and check that the pressure inside the tubing
system starts to drop, then press the ComWheel again. If necessary, turn the pump on
again for a moment to increase the pressure inside the tubing system.
Select Set Valve. Press the ComWheel and set the value under the text Pulse Valve to
number 150 by turning the ComWheel. Press the ComWheel again and check that the
pressure inside the tubing system starts to drop. Finish the test by selecting Previous
Menu.

"
28. Leak test
Check the NIBP tubing system for leakages.
Select Calibrations from the NIBP service menu.
Connect the pressure manometer to the NIBP module cuff connector. Start the active leak
test from the menu by pressing the ComWheel. The module pumps a pressure of about
290 mmHg and then the pump stops. The max pressure in Adult mode is about 290
mmHg, but in Infant mode only 140mmHg.
Wait for 15 seconds for the pressure to stabilize then check that the pressure does not
drop more than 6 mmHg per one minute. Release the pressure by pressing the
ComWheel once more.

"

32

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

29. Calibration check

Recalibrate the NIBP measurement according to the instructions in chapter “NIBP
calibrations” on page 3-44. Remember to set the calibration protection back on after the
calibration.
Disconnect the pressure manometer. Select Calibrations - Calibration Check. Press the
ComWheel and take down the zero offset values for both pressure transducers, B1 and
B2. The values should be within ±20 mmHg.
Connect the pressure manometer to the cuff connector and check the calibration with
pressures 100 mmHg, 200 mmHg and 260 mmHg. The zero offset value must be added to
the displayed pressure value in order to determine the real pressure.

"
30. Safety valve functions
Select Safety Valve from the NIBP service menu.
Disconnect the pressure manometer from the NIBP module cuff connector. Connect the
NIBP hose and cuff to the NIBP module cuff connector.
Perform the check with a standard adult cuff that is connected around some round
object, for example a calibration gas bottle.
Select Start Test. Start the adult safety valve test by pressing the ComWheel. Wait until
the pump stops and the pressure is deflated.
Open the cuff connector or disconnect and connect the cuff connector from the module.
Check the pressure values ‘Max press’ and ‘2 s after stop’ for both transducers. All the
values should be within 270 - 330 mmHg.
Select ADULT. Press the ComWheel and check that the text changes now to INFANT.
Select Start Test and wait until the pump stops and the pressure values on the screen
have been updated.
Open the cuff connector or disconnect and connect the cuff connector from the module.
Check that the values ‘Max press’ and ‘2 s after stop’ are all now within 135 to 165 mmHg.
Return to the normal monitoring mode by pressing Normal Screen.

"
31. Cuff related messages
Connect an adult NIBP cuff to the cuff connector and disconnect one of its hoses.
Start NIBP measurement by pressing the key Start/Cancel on the module and check
that the message ‘Cuff loose’ appears on the screen within 70 seconds.
Reconnect the hose and then bend it with your fingers. Restart the measurement and
check that the message ‘Cuff occlusion’ appears on the screen within 70 seconds.

"
32. Test measurement
Check that the automatic inflation limits are in use:
NIBP - NIBP Setup - Inflation Limits - Auto - Previous Menu
Connect the cuff onto your arm, select Start Ven.Stasis in the NIBP menu and press the
ComWheel. Check that the module identifies the cuff, i.e. the text Adult appears in the
NIBP digit field for a short moment.

33

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Keep the pressure inside the cuff for about half a minute in order to find out that the cuff
is not leaking, then press the ComWheel again. Select Normal Screen.
Disconnect the cuff hose.

"
33. NIBP hose detection
Press the Start/ Cancel module or side panel key and check that the ‘Cuff loose’
message appears in the NIBP digit field.
Attach a NIBP cuff hose without cuff identification and check that the module identifies
the hose:
− The message ‘Select inflation limits’ appears in the NIBP digit field.
− When you try to start the measurement, the monitor automatically opens the
selections NIBP Setup - Inflation Limits.

"
All modules
34. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
35. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after the performed electrical safety check.

"
36. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
Fill in all necessary documents.

34

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic
discharge may damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdrivers; T6, T8

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that all cables are reconnected
properly.

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

In case you are replacing either the Front chassis unit or the manifold, start by removing the
Module Front Cover from the module by releasing the snaps that hold the front cover to the
front chassis. Then follow the disassemle instructions

1. Remove the two screws (T8) holding the module cover to the
module frame from the back of the module.

35
Document no. M1027824-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module cover

slowly backwards and remove it from the main body.
NOTE: When reassembling, be carefull not to damage the
membrane keyboard flex. Guide the flex inside the frame and
the module casing.

3. To remove the ECG board

- Remove the four screws (T6) holding the insulator cover and
lift the cover up.

NOTE: When reassembling, push the ECG board a little to

ensure that the insulator plates are correctly reassembled.
Guide the upper plate inside the lips of the lower plate.

- Lift the ECG board a little and disconnect the module bus
connector from the ECG board.
- Carefully lift the board together with the ECG input unit up.

36

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

- Turn the ECG board 180 degrees around the input unit.

- Disconnect the ECG input flex connector from the ECG

board. Be carefull not to damage the flex.

4. To remove the STP board.

- Lift the ECG-STP board insulator plate up.

- Disconnect the module bus connector from the STP board.

37
Document no. M1027824-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

- Flip the module upside down and disconnect the STP input
flex connector through the hole in the module frame. Flip the
module over again
- Remove the STP board.
NOTE: When reassembling, be carefull not to damage the STP
input flex. Make sure the STP input flex connector is properly
connected.

5. To remove the NIBP board:

- Lift the STP-NIBP board insulator plate up.

- Flip the module over and disconnect the hoses (2 pcs)

coming from the manifold.
NOTE: Note the positions of the hoses; mark them if necessary
to ensure they are replaced correctly.

- Flip the module over again. Lift the NIBP board carefully and
disconnect the module bus connector, pump connector and
NIBP flex connector from the NIBP board.
- Remove the NIBP board.

38

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

6. To remove the module bus connector:

- Remove the two screws (T8) holding the connector to the
frame.

7. To remove the Front Chassis Unit:

- Carefully push/ pull the STP input flex connector through the
ferrittes to the other side of the frame. The ferrites should
stay in place, if not, remember to reassemble them.

- To release the NIBP flex board:

- Disconnect the hoses (2 pcs) from the manifold and lift them
up from the holders to release the NIBP flex board.
NOTE: Note the positions of the hoses; mark them if necessary
to ensure they are replaced correctly.
- Pull the NIBP flex board through the frame.

- Remove the three screws (T8) holding the front chassis to

the module frame.

39
Document no. M1027824-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

- Detach the front chassis unit from the module frame. Be

carefull not to damage the NIBP flex board.

8. To remove the manifold:

- Open the connector lock from the NIBP flex board and
disconnect the membrane keyboard flex.

- Remove the two (T6) screws holding the manifold to the

Front chassis.

40

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

- Disconnect the NIBP flex board connector from the STP

input board. Lift the manifold carefully aside. Be careful not
to damage the NIBP flex board.
NOTE: When reassembling, make sure that the NIBP flex
board is properly connected (all pins connected) to the STP
input board.

To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps. Pay special attention to
the NOTES during the reassembling.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

41
Document no. M1027824-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

To remove the pump unit

1. Follow the disassemble instruction steps 1 and 2.
2. Remove the four screws (T6) with washers holding the NIBP
pump to the frame.

3. Remove the screw (T6) holding the pump connector board to

the insulator plate and lift the board up. Disconnect the
pump connector.

4. Disconnect the hoses and remove the the pump unit.

NOTE: Note the positions of the hoses; mark them if necessary to
ensure they are replaced correctly.

Reassemble the module in reverse order.

Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

42

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

3.3.4 To replace the NIBP filter:

1. Follow the disassemble instruction steps 1and

2.
2. Remove the NIBP filter cover and replace the
filter.

Reassemble the module in reverse order.

Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

43
Document no. M1027824-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.4 Adjustments and calibrations

NOTE: Use only properly maintained, calibrated and traceable measurement equipment for the
specified calibrations and adjustments to ensure accuracy.

3.4.1 NIBP calibrations

The electronics of the NIBP pressure measurement is calibrated at the factory. The processor
automatically maintains the zeroing pressure. If the zero point of the pressure transducer drifts
more than specified, an error message is given and the NIBP board should be recalibrated or
replaced.
Recalibrate the NIBP measurement once a year. The checking and recalibration can be done in
the NIBP service menu.
The calibration of the primary pressure channel can also be checked from the NIBP setup
menu (NIBP - NIBP Setup - Calibration Check). In this case, the auto zeroing is performed at
start - remove the hose before entering to ensure atmospheric pressure to the pressure
transducers - the primary pressure is displayed. The zero-offset value should then be zero.
Check the intake air filter as part of the calibration check. Change the filter if it is visibly dirty.

Calibration check
1. Enter Calibration menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) -Service (26-23-8) - Parameters -
NIBP - Calibrations
PRESTN_calib_menu.vsd
PRESTN_calib_menu.vsd

2. Select Calibration Check and push the ComWheel.

3. Connect an external precision manometer to the module.
4. Pump the following pressures to manometer and check the difference between the
manometer and monitor pressure display (The zeroing offset is automatically subtracted
from the pressure readings).
Table 3 NIBP calibration check pressures

Pressure Max. error Example

0 mmHg ±5 mmHg (=zero offset) -1
100 mmHg 100 ±2 mmHg 100 ±2
200 mmHg 200 ±3 mmHg 200 ±3

44

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

If the error of pressure channel B1 is larger than specified above, the module should be
recalibrated. The error of B2 is allowed to be even twice as large because it has no effect on
blood pressure measurement accuracy. However, we recommend recalibrating the module
when the error of B2 is larger than specified above to ensure best possible operation.

Calibration
1. Enter Calibration menu.
2. Remove the hoses from the front panel connector to enable proper zeroing.
3. Select Calibration. If it is not available, perform the steps a, b, and c.
NOTE: Do not pull out the hemodynamic module from the monitor frame. The module must be
in the frame during the whole procedure.
a. Press the hemodynamic module buttons Auto ON/OFF and Start Cancel
simultaneously for 3 seconds to enable the calibration. This enables menu selection
Protection. The message ‘Calibration switch ON!’ is displayed.
b. Select Protection OFF in the Calibration menu and push the ComWheel.
c. Press the buttons again for 3 seconds. Menu selection Calibration is now enabled, and
Protection is disabled. When the calibration is enabled, a message ‘Calibration not
protected’ is displayed.
• Start calibration by pushing the ComWheel. Messages ‘Zeroing’ and ‘Zeroed’ will be
displayed in the NIBP message field. After this, a pressure bar and text ‘Calibrating’ will be
displayed.
• Connect an external mercury manometer with a pump to the module through the both
tubes of the hose - both transducers B1 and B2 must be calibrated simultaneously. Pump
up to a pressure of about 200 mmHg according to the manometer. Calibration is possible
in the range of 150 to 250 mmHg.
• Verify that both pressure values in the prompt field match the manometer reading. If not,
adjust by turning the ComWheel. When the values of the pressure bar and the
manometer are equal, push the ComWheel to confirm the calibration. The message
‘Calibrated’ will be displayed on the NIBP digit field after a few seconds, which means that
the calibration succeeded, and the new calibration data is saved in EEPROM.
NOTE: When calibrating NIBP, always change the displayed pressure value slightly with the
ComWheel, even in cases where the value would be correct. For example, change the value
one step higher and then back one step lower. ‘Calibrated’ text should appear in the display.
This ensures that the calibration procedure is correctly registered and stored by the module.
• To set the protection on:
Press NIBP module buttons Auto ON/OFF and Start Cancel simultaneously for 3
seconds. Select Protection ON and push the ComWheel. Then press the buttons again for
three seconds.
• Remove the module from the frame and plug it back again. Then perform “Calibration
check” (see the preceding page) to verify the new calibration.

3.4.2 Temperature calibration

NOTE: For the temperature calibration, separate, accurate test plugs (25 °C and 45 °C) are
needed. A test set of two plugs is available from GE Healthcare, order code 884515.A Dual
temperature adapter cable, order code 402015-004 is also required for the temperature
calibration.
Calibrate the temperature, when the measured test values differ for more than ±0.1 °C, and
always after STP board replacement.

45

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1. Enter ESTPR: STP service menu.

(Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8) -
Parameters).
2. Enter Calibrations menu.
3. Choose Protection OFF in protect mode.
4. Select Calibrate T1/Calibrate T2.
5. Insert calibration plug (25 °C) into T1/T2 connector.
6. Push the ComWheel.
7. Insert calibration plug (45 °C) into T1/T2 connector.
8. Push the ComWheel.
9. Choose Protection ON in protect mode.

3.4.3 Invasive pressure calibration

NOTE: Before starting invasive pressure calibration, disconnect all patient cables and discharge
the patient.
Calibrate the invasive pressure when the pressure transducer (probe) is replaced with a
different type of transducer, and when the STP board is replaced.
1. Enter ESTPR: the STP service menu.
(Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8) -
Parameters).
2. Enter Calibrations menu.
3. Connect a pressure transducer with a pressure manometer to the P1/P2 connector.
Choose Calibrate P1 or Calibrate P2. Leave the transducer to room air pressure.
4. Push the ComWheel to start zeroing.
5. Supply a pressure of 100 mmHg to 300 mmHg to the transducer. The recommended
pressure is 200 mmHg.
6. Set the pressure on the display to match the pressure reading on the manometer and
push the ComWheel. A tolerance of ±1 mmHg is allowed.
7. The message ‘Calibrated’ will be displayed on the display.

46

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting charts
See also the “User’s Reference Manual” for more troubleshooting procedures.

4.1.1 NIBP

Problem Cause What to do

No NIBP value displayed NIBP not selected on screen. Check monitor setup.
NIBP menu fading No PRESTN module, module not Plug in the module.
properly connected or NIBP and
PRESTN module connected at the
same time.
‘Artifacts’ message Unsuccessful measurement due to Check the patient status.
patient movement, shivering,
external artifact or weak signal.
‘Weak pulsation’ message Weak or unstable oscillation pulses Check patient condition and retry.
due to: Check any leaks and retry.
• artifacts Use proper size of cuff. Check
attachment.
• weak pulse pressure due to
arrhythmias
• improper cuff position or
attachment
• too few pulses detected
• weak or unusual blood
circulation
• obese patient
Call service NIBP hardware error. See the description of the error message
‘Error X’ message X = error number. code, the causes and the solutions listed
in the “NIBP error code explanation”
chapter.

47

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Problem Cause What to do

‘Cuff loose’ message 1. Hose and/or cuff not connected. 1. Connect the hose and the cuff.
2. Hose and cuff connected.
Reasons:
- cuff loosely wrapped - Tighten the cuff.
- leakage inside the shield, in the - Check the tubings inside the shield
Patient connector panel or and Patient connector panel, fix if
tubings connecting to the necessary.
module
- leakage in cuff or hose - Replace cuff/hose.
- leakage inside module - Check internal tubing and fix if
necessary.
- pump does not work - Check pump connector; if OK,
replace the NIBP Pump Unit.
Cuff ID not working 1. Defective cuff ID holes in the - Replace NIBP cuff hose.
NIBP cuff hose
2. NIBP flex board connector - Check that the NIBP flex board
wrongly connected connector is properly connected to
the STP input board: all pins have to
be connected.
3. Cuff ID switches defective - To check the switches, attach a NIBP
cuff hose without the cuff ID and
check that the message ‘Select
inflation limit’ appears. If not, replace
the Front Panel Unit.
‘Air leakage’ message 1. Hose or cuff leaking. Reasons: 1. Replace cuff
- cuff damaged - Replace cuff.
- cuff connector damaged - Replace cuff connector (if the fault is
in hose connector).
- O-ring damaged or missing - Replace O-ring.
- hose double connector damaged - Replace NIBP cuff hose.
2. Hose and cuff OK. Reasons: 2. Connect or replace tube
- leakage in the tubes connecting - Check the tubes.
the patient connector panel and
the module
- leakage inside the module - Replace the whole tubing.
- tube disconnected or damaged - Fix connections.
- manifold leaking - Replace the manifold.
- tubes or valve(s) damaged - Replace tubes/valve(s).
‘Unable to measure Sys’ Systolic blood pressure probably Automatic retrial with increased
message higher than the inflation pressure or pressure.
artifacts.

48

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

Problem Cause What to do

‘Cuff occlusion’ message 1. Cuff and/or hose occluded.
Reason:
- cuff tube kinked - Straighten tube.
- tubes inside the shield kinked - Straighten tubes.
- tubes inside module kinked - Straighten tubes.
- occlusion inside/outside module - Remove occlusion.
2. Cuff, hose, and tubes OK.
Reason:
- fault in pressure transducer - Replace the NIBP board.
- fault in A/D converter - Replace the NIBP board.
- faulty calibration - Check calibration.
‘Calibration switch on’ EEPROM protection has been Enables setting the protection OFF in the
message handled by pressing module buttons Calibration menu. Press the buttons
Auto ON/OFF and Start/Cancel again if you are not going to calibrate.
simultaneously for 3 seconds.
‘Calibration not protected’ Calibration protection is set to OFF. Set the protection ON in the NIBP
message. Calibration menu.

49

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.1.2 NIBP error code explanation

Code Problem What to do
0 RAM failure; memory failure Change the NIBP board.
1 ROM checksum error; memory failure Change the NIBP board.
2 Pump current failure Check short circuits. Change the NIBP board.
3 Safety CPU internal test failure or pressure Change the NIBP board.
sensor reference voltage failure
4 EEPROM protection error Press module buttons Auto ON/OFF and Start/
Cancel simultaneously for 3 seconds.
5 Calibration not protected Protect calibration by selecting Protection ON in
the NIBP calibration menu.
6 Pressure sensors give different readings Try to remeasure. If the problem persists,
recalibrate. If the problem still persists, change
the NIPB board.
7 Calibration failure Reset the module and recalibrate. If this does not
help, change the NIBP board.
8 Exhaust Valve occlusion Check and clean the tubing and air chamber. If
this does not help, change the NIBP board.
9 Measurement related error Automatic recovery.
10 EEPROM checksum error; memory failure Change the NIBP board.
11 Auto zero range exceeded Calibrate the NIBP.
12 Communication break; temporal break down of Automatic recovery.
communication from monitor detected
13 Illegal neonate cuff with identifying magnet Remove the cuff.
connected
14 Not in use Not in use
15 Safety CPU pressure calibration error Recalibrate. If this does not help, change the
NIBP board.
16 Communication error between CPUs Change the NIBP board.
17 Safety CPU has cut down power from Reset the module. If the problem persists, change
pneumatics due to repeating safety limit the NIBP board.
violations

50

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

4.1.3 ECG
Problem Cause What to do
HR numerical display No heart rate available. If no ECG waveform, check LEADS OFF
shows ‘---’ message and connect the leads.
If ECG waveform exists, check heart rate
source e.g. in the ECG Setup menu behind
ECG key.
Unacceptable ECG Poor electrode or poor electrode skin Electrodes from different manufacturers
waveform contact. are used. /Too much/little gel is used.
Poor electrode condition. Electrodes are dried out.
Improper site of electrodes. Check that electrodes are not placed over
bones, active muscles, or layers of fat.
Improper skin preparation. Remove body hair. Clean attachment site
carefully with alcohol.
Improper bandwidth filter. Check filter.
Faulty/ dirty ECG cable. Change new cable.
No ECG trace Waveform not selected on screen. Press the Monitor Setup key and make
adjustments.
Module not plugged in correctly. Plug in.
Noise-message High frequency or 50/60 Hz noise. Isolate noise source.

4.1.4 Impedance respiration

Problem Cause What to do
No resp trace Waveform not selected on the screen Press the Monitor Setup key and make
adjustments.
Module not plugged in correctly Re-plug the module.
Unacceptable resp Poor electrode or poor electrode skin Electrodes from different
waveform contact manufacturers are used. Too much/
little gel is used.
Poor electrode condition Electrodes are dried out.
Improper site of electrodes Check that electrodes are not placed
over bones, active muscles, or layers of
fat.
Improper skin preparation Remove body hair. Clean attachment
site carefully with alcohol.
Faulty/ dirty ECG cable. Change new cable.
Message: ‘SMALL RESP Respiration signal is very small With 3-lead cable try another lead
CURVE’ connection I, II, III or try 5-lead cable.
Message: ‘APNEA ALARM’, Respiration source is CO2 Check respiration source and change it
and respiration waveform to correct one.
normal

51

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.1.5 Pulse oximetry (SpO2)

Problem Cause What to do
Message ‘NO PROBE’ No sensor connected to the . Check sensor connections.
Sensor faulty. Change the sensor.
Flat cable connecting the loosen or Check the Flat cable, replace if
broken. necessary.
Message ‘PROBE OFF’ Unsuitable site. Try another site.
though sensor properly
Sensor faulty. Try another sensor.
attached to the patient
Sensor connection cable not Connect the cable to sensor.
connected to sensor.
Finger sensor falls off Sensor is slippery. Wipe with 70% isopropyl alcohol and
allow drying.
Finger is too thin or thick. Try other fingers, or other sensor types.
Weak signal artifacts Poor perfusion. Try another place.
Movement artifacts.
Shivering.
Message ‘NO PULSE’ Pulse search > 20 sec. and low SpO2 or Try other fingers.
low pulse rate.
Message ‘ARTIFACT’ Pulse modulation exceeds the present Try another place or another sensor.
scale.
Message ‘CHECK PROBE’ DC value not in balance. Try another sensor.
Message ‘POOR SIGNAL’ Poor perfusion. Check that the sensor is positioned
Modulation (Red or Ired) < 0.25% correctly to the patient.

Message ‘FAULTY PROBE’ Sensor is faulty. Change the sensor.

No SpO2 No waveform selected on screen. Check the selected SpO2 waveforms by
pressing Monitor Setup key and
selecting Screen 1 Setup - Waveform
Fields.
Wrong configuration setting. Check the configuration settings from
the ESTPR:STP/Calibrations menu
(Monitor Setup - Install/Service -
Service - Parameters)

4.1.6 Temperature
Problem Cause What to do
Message ‘TEMPERATURE Faulty calibration. Perform calibration. If it does not help,
ERROR’ check that front panel connector is
properly connected to STP board.

52

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

Problem Cause What to do

No temperature displayed Wrong type of probe. Use correct probe.
Temperature out of measurable range. The range is between 10 and 45 °C.
Temperature calibration not protected. Set the protection ON in the Service
Menu.

53

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.1.7 Invasive blood pressure

Problem Cause What to do
Abnormally low pressure Transducer wrongly positioned. Check mid-heart level and reposition
transducer.
No pressure Defective transducer. Check transducer.
No pressure module plugged in. Check the module.
No waveform selected on screen. Check the selected pressure
waveforms by pressing Monitor
Setup key and selecting Screen 1
Setup - Waveform Fields.
Check that the pressure transducer is
open to the patient.
Wrong configuration setting Check the configuration setting from
the ESTP:STP/Calibrations menu
(Monitor Setup - Install/Service -
Service - Parameters).
‘Not zeroed’ message Measurement on, channel not zeroed. Zero the channel.
‘Zeroing failed’ message Unsuccessful zeroing of P1 /P2 Possibly due to pulsating pressure
(number field). waveform. Open the transducer to air
and zero the channel.
Offset is > 150 mmHg. Open the
transducer to air and zero the channel.
Defective transducer. Replace it and
zero the channel.
‘Calibration failed’ message Unsuccessful calibration of P1/P2 Turn the transducer to
(number field), possibly due to a sphygmomanometer and try again
pulsating waveform (zeroing takes place first).
Gain is beyond the limits (± 20% of the
default gain). Replace the transducer.
Out of range < 40 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond the Check the transducer level. Zero the
measurement range. channel.
Out of range > 320 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond the Check the transducer level. Zero the
measurement range. channel. The patient may also have
high pressure.
Zero adj. > 100 mmHg Offset when zeroing is > 100 mmHg Check the transducer. The waveform
(but < 150 mmHg) from the absolute may hit the top and the numeric
zero of the module (with default gain). display not shown.
Out of range Measured pressure is beyond the The waveform hits the top and the
internal measurement range of the numeric display not shown. Check the
module. transducer and its level. Zero the
channel.

54

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

4.2 Troubleshooting flowcharts

4.2.1 Troubleshooting for NIBP parameter

START

Insert new module and turn

power on.
Replace
the module.

NO NO
Does fault still appear?

OK?
YES

NO Does another YES

Module ID on screen? module work in Check and
same slot?
replace
NIBP board.
YES NO
Fault not in original
module NO

Error message on NO
screen? OK?

Key check in NO Check keyboard

YES Service Menu OK? connector. If
OK, change
front panel.
See error code explanation in YES
service manual and fix it.

Check pump PSM_module_troubles_flowch.vsd

Pump check in NO connector.
Service Menu OK? If OK, change
pump. Check and replace
Do they work? - STP Input Board
- NIBP flex board
YES - connectors

NO

Check tubes and YES Cuff loose NO

Leak test in Service Start NIBP
connectors. message appears
Menu OK? without hose
Find leak and fix it. on screen?

NO YES
Cuff ID OK but measurement
does not work

Figure 13 Troubleshooting flowchart for NIBP parameter

55

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.2.2 Troubleshooting for ESP parameters

Possibly fault in module with

ESTPR parameters.

Check module configuration in Service

menu (ESTPR/S/TP/Calibrations)

NO Select the correct

Is it correct?
configuration

YES
Insert module and
turn power on

Does fault NO Fault not in

still module
appear?

YES

Enter the
Service menu
NO

NIBP NO Does another YES

Remove
module ID on module work in
NIBP board Replace STP
screen? same slot?
board

YES NO NO

PSM_NESTPR_MESTPR_trouble
STP NO Does another YES
Remove STP module ID
module ID module work in
ECG board on screen?
on screen? same slot?

YES
YES
s_flowch.vsd

ECG module ID Replace ECG

on screen? board

YES
Check front panel
key functions in
Service menu

Has ECG NO NO Has invBP NO Has Temp NO Has SpO 2

Do YES Has STP
measurement measurement measurement measurement
they work? board failed?
failed? failed? failed? failed?

YES YES YES YES YES

NO

Check front panel unit, Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace

ECG board, and STP board ECG board STP board STP board STP board STP board
to find culprit. Replace if
necessary.

Figure 14 Troubleshooting flowchart for ESP Parameters

56

Document no. M1027824-02

 S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5 Hemodynamic Module, E-PRESTN.

57

Document no. M1027824-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

For your notes:

58

Document no. M1027824-02

 Appendix A Service check form, S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A: Service check form, S/5

Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN,
E-PRETN (Rev. 00)

Customer

Module type S/N

Service

Date
Service engineer

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Notes

Functional inspection
3. NIBP pump filter 4. Module installation

5. Module recognition

Notes

. ECG measurement S/N

6. Module software (serial numbers)

ECG/RESP

STP

NIBP

A-1(4)
Document no. M1027824-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

. ECG measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

7. Communication and 8. Power frequency

memories
9. Cable recognition 10. Lead detection

11. Test with the patient

simulator

Notes

RESP measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

12. RESP measurement 13. Test with patient
recognition simulator

Notes

TEMP measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

14. Communication and 15. Temperature probe

memories detection

16. Calibration check 17. Temp test

18. Module configuration

Notes

InvBP measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

20. Cable and transducer

19. Membrane keys
detection
22. Test with patient
21. Calibration
simulator

Notes

A-2(4)

Document no. M1027824-02

 Appendix A Service check form, S/5 Hemodynamic Modules, E-PRESTN, E-RESTN, E-PRETN (Rev. 00)

SpO2 measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

23. SpO2 probe detection 24. Test measurement

Notes

NIBP measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

25. Communication and

26. Membrane keys
memories

27. Pump and valves 28. Leak test

29. Calibration check Measured B1 Measured B2 Allowed range

0 mmHg ±9 mmHg

100 mmHg 100 ±2 mmHg

200 mmHg 200 ±3 mmHg

260 mmHg 260 ±4 mmHg

30. Safety valve functions Measured B1 Measured B2 Allowed range

270...330 mmHg

270...330 mmHg

130...165 mmHg

130...165 mmHg

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

31. Cuff related messages 32. Test measurement

33. NIBP hose detection

Notes

A-3(4)
Document no. M1027824-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Final checks OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

35. Functioning after
34. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

36. Final cleaning

Notes

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-4(4)

Document no. M1027824-02

Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EC

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1215098-002

12 August, 2011

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2
FI-00510 Helsinki, Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310

www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures iii
List of tables iv
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Typical performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 NIBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.2 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.3 Pulse oximetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.4 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2.5 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2.6 Respiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.1 NIBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.2 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.3 Pulse oximetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.4 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3.5 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3.6 Respiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2 Functional description 8
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.1 NIBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.2 ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.3 Pulse oximetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.4 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.5 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.6 Respiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2.1 E-PSMP/E-PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2.2 NIBP board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.3 ECG board in 12-lead measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2.4 ECG filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2.5 STP board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.3.2 Front panel connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

3 Service procedures 25
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.2.2 Recommended parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.2.3 Visual inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.2.4 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.3 To disassemble the module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3.4 To remove the manifold unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.3.5 To remove the module bus connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.3.6 To replace the NIBP filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.4 Adjustments and calibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.4.1 NIBP calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.4.2 Temperature calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.4.3 Invasive pressure calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

4 Troubleshooting 46
4.1 Troubleshooting charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.1.1 NIBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.1.2 NIBP error code explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.1.3 Pulse oximetry (SpO2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.1.4 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.2 Troubleshooting flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.2.1 Troubleshooting for NIBP parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.2.2 Troubleshooting for ESP parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

5 Earlier revisions 54
Appendix A: Service check form, Patient Side Module,
E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01) A-1

ii

Document no. M1215098-002

 Table of figures

Table of figures

Figure 1 Patient Side Module, E-PSMP .................................................................................................................................................. 1

Figure 2 Absorption of infrared light in the finger........................................................................................................................... 9
Figure 3 Pulse oximetry probe parts layout and schematic diagram .................................................................................10
Figure 4 Front panel of E-PSMP .............................................................................................................................................................11
Figure 5 NIBP board functional block diagram ..............................................................................................................................12
Figure 6 NIBP pneumatics diagram.....................................................................................................................................................14
Figure 7 12-lead ECG measurement block diagram....................................................................................................................15
Figure 8 STP board block diagram .......................................................................................................................................................17
Figure 9 Temperature measurement principle ..............................................................................................................................18
Figure 10 Pressure measurement principle........................................................................................................................................19
Figure 11 Pulse oximetry measurement block diagram...............................................................................................................20
Figure 12 Serial communication of E-PSM(P) module ....................................................................................................................21
Figure 13 Troubleshooting flowchart for NIBP parameter ..........................................................................................................52
Figure 14 Troubleshooting flowchart for ESP Parameters...........................................................................................................53

iii

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

List of tables

Table 1 Patient Side Module options................................................................................................................................. 1

Table 2 Module bus connector description ................................................................................................................ 22
Table 3 ECG connector ......................................................................................................................................................... 22
Table 4 SpO2 connector ....................................................................................................................................................... 23
Table 5 Invasive blood pressure connectors (P1, P2) ............................................................................................. 23
Table 6 Temp connector (T1, T2) ...................................................................................................................................... 24
Table 7 Recommended tools............................................................................................................................................. 25
Table 8 Recommended parts ............................................................................................................................................ 26
Table 9 NIBP calibration check pressures ................................................................................................................... 44

iv

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual Slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the Patient Side Modules E-PSMP and E-PSM.
Please also refer to “Technical Reference Manual” of the monitor for system specific
information e.g. related documentation, conventions used, symbols on equipment, safety
precautions, system description, system installation, interfacing, functional check and planned
maintenance.
The E-PSMP and E-PSM modules provide general hemodynamic parameters.

Figure 1 Patient Side Module, E-PSMP

Table 1 Patient Side Module options

Parameter E-PSMP E-PSM

Two invasive blood pressures x
Impedance respiration x x
ECG x x
Pulse oximetry x x
Two temperatures x x
NIBP x x

Intended purpose (Indications for use)

The Patient Side Module (model family E-PSM(P)) and accessories are indicated for the
monitoring of hemodynamic parameters of all hospital patients. The hemodynamic
parameters of the module comprise ECG including ST-segment and arrhythmia, Impedance
respiration, NIBP, Temperature, SpO2 (including monitoring during conditions of clinical patient
motion), and invasive blood pressure.

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

Impedance respiration measurement is indicated for patients aged 3 and up. The NIBP
measurement is indicated for patients who weigh 5 kg (11 lb.) and up. This device is indicated
for use by qualified medical personnel only.
Monitor software compatibility
Patient Side Module, E-PSM(P) Rev. 00 and 01 are designed for use with Datex-Ohmeda
monitors as follows:
− S/5 FM monitors using software L-FICU04(A) or later.
− S/5 Anesthesia Monitors using software L-ANE04(A) or later equipped with 5-Module
Frame, F-CU5(P) or with S/5 8-Module Frame, F-CU8. With the F-CU8, the E-INTPSM
interface module is needed.
− S/5 Critical Care Monitors using software L-ICU04(A) or later equipped with 5-Module
Frame, F-CU5(P) or with S/5 8-Module Frame, F-CU8. With the F-CU8, the E-INTPSM
interface module is needed.

Equipment safety symbols

When displayed on the E-PSM, E-PSMP module, indicates that protection
against cardiac defibrillator discharge is due in part to the accessories for pulse
oximetry (SpO2), temperature (T) and invasive pressure (P) measurement.

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size 51 x 132 (171 w/ tab) x 140 mm
WxDxH 2 x 5.2 (67 w/ tab) x 5.5 in
Module weight 0.6 kg /1.4 lb.
Power consumption 2.3 W typical (NIBP pump off)
7.5 W typical (NIBP pump on)
Operation temperature 10 to 40°C / 50 to 104°F

1.2 Typical performance

1.2.1 NIBP
WARNING Non-invasive blood pressure measurement is intended for patients
weighing over 5 kg (11 lb.)
Oscillometric measurement principle.
Measurement range adult 25 to 260 mmHg
child 25 to 195 mmHg
infant 15 to 140 mmHg
Pulse rate range accepted 30 to 250 bpm
Measurement interval from 1 min. to 4h
Typical measuring time adult 23 s
infant 20 s
Initial inflation pressure adult 170 ±10 mmHg
child 150 ±10 mmHg
infant 120 ±10 mmHg
Venous stasis adult 80 ±5 mmHg / 2 min.
child 60 ±5 mmHg / 2 min.
infant 40 ±5 mmHg / 1 min.
Cuff widths see User’s Guide

Venous stasis pressure may be lower than the values above if the patient has low blood
pressure. The venous stasis pressure adapts to the measured mean pressure being the same
as mean pressure but always at least the following:
Infant 20 ± 5 mmHg
Child 30 ± 5 mmHg
Adult 40 ± 5 mmHg
Overall system accuracy: Meets or exceeds SP10-2002 AAMI standards1

1 (According to SP10-2002 AAMI 4.4.5.2.B, Intra-arterial method as the reference standard, mean difference of the test
system and the comparison system shall be ± 5 mmHg or less with standard deviation of 8 mmHg or less).

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

1.2.2 ECG
Lead selection I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6
Sweep speeds 12.5, 25, 50 mm/sec.
Display filter
Diagnostic 0.05 to 150 Hz
Monitoring 0.5 to 30 Hz (-3 dB, with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.5 to 40 Hz (-3 dB, with 60 Hz reject filter)
ST filter 0.05 to 30 Hz (-3 dB, with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.05 to 40 Hz (-3 dB, with 60 Hz reject filter)
Heart rate from ECG
Range 30 to 250 bpm
Accuracy ±5 bpm or ±5%, whichever is greater
Resolution 1 bpm
Update interval 5s
Averaging time 5s
ST levels (in main software)
ST level range -9 to +9 mm (-0.9 to +0.9 mV)
Resolution 0.1 mm (0.01 mV)
Averaging calculated from 8 QRS complexes
Pacemaker pulse detection
Detection level 2 to 700 mV
Pulse duration 0.5 to 2 ms
The monitor is specified for both of the methods A and B in ANSI/AAMI EC13 4.1.4.2.
Direct ECG and Synchronization
for specifications see section “Specifications” in the “Frame for FM Technical Reference Manual Slot”

1.2.3 Pulse oximetry

Measurement range 0 to 100%
Calibration range 70 to 100%
Accuracy1 100 to 70%, ±2 digits
±3 digits during clinical patient motion
69 to 0%, unspecified
Display resolution 1 digit = 1% of SpO2
Display averaging time Slow, Normal, beat-to-beat
Pulse beep pitch varies with SpO2 level
The monitor is calibrated against functional oxygen saturation SpO2 func.
Pulse rate from Pleth
Measurement range 30 to 250 bpm
Accuracy 30 to 100, ±5 bpm,
100 to 250, ±5%
Resolution 1 bpm
Display averaging 10 s
Adjustable pulse beep volume.
Pleth waveform
Scales 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 mod%, Auto
Start up scale is 20 mod% if AUTO is not selected to be the default setting.

1 Accuracy is based on deep hypoxia studies with volunteered subjects during motion and non-motion conditions over a
wide range of arterial blood oxygen saturation as compared to arterial blood CO-Oximetry. Accuracy may depend on the
sensor used, please refer to the instructions for use in the accessory package.

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

1.2.4 Temperature
Measurement range 10 to 45 °C (50 to 113 °F)
Measurement accuracy ±0.1 °C (25 to 45.0 °C)
±0.2 °C (10 to 24.9 °C)
Display resolution 0.1 °C (0.1 °F)
Temperature test automatic (every 10 min.)
Probe type compatible with YSI 400 series
Single use sensors ±0.3 °C (25 to 45.0 °C)
±0.4 °C (10 to 24.9 °C)

1.2.5 Invasive blood pressure

Measurement range -40 to 320 mmHg
Measurement accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg
Zero adjustment range ±150 mmHg
Calibration range ±25%
Scales upper limit is adjustable between 10 and 300 mmHg in steps of
10 mmHg. Lower limit is 10% of selected upper limit below zero.
Sweep speed 12.5, 25, 50 mm/s
Digital display
Range -40 to 320 mmHg
Resolution ±1 mmHg
Waveform display
Range -30 to 300 mmHg
Pulse rate from arterial pressure
Measurement range 30 to 250 bpm
Resolution 1 bpm
Accuracy ±5 bpm or ±5% whichever is greater

1.2.6 Respiration
The EMC immunity of the respiration measurement has been tested with 1 Vrms and 1 V/m.
This level has been used for optimizing the immunity of the respiration measurement to damp
the operating frequency of the electrosurgery equipment.
WARNING Impedance respiration measurement is intended for patients over three
years old.
Measurement range 4 to 120 breath/min
Accuracy ±5 breath/min or ±5%
Resolution 1 breath/min
Averaging time 30 s
Update interval 10 s
Respiration waveform
Sweep Speeds 6.25 mm/s and 0.625 mm/s

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

1.3 Technical specifications

1.3.1 NIBP
Deflation rate, PR dep. 3 to 8 mmHg/s
Inflation time 20 to 185 mmHg, 1 to 5 s
Automatic software control, max. inflation pressure
adult 280 ±10 mmHg
child 200 ±10 mmHg
infant 145 ±5 mmHg
Over pressure limit, stops measurement after 2 seconds
adult 320 mmHg
child 220 mmHg
infant 160 mmHg
The safety circuit limits the maximum cuff pressure to 320 mmHg in adult/child mode or to 160
mmHg in infant mode. Independent timing circuit limits the pressurizing (>15 mmHg) time to 3
minutes maximum in adult/child mode, and to 90 seconds at (>5mmHg) in infant mode.
Zeroing to ambient pressure is done automatically.
Inflation pressure is adjusted according to the previous systolic pressure, typically 40 mmHg
above. If the systolic pressure is not found, the inflation pressure is increased typically 50
mmHg.
Max. measurement time adult 120 s
child 120 s
infant 75 s
Pressure transducer accuracy is better than ±3 mmHg or ±2% whichever is greater.
Max. error ±4 mmHg.
Protection against electrical
shock Type BF defibrillator-proof

1.3.2 ECG
Defibrillation protection 5000 V, 360 J
Recovery time 5s
Input impedance >2.5 MΩ (10 Hz)
CMRR >100 dB (ST)
System noise <30 mV (p-p, RTI)
Allowable offset ±1VDC
Gain range 0.2 to 5.0 cm/mV
Pacemaker pulse detection 2 to 700 mV, 0.5 to 2 ms pulses
Protection against electrical
shock Type CF defibrillator-proof

1.3.3 Pulse oximetry

Protection against electrical
shock Type CF defibrillator-proof

1.3.4 Temperature
Measurement accuracy ±0.1 °C (25.0 to 45.0 °C)
±0.2 °C (10.0 to 24.9 °C)
Protection against electrical
shock Type CF defibrillator-proof
NOTE: The accuracy of the measurement may be different from the specified, depending on
the transducer/probe used. Please refer to the transducer/probe specification.

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

1.3.5 Invasive blood pressure

Digital display averaging
Digital displays Art and P1 are averaged over 5 seconds and updated at 5 seconds intervals. All
other pressures have respiration artifact rejection.
Accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg, whichever is greater
Transducer and input sensitivity 5 µV/V/mmHg
Filter 0 to 4 - 22 Hz adjustable
Zero set accuracy ±1 mmHg
Calibration resolution ±1 mmHg
Zero time less than 15 s
Protection against electrical
shock Type CF defibrillator-proof
NOTE: The accuracy of the measurement may be different from the specified, depending on
the transducer/probe used. Please refer to the transducer/probe specification.

1.3.6 Respiration
Excitation frequency,
12-lead ECG 31.25 kHz
Breath detection automatic, manually adjustable minimum detection: 0.2, 0.4,
0.6, 0.8, 1.0
Input dynamic range 0.2 to 20 Ω
Input impedance range 100 to 5000 Ω
Respiration Rate min. 4 breath/min
max. 120 breath/min
Lead off detection >3 MΩ

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 NIBP
NIBP (Non-Invasive Blood Pressure) is an indirect method for measuring blood pressure.
The NIBP measurement is performed according to the oscillometric measuring principle. The
cuff is inflated with a pressure slightly higher than the presumed systolic pressure, and deflated
at a speed based on the patient’s pulse, collecting data from the oscillations caused by the
pulsating artery. Based on these oscillations, values for systolic, mean, and diastolic pressures
are calculated.
The following parts are necessary for the NIBP measurement:
• E-PSMP/E-PSM module
• twin hose (adult or infant model)
• blood pressure cuffs (various sizes)

2.1.2 ECG
Electrocardiography analyzes the electrical activity of the heart by measuring the electrical
potential produced with electrodes placed on the surface of the body.
ECG reflects:
• electrical activity of the heart
• normal/abnormal function of the heart
• effects of anesthesia on heart function
• effects of surgery on heart function
See the “User's Guide” or the “User’s Reference Manual” for electrodes’ positions and other
information.

2.1.3 Pulse oximetry

A pulse oximeter measures the light absorption of blood at two wavelengths, one in the near
infrared (about 940 nm) and the other in the red region (about 660 nm) of the light spectrum.
These wavelengths are emitted by LEDs in the SpO2 probe, the light is transmitted through
peripheral tissue and is finally detected by a PIN-diode opposite the LEDs in the probe. The
pulse oximeter derives the oxygen saturation (SpO2) using an empirically determined
relationship between the relative absorption at the two wavelengths and the arterial oxygen
saturation SaO2.
In order to measure the arterial saturation accurately, pulse oximeters use the component of
light absorption giving variations synchronous with heart beat as primary information on the
arterial saturation.
A general limitation of pulse oximetry is that due to the use of only two wavelengths, only two
hemoglobin species can be discriminated by the measurement.

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

The modern pulse oximeters are empirically calibrated either against fractional saturation
SaO2frac;
HbO2
SaO2frac =
HbO2 + Hb + Dyshemoglobin Formula 1
or against functional saturation SaO2func;

HbO2
SaO2func =
HbO2 + Hb Formula 2
Functional saturation is more insensitive to changes of carboxyhemoglobin and
methemoglobin concentrations in blood.
The oxygen saturation percentage SpO2 measured by the module is calibrated against
functional saturation SaO2func. The advantage of this method is that the accuracy of SpO2
measurement relative to SaO2func can be maintained even at rather high concentrations of
carboxyhemoglobin in blood. Independent of the calibration method, pulse oximeters are not
able to correctly measure oxygen content of the arterial blood at elevated carboxyhemoglobin
or methemoglobin levels.

Plethysmographic pulse wave

The plethysmographic waveform is derived from the IR signal and reflects the blood pulsation
at the measuring site. Thus the amplitude of the waveform represents the perfusion.

Pulse rate
The pulse rate calculation is done by peak detection of the plethysmographic pulse wave. The
signals are filtered to reduce noise and checked to separate artifacts.

Intensity of
Imax (DC-component) Imax
transmitted
light AC-component
Imin

Transmitted Variable absorption

light due to pulse added
volume of arterial
blood

Arterial blood

Venous blood
absorption_of_light.vsd

Tissue

Time
No pulsation Pulsatile blood

Incident light

Figure 2 Absorption of infrared light in the finger

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

SpO2 sensor connector

IRED
Emitter

RED

PSM_absorption_of_infrared.vsd
Detector

Figure 3 Pulse oximetry probe parts layout and schematic diagram

The standard probe is a finger clamp probe which contains the light source LEDs in one half
and the photodiode detector in the other half. Different kinds of probes are available from GE
Healthcare.

2.1.4 Temperature
The temperature is measured by a probe whose resistance varies when the temperature
changes, called NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) resistor.
The resistance can be measured by two complementary methods:
• Applying a constant voltage across the resistor and measuring the current that flows
through it.
• Applying a constant current through the resistor and measuring the voltage that is
generated across it.
The E-PSM(P) module uses the constant current method. The NTC-resistor is connected in series
with a normal resistor and a constant current is applied through them. The temperature
dependent voltage can be detected at the junction of the resistors, thus producing the
temperature signal from the patient. The signal is amplified by analog amplifiers and further
processed by digital electronics.

2.1.5 Invasive blood pressure

To measure invasive blood pressure, a catheter is inserted into an artery or vein. The invasive
pressure setup, consisting of a connecting tubing, a pressure transducer, an intravenous bag
of normal saline, all connected together by stopcocks, is attached to the catheter. The
transducer is placed at the same level with the heart, and is electrically zeroed.
The transducer is a piezo-resistive device that converts the pressure signal to a voltage. The
monitor interprets the voltage signal so that pressure data and pressure waveforms can be
displayed.

10

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

2.1.6 Respiration
Impedance respiration is measured across the thorax between ECG electrodes. The respiration
signal is made by supplying current between the electrodes and by measuring the differential
current from the electrodes. The signal measured is the impedance change caused by
breathing. The respiration rate is calculated from these impedance changes, and the
respiration waveform is displayed on the screen.

2.2 Main components

2.2.1 E-PSMP/E-PSM

1. Module keys
2. NIBP connector
3. InvBP connector in E-PSMP only
1 4. Temperature connector
2 5. SpO2 connector
6. ECG and impedance respiration connector
7. Tab for removing the module
3

4 7

Figure 4 Front panel of E-PSMP

The E-PSMP and E-PSM modules contain three main PC boards, the STP board, the ECG board,
and the NIBP board. Each of these boards contain a processor and software in the processor
flash memory. The boards produce their own supply voltages from the Vmod 13.8-16 V line
that is available via the module bus connector. In addition to this, the NIBP board provides +5V
for the ECG and STP board non-isolated side components. The NIBP board provides also the
synchronization signal for the ECG and STP board power supplies.
There are two input boards; the STP input board and the ECG input board attached to the front
panel of the module. The front panel has five connectors and four keys. There is one connector
for two temperature measurements, one for two invasive blood pressure measurements, one
for ECG, one for NIBP, and one for SpO2 measurement. The NIBP connector includes two
plungers for NIBP hose identification. The keys are for NIBP Auto On/Off, NIBP Start/Cancel, P1
zero, and P2 zero.
NOTE: The connectors and keys depend on the module variant, and some variants may not
have all the mentioned connectors and keys.

11

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

2.2.2 NIBP board

P a t ie n t a n d N I B P c u f f

N IB P c u ff h o s e

N IB P c o n n e c to r w ith N IB P h o s e
id e n t if ic a t io n

N I B P p n e u m a t ic s ( m a n if o ld )
Pum p

N IB P P re s s u re D r iv e r s f o r
c o n tro l s e n s o rs p u m p & v a lv e s
keys

M a in C P U S a fe ty C P U

N V m e m o ry
P o w e r s u p p ly
f o r c o n t in u e d N V m e m o ry +5 V and
RS 485
p a t ie n t d a t a s y n c h r o n iz a tio n s ig n a l
c o m m u n i c a t io n fo r E C G - a n d
S T P -b o a rd s

PSM_NIBP_blockdiag.vsd
M o d u le b u s c o n n e c t o r

Figure 5 NIBP board functional block diagram

Signal processing
Two signals from the pressure transducers are amplified and sent to the A/D converter. After
the converter, digitized signals are sent to the microprocessor for data processing.
The NIBP board is controlled with an H8/3052 microprocessor at 16 MHz oscillator frequency.

Memory
The NIBP program memory (processor flash memory) size is 512k x 8. The processor has
4 kBytes RAM and there is also an external RAM memory, the size of which is 128k x 8. Variable
values of the NIBP measurement are stored into the external RAM. The EEPROM size is 512 x 8
and it is used to store the calibration values for the pressure transducers, the pulse valve
constants gained during measurements, the PC board identification, and the module serial
number.

12

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

Software control
The software controls valves and a pump. In addition to the individual on/off signals for each
component there is a common power switch for the valves and the pump that can be used at
pump/valve failures.
In addition to external RS485 reset line, the microprocessor system is equipped with its own
power-up reset. See the section in the ECG board’s description: “RS485 communication.”

Safety circuit
The NIBP board is equipped with an independent safety circuit to disconnect supply voltages
from the pump and the valves if the cuff has been pressurized longer than the preset
maximum measurement time, or if the pressure of the cuff is inflated over the specified
pressure limit. The maximum measurement time values and pressure limits for different
measurement modes have been specified in the technical specification section of this manual.

Pneumatics

The module has the following pneumatics parts:

1. Intake air filter; for preventing dust and other parts from entering the air pump and the
valves.
2. Air pump; for pumping the measuring pressure of the cuff.
3. (Pulse) Valve; for producing a linear pressure fall (bleeding) in order to measure the blood
pressure of the patient.
Note that in the service menu also names Valve and Set valve have been used for this
valve.
4. Safety valve; The safety valve is intended to be used for deflating the cuff in single fault
case, i.e. to prevent too long a measurement time or too high an inflation pressure of the
cuff.
Note that also Exh2 valve has been used to designate the Safety valve in service menu.
5. Main pressure sensor; for measuring the pressure of the blood pressure cuff and the
pressure fluctuations caused by arterial wall movement.
6. Safety pressure sensor; for detecting the cuff loose, cuff occlusion situations, etc. and for
recognizing the pressure sensor fault.
7. Cuff connector; for connection and hose identification.

13

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

Safety pressure sensor

S1

Plunger Proportional valve

Air pump
Cuff connector

Plunger
S2

PSM_NIBP_pneum_diagr.vsd
Dump valve
Main pressure sensor
Intake air filter

Figure 6 NIBP pneumatics diagram

Power supply section of the NIBP board

All connections are established via a 5-pin connector (female). The module needs a +15 V (dirty)
power supply to operate. The supply voltage Vmod 13.8- 16 V is generated in the power supply
section of the monitor. The other voltages needed for the operation of the NIBP measurement
are made on the NIBP board.
The NIBP power supply synchronizes the ECG and STP isolation power and supplies
non-isolated 5 V to the ECG and STP board.

14

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

2.2.3 ECG board in 12-lead measurement

The 12-lead ECG measurement consists of the functions shown in Figure 7 on page 15. All
functions are located in the ECG board except the ECG input unit.

PATIENT AND ECG ELECTRODES

ECG CABLE
- ECG LEAD SET
- ECG TRUNK CABLE

ECG INPUT UNIT

- ECG CONNECTOR
- INPUT PROTECTION RESISTORS

INPUT PROTECTION DIODES FOR ECG & RESPIRATION MEASUREMENT

INPUT FILTERING FOR ECG & RESPIRATION MEASUREMENTS

LEADS OFF &

RESPIRATION RESPIRATION ECG
PACER &
MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT PREAMPLIFIERS &
DEFIBRILLATION
AMPLIFIERS CURRENT SUPPLY RLD CIRCUIT
DETECTION

BASELINE
RESTORATION

ECG CPU

12_lead_ECG_meas_blck_dgrm.vsd
RS 485 POWER SUPPLY
COMMUNICATION NV
MEMORY

ISOLATION ISOLATION

MODULE BUS CONNECTOR ECG BLOCK DIAGRAM

Figure 7 12-lead ECG measurement block diagram

ECG input unit

The ECG input unit consists of the front panel connector and the ECG input connector board
with the high voltage protection resistors. The connector for the 12-lead ECG cable is a green
11-pin rectangle shaped connector.

Input protection and filtering

The input protection is implemented with high voltage protection resistors in the ECG input unit
and with protection diodes in the ECG board. The input filtering for ECG measurement is done
with passive RC filtering.

15

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

ECG preamplifiers
The buffer amplifiers are used for each lead. The “Leads off” detection is implemented by
measuring the output level of the input buffer amplifiers with the A/D converter of the CPU. The
ECG signals are measured using differential amplifiers.

ECG amplifiers and baseline restoration

The function of the ECG amplifiers and baseline restoration is to amplify the signal and to
restore the baseline of the signal in the middle of the display after the change of the signal
level, e.g. after the change of the DC offset voltage.

Pacer detection
Pacer detection has been made by using four slew rate detector circuits. The pacer detection
amplifiers have been realized at the front of the slew rate detectors independently of the ECG
measuring channels.

Respiration impedance supply

The 31.25 kHz sine wave generator is used as the respiration measurement signal supply.
Analog switches are used for connecting the sine wave to the ECG leads to be measured.

Respiration impedance amplifiers

Buffer amplifiers are used in respiration measurement. Analog switches are used for selecting
the measurement leads. There are also additional amplifiers for increasing the respiration
signal gain. When ECG measurement is 5/12-lead, the respiration measurement is always done
between R and F, independently on the ECG lead selection. When ECG measurement is 3-lead,
then the respiration measurement happens at the same lead as the ECG measurement (I, II or
III).

ECG CPU
The CPU is a 16 bit H8/3052 single-chip microcomputer. It contains 128 kbytes of flash memory
and 4 kbytes of RAM. The clock frequency is 16 MHz.

RS485 communication
The communication to the CPU board of the monitor uses RS485 protocol. The RS485 driver
circuits are optically isolated from the processor of the module.

Power supply
The ECG board has a driver-controlled half-bridge switching power supply with 5 kV isolation.
The supply voltages have been regulated with linear regulators.

2.2.4 ECG filtering

Datex-Ohmeda S/5 monitors have three ECG filtering modes:
MONITORING 0.5 to 30 Hz (with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.5 to 40 Hz (with 60 Hz reject filter)
DIAGNOSTIC 12-lead ECG 0.05 to 150 Hz
ST FILTER 0.05 to 30 Hz (with 50 Hz reject filter)
0.05 to 40 Hz (with 60 Hz reject filter)
The purpose of filtering is to reduce high frequency noise and low frequency (e.g. respiratory)
movement artifacts.
The monitor filter is used in normal monitoring. The diagnostic filter is used if more accurate
diagnostic information is needed. The ST filter gives more accurate information of ST segment,
but reduces high frequency noise.

16

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

The high-pass filters 0.5 Hz and 0.05 Hz are done with software. The monitor sends a command
to the hemodynamic module determining which of the corner frequencies 0.5 Hz or 0.05 Hz is
to be used.
The 50 Hz and 60 Hz reject filters are both low-pass filters with zero at 50 Hz or 60 Hz
correspondingly. They are software based filters used for the mains supply filtering. With these
filters the 3 dB value for low-pass filter is 30 Hz or 40 Hz.
In diagnostic mode the upper frequency is 150 Hz and it is limited by software.

2.2.5 STP board

PATIENT AND INVASIVE CANNULA OR

PATIENT AND SpO2 PROBE PATIENT AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CATHETER

FLUSHING KIT & INVASIVE PRESSURE

SpO2 TRUNK CABLE TEMPERATURE CONNECTOR
SENSOR WITH DOME

SpO2 CONNECTOR INPUT PROTECTION CIRCUITRY INV.PRESSURE CONNECTOR

SpO2 PROBE RECOGNITION & LED

DRIVE SELECTION MATRIX
TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL INV: PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
MEASUREMENT CURRENT MEASURE MENT VOLTAGE
AMPLIFIER SOURCE AMPLIFIER SOURCE

SpO2 LED SpO2

DRIVE AMPLIFIER

A/D CONVERSION

STP CPU

RS 485 POWER SUPPLY

STP_brd_blck_dgrm.vsd

COMMUNICATION NV
MEMORY

ISOLATION ISOLATION

MODULE BUS CONNECTOR STP BLOCK DIAGRAM

Figure 8 STP board block diagram

Microprocessor unit
The CPU is a 16 bit H8/3052 single-chip microcomputer. It contains 128 kbytes of flash memory
and 4 kbytes of RAM. The clock frequency is 16 MHz.
High speed I/O is used to obtain a pulse control sequence necessary for pulse oximetry
measurement. Timing for the clock is from the oscillator.

17

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

Temperature measurement unit

The NTC-resistor value in the probe depends on the patient’s temperature. It is measured with
the following principle described below.
The constant current source is supplied about 38 μA current through the temperature sensor
(YSI 400-series NTC resistor). The constant current is caused a voltage over the temperature
sensor (NTC resistor). The voltage over the temperature sensor is amplified in a differential
amplifier stage. The amplified voltage is transferred to a controller of the STP board through an
A/D converter.

constant
Defibrillation/ESD protection current
resistors and diodes source
Temperature
sensors T1, T2
R Ref1 Ref2

T1 T2

Differential
R amplifier

0C:7k36 d/dt 0
0 To A/D
15C:3k54
converter
25C:2k53
R

0
38C:1k30
45C: 984 0

PSM_temp_meas_principle.vsd
R

Figure 9 Temperature measurement principle

Invasive blood pressure measurement unit

An isolated +5 V voltage is supplied to the pressure transducer. The differential voltage, which
depends on the pressure and the supplied voltage, is calculated from the bridge connection
(see the formula below).
Uout = Uin × pressure × 5 μV, where Uin is 5 V
⇒ Uout = 25 μV × pressure [mmHg]

18

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

Pressure amplification is realized in the instrumentation amplifier. The gain of the amplifier is
set to keep the level of the signal transferred to the A/D converter within the measurement
range even when there are circumstantial offsets or offsets caused by the transducer. There is
a filter before the amplifier to attenuate high frequency disturbances.

Vin

Current
measurement G
to AD converter
Pressure
transducer
Instrum entation
amplifier

PSM_pressure_meas_principle.vsd
Vout
Input filter G
to A D converter

Figure 10 Pressure measurement principle

Pulse oximetry measurement section

LED control signals
The D/A converters of the microcontroller on the STP board set the LED intensity adjustment
values for the infrared and red LEDs of the SpO2 probe. The microcontroller on the STP board
switches ON (to the adjusted intensity) and OFF the SpO2 probe LEDs according to the
predetermined sequence.

LED driving circuit

Differential amplifiers measure the LED currents (LED current indication) of the SpO2 probe over
the shunt resistors placed in the LED current paths. The LED driving voltages (LED voltage
indication) are measured from the driver circuitry. The LED driving circuits also have MOSFET
transistor matrix to enable the use of different probe configurations.

Measured signal preamplification

The preamplifier is a bipolar/single-ended current-to-voltage converter with adjustable gain. A
higher gain is used for measuring thin tissue. The preamplification stage has also ambient light
reduction and a second amplifier stage.

19

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

LED Driving circuit 1 LED Intensity adjustment 1

LED ON/OFF control 1

LED voltage indication 1

LED current indication 1

LED Driving circuit 2 LED Intensity adjustment 2

LED ON/OFF control 2

LED voltage indication 2

SpO2
Probe LED current indication 2

LP Oximeter channel 1
Gain=7.5

DC-
suppression

LP Oximeter channel 2
Gain=7.5

Ambient reduction DC-

suppression

LP Oximeter channel 3
Amplifier: Gain=7.5
Preamplifier: Gain = 2
Current-to-voltage type

Spo2_measurement_blck_diagr.vsd
Bipolar/single-ended modes DC-
Adjustable gain suppression
Oximeter channel 4
LP

DE-MUX Amplifiers

Analog Digital

Figure 11 Pulse oximetry measurement block diagram

Red and infrared channel separation

It is possible to multiplex the detector signal to four different channels depending on the
content of the signal. The detector signal must at least multiplex into infrared and red signals.
Other channels are e.g. for diagnostic purposes.

Serial communication
An RS485 type bus driver makes the serial communication between the module and the frame.
The data transmission rate is 500kbps.

20

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

NIBP BOARD CONTROLLERS

NIBP BOARD

NIBP BOARD CONNECTOR

RECEIVE DATA DATA
RS 485
SEND DATA DRIVER NDATA

synchronization signal
SEND/RECEIVE

+5 V
STP BOARD
STP BOARD CONTROLLER

Module bus connector

STP BOARD CONNECTOR
PATIENT ISOLATION
RECEIVE DATA DATA
RS 485
SEND DATA DRIVER NDATA +5 V

SEND/RECEIVE

ECG BOARD
ECG BOARD CONTROLLER

DIRECT ECG (PWM)

ECG BOARD CONNECTOR
PATIENT ISOLATION

RECEIVE DATA DATA

PSM_serial_communication.vsd
RS 485 +5 V
SEND DATA DRIVER NDATA

SEND/RECEIVE

Figure 12 Serial communication of E-PSM(P) module

Signals and isolation barrier

The communication signals transfer over the isolation barrier by using high isolation voltage
(6kV) opto isolators.

Power supply section

The power for the electronics on the floating part of the STP and the ECG boards is made on
each board with the switching power supplies connected to a high voltage isolated
transformer. The switching power supplies on the STP and ECG boards are synchronized to the
frequency, about 340kHz of the switching power supply on the NIBP board. The NIBP board
supplies non-isolated 5 V to the ECG and STP boards. The module uses only Vmod 13.8 - 16 V
voltage of the frame. The other voltages of the measuring boards are made by the switching
power supplies and regulators or the linear regulators. Each measuring board is protected
against overloading with PTC type automatic fuses.

21

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector
Table 8 Module bus connector description

5 pin connector Pin No. Signal

1 GND
2 Vmod 13.8 - 16 V
3 Data +
4 Data -
5 Shield

2.3.2 Front panel connectors

Table 9 ECG connector

ECG Connector Pin No. Signal Name

1 R/RA; Right arm electrode
2 C2/V2; Chest electrode
3 C3/V3; Chest electrode
4 L/LA; Left arm electrode
5 N/RL; Neutral/Right Leg Drive electrode
6 C1/V1; Chest electrode
7 C4/V4; Chest electrode
8 F/LL; Left Leg electrode
9 C6/V6; Chest electrode
10 C5/V5; Chest electrode
11 Cable Shield

22

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

Table 10 SpO2 connector

SpO2 connector Pin No. Signal Description

1 DET_A Photodiode anode
2 DET_C Photodiode cathode
3 DATA-
4 Wire 1/3 LED connection
5 IR_C IR LED cathode
6 OUTER SHIELD
7 DET_SHIELD
8 PRB_ID Bin/ID Resistor+
9 Wire 3/5 LED Connection
10 RED_C RED LED cathode
11 DATA+

Table 11 Invasive blood pressure connectors (P1, P2)

Invasive blood pressure Pin Signal Description

connectors (Dual BP) No.
1 BP_+VREF BP transducer excitation voltage, channel 1
2 BP SIG+ BP transducer signal positive (+), channel 1
3 BP_+VREF BP transducer excitation voltage, channel 2
4 AGND Analog ground
5 BP SIG+ BP transducer signal positive (+), channel 2
6 SHIELD BP cable shield
7 AGND Analog ground
8 BP SIG1 BP transducer signal negative (-), channel 1
9 BP SIG2 BP transducer signal negative (-), channel 2
10 BP1_ID BP1 probe identification
11 NC Not connected

23

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

Table 12 Temp connector (T1, T2)

Temp connector Pin No Signal

1 Sensor drive current
2 Input from temperature sensor, channel 1
3 Not connected
4 Not connected
5 Thermistor ID (LOW= Temperature error,
HIGH=YSI 400 series)
6 Cable shield
7 Analog ground
8 Input from temperature sensor, channel 2
9 Not connected
10 Not connected
11 Digital ground

24

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the hemodynamic modules is limited to replacing faulty printed circuit
boards or mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
WARNING Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the
tests and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void
warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service check is
mandatory after any service repair. However, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which may be used when performing the
procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions indicates that the check form contains space to record the
results of the particular procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

NOTE: Use only properly maintained, calibrated and traceable measurement equipment for the
specified calibrations and adjustments to ensure accuracy.
Table 13 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. For product(s)

Hemodynamic patient simulator M1010831 E-PSM(P)
Adapter cables for simulators
- Dual temperature adapter cable 2016998-001 Hemodynamic patient simulator
and Medsim
- Dual Inv.BP adapter cable 2005772-001 Hemodynamic patient simulator
- Temperature adapter cable M1010832 Medsim
- Inv.BP adapter cable M1010858 Medsim
- Temperature adapter cable M1010846 Lionheart & MPS450
- Inv.BP adapter cable M1010862 Lionheart & MPS450
Pressure manometer E-PSMP
Accessories:
Temperature test set 884515-HEL E-PSM(P)

25

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

Tool Order No. For product(s)

Multi-Link ECG accessories, IEC:
- Multi-link 3-leadwire set 412682-003 E-PSM(P)
- Multi-link 5-leadwire set 412681-003 E-PSM(P)
- Multi-link 5-leadwire set, C2-C6 416467-004 E-PSM(P)
- Multi-link 12-lead ECG trunk 416035-002 E-PSM(P)
cable
Multi-Link ECG accessories, AHA:
- Multi-link 3-leadwire set 412682-001 E-PSM(P)
- Multi-link 5-leadwire set 416681-001 E-PSM(P)
- Multi-link 5-leadwire set, V2-V6 416467-003 E-PSM(P)
- Multi-link 12-lead ECG trunk 416035-001 E-PSM(P)
cable
SpO2 finger probe OXY-F-UN E-PSM(P)
SpO2 Interconnect Cable OXY-ES3 E-PSM(P)
InvBP transducer 70077-001 E-PSMP
Adult NIBP cuff hose with cuff ID 2021285-001 E-PSM(P)
Adult NIBP cuff 2753E E-PSM(P)
Infant cuff hose without cuff ID 414874-001 E-PSM(P)
Screwdriver

3.2.2 Recommended parts

Table 14 Recommended parts

Part Order No. Notes

E-PSM(P), Air Filter, FRU M1221481 Replace every 3 years

3.2.3 Visual inspection

Detach the module cover by removing the four screws from the bottom of the module.
Check:
1. Internal parts
− screws are tightened properly
− connectors are connected properly
− NIBP tubing is attached properly
− there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External parts
− the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact

26

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

− all connectors are intact and attached properly

− the module box and latch are intact

"
3.2.4 Functional inspection
3. NIBP pump filter
Replace the NIBP pump filter, if necessary.

"
Reattach the module cover and check that the latch is moving properly.
Switch the monitor on and wait until the monitoring screen appears. Configure the
monitor screen so that all the needed parameters are shown, for example as follows:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - ECG1
Field 2 - ECG2
Field 3 - P1
Field 4 - P2
Field 5 - Pleth
Field 6 - Resp
Digit Fields - Lower Field 2 - NIBP
Lower Field 3 - T1+T2
4. Module installation
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly.

"
5. Module recognition
Check that the module is recognized, i.e. all the needed parameter information, except
invasive blood pressure, starts to show on the screen.

"
Preset ECG, Respiration, InvBP and SpO2 measurement settings:
ECG - ECG Setup - Hr Source - Auto
Pacemaker - Show
Others - Resp Setup - Size - 1.0
Resp Rate Source - Auto
Measurement - On
Detection Limit - Auto
Invasive Pressures - P1 ‘Art’ Setup - Label - Art
P2 ‘Cvp’ Setup - Label - Cvp
PulseOximetry - Pleth Scale - Auto

27

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

ECG measurement
6. Module software (serial numbers)
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) -
Service (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding the module software by selecting Scroll Vers and
turning the ComWheel.

"
7. Communication and memories
Enter the Parameters - ECG service menu.
Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second. Check also that the ECG/RESP board memories have passed
the internal memory test, i.e. the RAM, ROM and EEPROM state all OK.

"
8. Power frequency
Check that the power frequency value is set according to the current mains power
frequency. Change the setting by selecting Power Freq, if necessary.

"
9. Cable recognition
Connect a 12-lead ECG trunk cable without a lead set to the module. Check that the
message ‘Leads off’ is displayed on the screen.

"
10. Lead detection
Connect both 5-leadwire sets to the trunk cable. Connect all the leads together, for
example to a suitable screwdriver. Check that all the electrodes show ON and the
message ‘Asystole’ appears. Check that the Cable type shows 10 lead.
Connect the 10-leadwire set to the simulator. Disconnect one of the leads and check that
the corresponding electrode in the service menu shows OFF within 10 seconds of the
disconnection, and then reconnect the lead. Check the rest of the leads using the same
method. Disconnect the trunk cable.
Connect a 3-leadwire set to a trunk cable and connect it to the module. Connect all the
leads together, for example to a suitable screwdriver. Check that the cable type shows 3
lead.
NOTE: When any of the limb leads is disconnected, the measurement will automatically
change to 3 electrode ECG measurement.
NOTE: The asystole and different leads off messages are shown using certain priority.
Even though one of the leads is disconnected, the related leads off message may not
appear on the screen.
NOTE: When RA, LA, LL or RL electrode is disconnected, all six V electrodes show OFF.

"

28

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

11. Test with the patient simulator

Connect the leads to a patient simulator.
Perform the settings and checks with Dynatech Nevada MedSim 300 Patient Simulator:
ECG - BASE - BPM - 160
PACE - WAVE - NSR
Check that a normal ECG waveform is shown, the HR value is 160 (±5) and the ‘Pacer
count’ value is not increasing in the service menu.
ECG - PACE - WAVE - ASNC
Check that pacemaker spikes are shown on the ECG waveform, the HR value changes to
75 (±5) and the Pacer count value is increasing according to the shown pacemaker spikes.
Set the pacemaker option off:
ECG - PACE - WAVE - NSR

"
Respiration measurement
12. RESP measurement recognition
Check that Resp Available and RESP Measurement both show ON in the ESTP: ECG service
menu.

"
13. Test with patient simulator
Check the respiration measurement with a patient simulator.
The settings and checks with Dynatech Nevada MedSim 300 Patient Simulator:
Simulator Cover:
BASELINE IMPEDANCE -switch - 500
LEAD SELECT-switch - II/RL-LL
Simulator Menu:
RESP - WAVE - NORM
RATE - 20
OHMS - 1.0
RATIO - 1/1
APNEA - OFF
SHIFT - OFF
Check that the RESP waveform is shown and the RR value is 20 (±5). Change the position
of the BASELINE IMPEDANCE switch and check that appropriate RESP waveform and RR
value are shown again within 30 seconds.
RESP - APNEA - 32 S
Check that the monitor activates the APNEA alarm.
NOTE: Make sure that only the ECG leads are connected to the simulator during the apnea
test. If other cables are connected at the same time, the respiration signal from the
simulator may be disturbed, and therefore, the APNEA alarm may not be activated.
NOTE: When you have the ECG service menu open, spikes will appear on the respiration
waveform. These spikes represent the threshold level for detecting inspiration and
expiration.

"
29

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

Temperature measurement
14. Communication and memories
Enter the ESTP: STP service menu:
Parameters - ESTP : STP
Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values do not increase
faster than by 5 per second. Check also that the STP board memories have passed the
internal memory test, i.e. the RAM, ROM and EEPROM show all OK.

"
15. Temperature probe detection
Check that the ‘Cable’ and ‘Probe’ show OFF for both channels, T1 and T2, when no
probes are connected.
Connect the temperature adapter cable to the module temperature connector and a
temperature test plug to the adapter cable. Check that the Cable and Probe for T1 show
ON and the corresponding temperature value appears on the monitor screen.
Perform the same check also for the channel T2.

"
16. Calibration check
Check the temperature calibrations using temperature test plugs.
If the deviation on a temperature reading on the screen is more than 0.1°C, calibrate the
temperature channels according to the instructions in chapter “Temperature calibration”
on page 45.”

"
17. Temp test
Activate the temperature test by selecting Temp Test from the menu and pressing the
ComWheel twice. When the message ‘Performing temp test’ disappears from the digit
field, check that no error messages appear and Temp error shows OFF for both channels
in the service menu.

"
18. Module configuration
Check that the module configuration has been set correctly. The configuration in use is
shown beside the text Configuration in the service menu and it can be either STP or ST.
Change the configuration in the Calibrations - Set Config menu, if necessary. To activate
the change, reset the module communication by removing and inserting the module.

"

30

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

Invasive blood pressure measurement

19. Membrane keys
Check the front panel membrane keys that are related to the InvBP measurement.
Press each of the keys for at least one second. Check that the pressed key is identified, i.e.
one of the texts for Buttons changes from OFF to ON in the service menu.

"
20. Cable and transducer detection
Check that the Cable and Probe for P1 show OFF. Connect the InvBP adapter cable to the
module, connect a cable with an invasive blood pressure transducer to the adapter cable
and check that the Cable and Probe show ON and the corresponding pressure waveform
appears on the screen.
Perform the same check also for the InvBP channel P2.

"
21. Calibration
Calibrate the InvBP channels P1 and P2 according to the instructions in chapter “Invasive
pressure calibration” on page 45.“

"
22. Test with patient simulator
Check the InvBP channels with a patient simulator.
The settings and checks with Dynatech Nevada MedSim 300 Patient Simulator:
SENSITIVITY - switch - 5 µV/V/mmHg
ECG - BASE - BPM - 60 - BP - 1 - WAVE - ATM
2 - WAVE - ATM
Restore the normal monitoring screen by pressing the key Normal Screen.
Connect cables from the channels BP1 and BP2 to the module connectors. Zero the InvBP
channels by pressing the keys ZERO P1 and ZERO P2 on the module front panel.
BP - 1 - WAVE - ART
2 - WAVE - CVP
Check that appropriate InvBP waveforms are shown and the InvBP values are
approximately 120/80 (±3 mmHg) for the channel P1 and 15/10 (±2 mmHg) for the
channel P2.
Check that the HR value is calculated from P1, when ECG is not measured (ECG cable
disconnected).

"
SpO2 measurement
23. SpO2 probe detection
Check that the message ‘No probe’ is shown, when no SpO2 sensor is connected to the
module. Connect an SpO2 finger probe to the module (with the interconnection cable, if
needed). Check that the message ‘Probe off’ is shown when the probe is not connected to
a finger.

"
31

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

24. Test measurement

Connect the SpO2 probe onto your finger. Check that the reading of 95-99 and SpO2
waveform appears. Check that the HR value is calculated from SpO2 when ECG and InvBP
(P1) are not measured.

"
Non Invasive Blood Pressure measurement
25. Communication and memories
Enter the NIBP module service menu:
Parameters - NIBP
Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second. Check also that the NIBP board memories have passed the
internal memory test, i.e. the RAM, ROM and EEPROM show all OK.

"
26. Membrane keys
Check the front panel membrane keys.
Select Buttons/Leds.
Press each of the two NIBP related membrane keys for at least one second. Check that
the pressed key is identified, i.e. the corresponding text changes from OFF to ON in the
menu, when the key is released back up again.

"
27. Pump and valves
Check the pump and valves.
Select Pneumatics from the NIBP menu. Connect a pressure manometer to the NIBP
module cuff connector.
Select Start Pump and press the ComWheel. Check that the pump turns on and the
pressure inside the tubing system starts to increase. Stop the pump by pressing the
ComWheel again when the pressure reaches 280 mmHg.
Select Open Exh2. Press the ComWheel and check that the pressure inside the tubing
system starts to drop, then press the ComWheel again. If necessary, turn the pump on
again for a moment to increase the pressure inside the tubing system.
Select Set Valve. Press the ComWheel and set the value under the text Pulse Valve to
number 150 by turning the ComWheel. Press the ComWheel again and check that the
pressure inside the tubing system starts to drop. Finish the test by selecting Previous
Menu.

"
28. Leak test
Check the NIBP tubing system for leakages.
Select Calibrations from the NIBP service menu.
Connect the pressure manometer to the NIBP module cuff connector. Start the active leak
test from the menu by pressing the ComWheel. The module pumps a pressure of about
290 mmHg and then the pump stops. The max pressure in Adult mode is about 290
mmHg, but in Infant mode only 140mmHg.

32

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

Wait for 15 seconds for the pressure to stabilize then check that the pressure does not
drop more than 6 mmHg per one minute. Release the pressure by pressing the
ComWheel once more.

"
29. Calibration check
Recalibrate the NIBP measurement according to the instructions in section “NIBP
calibrations” on page 44. Remember to set the calibration protection back on after the
calibration.
Disconnect the pressure manometer. Select Calibrations - Calibration Check. Press the
ComWheel and take down the zero offset values for both pressure transducers, B1 and
B2. The values should be within ±20 mmHg.
Connect the pressure manometer to the cuff connector and check the calibration with
pressures 100 mmHg, 200 mmHg and 260 mmHg. The zero offset value must be added to
the displayed pressure value in order to determine the real pressure.

"
30. Safety valve functions
Select Safety Valve from the NIBP service menu.
Disconnect the pressure manometer from the NIBP module cuff connector. Connect the
NIBP hose and cuff to the NIBP module cuff connector. Perform the check with a
standard adult cuff that is connected around some round object, for example a
calibration gas bottle.
Select Start Test. Start the adult safety valve test by pressing the ComWheel. Wait until
the pump stops and the pressure is deflated.
Open cuff connector or disconnect and connect cuff connector from module
Check the pressure values ‘Max press’ and ‘2 s after stop’ for both transducers. All the
values should be within 270 - 330 mmHg.
Select ADULT. Press the ComWheel and check that the text changes now to INFANT.
Select Start Test and wait until the pump stops and the pressure values on the screen
have been updated.
Open cuff connector or disconnect and connect cuff connector from module
Check that the values ‘Max press’ and ‘2 s after stop’ are all now within 135 to 165 mmHg.
Return to the normal monitoring mode by pressing Normal Screen.

"
31. Cuff related messages
Connect an adult NIBP cuff to the cuff connector and disconnect one of its hoses.
Start NIBP measurement by pressing the key Start/Cancel on the module and check
that the message ‘Cuff loose’ appears on the screen within 70 seconds.
Reconnect the hose and then bend it with your fingers. Restart the measurement and
check that the message ‘Cuff occlusion’ appears on the screen within 70 seconds.

"

33

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

32. Test measurement

Check that the automatic inflation limits are in use:
NIBP - NIBP Setup - Inflation Limits - Auto - Previous Menu
Connect the cuff onto your arm, select Start Ven.Stasis in the NIBP menu and press the
ComWheel. Check that the module identifies the cuff, i.e. the text Adult appears in the
NIBP digit field for a short moment.
Keep the pressure inside the cuff for about half a minute in order to find out that the cuff
is not leaking, then press the ComWheel again. Select Normal Screen.
Disconnect the cuff hose.

"
33. NIBP hose detection
Press the Start/ Cancel module or side panel key and check that the ‘Cuff loose’
message appears in the NIBP digit field.
Attach a NIBP cuff hose without cuff identification and check that the module identifies
the hose:
− The message ‘Select inflation limits’ appears in the NIBP digit field.
− When you try to start the measurement, the monitor automatically opens the
selections NIBP Setup - Inflation Limits.

"
All modules
34. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
35. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after the performed electrical safety check.

"
36. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
Fill in all necessary documents.

34

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
WARNING Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards.
Electrostatic discharge may damage components on the board.
Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdrivers; T6, T8

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure to reconnect all cables properly.

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

1. Remove the four screws (T8) holding the module cover to the
frame from the bottom of the module.

2. Hold the cover from the back corners, lift it about 45° to
unlock the snaps from the front unit and pull the cover out
backwards.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the seal. When reassembling
the seal may stick to the cover.

35

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

3. To remove the NIBP board:

NOTE: You may remove the NIBP filter cover and the filter before
disconnecting the flex cable.
- Disconnect the module bus connector, pump connector and
NIBP flex connector.
- Disconnect the hoses (2 pcs) coming from the manifold.

NOTE: Note the positions of the hoses; mark them if necessary

to ensure they are replaced correctly.
- Remove the NIBP board.

4. Disconnect the air intake hose from the NIBP manifold.

NOTE: The lips of the insulator plates secure the module bus
connectors. While reassembling the insulator plates, ensure
that the connector secure lips support the connectors correctly.

36

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

5. Lift the NIBP-STP insulator plate carefully up.

6. To remove the STP board

- Carefully open the connector lock and then disconnect the
STP input flex cable from the STP board.
NOTE: When reassembling, ensure that the flex cable is aligned
properly and the connector is locked.

- Lift the STP board a little to disconnect the module bus

connector. Remove the STP board.

7. Remove the STP-ECG insulator plate. Be careful not to

damage the NIBP hoses.

8. Hold down the ECG board. Carefully open the connector lock
and then disconnect the ECG input flex cable from the ECG
board.
NOTE: When reassembling, ensure that the flex cable is aligned
properly and the connector is locked.

37

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

9. To remove the ECG board

- While holding the ECG input unit out of the way, lift the ECG
board a little and disconnect the module bus connector.
- Remove the ECG board.

10. Remove the NIBP filter cover and the filter. (If not removed
already.)
11. Remove the four screws (T6) with washers holding the NIBP
pump to the frame.

12. Flip the module over and remove the two (T6) screws holding
the lock unit to the frame. While pulling the tab push the
lockers with a screwdriver to remove the lock unit.

13. Carefully lift up the front unit together with the NIBP pump.

Reassemble the module in reverse order.

Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

38

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

To remove the pump unit

14. Disconnect the hoses from the manifold. The hoses follow
the pump.

3.3.4 To remove the manifold unit

15. Disconnect the two (T6) screws holding the

manifold to the front cover unit.

16. Open the connector lock from the NIBP flex

board and disconnect the membrane
keyboard flex.

39

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

17. Lift the manifold carefully aside. Be careful

not to damage the NIBP flex board.
Disconnect the NIBP flex board connector
from the STP input board.
NOTE: When reassembling, make sure that the
NIBP flex board connector is connected properly
(all pins connected) to the STP input board.

Reassemble the module in reverse order.

Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

40

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

3.3.5 To remove the module bus connector

18. Use a flat blade screwdriver to unlock the

module bus connector insulator cover.

Put the screwdriver in the hole and move the

blade backwards (away from the flex cable)
until the insulator cover unlocks.

19. Pull the module bus connector carefully

through the hole in the frame.

Reassemble the module in reverse order.

Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

41

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

3.3.6 To replace the NIBP filter

1. Follow the disassemble instruction steps 1

and 2.

2. Remove the NIBP filter cover and replace the

filter.

Reassemble the module in reverse order.

Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

42

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

3.4 Adjustments and calibrations

NOTE: Use only properly maintained, calibrated and traceable measurement equipment for the
specified calibrations and adjustments to ensure accuracy.

3.4.1 NIBP calibrations

The electronics of the NIBP pressure measurement is calibrated at the factory. The processor
automatically maintains the zeroing pressure. If the zero point of the pressure transducer drifts
more than specified, an error message is given and the NIBP board should be recalibrated or
replaced.
Recalibrate the NIBP measurement once a year. The checking and recalibration can be done in
the NIBP service menu.
The calibration of the primary pressure channel can also be checked from the NIBP setup
menu (NIBP - NIBP Setup - Calibration Check). In this case, the auto zeroing is performed at
start - remove the hose before entering to ensure atmospheric pressure to the pressure
transducers - the primary pressure is displayed. The zero-offset value should then be zero.
Check the intake air filter as part of the calibration check. Change the filter if it is visibly dirty.

Calibration check
1. Enter Calibration menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) -Service (26-23-8) - Parameters -
NIBP - Calibrations
PRESTN_calib_menu.vsd
PRESTN_calib_menu.vsd

2. Select Calibration Check and push the ComWheel.

3. Connect an external precision manometer to the module.
4. Pump the following pressures to manometer and check the difference between the
manometer and monitor pressure display (The zeroing offset is automatically subtracted
from the pressure readings).

43

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

Table 3 NIBP calibration check pressures

Pressure Max. error Example

0 mmHg ±5 mmHg (=zero offset) -1
100 mmHg 100 ±2 mmHg 100 ±2
200 mmHg 200 ±3 mmHg 200 ±3
260 mmHg 260 +/-3 mmHg 200 ±3

If the error of pressure channel B1 is larger than specified above, the module should be
recalibrated. The error of B2 is allowed to be even twice as large because it has no effect on
blood pressure measurement accuracy. However, we recommend recalibrating the module
when the error of B2 is larger than specified above to ensure best possible operation.

Calibration
1. Enter Calibration menu.
2. Remove the hoses from the front panel connector to enable proper zeroing.
3. Select Calibration. If it is not available, perform the steps a, b, and c.
NOTE: Do not pull out the hemodynamic module from the monitor frame. The module must be
in the frame during the whole procedure.
a. Press the hemodynamic module buttons Auto ON/OFF and Start Cancel
simultaneously for 3 seconds to enable the calibration. This enables menu selection
Protection. The message ‘Calibration switch ON!’ is displayed.
b. Select Protection OFF in the Calibration menu and push the ComWheel.
c. Press the buttons again for 3 seconds. Menu selection Calibration is now enabled, and
Protection is disabled. When the calibration is enabled, a message ‘Calibration not
protected’ is displayed.
• Start calibration by pushing the ComWheel. Messages ‘Zeroing’ and ‘Zeroed’ will be
displayed in the NIBP message field. After this, a pressure bar and text ‘Calibrating’ will be
displayed.
• Connect an external mercury manometer with a pump to the module through the both
tubes of the hose - both transducers B1 and B2 must be calibrated simultaneously. Pump
up to a pressure of about 200 mmHg according to the manometer. Calibration is possible
in the range of 150 to 250 mmHg.
• Verify that both pressure values in the prompt field match the manometer reading. If not,
adjust by turning the ComWheel. When the values of the pressure bar and the
manometer are equal, push the ComWheel to confirm the calibration. The message
‘Calibrated’ will be displayed on the NIBP digit field after a few seconds, which means that
the calibration succeeded, and the new calibration data is saved in EEPROM.
NOTE: When calibrating NIBP, always change the displayed pressure value slightly with the
ComWheel, even in cases where the value would be correct. For example, change the value
one step higher and then back one step lower. ‘Calibrated’ text should appear in the display.
This ensures that the calibration procedure is correctly registered and stored by the module.
• To set the protection on:
Press NIBP module buttons Auto ON/OFF and Start Cancel simultaneously for 3
seconds. Select Protection ON and push the ComWheel. Then press the buttons again for
three seconds.

44

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

• Remove the module from the frame and plug it back again. Then perform “Calibration
check” (see the preceding page) to verify the new calibration.

3.4.2 Temperature calibration

NOTE: For the temperature calibration, separate, accurate test plugs (25 °C and 45 °C) are
needed. A test set of two plugs is available from GE Healthcare, order code 884515-HEL.
A Dual temperature adapter cable, order code 2016998-001 is also required for the
temperature calibration.
Calibrate the temperature, when the measured test values differ for more than ±0.1 °C, and
always after STP board replacement.
1. Enter the STP service menu.
(Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8) -
Parameters).
2. Enter Calibrations menu.
3. Choose Protection OFF in protect mode.
4. Select Calibrate T1/Calibrate T2.
5. Insert calibration plug (25 °C) into T1/T2 connector.
6. Push the ComWheel.
7. Insert calibration plug (45 °C) into T1/T2 connector.
8. Push the ComWheel.
9. Choose Protection ON in protect mode.

3.4.3 Invasive pressure calibration

NOTE: Before starting invasive pressure calibration, disconnect all patient cables and discharge
the patient.
NOTE: For the Invasive pressure calibration a Dual InvBP adapter cable, order code
2005722-001, is needed.
Calibrate the invasive pressure when the pressure transducer (probe) is replaced with a
different type of transducer, and when the STP board is replaced.
1. Enter the STP service menu.
(Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8) -
Parameters).
2. Enter Calibrations menu.
3. Connect a pressure transducer with a pressure manometer to the P1/P2 connector.
Choose Calibrate P1 or Calibrate P2. Leave the transducer to room air pressure.
4. Push the ComWheel to start zeroing.
5. Supply a pressure of 100 mmHg to 300 mmHg to the transducer. The recommended
pressure is 200 mmHg.
6. Set the pressure on the display to match the pressure reading on the manometer and
push the ComWheel. A tolerance of ±1 mmHg is allowed.
7. The message ‘Calibrated’ will be displayed on the display.

45

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting charts
See also the “User’s Reference Manual” for more troubleshooting procedures.

4.1.1 NIBP

Problem Cause What to do

No NIBP value displayed NIBP not selected on screen. Check monitor setup.
NIBP menu fading No E-PSM(P) module, module not Plug in the module.
properly connected.
‘Artifacts’ message Unsuccessful measurement due to Check the patient status.
patient movement, shivering,
external artifact or weak signal.
‘Weak pulsation’ message Weak or unstable oscillation pulses Check patient condition and retry.
due to: Check any leaks and retry.
• artifacts Use proper size of cuff. Check
attachment.
• weak pulse pressure due to
arrhythmias
• improper cuff position or
attachment
• too few pulses detected
• weak or unusual blood
circulation
• obese patient
Call service NIBP hardware error. See the description of the error message
‘Error X’ message X = error number. code, the causes and the solutions listed
in the “NIBP error code explanation”
chapter.
‘Cuff loose’ message 1. Hose and/or cuff not connected. 1. Connect the hose and the cuff.
2. Hose and cuff connected.
Reasons:
- cuff loosely wrapped - Tighten the cuff.
- leakage inside the shield, in the - Check the tubings inside the shield
Patient connector panel or and Patient connector panel, fix if
tubings connecting to the necessary.
module
- leakage in cuff or hose - Replace cuff/hose.
- leakage inside module - Check internal tubing and fix if
necessary.
- pump does not work - Check pump connector; if OK,
replace the NIBP Pump Unit.

46

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

Problem Cause What to do

Cuff ID not working 1. Defective cuff ID holes in the - Replace NIBP cuff hose.
NIBP cuff hose
2. NIBP flex board connector - Check that the NIBP flex board
wrongly connected connector is properly connected to
the STP input board: all pins have to
be connected.
3. Cuff ID switches defective - To check the switches, attach a NIBP
cuff hose without the cuff ID and
check that the message ‘Select
inflation limit’ appears. If not, replace
the Front Panel Unit.
4. NIBP ID switch cable (between - Check the cable, fix if necessary.
patient connector panel and the
module) broken or poorly
connected
‘Air leakage’ message 1. Hose or cuff leaking. Reasons: 1. Replace cuff
- cuff damaged - Replace cuff.
- cuff connector damaged - Replace cuff connector (if the fault is
in hose connector).
- O-ring damaged or missing - Replace O-ring.
- hose double connector damaged - Replace NIBP cuff hose.
2. Hose and cuff OK. Reasons: 2. Connect or replace tube
- leakage in the tubes connecting - Check the tubes.
the patient connector panel and
the module
- leakage inside the module - Replace the whole tubing.
- tube disconnected or damaged - Fix connections.
- manifold leaking - Replace the manifold.
- tubes or valve(s) damaged - Replace tubes/valve(s).
‘Unable to measure Sys’ Systolic blood pressure probably Automatic retrial with increased
message higher than the inflation pressure or pressure.
artifacts.

47

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

Problem Cause What to do

‘Cuff occlusion’ message 1. Cuff and/or hose occluded.
Reason:
- cuff tube kinked - Straighten tube.
- tubes inside the shield kinked - Straighten tubes.
- tubes inside module kinked - Straighten tubes.
- occlusion inside/outside module - Remove occlusion.
2. Cuff, hose, and tubes OK.
Reason:
- fault in pressure transducer - Replace the NIBP board.
- fault in A/D converter - Replace the NIBP board.
- faulty calibration - Check calibration.
‘Calibration switch on’ EEPROM protection has been Enables setting the protection OFF in the
message handled by pressing module buttons Calibration menu. Press the buttons
Auto ON/OFF and Start/Cancel again if you are not going to calibrate.
simultaneously for 3 seconds.
‘Calibration not protected’ Calibration protection is set to OFF. Set the protection ON in the NIBP
message. Calibration menu.

48

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

4.1.2 NIBP error code explanation

Code Problem What to do
0 RAM failure; memory failure Change the NIBP board.
1 ROM checksum error; memory failure Change the NIBP board.
2 Pump current failure Check short circuits. Change the NIBP board.
3 Safety CPU internal test failure or pressure Change the NIBP board.
sensor reference voltage failure
4 EEPROM protection error Press module buttons Auto ON/OFF and Start/
Cancel simultaneously for 3 seconds.
5 Calibration not protected Protect calibration by selecting Protection ON in
the NIBP calibration menu.
6 Pressure sensors give different readings Try to remeasure. If the problem persists,
recalibrate. If the problem still persists, change
the NIPB board.
7 Calibration failure Reset the module and recalibrate. If this does not
help, change the NIBP board.
8 Exhaust Valve occlusion Check and clean the tubing and air chamber. If
this does not help, change the NIBP board.
9 Measurement related error Automatic recovery.
10 EEPROM checksum error; memory failure Change the NIBP board.
11 Auto zero range exceeded Calibrate the NIBP.
12 Communication break; temporal break down of Automatic recovery.
communication from monitor detected
13 Illegal neonate cuff with identifying magnet Remove the cuff.
connected
14 Not in use Not in use
15 Safety CPU pressure calibration error Recalibrate. If this does not help, change the
NIBP board.
16 Communication error between CPUs Change the NIBP board.
17 Safety CPU has cut down power from Reset the module. If the problem persists, change
pneumatics due to repeating safety limit the NIBP board.
violations

49

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

4.1.3 Pulse oximetry (SpO2)

Problem Cause What to do
Message ‘NO PROBE’ No sensor connected to the module Check sensor connections.
SpO2 connector.
Sensor faulty. Change the sensor.
Flat cable connecting the SpO2 Check the Flat cable, replace if
connector to the STP board loosen or necessary.
broken.
Message ‘PROBE OFF’ Unsuitable site. Try another site.
though sensor properly
Sensor faulty. Try another sensor.
attached to the patient
Sensor connection cable not Connect the cable to sensor.
connected to sensor.
Finger sensor falls off Sensor is slippery. Wipe with 70% isopropyl alcohol and
allow drying.
Finger is too thin or thick. Try other fingers, or other sensor types.
Weak signal artifacts Poor perfusion. Try another place.
Movement artifacts.
Shivering.
Message ‘NO PULSE’ Pulse search > 20 sec. and low SpO2 or Try other fingers.
low pulse rate.
Message ‘ARTIFACT’ Pulse modulation exceeds the present Try another place or another sensor.
scale.
Message ‘CHECK PROBE’ DC value not in balance. Try another sensor.
Message ‘POOR SIGNAL’ Poor perfusion. Check that the sensor is positioned
Modulation (Red or Ired) < 0.25% correctly to the patient.

Message ‘FAULTY PROBE’ Sensor is faulty. Change the sensor.

No SpO2 No waveform selected on screen. Check the selected SpO2 waveforms by
pressing Monitor Setup key and
selecting Screen 1 Setup - Waveform
Fields.
Wrong configuration setting. Check the configuration settings from
the STP/Calibrations menu (Monitor
Setup - Install/Service - Service -
Parameters)

50

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

4.1.4 Invasive blood pressure

Problem Cause What to do
Abnormally low pressure Transducer wrongly positioned. Check mid-heart level and reposition
transducer.
No pressure Defective transducer. Check transducer.
No pressure module plugged in. Check the module.
No waveform selected on screen. Check the selected pressure
waveforms by pressing Monitor
Setup key and selecting Screen 1
Setup - Waveform Fields.
Check that the pressure transducer is
open to the patient.
Wrong configuration setting Check the configuration setting from
the STP/Calibrations menu (Monitor
Setup - Install/Service - Service -
Parameters).
Flat cable connecting the patient Check the Flat cable, replace if
connector panel to the module loosen necessary.
or broken.
‘Not zeroed’ message Measurement on, channel not zeroed. Zero the channel.
‘Zeroing failed’ message Unsuccessful zeroing of P1 /P2 Possibly due to pulsating pressure
(number field). waveform. Open the transducer to air
and zero the channel.
Offset is > 150 mmHg. Open the
transducer to air and zero the channel.
Defective transducer. Replace it and
zero the channel.
‘Calibration failed’ message Unsuccessful calibration of P1/P2 Turn the transducer to
(number field), possibly due to a sphygmomanometer and try again
pulsating waveform (zeroing takes place first).
Gain is beyond the limits (± 20% of the
default gain). Replace the transducer.
Out of range < 40 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond the Check the transducer level. Zero the
measurement range. channel.
Out of range > 320 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond the Check the transducer level. Zero the
measurement range. channel. The patient may also have
high pressure.
Zero adj. > 100 mmHg Offset when zeroing is > 100 mmHg Check the transducer. The waveform
(but < 150 mmHg) from the absolute may hit the top and the numeric
zero of the module (with default gain). display not shown.
Out of range Measured pressure is beyond the The waveform hits the top and the
internal measurement range of the numeric display not shown. Check the
module. transducer and its level. Zero the
channel.

51

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

4.2 Troubleshooting flowcharts

4.2.1 Troubleshooting for NIBP parameter

START

Insert new module and turn

power on.
Replace
the module.

NO NO
Does fault still appear?

OK?
YES

NO Does another YES

Module ID on screen? module work in Check and
same slot?
replace
NIBP board.
YES NO
Fault not in original
module NO

Error message on NO
screen? OK?

Key check in NO Check keyboard

YES Service Menu OK? connector. If
OK, change
front panel.
See error code explanation in YES
service manual and fix it.

Check pump
PSM_module_troubles_flowch.vsd

Pump check in NO connector.

Service Menu OK? If OK, change
pump. Check and replace
Do they work? - STP Input Board
- NIBP flex board
YES - connectors

NO

Check tubes and YES Cuff loose NO

Leak test in Service Start NIBP
connectors. message appears
Menu OK? without hose
Find leak and fix it. on screen?

NO YES
Cuff ID OK but measurement
does not work

Figure 13 Troubleshooting flowchart for NIBP parameter

52

Document no. M1215098-002

 Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

4.2.2 Troubleshooting for ESP parameters

Possibly fault in module with

ESTPR parameters.

Check module configuration in Service

menu (ESTPR/S/TP/Calibrations)

NO Select the correct

Is it correct?
configuration

YES
Insert module and
turn power on

Does fault NO Fault not in

still module
appear?

YES

Enter the
Service menu
NO

NIBP NO Does another YES

Remove
module ID on module work in
NIBP board Replace STP
screen? same slot?
board

YES NO NO

PSM_NESTPR_MESTPR_trouble
STP NO Does another YES
Remove STP module ID
module ID module work in
ECG board on screen?
on screen? same slot?

YES
YES s_flowch.vsd

ECG module ID Replace ECG

on screen? board

YES
Check front panel
key functions in
Service menu

Has ECG NO NO Has invBP NO Has Temp NO Has SpO 2

Do YES Has STP
measurement measurement measurement measurement
they work? board failed?
failed? failed? failed? failed?

YES YES YES YES YES

NO

Check front panel unit, Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace

ECG board, and STP board ECG board STP board STP board STP board STP board
to find culprit. Replace if
necessary.

Figure 14 Troubleshooting flowchart for ESP Parameters

53

Document no. M1215098-002

E-modules

5 Earlier revisions
Patient Side Modules E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 00)

54

Document no. M1215098-002

 Appendix A Service check form, Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

Customer

Module type S/N

Service

Date
Service engineer

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Notes

Functional inspection
3. NIBP pump filter 4. Module installation

5. Module recognition

Notes

ECG measurement S/N

6. Module software (serial numbers)

ECG/RESP

STP

NIBP

A-1(4)
Document no. M1215098-002
E-modules

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

7. Communication and 8. Power frequency

memories
9. Cable recognition 10. Lead detection

11. Test with the patient

simulator

Notes

RESP measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

12. RESP measurement 13. Test with patient
recognition simulator

Notes

TEMP measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

14. Communication and 15. Temperature probe

memories detection

16. Calibration check 17. Temp test

18. Module configuration

Notes

InvBP measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

20. Cable and transducer

19. Membrane keys
detection
22. Test with patient
21. Calibration
simulator

Notes

A-2(4)

Document no. M1215098-002

 Appendix A Service check form, Patient Side Module, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

SpO2 measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

23. SpO2 probe detection 24. Test measurement

Notes

NIBP measurement S/N

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

25. Communication and

26. Membrane keys
memories

27. Pump and valves 28. Leak test

29. Calibration check Measured B1 Measured B2 Allowed range

0 mmHg ±9 mmHg

100 mmHg 100 ±2 mmHg

200 mmHg 200 ±3 mmHg

260 mmHg 260 ±4 mmHg

30. Safety valve functions Measured B1 Measured B2 Allowed range

270...330 mmHg

270...330 mmHg

130...165 mmHg

130...165 mmHg

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

31. Cuff related messages 32. Test measurement

33. NIBP hose detection

Notes

A-3(4)
Document no. M1215098-002
E-modules

All modules OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

35. Functioning after
34. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

36. Final cleaning

Notes

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-4(4)

Document no. M1215098-002

GE Healthcare
Cardiac Output Modules
Cardiac Output and SvO2 Module, E-COPSv (Rev. 01)
Cardiac Output Module, E-COP (Rev. 01)

Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1214854-002

October 27, 2010

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2
FI-00510 Helsinki, Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310

www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2010 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures iii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Typical performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 C.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.2 REF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.3 SvO2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.4 InvBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2 Functional description 5
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.1 Cardiac output and REF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.2 SvO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1.3 Invasive blood pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2.1 Controls and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2.2 E-COP and E-COPSv modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2.3 Measurement board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3 Service procedures 13
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.3 Functional inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.1 Disassembly guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.2 ESD precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.3 Before disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3.4 Tools needed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.5 To replace the front cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.6 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.7 Reassembling the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.4 Adjustments and calibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.4.1 Cardiac output calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.4.2 Invasive pressure calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

4 Troubleshooting 22
4.1 Troubleshooting charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Document no. M1214854-002

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.1.1 Cardiac Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

4.1.2 SvO2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.1.3 InvBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

5 Service parts 25
5.1 Ordering parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.2 Cardiac Output Module, E-COP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.3 Cardiac Output Module, E-COPSv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

6 Earlier revisions 29
Appendix A: Service check form,
Cardiac Output Modules, E-COP and E-COPSv (Rev. 01)A-1

ii

Document no. M1214854-002

 List of figures

Table of figures

Figure 1 Cardiac output setup with closed injectate delivery system................................................................................... 1

Figure 2 Cardiac output measurement curve................................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 3 Front panels of Cardiac Output Modules, E-COP and E-COPSv, and the back of the module................. 7
Figure 4 Measurment board block diagram. In E-COP module the SvO2 section is excluded .................................. 9
Figure 5 Pressure transducer principle of operation ...................................................................................................................10
Figure 6 Serial communication and opto isolation.......................................................................................................................11
Figure 7 Cardiac Output Module troubleshooting flowchart...................................................................................................24

iii

Document no. M1214854-002

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

iv

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

Introduction
This document provides information for the maintenance and service of single width plug-in
Cardiac Output Modules, E-COP-01 and E-COPSv-01.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
Both modules E-COP and E-COPSv provide
• Cardiac output (C.O.)
• Right ventricular ejection fraction (REF)
• Invasive blood pressure (InvBP) measurement
Additionally, the COPSv module provides venous oxygen saturation (SvO2) measurement.
NOTE: Do not use identical modules in the same monitor simultaneously. The modules
E-COP/M-COP and E-COPSv/M-COPSv are considered as identical and would cause
communication errors if used in the same system.

Zero Start Zero Start

P4 C.O. P4 C.O. 5
4

1 SvO2
7
2 6
P4 P4
10
C.O. C.O.
11

9
8
E-COP E-COPSv

Figure 1 Cardiac output setup with closed injectate delivery system

(1) Module with C.O. measurement capability
(2) Catheter connecting cable
(3) Injectate temperature probe
(4) Injectate syringe
(5) Injectate: 5% dextrose or physiological saline at 0 to 27 °C (32 to 77 °F)
(6) CVP line to InvBP transducer
(7) Proximal
(8) Distal
(9) Optical connector
(10) Thermodilution catheter (Edwards Lifesciences corp. compatible)

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

(11) Catheter's termistor

Monitor software compatibility

The E-COP-01 and E-COPSv-01 module functions with monitor software version 02 or later.

Equipment safety symbols

When displayed on the E-COP and E-COPSv modules, indicates that protection
against cardiac defibrillator discharge is due in part to the accessories for pulse
oximetry (SpO2), temperature (T) and invasive pressure (P) measurement.

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size (W × D × H) 37 x 187 x 112 mm / 1.5 x 7.4 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.35 kg / 0.8 lb.
Power consumption, E-COP Approximately 3.5 W
Power consumption, E-COPSv Approximately 5 W

1.2 Typical performance

1.2.1 C.O.
Measurement range 0.1...20 l/min
Display resolution 0.01 l/min
Repeatability ±2% or ±0.02 l/min
Injectate temp range (with Edward Lifesciences Corp. tempearture probes) and accuracy
0...25.5 °C ±0.3 °C (32...77.9 °F ±0.5 °F)
25.5...27.0 °C ±0.5 °C (77.9...80.6 °F ±0.9 °F)
Blood temp range (with Edward Lifesciences Corp. catheters) and accuracy
17.5...31 °C ±0.5°C (63.5...87.8 °F ±0.9 °F)
31.0...43.0 °C ±0.3°C (87.8...109.4 °F ±0.5 °F)
Protection against electric shock type CF defibrillation proof

1.2.2 REF
Repeatability ±2% as measured by electronically generated pulsatile curves for
range 10 % - 60 %. For other ranges accuracy is unspecified.

1.2.3 SvO2
Measurement range 1% to 98%
Measurement accuracy ±2% SvO2 equals 1 standard deviation for range of 30% to 95%
SvO2 and 6.7 to 16.7 g/dl Hb when using in vivo calibration.
Display resolution 1%
Catheters Edward Lifesciences Corp. SvO2 catheter and optical module
(OM-2E)

1.2.4 InvBP
Measurement range -40...+320 mmHg
Zero adjustment range ±150 mmHg
Calibration range ±20%
Scales Upper limit is adjustable between 10 and 300 mmHg in steps of
10. Lower limit is 10% of selected upper limit below zero.
Sweep speed 12.5, 25, 50 mm/s
Numerical display
Range -40...+320 mmHg
Resolution 1 mmHg

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

Waveform display
Range -30...+300 mmHg
Pulse rate
Measurement range 30...250 bpm
Resolution 1 bpm
Accuracy ±5% or ±5 bpm
Respiration artifact rejection

1.3 Technical specifications

The numerical display is averaged over 5 seconds and updated at 5 second intervals.
Measurement accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg
Transducer sensitivity 5 μV/V/mmHg
Input voltage 5 VDC
Max current 20 mA
Nonlinearity <1%, 0 to 200 mmHg
<2%, -40 to 0 and 200 to 320 mmHg
Frequency response, waveform filter DC...Upper limit
adjustable upper limit 4...22 Hz (-3 dB)
Zero set accuracy ±1 mmHg
Calibration resolution ±1 mmHg
Zero time < 15 sec.
Protection against electric shock type CF defibrillation proof
NOTE: The accuracy of the measurement may be different from the specified accuracy,
depending on the transducer/probe used. Please check the transducer/probe specification.

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 Cardiac output and REF
Cardiac output measurement is performed using the principle of thermodilution. During
measurement, the catheter lies in the heart, with an injection port in the right atrium (RA) and a
thermistor, which is to monitor blood temperature, in the pulmonary artery (PA). A small, known
amount of thermal indicator is injected into the RA and mixed with the blood on its way to the
PA. The catheter thermistor measures the decrease in blood temperature as the blood flows
past the thermistor in the PA.
The information is stored in the module and the cardiac output is calculated from the area
beneath the time-temperature Cardiac Output Measurement Curve, as shown in figure 2.
The area under the time-temperature curve is inversely proportional to the flow rate which
corresponds to cardiac output.
The cardiac output is calculated from the equation:
C.O.= (1.08 CT 60 Vi(TB-Ti))/(TBdt + C)
where:
C.O. =Cardiac output in liters/minute
1.08 =Factor comparing the density and specific heat of 5% dextrose solution in water to
those of blood
CT =Correction factor for the injectate temperature rise as it passes through the
catheter and its dead space
60 =Seconds/minute
Vi =Injectate volume in liters
TB =Baseline blood temperature (°C)
Ti =Injectate temperature
TBdt =Area under time-temperature curve between time o and x, where x is the
time when the curve has dropped to 30% of its peak value
C = Area beneath time-temperature curve between x and the end of the curve

Figure 2 Cardiac output measurement curve

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

A = area derived by integration of the time-temperature curve

C = area beneath the time-temperature curve between t30% and end of the curve.
Computation based on an exponential fit to the curve between t80% of the peak and t30%.
REF (right ventricular ejection fraction) measurement is a part of the time-temperature
(thermodilution) cardiac output measurement. Ejection fraction is determined using an
exponential technique by synchronizing sensed R-waves with points of temperature changes
on the time-temperature curve. Once ejection fraction, cardiac output, and heart rate are
known, right ventricular volumes may be calculated. The measurement requires a
Baxter-Edwards fast response thermistor catheter and an ECG module to synchronize R-wave
detection to the time-temperature curves.

2.1.2 SvO2 measurement

The COPSv module measures SvO2 when coupled with a Baxter-Edwards OM-2E optical
module and a Swan-Ganz oximetry catheter. To measure SvO2, the system utilizes a
spectrophotometric technique involving the use of light emitting diodes (LEDs) that produce red
(660 nm) and infrared (810 nm) light. The light is transmitted to the blood through a single
plastic optical fiber in the oximetry catheter and reflected back through a separate optical fiber
to a photodetector in the optical module. The light is electrically transmitted to the COPSv
module and analyzed to determine SvO2.
The oximetry portion of the system measures SvO2 in the pulmonary artery by detecting color
changes in the red blood cells. When pulses of red and infrared light are transmitted through
the oximetry catheter, the light is reflected from the red blood cells and transmitted back
through the catheter to the optical module. The amount of light reflected at each wavelength
depends primarily on the color of the blood and the number of red blood cells. Since the
number of red blood cells in the blood affects the amount of reflected light, the differences are
compensated for when the patient’s total hemoglobin value is entered. The optical module
stores and transfers SvO2 calibration data. SvO2 values can be affected by the presence of
methemeglobin or carboxyhemoglobin which imitate the absorption characteristics of HbO2.
Large concentrations of methemoglobin or carboxyhemoglobin could then cause a falsely
elevated SvO2. In cases where dysfunctional hemoglobins are suspected, SvO2 should be
interpreted with caution.

2.1.3 Invasive blood pressure measurement

To measure invasive blood pressure, a catheter is inserted into an artery or vein. The invasive
pressure setup, consisting of connecting tubing, pressure transducer, an intravenous bag of
normal saline all connected together by stopcocks, is attached to the catheter. The pressure
transducer is placed at the same level with the heart, and electrically zeroed.
The pressure transducer is a piezo-resistive device that converts the pressure signal to a
voltage. The monitor interprets the voltage signal so that blood pressure data and blood
pressure waveforms can be displayed.

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

2.2 Main components

2.2.1 Controls and connectors

25

13
14

1
Figure 3 Front panels of Cardiac Output Modules, E-COP and E-COPSv, and the
back of the module
NOTE: The invasive pressure connector in the E-COP and the E-COPSv module is labelled either
as a P4 or as a P4/P8. However, the monitor software always identifies this invasive pressure
port as a P8 channel.

Module key Module Description

Zero P4/P8 E-COP, E-COPSv Key for pressure zeroing
Start C.O. E-COP, E-COPSv Key for cardiac output
measurement

Connector Module Description

SvO2 E-COPSv Connector for SvO2
measurement
C.O. E-COP, E-COPSv Connector for C.O.
measurement
P4 or P4/P8 E-COP, E-COPSv Connector for invasive blood
pressure measurement
D25 connector E-COP, E-COPSv Module bus connector

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

2.2.2 E-COP and E-COPSv modules

The Cardiac Output Module, E-COP, consists of a COP circuit board and two input boards: a CO
input board and a P input board, attached to the front chassis unit.
The Cardiac Output and SvO2 Module, E-COPSv, consist of a COPSv circuit board and three
input boards: a CO input board, a SvO2 input board, and a P input board, attached to the front
chassis unit.

2.2.3 Measurement board

The measurement board consists of the following functional sections.
• Processor
• Cardiac output measurement
• Invasive blood pressure measurement
• SvO2 measurement (available only in E-COPSv)
• Serial communication
• Isolation
• Power supply
Processor section
The CPU has a 32-bit high-speed H8SX single-chip microcomputer. It contains 768 Kbytes of
flash memory and 24 Kbytes of RAM. The clock frequency is 35 MHz.

Cardiac output measurement section

The catheter and the probe contain an NTC resistor that reacts to temperature change.
The temperature dependent voltage across the NTC resistor is amplified and an offset value is
added to it. The resultant signal is then regulated into a ±5 V range by voltage slicing and sent
to an A/D converter.
Because the temperature measurements are calibrated digitally and non-linearity of
catheter/probe is compensated for by software, ambient temperature change after calibration
is the only factor that may influence the measurement.

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

0RGXOH 0RGXOH 3RZHUIRU

UHVHW FRPPXQLFDWLRQ 3RZHUIRU
GDWD
PRGXOH
56
56 '5,9(5 32:(5
'5,9(5 )25 32:(5 121
)25'$7$ 02'8/( 5(6(7 ,62/$7,21
5(6(7 6(&7,21

,62/$7,21
2372,62/$7,21 3$7,(17,62/$7,21
75$16
)250(5
5HVHW
0LFURFRPSXWHU 32:(5
121
5$0N ,62/$7,21
92/$7,/(
0RGXOHEXVGDWD )ODVK520N 6(&721
0(025<

6HULDOGHYLFH
$'
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
&219(57(5
FKQ
ELW
6Y2$' &2 &2 3UHVV$'

&236YBEUGBEOFNBGLDJUDPYVG
20FRQWURO FRQWURO $'

6Y2 &2 3,19 )5217

0($685,1* 35(6685(
0($685,1* 0($685,1* 3$1(/
81,7 81,7 81,7 .(<6

7RRSWLFDOPRGXOH
R

Figure 4 Measurment board block diagram. In E-COP module the SvO2 section
is excluded

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

Invasive blood pressure measurement section

An isolated +5 V supply is connected to the input of the pressure transducer bridge circuit. A
differential voltage, which depends on blood pressure and input supply voltage, is calculated
from the bridge circuit output using the following formula:
Uout = Uin x Pressure x 5 V, where Uin = 5 V ⇒ Uout = 25 V x Pressure [mmHg]
Pressure amplification is performed by the instrumentation amplifier. The gain of the amplifier
is set so that the level of the signal transferred to the A/D converter stays within the
measurement range even when there are circumstantial offsets or offsets caused by the
pressure transducer. The input filter before the amplifier attenuates high frequency
disturbances.
A FET switch cuts the measurement current and detects the existence of the pressure
transducer. The existence of the pressure transducer is also checked digitally by a jumper next
to the connector.
Pressure
Vin transducer
Instrumentation
amplifier

Vout Input
G

pressure_meas_principle.vsd
Filter
to A D converter

Figure 5 Pressure transducer principle of operation

SvO2 measurement section

The SvO2 algorithm is part of the measurement board software. The algorithm consists of five
different parts: initialization, calibration, signal processing and SvO2 calculation, automatic gain
control, and signal quality analysis.
Initialization
When the optical module is connected to the COPSv module, a number of start-up procedures
are performed prior to normal operation. These procedures include transfer of calibration
factors from the optical module to the COPSv module and initialization of LED currents.
Calibration
The system is calibrated according to either in-vitro or in-vivo calibration. In-vitro calibration is
performed before the oximetry catheter is removed from the package with the catheter tip still
inside the calibration cup. The resulting calibration factor is calculated on the basis of the
measured ratio of red and infrared signals and the ideal ratio for the calibration cup. In-vivo
calibration is performed when the catheter is inserted into the patient’s pulmonary artery. The
resulting calibration factor is based on the measured ratio of red and infrared signal and the
Hgb and SvO2 values measured in a laboratory. If the calibration is skipped, the result of an old
calibration is used instead and the ‘Not calibrated’ message is displayed in the SvO2 parameter
window.

10

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

Signal processing and SvO2 calculation

The reflected red and infrared signals transferred from the optical module to the COPSv
module are filtered, and SvO2 is calculated on the basis of the ratio of the two signals.
Automatic gain control
The intensity of the red and infrared signals can be amplified by four different gains. The gain is
selected automatically to achieve optimal signal levels.
Signal quality
The reflected red and infrared signals are checked for wall contact artifacts, pulsatility, and
intensity shifts. An index is calculated to indicate the signal quality.

Serial communication
Serial communication between the Cardiac Output Module and the Central Unit Frame is
established via an RS485 type bus. The communication bus drivers are powered from the
Module Bus. The module isolation section is powered (+5 V) from the isolated power supply.
The communication drivers are controlled by a reset signal so that when the reset is active, the
drivers do not transfer data.
In addition to the RS485 reset, there is a logic power-up reset, which holds for approximately
500 ms regardless of the state of the RS485 reset. A time constant determines the power-up
reset time. The power-up reset also prevents the module from sending data to the Module Bus.
The data transmission rate is 500 kbps.
5 kv

Receive data Data

to module prosessor

Send data RS485

Receive data driver NData

to central unit
(module bus)
Send data
Opto isolation Send/receive
Send/receive
Reset Reset in
Reset RS485
driver serial_comm_opto_isol.vsd
NReset in
isolation
Patient

Figure 6 Serial communication and opto isolation

Isolation section
There are two opto isolators, one for data and one for the reset signal. Signals are processed
on logical high-low levels even though the outputs of the opto isolators in the isolation section
are analog signals.
The reset line is an open collector type with a pull-up resistor, so that the microprocessor is
able to use its internal watchdog function.

11

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

Power supply section

The module isolated power supply is developed from the +15 V (non-isolated) supply received
from the module bus. The isolated power supply is a switched-mode circuit where a FET switch
is controlled by an oscillator using a bipolar timer. The frequency of the oscillator is
approximately 30 kHz with a pulse ratio of 50%: switching of the FET is slow to suppress
spurious interference. A special isolation pulse transformer is used in the circuit. The
transformer secondary circuit uses normal linear regulators, except for +5 V which uses a low
drop type linear regulator.

12

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the E-COP and E-COPSv modules is limited to replacing faulty mechanical
parts.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the
warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be
performed after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which should be filled in when performing
the procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after
performing the procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

NOTE: Use only calibrated and traceable measuring equipment.

Tool Order No. Notes

Patient simulator with c.o. Medsim
SvO2 simulator 890121
Pressure manometer
InvBP transducer
Appropriate catheter connecting cable
Torx screwdriver, T10

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts
Check that
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly

13

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

• there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External parts
Check that
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• all connectors are intact and are attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch moves properly.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

Turn the monitor on and wait until the monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that all the required parameters are shown, for example:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 4 - P4
Digit Fields - Field 4 - SvO2

Preset the C.O., SvO2 and InvBP measurement settings:

Others - C.O. - C.O. Setup - Scale - 1.0 °C
Injectate Volume - 10 ml
Measurement Mode - SET
SvO2 - Update Hb - 115 g/l
Invasive Pressures - P4 Setup - Label - PA

3. Installation
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly.

"
4. Recognition
Check that the module is recognized by entering the C.O. menu:
Others - C.O.
Check that the message ‘No Catheter’ is shown in the middle of the menu. In the case of
the E-COPSv module, also check that the message ‘No cable’ is shown in the digit field for
SvO2.

"
5. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)

14

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

Take down the information regarding COP software by selecting Scroll vers and turning
the ComWheel.

"
6. Communication and memories
Enter the COP module service menu:
Parameters - COP
Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second. Check that the module memories have passed the internal
memory test, i.e. RAM, ROM and EEPROM all show OK.

"
Invasive blood pressure measurement
7. Membrane key
Check the front panel membrane key ZERO P4.
Press the key for at least one second. Check that the key being pressed is identified, i.e.
the information in the Service Data field under Button - P4 changes from OFF to ON.

"
8. Cable and transducer detection
Check that Cable and Probe for P4 show OFF. Plug a cable with an invasive blood
pressure transducer into the front panel connector P4 and check that Cable and Probe
show ON and the corresponding pressure waveform appears on the screen.

"
9. Calibration
Calibrate InvBP channel P4 according to the instructions in section “Invasive pressure
calibration”.

"
10. Test with patient simulator
Return to the normal monitoring screen by pressing the Normal Screen key on the
Command Board. Check the InvBP channel with a patient simulator.
The settings and checks with a Dynatech Nevada medSim 300 Patient Simulator are:
SENSITIVITY switch; 5 µV/V/mmHg
ECG - BASE - BPM - 60
BP - 3 - WAVE - ATM

Connect the cable from channel BP3 to module connector P4. Zero the InvBP channel P4
by pressing the ZERO P4 key on the module front panel.
BP - 3 - WAVE - PA

15

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

Check that appropriate InvBP waveforms are shown and the InvBP value is approximately
25/10 (±2 mmHg) for channel P4 (PA).

"
SvO2 measurement
11. Measurement state
Enter the COP module service menu. Check that the SvO2 values Meas. state, OM fail and
OM temp. all show NO OM.

Turn the SvO2 simulator’s pulsation switch to Medium and the range switch to Normal
pulse. Connect the simulator to the module and check that the following messages
appear in the digit field for SvO2:

Initializing, please wait --> Warming up --> Not calibrated

Check that Meas. state has changed to NORMAL and OM fail and OM temp. show OK.

NOTE: OM temp. may show UNSTABLE at first, but the message should change to OK within half
a minute.

"
12. Calibration
Perform an In-Vitro calibration. Keep the SvO2 simulator connected to the module and
turn the pulsation switch to No pulse.

Enter the SvO2 menu:

Others - SvO2

Select Calibrate in Vitro to start the calibration. Wait until the text Start SvO2 appears in
the menu.
Turn the SvO2 simulator pulsation switch to Normal Pulse and complete the calibration by
pressing the ComWheel again. Wait until the text Calibrating disappears from the digit
field for SvO2.
Check that the calibration date for In-Vitro calibration was updated correctly and the
SvO2 reading on the screen is 81% (±2).

"
13. SvO2 messages
Turn the SvO2 simulator pulsation switch to No pulse and check that the message ‘Check
cath. position’ appears in the digit field for SvO2 and the message ‘SvO2 poor signal’
appears in the message field within one minute.
Turn the pulsation switch to High pulse and check that the two messages remain on the
screen.

16

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

Turn the pulsation switch back to Normal pulse and check that the messages disappear
within one minute.

"
Cardiac Output measurement
14. Membrane key
Check the front panel START C.O. membrane key.
Enter the COP module service menu. Press the key for at least one second and check that
it is identified, i.e. the information on the service menu under Button - C.O. changes from
OFF to ON.

"
Enter the C.O. menu:
Others - C.O.
Connect a catheter connecting cable to module connector C.O.

15. Test with patient simulator

Check the C.O. measurement with a patient simulator.
The settings and checks with a Dynatech Nevada medSim 300 Patient Simulator are:
C.O. - BASE - 37 °
WAVE
Leave the WAVE menu open on the simulator. Connect the catheter connecting cable
(both connectors) to the simulator’s C.O. box. Select the text START C.O. SET on the C.O.
menu.
Press the ComWheel to start the measurement. When the text ‘Inject now!’ appears on
the menu, select the setting 5 l/min (F3) from the medSim 300 simulator. Check that the
thermodilution curve displayed returns to the base level on the screen. Complete all 6
measurements.
NOTE: The medSim 300 simulator may give an inaccurate C.O. signal immediately after it has
been turned on and after each new simulator setting. This property of the simulator must be
taken into account when interpreting the C.O. results.
When the set is complete, exclude the first measurement from the average using the C.O.
menu functions:
Edit Average - Exclude Curves - 1
Press the ComWheel to exclude the first curve. Check that each of the remaining results is
within ±2% of the new average.

"
All modules
16. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
17

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

17. Functioning after electrical safety check

Check that the module functions normally after performing the electrical safety check.

"
18. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

18

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Disassembly guidelines
CAUTION Field service of the module is limited to replacing faulty mechanical parts only
(see chapter “5. Service parts” for details). Attempting a field repair on a PCB or
a factory sealed component or assembly could jeopardize the safe and
effective operation of the module, and void the warranty.
NOTE: Only a qualified service technician should perform field replacement procedures.
NOTE: Perform the checkout procedure described in chapter “3. Service procedures” each time
after you have opened the module casing.

3.3.2 ESD precautions

All external connectors of the module are designed with protection from ESD damage.
However, if the module requires service, exposed components and assemblies inside are
susceptible to ESD damage. This includes human hands, non-ESD protected work stations or
improperly grounded test equipment. The following guidelines may not guarantee a 100%
static-free workstation, but can greatly reduce the potential for failure of any electronic
assemblies being serviced:
• Discharge any static charge you may have built up before handling semiconductors or
assemblies containing semiconductors.
• A grounded antistatic wristband or heel strap should be worn at all times while handling
or repairing assemblies containing semiconductors.
• Use properly grounded test equipment.
• Use a static-free work surface while handling or working on assemblies containing
semiconductors.
• Do not remove semiconductors or assemblies containing semiconductors from antistatic
containers until absolutely necessary.
• Do not slide semiconductors or electrical/electronic assemblies across any surface.
• Do not touch semiconductor leads unless absolutely necessary.
• Semiconductors and electronic assemblies should be stored only in antistatic bags or
boxes.
• Handle all PCB assemblies by their edges.
• Do not flex or twist a circuit board.

3.3.3 Before disassembly

• Note the positions of any wires or cables. Mark them if necessary to ensure that they are
re-assembled correctly.
• Save and set aside all hardware for reassembly.

19

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

3.3.4 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.3.5 To replace the front cover

1. Detach the front cover of the module by releasing the snaps that hold the front cover to
the front chassis unit by using a small flat blade screwdriver. There are 2 snaps on both
sides of the module and 1 snap on the top.

3.3.6 To disassemble the module

1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module casing slowly backwards and remove it
from the main body.
3. Detach the front cover (see 3.3.5).
NOTE: The COP(Sv) measurement board and input boards are not field replaceable separately.
Therefore in case of faulty COP(Sv) measurement board or input board the module must be
repaired by using FRUs listed in chapter ”5. Service parts".

3.3.7 Reassembling the module

Reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly
• there are no loose objects inside the module

20

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

3.4 Adjustments and calibrations

3.4.1 Cardiac output calibration
The cardiac output calibration can be performed only at the factory.

3.4.2 Invasive pressure calibration

Calibrate invasive pressure when the pressure transducer (probe) is replaced with a different
type of transducer.
1. Enter the COP service menu (Monitor Setup - Install/Service - Service - Parameters)
2. Enter the Calibrations menu.

COP_calib_menu.vsd

3. Connect a pressure transducer with a pressure manometer to the P4 connector. Select

Calibrate P4 from the menu. Leave the transducer at room air pressure.
4. Press the ComWheel to start zeroing.
5. Supply a pressure of 100 mmHg to 300 mmHg to the transducer. The recommended
pressure is 200 mmHg.
6. Set the pressure on the display to match the pressure reading on the manometer and
press the ComWheel.
A tolerance of ±1 mmHg is allowed.
7. The text ‘calibrated’ appears on the display.

21

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting charts
4.1.1 Cardiac Output

Problem Cause What to do

‘NO CATHETER’ message Catheter or cable not connected. Connect catheter (cable).
Catheter or cable faulty. Change catheter or cable.
Blood temp out of range. Check blood temp is within range.
‘Tinj OFF’ message No injectate temp probe. Connect probe.
Probe faulty. Change probe.
Wrong type of probe. Use Baxter compatible inj. temp probe.
Temp out of range. Check blood temp is within range.

4.1.2 SvO2

Problem Cause What to do

Faulty cable Factory calibration of the optical Replace optical module.
module corrupted.
Red or infrared transmit error,
currents cannot be adjusted to
factory defaults.
No cable No optical module connected. Connect optical module.
Insufficient signal Loose catheter connection. Check connection.
Optical module failure. Replace optical module.
Catheter kinked or damaged. Calibrate In vivo or replace catheter if
necessary.
Warming up Temperature of the optical module Please wait. If it takes longer than 20 minutes
has not yet reached the optimum replace optical module or COPSv module.
value or optical module failure or
COPSv module failure.
Poor SvO2 signal Signal pulsatility, wall contact or Check number field message for problem
intensity shift signal quality level at ‘Check catheter position’ or ‘Intensity shift’.
3.

22

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

4.1.3 InvBP

Problem Cause What to do

Abnormally low pressure Transducer wrongly positioned. Check mid-heart level and reposition
transducer.
No pressure Defective transducer. Check transducer.
No pressure module plugged in. Check the module.
No waveform selected on screen. To select the desired pressure
waveforms, press Monitor Setup key
and select modify waveforms.
Check that the pressure transducer is
open to the patient.
‘Not zeroed’ message Measurement on, channel not Zero the channel.
zeroed.
‘Zeroing failed’ message Unsuccessful zeroing of P4 (number Possibly due to pulsating pressure
field). waveform. Open the transducer to room
air and zero the channel.
Offset is > 150 mmHg. Open the
transducer to room air and zero the
channel.
Defective transducer. Replace and zero
the channel.
‘Calibration failed’ Unsuccessful calibrating of P4 Pulsating waveform. Turn the transducer
message (number field). to sphygmomanometer and try again
(zeroing takes place first).
Gain is beyond the limits (±20% of the
default gain) of the module. Replace the
transducer.
Out of range ≤ 40 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond Check transducer level. Zero the channel.
measurement range.
Out of range > 320 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond Check transducer level. Zero the channel.
measurement range. The patient may also have high blood
pressure.
Zero adj. > 100 mmHg Offset when zeroing is > 100 mmHg Check transducer. The waveform may hit
(but < 150 mmHg) from the absolute the top and the numeric display not
zero of the module (with default shown.
gain).
Out of range Measured pressure is beyond the The waveform hits the top and the
internal measurement range of the numeric display not shown. Check
module. transducer and its level. Zero the
channel.

See also the troubleshooting flowchart on the next page.

23

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart

Figure 7 Cardiac Output Module troubleshooting flowchart

24

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

5 Service parts
5.1 Ordering parts
To order parts, contact GE Healthcare. Contact information is available at
www.gehealthcare.com. Make sure you have all necessary information at hand.
NOTE: Perform the checkout procedure described in chapter “3. Service procedures” each time
after you have opened the module casing.

5.2 Cardiac Output Module, E-COP

Item Description Order No.

1 E-COP module unit, FRU M1194048

- Front chassis unit, FRU (incl. front chassis, membrane keyboard, connector unit,
latch, torsion spring)
- Measurement board, FRU (incl. Measurement board, metal frame, mounting
screws)

25

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

2 Front Cover, CS, E-COP M1063534

2 Front Cover, DA, E-COP M1025568

2 Front Cover, DE, E-COP M1025569

2 Front Cover, EN, E-COP M1025570

2 Front Cover, ES, E-COP M1025571

2 Front Cover, FI, E-COP M1025572

2 Front Cover, FR, E-COP M1025573

2 Front Cover, HU, E-COP M1046293

2 Front Cover, IT, E-COP M1025574

2 Front Cover, JA, E-COP M1025575

2 Front Cover, NL, E-COP M1025576

2 Front Cover, NO, E-COP M1025577

2 Front Cover, PL, E-COP M1025578

2 Front Cover, PT, E-COP M1025579

2 Front Cover, SV, E-COP M1025580

3 Module Hardware kit, FRU M1206392

- 2 mounting screws for metal frame
- 2 mounting screws for front chassis unit
- 2 mounting screws for module casing
- Latch
- Torsion spring

NOTE: The parts listed in the table above are also compatible with the E-COP-00 modules.

26

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

5.3 Cardiac Output Module, E-COPSv

Item Description Order No.

1 E-COPSv module unit, FRU M1194084

- Front chassis unit, FRU (incl. front chassis, membrane keyboard, connector unit,
latch, torsion spring)
- Measurement board, FRU (incl. Measurement board, metal frame, mounting
screws))

2 Front Cover Unit, CS, E-COPSV M1063536

2 Front Cover Unit, DA, E-COPSV M1027002

2 Front Cover Unit, DE, E-COPSV M1027003

2 Front Cover Unit, EN, E-COPSV M1027004

2 Front Cover Unit, ES, E-COPSV M1027005

2 Front Cover Unit, FI, E-COPSV M1027006

2 Front Cover Unit, FR, E-COPSV M1027007

27

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

2 Front Cover Unit, HU, E-COPSV M1046297

2 Front Cover Unit, IT, E-COPSV M1027008

2 Front Cover Unit, JA, E-COPSV M1027009

2 Front Cover Unit, NL, E-COPSV M1027010

2 Front Cover Unit, NO, E-COPSV M1027011

2 Front Cover Unit, PL, E-COPSV M1027012

2 Front Cover Unit, PT, E-COPSV M1027013

2 Front Cover Unit, SV, E-COPSV M1027014

3 Module Hardware kit, FRU M1206392

- 2 mounting screws for metal frame
- 2 mounting screws for front chassis unit
- 2 mounting screws for module casing
- Latch
- Torsion spring
NOTE: The parts listed in the table above are also compatible with the E-COPSv-00 modules.

28

Document no. M1214854-002

 Cardiac Output Modules

6 Earlier revisions
S/5 Cardiac Output and SvO2 Module, E-COPSv (rev.00)
S/5 Cardiac Output Module, E-COP (rev 00)

29

Document no. M1214854-002

E-Modules

30

Document no. M1214854-002

 Appendix A, Service check form, Cardiac Output Modules, E-COP and E-COPSv (Rev. 01)

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

Cardiac Output Modules, E-COP and E-COPSv
(Rev. 01)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

Prior to testing verify all equipment is calibrated via “Cal” labeling and record Cal Due Dates

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Notes

Functional inspection

3. Installation 4. Recognition

5. Module software 6. Communication and

memories

Notes

A-1(2)
Document no. M1214854-002
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

InvBP measurement OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

8. Cable and transducer

7. Membrane key
detection
10. Test with patient
9. Calibration
simulator

Notes

SvO2 measurement

11. Measurement state 12. Calibration

13. SvO2 messages

Notes

C.O. measurement

15. Test with patient

14. Membrane key
simulator

Notes

All modules

17. Functioning after

16. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

18. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-2(2)

Document no. M1214854-002

 Datex-Ohmeda
Pressure Temp Module
S/5TM Pressure Temp Module, E-PT (Rev. 00)
S/5TM Pressure Module, E-P (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027826-1
November, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures iii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Typical performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 InvBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.2 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3 Technical specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.1 InvBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3.2 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2 Functional description 5
2.1 Measurement principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.1 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.2 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.1 PT board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2.3.2 Invasive blood pressure connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2.3.3 Temp connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

3 Service procedures 13
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.2.3 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.4 Adjustments and calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.4.1 Invasive pressure calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.4.2 Temperature calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

4 Troubleshooting 21
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
4.1.1 Invasive blood pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
4.1.2 Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

5 Earlier revisions 24

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Appendix A: Service check form,

Pressure Temp Module, E-PT and Pressure Module, E-P (Rev. 00) A-1

ii

Document No. M1027826-1

 Table of figures

Table of figures

Figure 1 Invasive blood pressure setup............................................................................................................... 1

Figure 2 Temperature measurement setup ......................................................................................................... 2
Figure 3 Front panel of E-P and E-PT Module....................................................................................................... 6
Figure 4 PT board block diagram ........................................................................................................................ 7
Figure 5 Temperature measurement principle..................................................................................................... 8
Figure 6 Pressure measurement principle........................................................................................................... 9
Figure 7 Serial communication of P/PT module ................................................................................................ 10
Figure 8 Troubleshooting flowchart................................................................................................................... 23

iii

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

iv

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Datex-Ohmeda Pressure Module, E-P, and Pressure Temp Module, E-PT. The E-P and E-PT modules
are single width plug-in modules designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors.
Later in this manual modules may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
Both modules provide invasive pressure measurement. Additionally, the E-PT-module provides
temperature measurement.
NOTE: Do not use identical modules in the same monitoring system. The modules E-P/M-P and
E-PT/M-PT are considered as identical modules.

Figure 1 Invasive blood pressure setup

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 3

Figure 2 Temperature measurement setup

(1) Adapter cable for temperature probes

(2) Reusable temperature probe
(3) Adapter cable for disposable temperature probe
(4) Disposable temperature probe

Equipment safety symbols

When displayed on the E-P and E-PT modules, indicates that protection against
cardiac defibrillator discharge is due in part to the accessories for pulse oximetry
(SpO2), temperature (T) and invasive pressure (P) measurement.

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
E-P
Module size, W × D × H 37 × 186 × 112 mm / 1.5 × 7.3 × 4.4 in
Module weight 0.3 kg / 0.7 lb.
Power consumption Approximately 3.5 W
E-PT
Module size, W × D × H 37 × 187 × 112 mm / 1.5 × 7.4 × 4.4 in
Module weight 0.4 kg / 0.9 lb.
Power consumption Approximately 3.5 W

1.2 Typical performance

1.2.1 InvBP
Measurement range -40 to +320 mmHg
Measurement accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg
Zero adjustment range ±150 mmHg
Calibration range ±25%
Numerical display
Range -40 to +320 mmHg
Resolution 1 mmHg
Averaging over 5 s, updated every 5 s, or end-expiratory filtering
Waveform display
Range -30 to +300 mmHg
Scales Upper limit is adjustable between 10 and 300 mmHg in steps
of 10. Lower limit is 10% of selected upper limit below zero.
Sweep speed 12.5, 25, 50 mm/s
Pulse rate
Measurement range 30 to 250 bpm
Resolution 1 bpm
Accuracy ±5% or ±5 bpm

1.2.2 Temperature
Measurement range 10 to 45 °C (50 to 113 °F)
Measurement accuracy ±0.1 °C (25 to 45.0 °C)
±0.2 °C (10 to 24.9 °C)
Measurement accuracy with single-use probes
±0.3 °C (25 to 45.0 °C)
±0.4 °C (10 to 24.9 °C)
Display resolution 0.1 °C (0.2 °F)
Temperature self-check at measurement start-up and then every 10 minutes

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Probe type Use only GE Healthcare temperature probes or

defibrallator-proof YSI 400 series probes

1.3 Technical specifications

1.3.1 InvBP
Measurement accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg
Transducer sensitivity 5 µV/V/mmHg
Input voltage 5VDC
Max current 20 mA
Filter 4 to 22 Hz adjustable (-3 dB)
Zero set accuracy ±1 mmHg
Calibration resolution ±1 mmHg
Zero time less than 15 sec.
Protection against electrical shock type CF defibrillation proof
Numerical display averaging
Art and P1 numerical displays are averaged over 5 seconds and updated at 5 second intervals. All
other pressures have respiration artifact rejection.
NOTE: The accuracy of the measurement may be different from that specified, depending on the
transducer/probe being used. Please check the transducer/probe specification.

1.3.2 Temperature
Measurement accuracy ±0.1 °C (25.0 to 45.0 °C)
±0.2 °C (10.0 to 24.9 °C)
Protection against electrical shock Type CF
NOTE: The accuracy of the measurement may be different from the specified, depending on
transducer/probe used. Please check the transducer/probe specification.

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 Invasive blood pressure
To measure invasive blood pressure, a catheter is inserted into an artery or vein. The invasive pressure
setup, consisting of connecting tubing, pressure transducer, an intravenous bag of normal saline all
connected together by stopcocks, is attached to the catheter. The transducer is placed at the same
level with the heart, and is electrically zeroed.
The transducer is a piezo-resistive device that converts the pressure signal to a voltage. The monitor
interprets the voltage signal so that pressure data and pressure waveforms can be displayed.

2.1.2 Temperature
The temperature is measured by a probe whose resistance varies when the temperature changes,
called Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC) resistor.
The resistance can be measured by two complementary methods:
• Applying a constant voltage across the resistor and measuring the current that flows through it.
• Applying a constant current to flow through the resistor and measuring the voltage that is
generated across it.
In the S/5 module, the two methods are combined in the form of a voltage divider. The NTC resistor is
connected in series with a normal resistor and a constant voltage is applied across them. The
temperature dependent voltage can be detected at the junction of the resistors, thus producing the
temperature signal from the patient. The signal is amplified by analog amplifiers and further
processed by digital electronics.

2.2 Main components

The E-PT module consists of the following main parts:
• PT board
• Connector for temperature probes; temperature channels T3 and T4.
• Connector for an invasive blood pressure sensor; invasive blood pressure channel P3.
• Key for pressure zeroing.
The E-P module consists of the following main parts:
• PT board
• Connector for an invasive blood pressure sensor; invasive blood pressure channel P3.
• Key for pressure zeroing.
Communication between the module and the central unit is established through RS485 serial
interface.
The power supply voltages to the module are generated in the power supply section of the monitor’s
Central Unit. All electrical connections between the module and the Central Unit are established via
25-pin D-type connector at the back of the module.

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Zero Zero
P3 P3

P3 P3

T3
T4

E-P E-PT

Figure 3 Front panel of E-P and E-PT Module

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

2.2.1 PT board

PATIENT AND TEMPERATURE PATIENT AND INVASIVE CANNULA

SENSOR OR CATHETER

FLUSHING KIT & INVASIVE

TEMPERATURE CONNECTOR
PRESSURE SENSOR WITH DOME

INPUT PROTECTION CIRCUITRY INV.PRESSURE CONNECTOR

SENSOR
TEMPERATURE INV: PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
SIGNAL
MEASUREMENT MEASURE MENT VOLTAGE
CURRENT
AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER SOURCE
SOURCE

A/D CONVERSION

STP CPU

NV MEMORY

RS 485 COMMUNICATION POWER SUPPLY

TP_brd_blck_dgrm.vsd

ISOLATION ISOLATION

MODULE BUS CONNECTOR

TP BLOCK DIAGRAM
Figure 4 PT board block diagram

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Microprocessor unit
The CPU is a 16 bit H8/3052 single-chip microcomputer. It contains 128 kbytes of flash memory and
4 kbytes of RAM. The clock frequency is 16 MHz.
High speed I/O is used to obtain pulse control sequence necessary for pulse oximetry measurement.
Timing for the clock is from the oscillator.
Temperature measurement unit
The NTC-resistor value in the probe depends on the patient’s temperature. It is measured with the
following principle described below.
The constant current source is supplied about current through the temperature sensor (YSI 400-series
NTC resistor). The constant current is caused a voltage over the temperature sensor (NTC resistor). The
voltage over the temperature sensor is amplified in a differential amplifier stage. The amplified
voltage is transferred to a controller of the PT board through an A/D converter.

constant
Defibrillation/ESD protection current
resistors and diodes source
Temperature
sensors T1, T2
R Ref1 Ref2

T1 T2

Differential
R amplifier

0C:7k36 d/dt 0
0 To A/D
15C:3k54
converter
25C:2k53
R

0
38C:1k30
45C: 984 0
PSM_temp_meas_principle.vsd

Figure 5 Temperature measurement principle

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

Invasive blood pressure measurement unit

An isolated +5 V voltage is supplied to the pressure transducer. The differential voltage, which
depends on the pressure and the supplied voltage, is calculated from the bridge connection (see the
formula below).
Uout = Uin × pressure × 5 µV, where Uin is 5 V
⇒ Uout = 25 µV × pressure [mmHg]
Pressure amplification is realized in the instrumentation amplifier. The gain of the amplifier is set to
keep the level of the signal transferred to A/D converter within the measurement range even when
there are circumstantial offsets or offsets caused by the transducer. There is a filter before the
amplifier to attenuate high frequency disturbances.

Vin

Current
measurement G
to AD converter
Pressure
transducer
Instrum entation
amplifier

PSM_pressure_meas_principle.vsd
Vout
Input filter G
to A D converter

Figure 6 Pressure measurement principle

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Serial communication
An RS485 type bus driver makes the serial communication between the module and the frame. Data
transmission rate is 500kbps.

E_P_PT_PP_serial_communication.vsd
MODULE BUS
CONNECTION BOARD

synchronization signal
+5 V
TP BOARD
TP BOARD CONTROLLER

Module bus connector

STP BOARD CONNECTOR
PATIENT ISOLATION

15 V
RECEIVE DATA DATA
RS 485
SEND DATA DRIVER NDATA
GND
SEND/RECEIVE

Figure 7 Serial communication of P/PT module

Signals and isolation barrier

The communication signals transfer over the isolation barrier by using high isolation voltage (6kV)
opto isolators.
Power supply section
The power for the electronics on the floating part of the PT/P board is made with the switching power
supply connected to a high voltage isolated transformer. The switching power supply on the PT board
is synchronized to the frequency, about 340kHz of the switching power supply on the Module bus
connection board. The Module bus connection board supplies non-isolated 5 V to the PT board. The
module uses only Vmod 13.8 - 16 V voltage of the frame. The other voltages of the measuring boards
are made by the switching power supplies and regulators or the linear regulators. The measuring
board is protected against overloading with PTC type automatic fuses.

10

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal

3 I +15 VD
13 1
25 14 5 I/O -DATA_RS485
6 I/O DATA_RS485
7 - GND
13 GND
15 I GND
21 O PWM_ECG
Other NC Not Connected

2.3.2 Invasive blood pressure connector

Invasive blood pressure Pin No. Signal Description

connector (P3)
1 BP_+VREF BP transducer excitation voltage
2 BP SIG+ BP transducer signal positive (+)
3 NC Not connected
4 AGND Analog ground
5 NC Not connected
6 SHIELD BP cable shield
7 AGND Analog ground
8 BP SIG1 BP transducer signal negative (-)
9 NC Not connected
10 BP1_ID BP1 probe identification
11 NC Not connected

11

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.3.3 Temp connector

Temp connector (T1, T2) Pin No. Signal
1 Sensor drive current
2 Input from temperature sensor, channel 1
3 Not connected
4 Not connected
5 Thermistor ID (LOW= Temperature error, HIGH=YSI
400 series)
6 Cable shield
7 Analog ground
8 Input from temperature sensor, channel 2
9 Not connected
10 Not connected
11

12

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the E-P and E-PT modules is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed description of the fault.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check list should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. For product(s)

Patient simulator
Adapter cables for simulators:
- Dual temperature adapter cable 402015-004 Hemodynamic patient simulator and Medsim
- Dual Inv.BP adapter cable 2005772-00 Hemodynamic patient simulator
1
- Temperature adapter cable M1010832 Medsim
- Inv.BP adapter cable M1010858 Medsim
- Temperature adapter cable M1010846 Lionheart & MPS450
- Inv.BP adapter cable M1010862 Lionheart & MPS450
Accessories:
Pressure manometer Hemodynamic modules w/ (P)
Temperature test set 884515 Hemodynamic modules w/ (T)
InvBP transducer
Oscilloscope
Torx screwdriver, T10

13

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly
• there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• all connectors are intact and are attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch is moving properly.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

Switch the monitor on and wait until the monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that all the needed parameters are shown, for example as
follows:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - ECG1
Field 2 - P1
Field 3 - P3
Field 4 - P5
Digit Fields
Field 4 - T3+T4

3. Installation
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly.

"
Preset InvBP measurement settings:
Invasive Pressures - P1 ‘Art’ Setup - Label - Art
P3 Setup - Label – PA

4. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service - (password 26-23-8)

14

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

Take down the information regarding module software by selecting Scroll vers and turning the
ComWheel.

"
5. Communication and memories
Enter the P/PT service menu (according to the tested module):
Parameters - P/PT
Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster
than by 5 per second. Check also that the module memories have passed the internal memory
test, i.e. the RAM, ROM and EEPROM show all OK.

"
Invasive blood pressure measurement
6. Membrane key
Check the front panel membrane key Zero P3.
Press the key at least for one second. Check that the pressed key is identified, i.e. the text for
Button changes from OFF to ON in the service menu.

"
7. Cable and transducer detection
Check that the Cable and Probe show OFF.
Plug a cable with an invasive blood pressure transducer into the front panel connector P3.
Check that Cable and Probe show ON and the corresponding pressure waveform field appears
on the monitor screen.
NOTE: Test both invasive blood pressure channels with E-PP.

"
8. Calibration
Calibrate the InvBP channel according to the instructions in section “Invasive pressure
calibration”.

"
9. Configuration BP/PT
Check that the module configuration is correct with P and PT modules.
The configuration in use is shown beside the text Configuration in the service menu and it can be
either BP or PT.
Change the configuration in the Calibrations menu, if necessary.

"
10. Test with patient simulator
Check the InvBP channels with a patient simulator.

15

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

The settings and checks with a Dynatech Nevada medSim 300 Patient Simulator are:
SENSITIVITY switch position: 5 µV/V/mmHg
ECG - BASE - BPM - 60
BP - 3 - WAVE - PA

Connect a cable from the channel BP2 to the connector P3.

Check that appropriate InvBP waveform is shown and the InvBP value is approximately 25/10
(±2 mmHg).

"
Modules with temperature measurement
11. Temperature probe detection
Check that the Cable and Probe show OFF for the channels T3 and T4 when no probes are
connected.
Connect a temperature test plug into the connector T3. Check that the Cable and Probe for T3
show ON and the corresponding temperature value appears on the screen.
Perform the same check also for the channel T4.

"
12. Calibration check
Check the temperature calibrations using temperature test plugs.
If the deviation on a temperature reading on the screen is more then 0.1 °C, calibrate the
temperature channels according to the instructions in section “Temperature calibration”.

"
13. Temp test function
Activate the temperature test by selecting Temp Test from the menu and pressing the
ComWheel twice. When the message ‘Performing temp test’ disappears from the digit field for
T3+T4, check that no error messages appear and Temp error shows OFF for both channels in the
menu.

"
All modules
14. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
15. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after the performed electrical safety check.

"

16

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

16. Final cleaning

Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

17

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the E-P and E-PT modules (see the exploded view of the module in the “E-Modules
Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it from the
main body.
3. To remove the PT board: remove the four screws (T10) with nylon washers holding the board to
the body. Disconnect the PT input connector and the internal module bus connector.
4. To remove the Module bus connection board: remove the two screws (T10) with nylon washers
holding the PC board to the body plate and the two screws (T10) holding the module bus
connector to the body plate.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front cover to the
front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
NOTE: Remember to reassemble the nylon washers.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that all cables are connected properly.
Always perform the “Service check ” after reassembling the module.

18

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

3.4 Adjustments and calibrations

3.4.1 Invasive pressure calibration
Perform pressure calibration whenever the pressure transducer (probe) is replaced with a different
type of transducer.
1. Enter P/PT service menu: Monitor Setup - Install/Service - Service - Parameters
2. Enter Calibrations menu.

3. Connect a pressure transducer with a pressure manometer to the P3 connector. Select

Calibrate P3. Leave the transducer to room air pressure.
4. Press the ComWheel to start zeroing.
5. Supply a pressure of 100 mmHg...300 mmHg to the transducer. The recommended pressure is
200 mmHg.
6. Set the pressure on the display to match the pressure reading on the manometer and press the
ComWheel. A tolerance of ±1 mmHg is allowed.
7. The text 'calibrated' appears on the display.

3.4.2 Temperature calibration

NOTE: For the temperature calibration, separate calibration plugs (25 °C and 45 °C) are necessary. A
test set of two plugs is available from GE Healthcare, order code 884515.
Perform temperature calibration whenever the measured values deviate more than ±0.1.
1. Enter P/PT service menu (Monitor Setup, Install/Service, Service, Parameters).
2. Enter Calibrations menu.
3. Select Protection OFF.
4. Select Calibrate T3/Calibrate T4.
5. Insert the calibration plug (25 °C) into T3/T4 connector.
6. Press the ComWheel.
7. Insert the calibration plug (45 °C) into T3/T4 connector.

19

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

8. Press the ComWheel.

9. Select Protection ON.

20

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart
See also the “User's Reference Manual” for more troubleshooting procedures.

4.1.1 Invasive blood pressure

Problem Cause What to do

Abnormally low pressure Transducer wrongly positioned. Check mid-heart level and reposition transducer.
No pressure Defective transducer. Check transducer.
No pressure module plugged in. Check the module.
No waveform selected on screen. Check selected pressure waveforms by pressing
Monitor Setup key and selecting modify
waveforms.
Check that pressure transducer open to patient.
‘Not zeroed’ message Measurement on, channel not Zero the channel.
zeroed.
‘Zeroing failed’ message Unsuccessful zeroing of P3 (number Possibly due to pulsating pressure waveform.
field). Open the transducer to air and zero the channel.
Offset is > 150 mmHg. Open the transducer to air
and zero the channel.
Defective transducer. Replace it and zero the
channel.
‘Calibration failed’ message Unsuccessful calibrating of P3 Turn the transducer to sphygmomanometer and
(number field), possibly due to try again (zeroing takes place first).
pulsating waveform. Gain is beyond the limits (±20% of the default
gain). Replace the transducer.
Out of range ≤40 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond Check transducer level. Zero the channel.
measurement range.
Out of range >320 mmHg Measurement pressure is beyond Check transducer level. Zero the channel. The
measurement range. patient may also have high pressure.
Zero adj. >100 mmHg Offset when zeroing is >100 mmHg Check transducer. The waveform may hit the top
(but <150 mmHg) from the absolute and the numeric display not shown.
zero of the module (with default
gain).
Out of range Measured pressure is beyond the The waveform hits the top and the numeric display
internal measurement range of the not shown. Check transducer and its level. Zero
module. the channel.

21

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.1.2 Temperature

Problem Cause What to do

'Temperature Faulty calibration. Perform calibration. If it does not help, check that
error' message front panel connectors are properly connected to
PT board.

No temperature Wrong type of probe. Use correct probe.

displayed Temperature out of measurable range. The range is between 10 and 45 °C.
Temperature calibration not protected. Select Protection ON in the service menu.

22

Document No. M1027826-1

 Pressure Temp Module

4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart

Possibly faulty
P/PT module

Take all modules

out of the frame

Insert P/PT
module and turn
the power on

Does fault No Fault not in P/PT

still appear? module

Yes

Enter the Service

menu
No

Module-ID No Does another

on screen? module work
in the same
slot?
Yes
Yes

Check front panel key

functions in Service Replace the PT
menu board

Do they Yes Yes

Has EEPROM Replace the PT
work? failed board
OK
?
No No

Check front panel unit No

Has Temp Yes Recalibrate the
and PT board to measurement
find culprit. failed? temp channels Replace the PT
board
Replace if necessary.
PT_trblsh_flowch.vsd

No No

Has InvBP Yes Recalibrate the OK

measurement InvBP channel ?
failed

Figure 8 Troubleshooting flowchart

23

Document No. M1027826-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5TM Pressure Temp Module, E-PT, and/or the S/5TM Pressure
Module, E-P.

24

Document No. M1027826-1

 Appendix A, Service check form, Pressure Temp Module, E-PT and Pressure Module, E-P (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

Pressure Temp Module, E-PT and Pressure Module, E-P (Rev. 00)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Notes

Functional inspection

3. Installation

4. Module software P

PT

5. Communication and
memories

Notes

InvBP measurement

7. Cable and transducer

6. Membrane key
detection

8. Calibration 9. Configuration BP/PT

10. Test with patient

simulator

Notes

A-1(2)
Document No. M1027826-1
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

TEMP measurement OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

11. Temperature probe

12. Calibration check
detection

13. Temp test function

Notes

All modules

15. Functioning after

14. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

16. Final cleaning

Notes

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-2(2)
Document No. M1027826-1
 Datex-Ohmeda
S/5TM Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027827
November, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures ii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Typical performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.1 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 Functional description 3
2.1 Measurement principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2.1 STP board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3.2 Invasive blood pressure connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

3 Service procedures 8
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2.3 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.4 Adjustments and calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.4.1 Invasive pressure calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

4 Troubleshooting 14
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

5 Earlier revisions 16
Appendix A: Service check form, Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00) A-1

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Table of figures

Figure 1 Invasive blood pressure setup .............................................................................................................. 1

Figure 2 Front panel of the Dual Pressure Module, E-PP ...................................................................................... 3
Figure 3 Temperature and invasive pressure measurements on STP board........................................................... 4
Figure 4 Pressure measurement principle .......................................................................................................... 5
Figure 5 Serial communication of PP module ..................................................................................................... 6
Figure 6 E-PP troubleshooting flowchart........................................................................................................... 15

ii

Document No. M1027827

 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP. The E-PP module is a single width plug-in module
designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors. The Dual Pressure Module provides
invasive blood pressure (InvBP) measurement. Later in this manual modules may be referred to
without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.

Figure 1 Invasive blood pressure setup

Monitor software compatibility

The Dual Pressure Module, E-PP, functions only with monitor software of level 97 and later.

Equipment safety symbols

When displayed on the E-PP module, indicates that protection against cardiac
defibrillator discharge is due in part to the accessories for pulse oximetry (SpO2),
temperature (T) and invasive pressure (P) measurement.

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size, W × D × H 37 x 186 x 112 mm / 1.5 x 7.3 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.3 kg / 0.7 lb.
Power consumption approximately 3.5 W

1.2 Typical performance

Measurement range -40 to +320 mmHg
Measurement accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg
Zero adjustment range ±150 mmHg
Calibration range ±25%
Numerical display
Range -40 to +320 mmHg
Resolution 1 mmHg
Averaging over 5 s, updated every 5 s, or end-expiratory filtering
Waveform display
Range -30 to +300 mmHg
Scales Upper limit is adjustable between 10 and 300 mmHg in steps
of 10. Lower limit is 10% of selected upper limit below zero.
Sweep speed 12.5, 25, 50 mm/s
Pulse rate
Measurement range 30 to 250 bpm
Resolution 1 bpm
Accuracy ±5% or ±5 bpm

1.2.1 Technical specifications

Accuracy ±5% or ±2 mmHg
Transducer sensitivity 5 µV/V/mmHg
Filter 4 to 22 Hz adjustable (-3 dB)
Zero set accuracy ±1 mmHg
Calibration resolution ±1 mmHg
Zero time < 15 s
Protection against electrical shock type CF defibrillation proof
Numerical display averaging
Art and P1 numerical displays are averaged over 5 seconds and updated at 5 second intervals. All
other pressures have respiration artifact rejection.
NOTE: The accuracy of the measurement may be different from that specified, depending on the
transducer/probe being used. Please check the transducer/probe specification.

Document No. M1027827

 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
To measure invasive blood pressure, a catheter is inserted into an artery or vein. The invasive pressure
setup, consisting of connecting tubing, pressure transducer, an intravenous bag of normal saline all
connected together by stopcocks, is attached to the catheter. The transducer is placed at the same
level with the heart, and is electrically zeroed.
The transducer is a piezo-resistive device that converts the pressure signal to a voltage. The monitor
interprets the voltage signal so that pressure data and pressure waveforms can be displayed.

2.2 Main components

The main components of the Dual Pressure Module, E-PP, are an STP circuit board, a front panel and
a box. The front panel includes two connectors, P5 and P6, and two direct function keys, Zero P5 and
Zero P6 for pressure zeroing.
Communication between the Dual Pressure Module and the Central Unit is established via an RS485
serial interface.
The power supply voltages to the Dual Pressure Module are generated in the power supply section of
the Central Unit. All electrical connections between the Dual Pressure Module and the Central Unit are
provided via a 25-pin D-connector at the back of the module.

Zero Zero
P5 P6

P5

P6

E-PP

Figure 2 Front panel of the Dual Pressure Module, E-PP

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.2.1 STP board

PATIENT AND TEMPERATURE PATIENT AND INVASIVE CANNULA

SENSOR OR CATHETER

FLUSHING KIT & INVASIVE

TEMPERATURE CONNECTOR
PRESSURE SENSOR WITH DOME

INPUT PROTECTION CIRCUITRY INV.PRESSURE CONNECTOR

SENSOR
TEMPERATURE INV: PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
SIGNAL
MEASUREMENT MEASURE MENT VOLTAGE
CURRENT
AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER SOURCE
SOURCE

A/D CONVERSION

STP CPU

NV MEMORY

RS 485 COMMUNICATION POWER SUPPLY

TP_brd_blck_dgrm.vsd

ISOLATION ISOLATION

MODULE BUS CONNECTOR

TP BLOCK DIAGRAM
Figure 3 Temperature and invasive pressure measurements on STP board

Document No. M1027827

 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

Microprocessor unit
The CPU is a 16 bit H8/3052 single-chip microcomputer. It contains 128 kbytes of flash memory and
4 kbytes of RAM. The clock frequency is 16 MHz.
High speed I/O is used to obtain pulse control sequence necessary for pulse oximetry measurement.
Timing for the clock is from the oscillator.
Invasive blood pressure measurement unit
An isolated +5 V voltage is supplied to the pressure transducer. The differential voltage, which
depends on the pressure and the supplied voltage, is calculated from the bridge connection (see the
formula below).
Uout = Uin × pressure × 5 µV, where Uin is 5 V
⇒ Uout = 25 µV × pressure [mmHg]
Pressure amplification is realized in the instrumentation amplifier. The gain of the amplifier is set to
keep the level of the signal transferred to A/D converter within the measurement range even when
there are circumstantial offsets or offsets caused by the transducer. There is a filter before the
amplifier to attenuate high frequency disturbances.

Vin

Current
measurement G
to AD converter
Pressure
transducer
Instrum entation
amplifier

PSM_pressure_meas_principle.vsd
Vout
Input filter G
to A D converter

Figure 4 Pressure measurement principle

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Serial communication
An RS485 type bus driver makes the serial communication between the module and the frame. Data
transmission rate is 500kbps.

E_P_PT_PP_serial_communication.vsd
MODULE BUS
CONNECTION BOARD

synchronization signal
+5 V
TP BOARD
TP BOARD CONTROLLER

Module bus connector

STP BOARD CONNECTOR
PATIENT ISOLATION

15 V
RECEIVE DATA DATA
RS 485
SEND DATA DRIVER NDATA
GND
SEND/RECEIVE

Figure 5 Serial communication of PP module

Signals and isolation barrier

The communication signals transfer over the isolation barrier by using high isolation voltage (6kV)
opto isolators.
Power supply section
The power for the electronics on the floating part of the STP board is made with the switching power
supply connected to a high voltage isolated transformer. The switching power supply on the PT board
is synchronized to the frequency, about 340kHz of the switching power supply on the Module bus
connection board. The Module bus connection board supplies non-isolated 5 V to the PT board. The
module uses only Vmod 13.8 - 16 V voltage of the frame. The other voltages of the measuring boards
are made by the switching power supplies and regulators or the linear regulators. The measuring
board is protected against overloading with PTC type automatic fuses.

Document No. M1027827

 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal

13 1
3 I +15 VD
25 14
5 I/O -DATA_RS485
6 I/O DATA_RS485
7 - GND
13 GND
15 GND
21 O PWM_ECG
Other NC Not Connected

2.3.2 Invasive blood pressure connectors

Invasive blood pressure Pin No. Signal Description

connectors (P5, P6)
1 BP_+VREF BP transducer excitation voltage
2 BP SIG+ BP transducer signal positive (+)
3 NC Not connected
4 AGND Analog ground
5 NC Not connected
6 SHIELD BP cable shield
7 AGND Analog ground
8 BP SIG1 BP transducer signal negative (-)
9 NC Not connected
10 BP1_ID BP1 probe identification
11 NC Not connected

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the Dual Pressure Module, E-PP, is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the warranty of the
unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

The symbol "in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. For product(s)

Patient simulator
Adapter cables for simulators
- Dual Inv.BP adapter cable 2005772-001 Hemodynamic patient simulator
- Inv.BP adapter cable M1010858 Medsim
- Inv.BP adapter cable M1010862 Lionheart & MPS450
Accessories:
Pressure manometer Hemodynamic modules w/ (P)
InvBP transducer
Torx screwdriver, T10

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts
Check that:

Document No. M1027827

 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

• screws are tightened properly

• cables are connected properly
• there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• all connectors are intact and are attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch is moving properly.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

Turn the monitor on and wait until the monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that all the required parameters are shown, for example:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 4 - P5
Field 5 - P6

3. Installation
Plug in the module, E-PP. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly.

"
Preset the InvBP measurement settings:
Invasive Pressures - P5 Setup - Label - P5
P6 Setup - Label - P6

4. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service View (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding the PP module software by selecting Scroll vers and
turning the ComWheel.

"
5. Communication and memories
Enter the PP module service menu:
Modules - PP

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster
than by 5 per second. Check that the module memories have passed the internal memory test,
i.e. RAM, ROM and EEPROM all show OK.

"
6. Membrane keys
Check the front panel membrane keys Zero P5 and Zero P6.
Press each of the keys for at least one second. Check that the key being pressed is identified,
i.e. the text on the service menu for Button changes from OFF to ON.

"
7. Cable and transducer detection
Check that Cable and Probe show OFF.
Plug the cable from an invasive blood pressure transducer into the front panel connector P5.
Check that Cable and Probe show ON and the corresponding pressure waveform field appears
on the monitor screen.

"
8. Calibration
Calibrate the InvBP channels according to the instructions in section “Invasive pressure
calibration”.

"
9. Test with patient simulation
Check the InvBP channels with a patient simulator.
The settings and checks with a Dynatech Nevada medSim 300 Patient Simulator are:
SENSITIVITY switch position: 5 µV/V/mmHg
ECG - BASE - BPM - 60
BP - 2 - WAVE - ATM
3 - WAVE - ATM

Connect channel BP2 to connector P5 and channel BP3 to connector P6.

Zero the InvBP channels by pressing the zeroing keys on the module front panel.
BP - 2 - WAVE - CVP
3 - WAVE - PA

Check that appropriate InvBP waveforms are shown and the InvBP values are approximately
15/10 mmHg (±2 mmHg) for channel P5 and 25/10 (±2 mmHg) for channel P6.

"
10. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
10

Document No. M1027827

 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

11. Functioning after electrical safety check

Check that the module functions normally after performing the electrical safety check.

"
12. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

11

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (see the exploded view of the module in the
“E-Modules Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it from the
main body.
3. To remove the SPT board: remove the four screws (T10) with nylon washers holding the board to
the body. Disconnect the TP input connector and the internal module bus connector.
4. To remove the Module bus connection board: remove the two screws (T10) with nylon washers
holding the PC board to the body plate and the two screws (T10) holding the module bus
connector to the body plate.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front cover to the
front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
NOTE: Remember to reassemble the nylon washers.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that all cables are connected properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

12

Document No. M1027827

 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

3.4 Adjustments and calibrations

3.4.1 Invasive pressure calibration
Perform a pressure calibration whenever the pressure transducer (probe) is replaced with a different
type of transducer.
1. Enter the PP service menu (Monitor Setup - Install/Service - Service - Parameters).
2. Enter the Calibrations menu.

3. Connect a pressure transducer with a pressure manometer to the P5/P6 connector. Select
Calibrate P5 or Calibrate P6 from the menu. Leave the transducer at room air pressure.
4. Press the ComWheel to start zeroing.
5. Supply a pressure of 100 mmHg...300 mmHg to the transducer. The recommended pressure is
200 mmHg.
6. Set the pressure on the display to match the pressure reading on the manometer and press the
ComWheel. A tolerance of 1 mmHg is allowed.
7. The text 'calibrated' appears on the display.

13

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4 Troubleshooting
See also the “User's Reference Manual” for more troubleshooting procedures.

4.1 Troubleshooting chart

Problem Cause What to do
Abnormally low Transducer wrongly positioned. Check mid-heart level and reposition transducer.
pressure
No pressure Defective transducer. Check the transducer.
No pressure module plugged in. Check the module.
No selected waveform on screen. Check selected pressure waveforms by pressing
Monitor Setup key and selecting modify
waveforms.
Check that pressure transducer open to patient.
‘Not zeroed’ Measurement on, channel not zeroed. Zero the channel.
message
‘Zeroing failed’ Unsuccessful zeroing of P5/P6 (number Open the transducer to air and zero the channel.
message field), possibly due to pulsating pressure
waveform.
Offset is > 150 mmHg. Open the transducer to air and zero the channel.
Defective transducer. Replace the transducer and zero the channel.
‘Calibration failed’ Unsuccessful calibration of P5/P6 (number Turn the transducer to sphygmomanometer and try
message field), possibly due to pulsating waveform. again (zeroing takes place first).
Gain is beyond the limits (± 20% of the Replace the transducer.
default gain).
Out of range < 40 Pressure measurement is beyond Check the transducer level. Zero the channel.
mmHg measurement range.
Out of range > 320 Pressure measurement is beyond Check the transducer level. Zero the channel. The
mmHg measurement range. patient may also have high blood pressure.
Zero adj. > 100 Offset when zeroing is > 100 mmHg (but < Check the transducer.
mmHg 150 mmHg) from the absolute zero of the
module (with default gain). The waveform
may hit the top of the screen and the
numeric display not shown.
Out of range Measured pressure is beyond the internal Check the transducer and its level.
measurement range of the module. The Zero the channel.
waveform may hit the top of the screen and
the numeric display not shown.

14

Document No. M1027827

 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart

Possibly faulty
PP module

Take all modules

out of the frame

Insert PP module
and turn the power on

Does fault No
still appear? Fault not in PP module

Yes

Enter the Service

menu

No

No Does another
Module-ID
on screen? module work in
the same slot?

Yes Yes

Check front panel key

functions in Service
menu Replace the PP board

Do they Yes Yes Replace the PP

work? Has EEPROM
board
failed?
PP_trblsh_flowch.vsd

No No

Check front panel unit Has InvBP

and PP board to Yes Replace the PP
measurement
find fault. Replace if board
failed?
necessary.

Figure 6 E-PP troubleshooting flowchart

15

Document No. M1027827

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5TM Dual Pressure Module, E-PP.

16

Document No. M1027827

 Appendix A, Service check form, Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

Dual Pressure Module, E-PP (Rev. 00)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Functional inspection

3. Installation

4. Module software PP

5. Communication and
memories
7. Cable and transducer
6. Membrane keys
detection
9. Test with patient
8. Calibration
simulation
11. Functioning after
10. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

12. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-1(2)
Document No. M1027827
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

A-2(2)
Document No. M1027827
Masimo compatible Saturation Module,
E-MASIMO

Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1137270-02

June 16, 2008

GE Healthcare Finland Oy Datex-Ohmeda Inc.

Helsinki, Finland P.O. Box 7550
P.O. Box 900 Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA
FI-00031 GE, FINLAND Tel: +1 608 221 1551
Tel: +358 10 39411 Fax: +1 608 222 9147
Fax: +358 9 1463310

www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2007 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
1 Introduction 1
2 Specifications 2
3 Functional description 4
3.1 Main components of E-MASIMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.1.1 E-MASIMO Interface board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.2 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2.2 SpO2 connector, E-MASIMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

4 Service procedures 7
4.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2.3 Functional inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.3 Disassembly and reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.2 Tools needed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

5 Troubleshooting 11
5.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.2 Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

6 Earlier revisions 13
Appendix A: Service check form, Masimo Compatible Saturation Module,
E-MASIMO (Rev. 00) A-1
Appendix B: E-MASIMO Spare Parts B-1

Document no. M1137270-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ii

Document no. M1137270-02

 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

1 Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the Masimo Compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO. The E-MASIMO is a single width plug-in
module designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors.
The service menu is described in the monitor manual in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the
spare part lists in the “E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
NOTE: E-MASIMO can be used with E-PSM(P)/E-PRESTN/E-RESTN/ M-PRESTN/M-RESTN/
M-NE(12)STPR/ M-NE(12)STR/M-ESTPR/ M-ESTR/M-ESTP/M-EST/E-NSATX modules. The SpO2
measurement in E-MASIMO automatically overrides the SpO2 measurement in these modules.
Use only MASIMO SET sensors with the E-MASIMO module.
Masimo SET is a licensed trademark of Masimo Corporation.

WARNING The operator is responsible for checking the compatibility of the pulse
oximetry monitor, sensor, and patient cable prior to use. Incompatible
components can result in degraded performance and/or device
malfunction.
WARNING Change measuring site frequently. Change sensor site and check skin and
circulatory status every 2 to 4 hours with adults and every hour with small
children.
WARNING To prevent erroneous readings, do not use physically damaged sensors or
modules. Discard a damaged sensor immediately. Do not repair a damaged
sensor or use a sensor repaired by others. A damaged sensor or a sensor
soaked in liquid may cause burns during electrosurgery.
WARNING Inaccurate SpO2 data can result if a sensor is past its useful life. Therefore,
re-evaluate the measurement periodically by performing additional
assessment of the patient and equipment, including consideration of use of
alternate monitoring methods such as direct measurement of arterial
oxyhemoglobin saturation (SaO2).
WARNING Pulse rate measurement is based on the optical detection of a peripheral
flow pulse and therefore may not detect certain arrhythmias. The pulse
oximeter should not be used as a replacement or substitute for ECG based
arrhythmia analysis.

NOTE: Accuracy during motion is not specified for MasimoSET(R) sensors LNOP TC-I, LNCS TC-I
and LNCS TF-I.
Monitor software compatibility
The E-MASIMO is a single-width plug-in module designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda AS/3,
CS/3 and S/5 monitors using software licenses S-STD-94, S-ARK94, S-ANE97, S-ICU97 or later
versions.

Document no. M1137270-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2 Specifications
Module size (WxDxH): 37 x 188 x 112 mm/1.5 x 7.4 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.3 kg/ 0.7 lbs
Power consumption 1.5 W typical
Wavelength range and
optical output power appr. 400 nm and 1000 nm, less than15 mW
Radiant power at 50mA pulse <15 mW
Degree of protection Type BF
Pleth waveform automatic scaling

SpO2
Measurement and
display range 1 to 100 %
Calibration range 70 to 100 %
Accuracy1 2 3
70 to 100% (Arms)4 ±2 to ±4% (from non-motion to motion and low perfusion,
depends on the sensor used)
1 to 69% unspecified
Resolution 1 digit = 1 % SpO2
Data update period 1 second
The module is calibrated to display functional saturation.

1. Masimo SET Technology with LNOP and LNCS sensors have been validated for no motion accuracy in human blood studies on healthy
adult volunteers with light to dark skin pigmentation in induced hypoxia studies in the range of 70-100% against a laboratory
co-oximeter and ECG monitor. One percent was added to accuracies for neonatal/infant sensors to account for accuracy variation due
to properties of fetal hemoglobin. The variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation, which encompasses 68% of the
population. Refer to the directions for use of the Masimo SET Sensors.
2. Masimo SET Technology with LNOP and LNCS sensors have been validated for motion accuracy in human blood studies on healthy
adult volunteers in induced hypoxia studies while performing rubbing and tapping motions, at 2 to 4 Hz an amplitude of 1 to 2 cm and
non-repetitive motion with 1 to 5 Hz at an amplitude of 2 to 3 cm in the range of of 70% to 100% SpO2 compared against a laboratory
CO-oximeter and ECG monitor. One percent was added to accuracies for neonatal/infant sensors to account for accuracy variation due
to properties of fetal hemoglobin. The variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation, which encompasses 68% of the
population. NOTE: Accuracy during motion has not been specified for Masimo SET sensors LNOP TC-I, LNCS TC-I and LNCS TF-I
3. The variation of the given accuracies is dependent on the motion and sensors being used. Refer to the directions for use of the Masimo
SET Sensors. Accuracy during motion has not been specified for Masimo SET sensors LNOP TC-I, LNCS TC-I and LNCS TF-I.
4. About two-thirds of pulse oximeter equipment measurements can be expected to fall within ± Arms of the value measured by a
CO-oximeter.

Document no. M1137270-02

 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

Pulse rate
Measurement and
display range 30 to 240 bpm
Accuracy(Arms)1 2 3 4 ±3 to ±5 bpm (from non-motion to motion
and low perfusion, depends on the sensor used)
Resolution 1 bpm
Data update period 1 second
Alarms adjustable high and low alarm limits;
adjustable pulse beep sound volume
Alarms
High alarm adjustable 51 to 100% and OFF
Low alarm adjustable 50 to 100%
Alarm default limits
high alarm OFF
low alarm 90%
Alarms for no probe (No SpO2 probe) and for sensor off patient/ poor
signal/interference/incompatible or defective sensor (Check SpO2 probe).
Due to the SpO2 averaging, signal processing and data transmission the overall alarm
generation delay of SpO2 is typically less than 28 seconds from the actual SpO2 value in the
patient. The delay consists of the alarm condition and alarm generation delay, being typically
<10 seconds and <18 seconds, respectively. For pulse rate the alarm generation delay is
typically less than 11 seconds, in which the alarm signal delay is less than a second. The SpO2
and Pulse rate data is updated every second.

1. About two-thirds of pulse oximeter equipment measurements can be expected to fall within ± Arms of the value measured by a
CO-oximeter.
2. Masimo SET Technology with LNOP and LNCS sensors have been validated for low perfusion accuracy in bench top testing against
Biotek Index 2 Simulator and Masimo's simulator with signal strength setting of greater than 0.02% and a % transmission of greater
than 5% for saturation ranging from 70%-100%. One percent was added to accuracies for neonatal/infant sensors to account for
accuracy variation due to properties of fetal hemoglobin. The variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation, which
encompasses 68% of the population.
3. Masimo SET Technology with LNOP and LNCS sensors have been validated for pulse rate accuracy for the range of 25-240 bpm in
bench top testing against a Biotek Index 2 simulator. The variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation, which encompasses
68% of the population. Monitor display range is 30 to 240 bpm.
4. The variation of the given accuracies is dependent on the motion and sensors being used. Refer to the directions for use of the Masimo
SET Sensors. Accuracy during motion has not been specified for Masimo SET sensors LNOP TC-I, LNCS TC-I and LNCS TF-I.

Document no. M1137270-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3 Functional description
3.1 Main components of E-MASIMO
The E-MASIMO module consists of the following parts
• SpO2 pre-amplifier board, MS-11
• Sensor connector interface cable
• E-MASIMO interface board

Figure 1 Front panel of Masimo Compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

Sensors can be plugged into the E-MASIMO module using the MasimoSAT(R) Spo2 interconnect
cable. MasimoSAT(R) has two types of sensors: LNOP and LNCS.
• 2027263-002 LNC-10 Cable with GE Compatible Connector LNCS (3 m /10 ft)
• 2017002-001 Interconnect cable, Masimo LNOP (3,6 m /11.8 ft)
• 2017002-003 Interconnect cable, Masimo LNOP (2,4 m / 7.8 ft)
The interconnect cable is plugged into a 11-pin connector on the front panel of the module. The
Masimo MS-11 is a surface mounted PC board manufactured by Masimo. It contains the signal
processing electronics and software that are based on Masimo stand-alone pulse oximeters.
The measured SpO2 and pulse rate values, as well as status information, are transferred from
the MS-11 to the E-MASIMO interface board. Communication between the MS-11 and
E-MASIMO interface board is established through an RS232C serial interface. The E-MASIMO
interface board, in turn, transmits the measurement information to the module bus of the
monitor through RS485 serial interface.

Document no. M1137270-02

 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

3.1.1 E-MASIMO Interface board

Module bus connector

RS485 RS485 Power;

Driver for Driver for non-isolated
data module reset section

Opto isolation Patient isolation Isolation transformer

Microprocessor, Power;
H8/3052, 512 kbytes internal flash ROM, isolated
8 kbytes internal RAM; 16MHz section

Masimo_interf_brd_blck_diagram.vsd
EEPROM Optional
memory Non-volatile +5V supply
voltage to
memory oximeter module

Bidirectional asynchronous
serial communication to
oximeter module

Figure 2 E-MASIMO Interface board block diagram

RS485 drivers
There are drivers for data and for optional module reset function. These drivers are used for
driving the RS485 type serial communication bus between the module and the Central Unit.
Data transmission speed of the bus is 500 kbps.

Power supply, non-isolated section

The power supply is a switched mode circuit, where the driver circuit is controlled by a quartz
oscillator. The voltage, +15 Vdirty from the Central Unit is used as the supply voltage of the
switched mode circuit.

Power supply, isolated section

The secondary voltages of the isolation transformer are rectified, filtered and regulated.
Special attention is paid for the Masimo +5V supply voltage where low noise regulator is used.

Opto isolation
The signals of the serial communication bus between the E-MASIMO Interface board and the
Central Unit are transferred through the patient isolation by high speed opto couplers.

Document no. M1137270-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Microprocessor, non-volatile memory

The microprocessor with on-chip memory has been used to convert and transfer data from
Masimo pulse oximeter module MS-11 to the monitor. The communication between MS-11 and
the CPU of E-MASIMO Interface board is realized with bi-directional asynchronous serial
communication.
The non-volatile memory has been used to store identification information such as a serial
number, control number, date, etc.

3.2 Connectors and signals

3.2.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal

13 1
1 I RESET_RS485
25 14
3 I +15 VDIRTY
5 I/O -DATA_RS485
6 I/O DATA_RS485
7 - Ground & Shield
8 I -RESET_RS485
13 - Ground & Shield
15 I GroundDIRTY
Other NC Not Connected

3.2.2 SpO2 connector, E-MASIMO

SpO2 connector Pin No. Signal Description

1 DET_A Photodiode anode
2 DET_C Photodiode cathode
3 NC Not connected
4 NC Not connected
5 IR_C IR LED cathode
6 OUTER SHIELD
7 INNER_SHIELD
8 NC Not connected
9 NC Not connected
10 RED_C RED LED cathode
11 NC Not connected

Document no. M1137270-02

 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

4 Service procedures
4.1 General service information
The field service of the E-MASIMO module is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the
warranty of the unit.

4.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be
performed after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which should be filled in when performing
the procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after
performing the procedure.

4.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

Another Datex-Ohmeda hemodynamic module
Masimo SpO2 finger probe with interconnect cable
Torx screwdriver, T10

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

4.2.2 Visual inspection

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly
• all IC’s that are on sockets are attached properly
• there are no loose objects inside the module
• Ferrite of the flex cable is attached properly

"
7

Document no. M1137270-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front chassis is intact
• the probe connector and the cable are intact and attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch is moving properly.

4.2.3 Functional inspection

Switch the monitor on and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that all the needed parameters are shown, for example
as follows:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - ECG1
Field 2 - ECG2
Field 3 - P1
Field 4 - P2
Field 5 - PLETH
Field 6 - OFF
Monitor Setup - Interfacing - SpO2 - Module
Make sure that the other hemodynamic module is connected, and the SpO2 waveform
field is shown on the screen.
Connect the finger probe to the module and attach the probe onto your finger. Check that
the SpO2 waveform appears on the screen.

3. Installation
Plug in the E-MASIMO module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly.

"
4. Recognition
Check that the E-MASIMO module is recognized, i.e. the SpO2 waveform with related
values disappears from the screen within 30 seconds. The empty SpO2 waveform field
should remain with the message ‘No probe’.

"
5. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding MASIMO software by selecting Scroll Vers and
turning the ComWheel.

"
6. Communication and memories
Enter the E-MASIMO service menu:
Parameters - M-SAT

Document no. M1137270-02

 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second. Check also that the module’s ROM memory has passed the
internal memory test, i.e. the ROM shows OK.

"
7. SpO2 probe status
The status information in the Service Data field is not valid for the E-MASIMO. Check that
the message ‘No Probe’ is displayed on the screen when no probe is connected.

"
8. Error status
Check that all three error indicators, Preamp Error, QUART Error and I/O Error show NO.

"
9. SpO2 probe detection
Connect a SpO2 finger probe to the module.
Check that the message ‘No Probe’ changes to ‘Check Probe’ on the monitor screen.
Check that the corresponding status information is updated correctly in the Service Data
field.

"
10. Test measurement
Connect the SpO2 probe onto your finger. Check that a reading of 95-100 and proper
SpO2 waveform appear.

"
11. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
12. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after the performed electrical safety check.

"
13. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

Document no. M1137270-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.3 Disassembly and reassembly

4.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic
discharge may damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

4.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

4.3.3 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the E-MASIMO module (see the exploded view of the module in the “E-Modules
Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it
from the main body.
3. Remove the screw that secure the SpO2 measurement board to the Interface board.
4. Unlock the three nylonposts that secure the SpO2 measurement board and lift the board
up carefully.
5. Disconnect the flex cable that comes from the front chassis unit.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front
cover to the front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
NOTE: When installing the SpO2 measurement board, make sure that the pin connector on the
SpO2 measurement board connects properly with the connector on the Interface board
underneath.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected
properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

10

Document no. M1137270-02

 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

5 Troubleshooting
5.1 Troubleshooting chart
Problem Cause What to do
‘No SpO2 probe’ 1. No probe connected to the 1. Check probe connections
message module 2. Change probe
2. Probe faulty 3. Change probe (see possible
3. Wrong type of probe (not probe types: “User’s Reference
specified to be used with this Manual”)
module)
‘Check probe’ 1. No probe attached to the patient 1. See that the probe is properly
message 2. The extension cable not attached to the patient
connected to the probe 2. Check that the probe is
3. Unsuitable site connected to the cable
4. Probe faulty 3. Try another place
5. Wrong type of probe (not 4. Change probe
specified to be used with this 5. Change probe (see possible
module) probe types in “User’s Reference
Manual”)
6. Interference 6. See that the probe is properly
attached to the patient
Finger probe falls off 1. Probe is slippery 1. For proper sensor positioning,
2. Finger is too thin or thick see the “Instructions for use”
accompanying each sensor
2. Try other fingers or other probe
types
Weak signal artifacts 1. Poor perfusion Try another place
2. Movement artifacts
3. Shivering

11

Document no. M1137270-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5.2 Troubleshooting flowchart

Possible faulty
E-MASIMO module

Insert
Take all modules
E-MASIMO module
out from the Central
and enter the service
Unit
menu

Does
No Fault not in
fault still appear
E-MASIMO module
?

Yes

'ROM'
shows '?' in Yes Replace the
service Interface board
menu

No
Yes

Does
Module-ID No another module No
on screen? work in the
same
slot?
Yes

Replace
Preamp Yes Masimo MS-11 Pulse
ID? Oximeter Module or
Interface board.

No
Masimo_trblsh_chart.vsd

Check interface
board. Replace if
necessary

Figure 3 Module troubleshooting flowchart

12

Document no. M1137270-02

 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

6 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the Masimo Module, E-MASIMO.

13

Document no. M1137270-02

GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

14

Document no. M1137270-02

 Appendix A, Service check form, Masimo Compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

Masimo Compatible Saturation Module,
E-MASIMO (Rev. 00)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Functional inspection

3. Installation 4. Recognition

5. Module software Masimo

6. Communication and
7. SpO2 probe status
memories

8. Error status 9. SpO2 probe detection

10. Test measurement 11. Electrical safety check

12. Functioning after

13. Final cleaning
electrical safety check

A-1(2)
Document no. M1137270-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

For your notes:

A-2(2)

Document no. M1137270-02

 Appendix B, E-MASIMO Spare Parts

APPENDIX B: E-MASIMO Spare Parts

Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

Item Description Order No. Replaced

1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat 606024
countersunk head, steel, zinc coated
2 Module Casing, Single *) M1021035
2*) order with Module Casing: Patent Sticker, E-MASIMO M1121761
3 Metal frame 879184
4 SCREW,machine screw, 3x6, DIN7985, ISO7045, TORX 605000-HEL

B-1(2)
Document no. M1137270-02
GE Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No. Replaced

5 Masimo Interface board, E-MASIMO M1122843
6 SCREW, screw for plastic,3.0 x12mm, torx head, 628729
7 Front Cover, E-MASIMO M1121205
8 Latch, Injection molded M1021039
9 Torsion Spring, Machined M1020935
10 Front Chassis Unit, E-MASIMO (includes the connector M1125298
and flex cable)
11 OEM-ITEM, Masimo MS-11 SpO2 board M1125175
12 MOUNTING, M3 threaded hexagonal spacer, L 7mm, D 640409-HEL
max 5.5mm, brass

B-2(2)

Document no. M1137270-02

Datex-Ohmeda
S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module,
E-NSAT, E-NSATX
Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EEC.
CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1085565-003

January 21, 2011

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2,
FI-00510 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2006, 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures ii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 General specifications, E-NSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Typical performance of E-NSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Specifications, E-NSATX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 Functional description 4
2.1 Main components of E-NSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.1 NIO Interface board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Main components of E-NSATX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2.1 NIO Interface board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3.2 SpO2 connector, E-NSATX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3.3 Test connector (X11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3 Service procedures 11
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.3 Functional inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.3.1 Before disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.3.2 Tools needed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

4 Troubleshooting 16
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

5 Earlier revisions 18
Appendix A: Service check form, Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module,
E-NSAT /E-NSATX (Rev. 00) A-1

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Table of figures

Figure 1 Front panel of Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT ............................................................................. 4

Figure 2 NIO Interface board block diagram..................................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 3 Figure 1 Front panel of Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSATX........................................................ 6
Figure 4 Figure 2 NIO Interface board block diagram .................................................................................................................. 7
Figure 5 Module troubleshooting flowchart ....................................................................................................................................17

ii

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the Datex-Ohmeda Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT/E-NSATX. The
E-NSAT/E-NSATX is a single width plug-in module designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda
modular monitors. Later in this manual modules may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The E-NSAT/E-NSATX module utilizes Nellcor pulse oximetry algorithm and it should only be
used with Nellcor pulse oximetry sensors specified in the “Instructions for use” sheet
accompanying the module.
NOTE: E-NSAT/E-NSATX can be used with E-PRESTN/E-PRETN/E-RESTN or
M-PRESTN/M-PRETN/M-RESTN or E-PSM/E-PSMP or
M-NE(12)STPR/M-NE(12)STR/M-ESTPR/M-ESTR. The SpO2 measurement in
E-NSAT/E-NSATX/M-NSAT/M-OSAT automatically overrides the SpO2 measurement in these
modules.

WARNING To prevent erroneous readings, do not use physically damaged sensors or

modules. Discard a damaged sensor immediately. Do not repair a damaged
sensor or use a sensor repaired by others. A damaged sensor or a sensor
soaked in liquid may cause burns during electrosurgery.
WARNING Inaccurate SpO2 data can result if a sensor is past its useful life. Therefore,
re-evaluate the measurement periodically by performing additional
assessment of the patient and equipment, including consideration of use of
alternate monitoring methods such as direct measurement of arterial
oxyhemoglobin saturation (SaO2).
WARNING Allow sensor and cable to dry completely after cleaning. Moisture and dirt
on the connector may affect the measurement accuracy.
WARNING Data validity. Conditions that may cause inaccurate readings and impact
alarms include interfering substances, excessive ambient light, electrical
interference, ventricular septal defects (VSD), excessive motion, low
perfusion, low signal strength, incorrect sensor placement, poor sensor fit,
and/or movement of the sensor on the patient.

Monitor software compatibility

The E-NSAT/E-NSATX module functions with Datex-Ohmeda AS/3, CS/3 and S/5 modular
monitors using monitor software versions 94 or later.

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications, E-NSAT
Module size, (W × D ×H) 37 x 188 x 112 mm/1.5 x 7.4 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.3 kg/0.7 lb.
Power consumption 3W
Wavelength range and
energies of the light approx. 660 nm to 890 nm

1.2 Typical performance of E-NSAT

Measurement and display range 20 to 100%
Calibration range 70 to 100%
Accuracy 70 to 100% (±1 standard deviation)
±2 to ±3.5 digits (depends on the sensor used)
Display resolution 1 digit = 1% SpO2
Display averaging 5...7 s
Display update 5s
Pulse beep pitch Varies with SpO2 level
The monitor is calibrated over the measurement range against functional saturation SpO2 (func).
Alarm
Alarm default limits
high alarm OFF
low alarm 90%
Heart rate from pleth
Measurement range 20 to 300 bpm
Accuracy ±3 bpm
Resolution 1 bpm
Display averaging 5...7 s
Adjustable pulse beep volume
Pleth waveform
Scales Automatic scaling
Protection against electrical shock Type BF

1.3 Specifications, E-NSATX

Module size, (W × D ×H) 37 x 188 x 112 mm/1.5 x 7.4 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.3 kg/0.7 lb.
Power consumption 3W
Wavelength range and
optical output power 660 nm and 900 nm, less than 15 mW
SpO2
Measurement and display range 20 to 100%
Calibration range 70 to 100%
Accuracy 70 to 100%
(Arms)1 ±2 to ±3.5 digits (depends on the sensor used)
Resolution 1 digit = 1% SpO2

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

Data update period 5 to 7 seconds

Display update period 5 seconds
Pulse beep pitch Varies with SpO2 level
The module is calibrated over the measurement range against functional saturation.
Alarms
Alarm default limitshigh OFF, low 90%
high alarm adjustable 51 to 100% and OFF
low alarm adjustable 50 to 100%
Alarm default limits
high alarm OFF
low alarm 90%
Alarms for loss of pulse (Check SpO2 probe) and no probe (No SpO2 probe).
Pulse rate
Measurement and display range 20 to 300 bpm
Accuracy 20 to 250 bpm (Arms)1 ± 3 bpm
251 to 300 bpm unspecified
Resolution 1 bpm
Data update period 5 to 7 seconds
Dispaly update period 5 seconds
Alarms adjustable high and low alarm limits;
Pulse beep volume adjustable
Pleth waveform
Scale Automatic scaling
Degree of protection Type BF
NOTE: You can verify the functionality of a pulse oximeter probe and monitor with a functional
SpO2 tester, but you cannot evaluate their accuracy with such a device. However, if a
particular calibration curve is accurate for the combination of a pulse oximeter monitor and
probe, a functional tester can measure the contribution of a monitor to the total error of a
monitor/probe system. The functional tester can then measure how accurately a particular
pulse oximeter monitor is reproducing that calibration curve.

1. Sensor accuracy (MAX-A, MAX-N, MAX-FAST) was established in a controlled setting at the Nellcor Puritan Bennett Inc.
performance testing laboratory in Pleasanton, CA., using the N-600 as the testing device and arterial blood SaO2 as a CO
oximetry reference. Sensor Accuracy Grids can be viewed online at www.nellcor.com. During the study, healthy adult
volunteers (3 male, 9 female, aged 19 to 48 years, skin pigmentation light (3), medium (7), dark (2)) had more than 300
arterial blood samples drawn (SaO2 53.3 to 99.5%) and Arms values were calculated for the system based on these
results.
E-NSATX module accuracy was established for two modules (with Datex- Ohmeda S/5 Anesthesia Monitor and S/5
Critical Care Monitor) using a PS II simulator at Nellcor Puritan Bennett Inc., Pleasanton, CA. During the test, 70 datapoints
were taken in the 70 to 100% saturation range. The RMSD for set and displayed SpO2 values was calculated.

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Main components of E-NSAT
The E-NSAT module consists of the following parts
• SpO2 pre-amplifier board
• Sensor connector cable
• Nellcor Pulse Oximeter Module MP-100
• NSAT interface board (NIO)

sensors only

SpO2
M1026852 EN

E-NSAT

Figure 1 Front panel of Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT

Sensors can be plugged into the E-NSAT module using the sensor extension cable DOC-10
available from Nellcor. Sensors are plugged into a 9-pin female connector (D-type) on the end
of the extension cable DOC-10. The extension cable is plugged into a 14-pin connector on the
front panel of the module.
The MP-100 is a surface mounted PC board manufactured by Nellcor. It contains the signal
processing electronics and software that are based on Nellcor’s stand-alone pulse oximeters.
The measured SpO2 and pulse rate values, as well as status information, are transferred from
the MP-100 to the NIO interface board. Communication between the MP-100 and NIO interface
board is established through an RS232C serial interface. The NIO interface board, in turn,
transmits the measurement information to the module bus of the monitor through RS485 serial
interface.

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

2.1.1 NIO Interface board

Module bus connector

RS485 RS485 Power;

Driver for Driver for non-isolated
data module reset section

Opto isolation Patient isolation Isolation transformer

Microprocessor, Power;
H8/3052, 512 kbytes internal flash ROM, isolated
8 kbytes internal RAM; 16MHz section

NIO_interf_brd_blck_diagram.vsd
EEPROM Non-volatile +15V,-15V supply
UART memory memory voltages to
oximeter module

Bidirectional asynchronous
serial communication (RS-232C)
to Nellcor pulse oximeter board

Figure 2 NIO Interface board block diagram

RS485 drivers
There are drivers for data and for module reset functions.
These drivers are used for driving the RS485 type serial communication bus between the
module and the Central Unit. Data transmission speed of the bus is 500 kbps.

Power supply, non-isolated section

The power supply is a half bridge type switched mode circuit, where the driver FETs are
controlled by a quartz oscillator. The load of the half bridge is the primary of the isolation
transformer. The voltage, +15 Vdirty from the Central Unit is used as the supply voltage of the
switched mode circuit.

Power supply, isolated section

The secondary voltages of the isolation transformer are rectified, filtered and regulated. The
voltages can be measured from the test connector X11. See chapter “Other connectors”.

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Opto isolation
The signals of the serial communication bus between the NIO Interface board and the Central
Unit are transferred through the patient isolation by high speed opto couplers.

Microprocessor, UART, non-volatile memory

The microprocessor with on-chip memory has been used to convert and transfer data from
Nellcor pulse oximeter module MP-100 to the monitor.
The communication between MP-100 and the CPU of NIO Interface board is realized with
bi-directional asynchronous serial communication via the UART.
The non-volatile memory has been used to store identification information such as a serial
number, control number, date, etc.

2.2 Main components of E-NSATX

The E-NSATX module consists of the following parts:
• SpO2 pre-amplifier board
• Sensor connector cable
• Nellcor Pulse Oximeter Module NELL1GE
• NSAT interface board (NIO)

OxiMax Sensors
only

2
M1069902 EN

Figure 3 Figure 1 Front panel of Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module,

E-NSATX
Sensors can be plugged into the E-NSATX module using the Nellcor OxiMax Spo2 interconnect
cable, 2021406-001. Sensors are plugged into a 9-pin female connector (D-type) on the end of
the extension cable. The extension cable is plugged into a 11-pin connector on the front panel
of the module.
The NELL1GE is a surface mounted PC board manufactured by Nellcor. It contains the signal
processing electronics and software that are based on Nellcor’s stand-alone pulse oximeters.

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

The measured SpO2 and pulse rate values, as well as status information, are transferred from
the NELL1GE to the NIO interface board. Communication between the NELL1GE and NIO
interface board is established through an RS232C serial interface. The NIO interface board, in
turn, transmits the measurement information to the module bus of the monitor through RS485
serial interface.

2.2.1 NIO Interface board

Module bus connector

RS485 RS485 Power;

Driver for Driver for non-isolated
data module reset section

Opto isolation Patient isolation Isolation transformer

Microprocessor, Power;
H8/3052, 512 kbytes internal flash ROM, isolated
8 kbytes internal RAM; 16MHz section

NIO_interf_brd_blck_diagram.vsd
EEPROM Non-volatile +15V,-15V supply
UART memory memory voltages to
oximeter module

Bidirectional asynchronous
serial communication (RS-232C)
to Nellcor pulse oximeter board

Figure 4 Figure 2 NIO Interface board block diagram

RS485 drivers
There are drivers for data and for module reset functions.
These drivers are used for driving the RS485 type serial communication bus between the
module and the Central Unit. Data transmission speed of the bus is 500 kbps.

Power supply, non-isolated section

The power supply is a half bridge type switched mode circuit, where the driver FETs are
controlled by a quartz oscillator. The load of the half bridge is the primary of the isolation
transformer. The voltage, +15 Vdirty from the Central Unit is used as the supply voltage of the
switched mode circuit.

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Power supply, isolated section

The secondary voltages of the isolation transformer are rectified, filtered and regulated. The
voltages can be measured from the test connector X11. See chapter “Other connectors”.

Opto isolation
The signals of the serial communication bus between the NIO Interface board and the Central
Unit are transferred through the patient isolation by high speed opto couplers.

Microprocessor, UART, non-volatile memory

The microprocessor with on-chip memory has been used to convert and transfer data from
Nellcor pulse oximeter module NELL1GE to the monitor.
The communication between NELL1GE and the CPU of NIO Interface board is realized with
bi-directional asynchronous serial communication via the UART.
The non-volatile memory has been used to store identification information such as a serial
number, control number, date, etc.

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal

13 1
1 I RESET_RS485
25 14
3 I +15 VDIRTY
5 I/O -DATA_RS485
6 I/O DATA_RS485
7 - Ground & Shield
8 I -RESET_RS485
13 - Ground & Shield
15 I GroundDIRTY
Other NC Not Connected

2.3.2 SpO2 connector, E-NSATX

SpO2 connector Pin No. Signal Description

1 DET_A Photodiode anode
2 DET_C Photodiode cathode
3 DATA-
4 Wire 1/3 LED connection
5 IR_C IR LED cathode
6 OUTER SHIELD
7 DET_SHIELD
8 PRB_ID Bin/ID Resistor+
9 Wire 3/5 LED Connection
10 RED_C RED LED cathode
11 DATA+

2.3.3 Test connector (X11)

Pin No. Voltage Name Note
1 +5V +5VTEST Supply voltage to the NSAT-board (NIO)
2 +5V +5Vn Supply voltage to the MP-100 board
3 +14…17V +15Vn Supply voltage to the MP-100 board

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Pin No. Voltage Name Note

4 - GND FGND
5 --14…-17 -15V -15Vn
6 - - N/C

10

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the E-NSAT/E-NSATX module is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the
warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be
performed after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which should be filled in when performing
the procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after
performing the procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

NOTE: Use only calibrated and traceable measuring equipment.

Tool Order No. Notes

Another Datex-Ohmeda hemodynamic module
Nellcor SpO2 finger probe with DOC-10 cable for E-NSAT module
40xxxxx-001Nellcor OxiMax Spo2 interconnect cable for E-NSATX module
Torx screwdriver, T10

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

3.2.2 Visual inspection

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly
• all IC’s that are on sockets are attached properly
• EMC covers are attached properly

11

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

• there are no loose objects inside the module

• E-NSAT/E-NSATX ferrite of the cable sets are attached properly

"
2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• the probe connector and the cable lock are intact and attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch is moving properly.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

Switch the monitor on and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that all the needed parameters are shown, for example
as follows:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - ECG1
Field 2 - ECG2
Field 3 - P1
Field 4 - P2
Field 5 - PLETH
Field 6 - OFF
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Installation - Interfacing - SpO2 -
Module

Make sure that the other hemodynamic module is connected, and the SpO2 waveform
field is shown on the screen.
Connect the finger probe to the module and attach the probe onto your finger. Check that
the SpO2 waveform appears on the screen.

3. Installation
Plug in the E-NSAT/E-NSATX module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly.

"
4. Recognition
Check that the E-NSAT/E-NSATX module is recognized, i.e. the SpO2 waveform with
related values disappears from the screen within 30 seconds. The empty SpO2 waveform
field should remain with the message ‘No probe’.

"
5. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)

12

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

Take down the information regarding NSAT software by selecting Scroll vers and turning
the ComWheel.

"
6. Communication and memories
Enter the E-NSAT service menu:
Parameters - M-SAT
Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second. Check also that the module’s ROM memory has passed the
internal memory test, i.e. the ROM shows OK.

"
7. SpO2 probe status
Check that the SpO2 probe related status information in the Service Data field is correct.
Only the NoProbe should be active (1) when no probe is connected.
E-NSAT: The status information in the Service Data field is not valid for the E-NSAT. Check
that the message ‘No Probe’ is displayed on the screen when no probe is connected.

"
8. Error status
Check that all three error indicators, Preamp Error, QUART Error and I/O Error show NO.

"
9. SpO2 probe detection
Connect a SpO2 finger probe to the module.
Check that the message ‘No Probe’ changes to ‘Check Probe’ on the monitor screen.

"
10. Test measurement
Connect the SpO2 probe onto your finger. Check that a reading of 95-100 and proper
SpO2 waveform appear.

"
11. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
12. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after the performed electrical safety check.

"

13

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

13. Final cleaning

Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

14

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic
discharge may damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the E-NSAT/E-NSATX module (see the exploded view of the module in the
“E-Modules Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it
from the main body.
3. Bend the metal tabs that hold the EMC-cover to an upright position and lift the cover off.
4. Remove the three screws that secure the SpO2 measurement board to the Interface
board.
5. Hold the SpO2 measurement board as near the module bus connector as possible and lift
the board up carefully.
6. Disconnect the cable that comes from the front panel unit and the flat cable that comes
from the Interface board.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front
cover to the front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
NOTE: When installing the SpO2 measurement board, make sure that the pin connector on the
SpO2 measurement board connects properly with the connector on the Interface board
underneath.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected
properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

15

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart
Problem Cause What to do
‘No probe’ message 1. No probe connected to the 1. Check probe connections
module 2. Change probe
2. Probe faulty 3. Change probe (see possible
3. Wrong type of probe (not probe types: “User’s Reference
specified to be used with this Manual”)
module)
‘Check probe’ 1. No probe attached to the patient 1. See that the probe is properly
message 2. The extension cable not attached to the patient
connected to the probe 2. Check that the probe is
3. Unsuitable site connected to the cable
4. Probe faulty 3. Try another place
5. Wrong type of probe (not 4. Change probe
specified to be used with this 5. Change probe (see possible
module) probe types in “User’s Reference
Manual”)
Finger probe falls off 1. Probe is slippery 1. For proper sensor positioning,
2. Finger is too thin or thick see the “Instructions for use”
accompanying each sensor
2. Try other fingers or other probe
types
Weak signal artifacts 1. Poor perfusion Try another place
2. Movement artifacts
3. Shivering
‘No pulse’ message Acceptable pulses were present Try other fingers
but have now ceased for 10
seconds

16

Document no. M1085565-003

 S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT, E-NSATX

4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart

Possible faulty
NSAT
module

Insert NSAT module Take all modules

and enter the service out from the Central
menu Unit

Does
No Fault not in
fault still appear
NSAT module
?

Yes

'ROM'
shows '?' in Yes Replace the
service Interface board
menu

No
Yes

Does
Module-ID No another module No
on screen? work in the
same
slot?
Yes

Preamp Replace
Yes
Nellcor Pulse Oximeter
ID? Module or NIO board
Nsat_nsatx_trblsh_chart.vsd

No

Check interface
board. Replace if
necessary

Figure 5 Module troubleshooting flowchart

17

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5 Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module,
E-NSAT/E-NSATX.

18

Document no. M1085565-003

 Appendix A, Service check form, Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT /E-NSATX (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

Nellcor Compatible Saturation Module, E-NSAT
/E-NSATX (Rev. 00)

Customer

Module type S/N

Service

Date
Service engineer

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Functional inspection

3. Installation 4. Recognition

5. Module software NIO

Nellcor Prologue
6. Communication and 7. SpO2 probe status
memories
8. Error status 9. SpO2 probe detection

10. Test measurement 11. Electrical safety check

12. Functioning after 13. Final cleaning

electrical safety check

A-1(2)
Document no. M1085565-003
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-2(2)

Document no. M1085565-003

Datex-Ohmeda
S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EEC.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1027829-02

May 2, 2011

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2,
FI-00510 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005, 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures iii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.1 Environmental specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.2 Functional alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 Typical performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.2 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.3 Normal conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2.4 Conditions exceeding normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3 Respiration Rate (RR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2 Functional description 6
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1.1 CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2.1 Gas sampling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2.2 MiniC measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2.3 CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

3 Service procedures 11
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.1.1 MiniC measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.1 Required tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.2 Required parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.2.3 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.3.1 Before disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.3.2 Tools needed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.4 To disassemble the module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.4.1 Pump unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.4.2 MiniCO2 assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.4.3 Instructions after replacing MiniCO2 assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.5 Adjustments and calibrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.5.1 Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.5.2 Gas sampling system adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.5.3 Flow rate measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.5.4 Flow rate adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.5.5 Gas calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4 Troubleshooting 22
4.1 Troubleshooting chart for CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.1.1 CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.2 Gas sampling system troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.2.1 Sampling system leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4.3 MiniC unit troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4.4 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

5 Earlier revisions 26
Appendix A: Service check form, Single-width Airway Module E-miniC (Rev. 00)
A-1

ii

Document no. M1027829-02

 List of figures

Table of figures

Figure 1 Airway gases setup with Compact Airway Module...................................................................................................... 1

Figure 2 Absorbance of CO2 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 6
Figure 3 MiniC block diagram ................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Figure 4 Gas tubing layout......................................................................................................................................................................... 9
Figure 5 MiniC measuring unit.................................................................................................................................................................. 9
Figure 6 Uncovered E-miniC module...................................................................................................................................................17
Figure 7 Attaching regulator to the calibration can.....................................................................................................................18
Figure 8 Connecting sampling line to the gas valve and feeding gas.................................................................................19

iii

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

iv

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC. The Single-width Airway Module
is a single-width plug-in module designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors.
Later in this manual the module may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The Single-width Airway Module provides airway and respiratory measurements.
Letter C in the module name stands for CO2.
NOTE: Do not use identical modules in the same monitor simultaneously. The E-CO, E-COV,
E-COVX, E-CAiO, E-CAiOV, E-CAiOVX, E-CAiOVX/SERVICE, E-miniC, and M-C, M-CO, M-COV,
M-COVX, M-CAiO, M-CAiOV, M-CAiOVX, M-CAiOVX/SERVICE and M-miniC are considered
identical modules.
NOTE: The Single-width Airway Module or Compact Airway Module and Airway Module, G-XXXX,
cannot be used simultaneously in the same monitor.
NOTE: E-miniC is intended for patients weighing over 5kg (11lb).

Figure 1 Airway gases setup with Compact Airway Module

1. Module for measuring airway gases
2. Anesthesia gas sampling line
3. Airway adapter with sampling line connector
4. Sampling line connector

Monitor software compatibility

The Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC, is designed for use with L-ANE02(A), L-ICU02(A),
L-CANE02(A), L-CICU02(A) or later versions respectively.

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Equipment safety symbols

- When displayed on the E-miniC module, indicates that airway gases should
be calibrated every six months in normal use and every two months in
continuous use.

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
E-MINIC
Module size, W × D× H 37 × 209 × 112 mm, 1.5 × 8.2 × 4.4 in
Module weight 0.4 kg/0.9 lb.

1.1.1 Environmental specifications

Operating temperature +10 to +40 °C (+50 to 104 °F)
Storage temperature -20 to +60 °C (-4 to +140 °F)
Atmospheric pressure 666 to 1060 hPa /
(67 to 106 kPa)
(500 to 800 mmHg)
(666 to 1060 mbar)
Relative humidity 10 to 95% non-condensing (in airway 0 to 100%, condensing)
Protection against electrical shock Type BF

1.1.2 Functional alarms

Functional alarms for
− Blocked sample line
− D-Fend replacement
− D-Fend check

1.2 CO2 measurement

1.2.1 Typical performance
EtCO2 End-tidal CO2 concentration
FiCO2 Inspired CO2 concentration
Measurement range 0 to 20 vol% (0 to 20 kPa, 0 to 150 mmHg)
Accuracy CO2 concentration 0 to 15 vol%
±(0.2 vol% +2% of the reading)
CO2 concentration 15 to 20 vol%
±(0.7 vol% +2% of the reading)
Measurement rise time < 300 ms with nominal flow
Adjustable low and high limits for EtCO2 and FiCO2.

1.2.2 Technical specifications

Airway humidity 0 to 100%, condensing
Sampling rate 150 ±25ml/min (sampling line 2 to 3 m, normal conditions)
Sampling delay 2.1 seconds typical with a 3-m sampling line
Total system response time 2.4 seconds typical with a 3-m sampling line, including sampling
delay and rise time (typically 3.7 seconds with a 6-m sampling
line).
Automatic compensation for barometric pressure, CO2-NO2 and CO2-O2 collision broadening effect
compensation selectable from menu.

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Warm-up time 1 min for operation with CO2, 30 min for full specification
Zeroing interval 4, 15, 30 and 60 minutes after start-up, then every 60 minutes.

1.2.3 Normal conditions

Accuracy specifications apply in normal conditions (after 30 minutes warm-up period):
Ambient temperature 18 to 28 °C, within ±5°C of calibration
Ambient pressure 500 to 800mmHg, ±50mmHg of cal.
Ambient humidity 20 to 80% RH, ±20% RH of cal.
Automatic compensation for barometric pressure.
Non-disturbing gases are those with a maximum effect on the CO2 reading <0.2 vol%. The
effect is valid for specific concentrations shown in parentheses of the non-disturbing gas:
− Ethanol C2H5OH (<0.3%)
− Acetone (<0.1%)
− Methane CH4 (0.2%)
− Nitrogen N2
− Water vapor
− Dichlorofluromethane (<1%)
− Tetrafluoroethane (<1%)
Disturbing gases and their effect on the CO2 reading at 5.0 vol% CO2 are shown below. Errors
listed reflect the effect of specific concentrations (shown in parentheses) of an individual
disturbing gas and should be combined when estimating the effect of gas mixtures:
− Halotane (4%) increases < 0.3 vol%
− Isoflurane (5%) increases < 0.4 vol%
− Enflurane (5%) increases < 0.4 vol%
− Desflurane (24%) increases < 1.2 vol%
− Sevoflurane (6%) increases < 0.4 vol%
− Helium (50%) decreases < 0.3 vol%
− If O2 compensation is not activated: O2 (40 … 95%) decreases < 0.3 vol%
− If O2 compensation is activated: O2 (40 … 95%) error < 0.15 vol%
− If N2O compensation is not activated: N2O (40%) increases < 0.4 vol%
− N2O (40 to 80%) increases < 0.8 vol%
− If N2O compensation is activated: N2O (40 to 80%) error < 0.3 vol%

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

1.2.4 Conditions exceeding normal

Accuracy specifications under the following conditions nop:
n Ambient temperature 10 to 40 °C, within ±5 °C of calibration
Ambient pressure 500 to 800 mmHg, ±50 mmHg of calibration
Ambient humidity 10 to 98% RH, ±20% RH of calibration
o During warm-up 1 to 10 minutes, under normal conditions
p During warm-up 10 to 30 minutes, under normal conditions

Accuracy under different conditions (see above)

Conditions n and p Condition o
CO2 (0 to 15 vol%) ±(0.3 vol% + 4% of reading) ±(0.4 vol% + 7% of reading)
(at 5 vol% error ±0.5 vol%) (at 5 vol% error ±0.75 vol%)
CO2 (15 to 20 vol%) ±(0.8 vol% + 4% of reading) ±(0.9 vol% + 7% of reading)
(at 5 vol% error ±0.5 vol%) (at 5 vol% error ±0.75 vol%)

1.3 Respiration Rate (RR)

Measurement range 4 to 80 breaths /min
Breath detection 1% change in CO2 level
Accuracy ±1/min in the range 4 to 20 l/min
±5% in the range 20 to 80 l/min
Resolution 1/min
Adjustable low and high limits for respiration rate; alarm for apnea.

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 CO2 measurement
MiniC is a side stream gas analyzer, measuring real time concentrations of CO2. It is a non
dispersive infrared analyzer, measuring absorption of the gas sample using an optical narrow
band filter.
The infrared radiation detector is thermopile.
Concentration of CO2 is calculated from absorption measured at 4.2 to 4.3 μm.

Figure 1 Absorbance of CO2

2.2 Main components

− Gas sampling system
− MiniC measuring unit
− CPU board

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

2.2.1 Gas sampling system

The sampling system draws a gas sample to the analyzer at a fixed rate.
The gas sampling system samples the measured air to the module, and removes water and
impurities from it. A sampling line is connected to the water trap. The pump draws gas through
the sampling line to the gas measuring unit. After the measurement, the gas is exhausted from
the sample gas out connector.
The sample flow is nominally 150 ml/min.

Figure 2 MiniC block diagram

Mini D-fendTM
The sample is drawn through the sampling line. The gas then enters the module through the
water trap, where it is divided into two flows, a main flow and a side flow. The main flow goes
into the analyzer. This flow is separated from the patient side by a hydrophobic filter. The side
flow creates a slight subatmospheric pressure within the Mini D-fend water trap which causes
fluid removed by the hydrophobic filter to collect in the bottle.

Zero valve
The main flow passes through a magnetic valve before proceeding to the analyzer. This valve is
activated to establish the zero point for the MiniC measuring unit. When the valve is activated,
room air is drawn through a filter into the internal system and the gas sensor.

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

NafionTM tube 1)
A Nafion tube is used between the water trap and the zero valve to balance the sample gas
humidity with that of ambient air. The tube prevents errors caused by the effect of water vapor
on gas partial pressure when humid gases are measured after calibration with dry gases.

Gas analyzers
After the zero valve and Nafion tube, the gas passes through the miniC measuring unit.

Sample flow differential pressure transducer

The sample flow differential pressure transducer measures pressure drop across a restrictor
and calculates the sample flow from the pressure difference.

Working pressure transducer

The working pressure transducer measures differential pressure between the tubing and
ambient air near the miniC measuring unit.

Atmospheric pressure transducer

The atmospheric pressure transducer measures real-time atmospheric pressure. The following
messages are based on the obtained pressure values: ‘sample line blocked’, ‘check D-fend’,
‘replace D-fend’ and ‘check sample gas outlet’.

Sampling pump and damping chamber

The gas sampling pump is a membrane pump run by a DC-motor. Sample flow is measured
with a differential pressure transducer across a known restriction. The motor is automatically
controlled to maintain a constant flow even when the D-fend water trap ages and starts to get
occluded. It also enables the use of sample tubes with varying lengths and diameters.
NOTE: In no occasion is the flow reversed towards the patient.

1)
1. Nafion is a trademark of Perma Pure Inc.

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

Side flow Sample line

Mini
Main flow D-fend

Filter Room air

Zero
valve

MiniC

Diff. Abs.
Pressure Pressure
Sensor Sensor

Diff.
Pressure
Sensor

minic_fem_gastubing.vsd
Pump

Gas out

Figure 3 Gas tubing layout

2.2.2 MiniC measuring unit

The miniC measuring unit is a non-dispersive infrared analyzer measuring absorption of the
gas sample at 4.2 to 4.3 μm infrared wavelength, which is selected using an optical narrow
band filter. The IR lamp is a filament surrounded by thermal isolation. There is a hole in the
isolation, passing the radiation to a conical measuring chamber with 3 mm length. From the
sample chamber, the radiation goes into a thermopile detector with an optical filter in front of
it.
The temperature sensor measures the miniC measuring unit's temperature and it is used for
temperature compensation.
The miniC measuring unit includes a miniC flexible board, which connects the thermopile signal
and the temperature sensor signal to the CPU board.

Figure 4 MiniC measuring unit

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.2.3 CPU board

The CPU board contains a processor, memories and all the analog signal processing needed. A
MiniC measuring unit is attached to the board with a flexible PCB. Also supply voltage and an
RS485 serial channel are connected to the CPU board using another flexible PCB.
Analog signals (CO2, temperature, absolute and differential pressures and lamp current signals)
are fed to the 16-bit A/D converter. The processor controls the A/D converter and calculates
the CO2 percentage and respiration rate from this data.
The processor controls sample flow by adjusting the pump voltage based on the differential
pressure signal. The processor also controls the current of the IR source and keeps it constant.
Calibration data is stored on the EEPROM.

10

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the E-miniC module is limited to replacing parts that are available as spare
parts. For available spare parts, refer to the “E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void warranty of
the unit.
CAUTION The module electronics can only be repaired and calibrated at the factory.

3.1.1 MiniC measuring unit

WARNING The miniC measuring unit and its components are repaired/calibrated at
the factory. Attempts to repair/calibrate the unit elsewhere will adversely
affect operation of the unit. The information provided is for reference only.
Serviceable parts
• Mini D-fend
• Mini D-fend O-rings
• Nafion tube
• Air filter
• Pump
NOTE: After any component replacement, see chapter “Adjustments and calibrations”.
Calibration interval six months. Preventive maintenance once a year including the change of
Nafion tube and the O-rings of water separator, pump check and calibration, leak test and
absolute pressure sensor check.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be
performed after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which should be filled in when performing
the procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after
performing the procedure.

3.2.1 Required tools

NOTE: Use only calibrated and traceable measuring equipment.
− A barometer

11

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

− A mass flowmeter for measuring air flow, minimum measurement range 100-300ml/min,
accuracy 5% or better in the 100-300ml/min range.
− P/N: 755534-HEL Calibration Gas Regulator
− P/N M1006864 Calibration Gas Regulator, (US only)
− P/N: 755580 Calibration gas 5% CO2 and air, package of 4 cans
− P/N 755587 QUICK CAL calibration gas, (US only)
− 3 m / 10 ft gas sampling line
− A pressure manometer with either an integrated or a separate pressure pump

3.2.2 Required parts

Replace the following parts that wear in use at the recommended interval.

Part number Description Pieces Replacement

interval
733382-HEL Nafion Tube 1 Once a year
656565 Mini D-fend™ O-ring 2 Once a year
M1011471 Zero valve air filter 1 Once every 3 years

It is also recommended to replace the Mini D-fend water trap and the gas sampling line as part
of the planned maintenance procedure.
NOTE: See the supplies and accessories document delivered with the manual for compatible
accessories.

3.2.3 Inspection
General
1. Check internal parts
• all screws are tightened properly
• all cables are connected properly
• tubes are not pinched and there are no sharp bends on them
• all tubes are connected properly
• there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. Check external parts
• the front cover and the front panel stickers are intact
• the Mini D-fend latch is moving properly
• all connectors are intact and attached properly

"

12

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

Reattach the module and check that the locking system moves properly.

3. Check Mini D-Fend

Detach the Mini D-fend. Check the condition of the rubber O-rings on the metal Mini
D-fend connectors, located in the module front cover.
If necessary, detach the connectors by first disconnecting the tubes, then removing the
locking rings from the back of the front cover.

"
Replace the Mini D-fend and sampling line with new ones.
NOTE: Use only Datex-Ohmeda sampling lines in order to ensure proper functioning.
Turn on the monitor.
Configure the monitor screen so that the CO2 curve is shown, for example as follows:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform fields -
Field 6 - CO2
Digit Fields
Lower Field 1 - Gases

4. Module software
Wait until the message ‘Calibrating gas sensor’ disappears from the screen, then enter
the service menu.
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8).
Write down the information regarding the Module software.
If one of the values is increasing faster, it indicates a failure in module bus
communication.

"
5. Flow measurement offset
Enter the service menu Gases:
Gas Unit - Gases
Check that the flow measurement offset, i.e. the shown sample Zero value is within ±10
ml/min.

"
6. Ambient pressure
Check that the shown Ambient value corresponds with the current ambient pressure (±20
mmHg).

"

13

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

7. Zero valve check

Feed calibration gas and check that the gas readings in the service menu correspond
with the values on the gas bottle sticker. Keep feeding gas, then activate the zero valve
from the menu. The CO2 reading should drop back to near 0%.

"
8. Nafion tube
Replace the Nafion tube, if necessary.
NOTE: The Nafion tube should be replaced annually.

"
9. Gas sampling system leak test
Check the gas sampling system for possible leakages.
a. Disconnect the module from the monitor.
b. Connect a new Mini D-fend water trap to the module.
c. Connect a new gas sampling line to the sampling line connector in the water trap.
d. Connect the other end of the gas sampling line to a pressure manometer and a
pressure pump.
e. Block the "Sample Gas Out" connector.
f. Pump 100 mmHg ± 20 mmHg pressure to the gas sampling system. Let the pressure
stabilize for approximately 10 seconds.
g. Check that the pressure reading does not drop more than 6 mmHg during 1 minute.
NOTE: The gas module shall be disconnected from the monitor during the leak test.

"
10. Check the flow rates
Wait until the Sample Flow value returns close to 150 ml/min.
Connect a flow meter to the 3 meter sampling line and check that the flow (the flow meter
reading) is within the following range:
Sampling flow (ml/min) 150 ± 25 ml/min
If necessary, readjust the sampling flow:
Select Sample gain adj from the menu.
To increase the sampling flow, turn the ComWheel counterclockwise. To decrease the
flow, turn the ComWheel clockwise.
A change of 0.050 in the Gain value changes the flow approximately 7.5 ml/min.
After you have changed the gain, wait until the Sample Flow value on the screen returns
near to the original, then check the flow meter reading again.

"

14

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

11. Working pressure

Check that the Amb-Work value in the service menu is within the following range:
Amb-Work (mmHg) 20...50

"
12. Gas calibration
Airway Gas - Gas Calibration
NOTE: The calibration should not be performed before 30 minutes warm-up time.
Use calibration gas 755580 (5% CO2, about 20% O2) for calibrating the E-miniC.

"
13. Occlusion detection
Block the tip of the sampling line with your finger and check that the message ‘Sample
line blocked’ appears on the monitor screen within 60 seconds.

"
14. Check D-fend
Detach the mini D-fend and check that the message ‘Check D-fend’ appears on the
monitor screen within 30 seconds.

"
15. Apnea detection
Reattach the mini D-fend. Simulate at least 5 breaths by feeding calibration gas into the
sampling line. Check that the shown gas information is correct.
Check that the monitor shows the message ‘Apnea’ within 30 seconds after you have
stopped feeding the gas.

"
16. Final cleaning
Turn off the monitor, disconnect and clean the module.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

15

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic
discharge may damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdrivers; T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.4 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the airway module (see the exploded view of the module in the “E-Modules
Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it
from the main body.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front
cover to the front chassis.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the tubes and cables are not
pinched between the boards and the cover.

3.4.1 Pump unit

1. Remove the module cover.
2. Remove the mask.
3. Unplug the hose of the pump.
4. Disconnect the pump’s cable from the CPU board.
5. Remove the three screws that connect the pump unit to the board.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.

16

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

Figure 5 Uncovered E-miniC module

3.4.2 MiniCO2 assy

1. Remove the module cover.
2. Unplug two tubes from the back of the mask.
3. Remove the mask.
4. Detach the miniCO2 assy from the frame plate by removing the three screws.
5. Disconnect the FM board from the miniCO2 assy.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.

3.4.3 Instructions after replacing MiniCO2 assy

After replacing the MiniCO2 assy:
• perform the sampling system leak test
• perform the occlusion test
• perform the gas calibration

17

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.5 Adjustments and calibrations

3.5.1 Calibrating
Required tools
− P/N: 755534-HEL Calibration Gas Regulator
− P/N M1006864 Calibration Gas Regulator, (US only)
− P/N: 755580 Calibration gas 5% CO2 and air, package of 4 cans
− 3 m / 10 ft Gas sampling line
− P/N 755587 QUICK CAL calibration gas, (US only)
−
NOTE: See the supplies and accessories document delivered with the manual for compatible
accessories.
NOTE: Use only the specified GE Healthcare calibration gas for the gas calibration to ensure
measurement accuracy. Do not use any other calibration gases. Check the calibration gas
container's labelling to ensure that the calibration gas has not expired.
NOTE: Ensure that the gas regulator is functioning properly before gas calibration. Refer to the
gas regulator's "Instructions for Use" letter for the annual maintenance instructions.

Figure 6 Attaching regulator to the calibration can

1. Attach the regulator to the gas container.
2. Attach a new sampling line to the water trap. Connect the loose end of the sampling line
to the regulator on the gas container.

18

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

Figure 7 Connecting sampling line to the gas valve and feeding gas
3. Turn on the power. For maximum accuracy, let the monitor warm up for 30 minutes. The
menu item Gas calibration remains gray as long as the message ‘Calibrating gas sensor’
is displayed.
4. Press the Airway Gas key and select Gas calibration.
5. Wait until the ‘Zero ok’ and then the ‘Feed gas’ messages appear after each gas on the
screen.
6. Open the regulator and feed calibration gas until the message ‘Adjust’ appears, then
close the valve. If you use an older brass regulator, the feeding pressure should be
adjusted between 5 and 7 psi.
7. Check that the displayed gas value matches the value on the calibration gas container.
NOTE: When calibrating the E-miniC module, set the O2 level according to the gas, for example
with 755580, set the FiO2 level in the CO2 setup menu to 21-40% and the AIRWAY GAS - CO2
SETUP O2 level to 20%. Adjust the O2 percentage according to the calibration gas (for 755580
the right O2 value is 20%).
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration or if no gas is fed, the highlighting goes
automatically over the item Recalibrate and the text ‘Calibr. error’ appears. Push the
ComWheel to perform a new calibration.
If adjustments are required:
• Turn the ComWheel to highlight the first gas to be adjusted and then push the ComWheel.
• Turn the ComWheel until the displayed value matches the desired value in the gas bottle
and push it again.

19

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

If the message ‘Zero error’ is displayed, press the Normal Screen key and repeat the
calibration procedure.
The time of the last calibration is shown at the bottom of the menu page.

3.5.2 Gas sampling system adjustment

For flow rate measurements, a flow meter with a low flow resistance and the capability to
measure low flow rates is required. A sampling line of normal length has to be connected to the
monitor as it has a considerable effect on the flow.

3.5.3 Flow rate measurement

If any flow rates are not correct, first replace the Mini D-Fend water trap, then recheck the
flows.
The sampling flow rate is measured by a flow meter at the sampling line. The flow rate should
be 150 ± 25 ml/min. The flow rate is adjusted in the Gases service menu with Sample gain adj.

3.5.4 Flow rate adjustment

NOTE: Before adjusting the sampling flow, make sure there is no leakage in the sampling
system.
Refer to chapter 3.2 Service check, step 12. Gas calibration.
Wait until the Sample Flow value is back to near 150 ml/min.
Connect a flow meter to the 3 meter sampling line and check that the flow (the flow meter
reading) is within the following range:
Sampling flow (ml/min) 150 ± 25 ml/min
If necessary, readjust the sampling flow:
Select Sample gain adj from the menu.
To increase the sampling flow, turn the ComWheel counterclockwise.
To decrease the flow, turn the ComWheel clockwise.
A change of 0.050 in the Gain value changes the flow approximately 7.5 ml/min.

20

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

After you have changed the gain, wait until the Sample Flow value on the screen returns near
to the original, then check the flow meter reading again.

3.5.5 Gas calibration

Gas calibration is performed in the Airway Gas menu.

Calibration gas regulator flow check

Interval: every 12 months
Regulator flow specification:
REF 755533 & 755534: 260 – 410 ml/min at 1-10 bar cylinder pressure
REF 755530: 260 – 410ml/min at 5-7psi cylinder pressure
Tools needed: calibration gas can, regulator, piece of silicon hose and flow meter.
Datex-Ohmeda recommends use of TSI 4140 Flow Meter.
Insert the calibration gas regulator on the gas cylinder. Connect a silicon hose between the
regulator and the flow meter. Block the regulator overflow port and open the regulator. Check
the flow rate from the flow meter and verify that the flow is within the specification.

21

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart for CO2 measurement
Problem Cause/What to do
No response to breathing Sampling line or water trap blocked or loose, or improperly attached.
Water trap container full.
See the gas sampling system troubleshooting.
‘SENSOR INOP.’ message The temperature is too low or high, check the temperature in the service
menu. Supply voltage is too low or high, IR source current or voltage is
too low or high, check current in the service menu.
Pump is not working properly, check sample flow and pump voltage in
the service menu.
Ambient pressure too low or high, check the ambient pressure in the
service menu.
Zero valve not working properly, check the functionality by switching
zero valve on and off in the service menu.
‘ZEROING ERROR’ message Gas zeroing failed. Condensation or residual gases are affecting the zero
measurement. Allow the module to run drawing room air for half an hour
and calibrate again.
‘CHECK D-FEND’ message Amb – Work pressure difference too small.
Probably water trap or the sampling line is not attached properly. Gas
zero valve failure. Pump failure or gas outlet blockage.
‘REPLACE D-FEND’ message Amb – Work pressure difference too big.
Indicates residue build-up on the water trap membrane. This decreases
air flow. Replace the D-fend.
‘SAMPLE LINE BLOCKED’ message Amb – Work pressure difference too big.
Sampling line or water trap is occluded. Water trap container is full. If
occlusion persists, check internal tubing for blockages.
No response to any gas Check Sample Gas Out.
Amb - Work pressure low, flow too small and pump voltage too high.
Sampling line, water trap, or internal tubing is blocked or loose, or
improperly attached. Gas out connector or tubing is blocked.
Zero valve malfunction. Pump failure or pump is worn. Supply voltage
missing. Serial communication error.
Sudden increase in gas display Water trap malfunction. Check all internal tubing and the interior of the
water trap for occlusions or leaks. Replace water trap. Check flow rates.
Abnormally high (or abnormally Pressure transducer failure. Check the Ambient and Amb – Work
low) pressures in Gases service menu.
response to CO2
or sudden occlusion warning
Strong drift in all gases Leak in sampling line or internal tubing (especially in conjunction with too
low readings).

22

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

4.1.1 CO2 measurement

Problem Cause What to do

Action • sudden decrease in circulation • check all connections
too low ETCO2 value
• pulmonary embolism • check calibration
• hyperventilation
• very large dead-space
• large shunting
• leak in sampling system
• calibration error
• high by-pass flow from ventilator
too high ETCO2 • hypoventilation • change D-fend
• increased metabolism • check calibration
• D-fend contaminated
• calibration error
waveform clipped • incorrect scaling • change scale
no response to breathing • apnea • check all connections
• (disconnection)
• sampling line or water trap loose or
blocked (air leak)

• sample gas outlet blocked • check that outlet is open

ETCO2 over scale >20% • abnormally high ETCO2 (permissive • let the module run without a
Shown until 32%, hypercapnia) sampling line until the CO2
specified range 0 to 20% • CO2 sensor contaminated sensor has dried out

• D-fend malfunction
• change D-fend

ETCO2>PaCO2 • unit is mmHg or kPa and ETCO2 is close • change to “wet gas” by using
to arterial PCO2 install/service menu
• “dry gas” as default

4.2 Gas sampling system troubleshooting

The faults which can occur in the sampling system are: leaks or blockages in the tubing, failure
of the sampling pump or the magnetic valves, or diminishing of the flow rates because of dirt
accumulating in the internal tubing.
The following checks should help in localizing the fault. Whenever suspecting the sampling
system and always after having done any work on the sampling system, check and if
necessary adjust the flow rate.

23

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

CAUTION The special internal sample tube is mechanically fragile. Sharp bends will cause
leaks.
NOTE: D-fend water trap should be replaced, when the ‘REPLACE D-FEND’ message appears
during the monitor startup.
NOTE: If any liquid has entered the miniC measuring unit due to water trap filter failure, leave
the module running without a sampling line for several hours and check the functions after it
has dried out.

4.2.1 Sampling system leak test

1. Connect a flow cassette with a high flow resistance value (50/1.1) to the end of the
sampling line and start following the ‘Amb-Work’ value in the service menu. When the
value exceeds 130 mmHg, connect the other port of the flow cassette to the sample gas
out connector and switch off the pump.
2. Wait until the pressure inside the sampling system is stabilized, then observe the shown
Amb-Work value. The value, i.e. the pressure inside the sampling system, should not drop
more than 6 mmHg in 20 seconds.
3. If the pressure drops more, first ensure the connections you have made and repeat the
test.

4.3 MiniC unit troubleshooting

CAUTION The miniC measuring sensor can only be repaired and calibrated at the factory.
In case of failure, the complete miniC unit should be sent to Datex-Ohmeda for
factory exchange.

4.4 Error messages

Message Explanation
Occlusion or Sample Line Blocked The sample tube inside or outside the monitor is blocked or water
trap is occluded. If occlusion persists, measured gas values
disappear.
Continuous occlusion. Check sample line Occlusion over 40 seconds.
and D-fend.
Check D-fend - The water trap is not connected
- There is a leak in the sampling line inside the module. If air leak
persists, measured gas values disappear.
Check sample gas out.
(Air leak detected.) Check water trap and Air leak over 40 seconds.
sample gas out-flow. Press normal
screen to continue.
Replace D-fend (replace water trap) Indicates residue build-up on the water trap membrane. This
decreases air flow.
Gas calibration is not available during Entering calibration is not allowed during 5 minutes after power up
first 5 minutes/during occlusion/during and during occlusion or air leak.
air leak

24

Document no. M1027829-02

 S/5 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC (Rev. 00)

Message Explanation
Gas out blocked - Gas out connector on the front panel, or the exhaust line
connected to it, is blocked.
- If the sample gas is returned to the patient circuit, the filter in the
return kit may be occluded.
- Make sure the sample gas outlet is connected to an open
scavenging system only where gas is removed in room pressure.
Recalibration Time out, fluctuating gases, gain adjusted “over”.
Zero error Unsuccessful zeroing.
Unstable, Calibr error Unsuccessful calibration.
Menu messages during calibration:
Zero error Unsuccessful zeroing.
Adjust Calibration gas accepted and monitor is ready for adjusting the gas
values to match the calibration gas concentration.
Unstable Unsuccessful calibration.

25

Document no. M1027829-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of S/5 Single-width Airway Module E-miniC.

26

Document no. M1027829-02

 Appendix A, Service check form, Single-width Airway Module E-miniC (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

Single-width Airway Module E-miniC (Rev. 00)
Customer
Service Module type S/N
Service engineer Date

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

General OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Check internal parts 2. Check external parts

Notes

CO2 measurement

3. Check Mini D-Fend

4. Module software GAS

5. Flow measurement offset ±10 ml/min

6. Ambient pressure 7. Zero valve check

8. Nafion tube

9. Gas sampling system leak test <6 mmHg/20 sec.

10. Check the flow rates
Sampling flow 150 ± 25 ml/min
11. Working pressure
Amb-Work 20...50 mmHg

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027829-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

General OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

12. Gas calibration 13. Occlusion detection

14. Check D-fend 15. Apnea detection

Notes

General OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

16. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-2(2)

Document no. M1027829-02

 Datex-Ohmeda
S/5TM Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Manual

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027830-1
November, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures ii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Parameter specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 PgCO2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2 Functional description 4
2.1 Measurement principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.1 CO2 measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.1 Gas sampling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.2 CO2 sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3 Service procedures 10
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.1.1 CO2 sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.1.2 Factory calibration data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.1.3 Serviceable or exchangeable parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.2.2 Recommended parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.2.3 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.2.4 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.4 Instructions after replacing tubings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.4 Adjustments and calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3.4.1 Pressure sensor calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3.4.2 System test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.4.3 PgCO2 calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

4 Troubleshooting 18
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
4.2 Gas sampling system troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

5 Earlier revisions 19
Appendix A: Service check form, Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00) A-1

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Table of figures

Figure 1 Patient connections ............................................................................................................................. 1

Figure 2 Absorbance of CO2.............................................................................................................................. 4
Figure 3 Front panel of Tonometry Module, E-TONO ............................................................................................ 5
Figure 4 Gas sampling system layout ................................................................................................................. 5
Figure 5 CO2 sensor.......................................................................................................................................... 7
Figure 6 Signal processing of the module........................................................................................................... 8
Figure 7 Signal and control logic........................................................................................................................ 8

ii

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Tonometry Module, E-TONO. Later in this manual modules may be referred to
without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The S/5 Tonometry Module is a single width plug-in module designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda
modular monitors. The module provides gastric tonometry measurement, i.e. it measures the
gastrointestinal CO2 concentration, PgCO2.
The Tonometry Module contains the CO2 gas concentration sensor and a gas sampling system to
move gas between the patient’s gastrointestinal tract and the sensors. The patient is connected to the
module with a TonometricsTM Catheter, which is inserted into the gastrointestinal tract.
A sample is taken at regular intervals to determine the CO2 concentration of the gas.

2 3

1
4

Figure 1 Patient connections

(1) Tonometry Module, E-TONO

(2) Catheter connector
(3) Biofilter
(4) Tonometrics catheter
Monitor software compatibility
The S/5 Tonometry Module, E-TONO, functions only with monitor software of level 99 or later.

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Equipment safety symbols

- When displayed on the E-TONO module, indicates that the module should be
used only with Tonometrics catheters.

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size, W × D × H 37 × 193 × 112 mm, 1.5 × 7.6 × 4.4 in
Module weight 0.55 kg /1.2 lbs.
Operating temperature +10...+40 °C
Storage temperature -25...+70 °C
Atmospheric pressure 666...1060 hPa
(67...106 kPa/500...800 mmHg/666...1060 mbar)
Humidity 10...90% RH non-condensing
Power consumption 0.7 W Prms, 9.0 W momentary
Protection against electrical shock type BF (IEC-60601-1) defibrillator-proof protection
against electric shock

1.2 Parameter specifications

Measurement interval is 10 minutes.

1.2.1 PgCO2
Measurement range 0...30 kPa (0...228 mmHg)
1
Accuracy
in range 0...15 kPa (0...113 mmHg) ±(0.5 kPa +5% of reading)
±(4 mmHg +5% of reading)
in range 15...30 kPa (113...228 mmHg)±(1.5 kPa ±15% of reading)
±(12 mmHg ±15% of reading)
NOTE: Accuracy specifications apply in normal conditions:
− Measurement is done at least 30 minutes after catheter initialization
− Calibration has been checked within 2 weeks.
− Ambient temperature: 10...40 °C, within ±5 °C of calibration
− Ambient pressure: 500...800 mmHg, ±50 mmHg of calibration
− Ambient humidity: 10...90% RH, ±20% RH of calibration

1. These specifications only apply when TONO-8F, TONO-14F, TONO-16F, TONO-18F catheters with 13 mm biofilter are used.

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 CO2 measurement
The CO2 sensor measurement is based on the infrared (IR) absorption technique. CO2 molecules
absorb IR-light that has a certain wave length (4.26 µm). This wavelength is selected from the
incoming IR-light with a special optical bandpass filter. The IR-light passed through the measurement
chamber and the filter, and the signal is then detected with a thermopile.
The calculation of CO2 concentration needs also the determination of the signal level, when there is
no CO2 in the measured gas. This procedure is the zeroing of the sensor. The zeroing is done with room
air and it is always performed before measuring the sample gas.
The CO2 and zeroing gas measurements are performed by pulsing the IR-lamp 3 times (lamp is on for
2 seconds and off for 2 seconds) and by measuring the thermopile signal during pulsing. The CO2
concentration is defined then from these signals. In the definition of CO2 partial pressure (PgCO2), the
influence of sensor temperature, measurement pressure, catheter pressure, gas mixing in tubings
and the drop in water vapor pressure on the measurement result are compensated.
Absorbance (arbitrary units)

CO2

CO2_absorbance.vsd

Filter

4.0 4.5
Wavelength (µm)

Figure 2 Absorbance of CO2

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

2.2 Main components

Starts/Stops the PgCO2 measurement cycle.

Lab. Takes you to Lab Data menu to enter the blood gas values.
Data

Figure 3 Front panel of Tonometry Module, E-TONO

The tonometry module consists of:

• gas sampling system
• CO2 measuring unit
• CPU board.

2.2.1 Gas sampling system

VALVE UNIT
room air
inlet
filter
PUMP UNIT

catheter
pressure pump
zero valve pump valve pressure
transducer
TONO_gas_sampling_syst_layout.vsd

transducer
P
P linear
tube unit membrane stepper
pump motor
CO2
to sensor M
catheter
connector
PVC tube
PVC+NafionTM tube
room air inlet

Figure 4 Gas sampling system layout

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

The tonometry measurement is done at regular intervals of 10 minutes. The measurement cycle starts
with CO2 sensor zeroing. Zeroing means flushing the gas measurement chamber with room air and
measuring the signal level of IR-light passed through the room air. Right after zeroing the sensor,
sample gas is aspirated from the tonometry catheter and the IR-signal passed through the sample
gas is measured. The actual CO2 concentration is determined from the measured zero signal and the
CO2 signal. After determining the catheter gas CO2, the system ensures the catheter is emptied by
creating a vacuum to empty any residual gas. After generating the vacuum, the tubing system is
equilibrated close to the ambient pressure by switching the pump valve on and off. Thus, the catheter
is always filled with the same amount of gas. The catheter is refilled with measured sample gas.
Catheter pressure transducer
The catheter pressure transducer measures absolute catheter pressure.
Zero valve
The valve is normally open to room air. When sample gas is measured from the catheter, the zero
valve becomes active.
Sensor
After the zero valve, the gas passes through the CO2 sensor.

NafionTM tube 1)
A Nafion tube is used between the CO2 sensor and tube unit to balance the sample gas humidity with
that of ambient air. The CO2 sensor measures humid gas and Nafion tube prevents humidity from
increasing in the tubes.
Tube unit
The tube unit is used between the Nafion tube and pump unit to store the sample gas.
Pump valve
The valve is normally open to room air. When CO2 concentration is measured from the sample gas or
from room air, the pump valve becomes active.
Pump pressure transducer
The working pressure transducer measures absolute pump pressure. It is used for the ‘Catheter
empty’ message, ‘Catheter leakage’ message and ‘Unable to fill’ catheter message.
Membrane pump and linear stepper motor
The gas sampling pump is a membrane pump that is run by a linear stepper motor. Sample volume is
4 ml.

1. 1)
Nafion is a trademark of Perma Pure Inc.

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

2.2.2 CO2 sensor

Temp sensor
CO2
IR Lamp sensor
Sample chamber board Temp
I CO2 To
CPU
Optical Thermopile board
filter detectors

CO2_sensor.vsd
EEPROM

Sample Sample
gas out gas in

Figure 5 CO2 sensor

The CO2 sensor is a non-dispersive infrared analyzer, measuring absorption of the gas sample at CO2
infrared wavelength, which is selected using an optical narrow band filter. The IR lamp is a 500 mW
filament, surrounded by thermal isolation. There is a hole in the isolation, passing the radiation to a
conical measuring chamber with 3 mm length.
The CO2 sensor contains its own preamplifier board, which amplifies the thermopile signal. The
preamplifier board also contains EEPROMs that store calibration data of the CO2 sensor.
The Temp sensor measures the temperature of the CO2 unit and it is used for temperature
compensation.
CPU board
The CPU board contains the processor, memory and AD-converter that are common to the whole
module. The CPU board also contains preamplifiers of pressure sensors and drivers for valves, a
linear stepper motor and a lamp. The module is connected to the module bus through an RS-485
serial channel.
The CO2 sensor preamplifier board contains the EEPROM, preamplifier of IR thermopile sensors and
temp sensor.

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

CO2 preamplifier board CPU board

IR
Thermopile
Sensor

Temp
Sensor EEPROM

EEPROM

RS-484

Module bus
A/D 12 bit
Pump unit driver

Pump press

Pump valve CPU

Linear stepper Stepper H8/3048
motor motor

TONO_CPU_signal_proc_module.vsd
control
Zero unit

Cath press

Zero valve

Lamp unit Lamp

current
Lamp
control

Figure 6 Signal processing of the module

Tube unit

Valve unit CO2 sensors Pump unit

EEPROM data
temperature
current control
lamp

CO2

TONO_signal_cntrl_logic.vsd

zero valve pump pressure

control X6 X2
pump valve control
catheter pressure X4 X3
motor control
CPU board
Membrane X7
keys
X8

module bus connector

Figure 7 Signal and control logic

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector
Module bus connector Pin No. I/O Signal
1 I RESET RS485
13 1
25 14 2 I -15 VDC (not used)
3 I +15 VDIRTY
4 I +15VDC
5 I/O -DATA RS485
6 I/O DATA RS485
7 Ground and Shield
8 I -RESET RS485
13 Ground and Shield
14 I +24/+32 VDIRTY Depends on power supply (not used)
15 I Ground DIRTY
20 I GASFR (not used)
21 I CTSD (not used)
22 I TXDD (not used)
23 O RXDD (not used)
24 I +5 VDC
25 I +5 VDC

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the Tonometry module is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or mechanical
parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed description of the fault.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void warranty of the unit.
CAUTION The module electronics can only be repaired and calibrated at the factory.

3.1.1 CO2 sensor

CAUTION The CO2 sensor can only be repaired at the factory. Attempts to repair the sensor
elsewhere will adversely affect operation of the sensor. The information provided is for
reference only.

3.1.2 Factory calibration data

CAUTION If there is any fault in the CPU board, pump unit, valve unit or CO2 sensor, the module
should be sent to the factory for repair. The CPU board contains calibration data for
the pressure transducers in the pump unit and valve unit. The CO2 sensor preamplifier
board contains calibration data for the sensor itself and for gas measurement
electronics on the CPU board.

3.1.3 Serviceable or exchangeable parts

• Nafion tube
• other tubings
• tube unit
• mechanical parts
NOTE: After any component replacement see section “Adjustments and calibrations”

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

10

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

The symbol " in the instructions means that the checklist should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

Torx screwdriver, T10 -
Pressure manometer -
Silicon tube 73373 Available in meters.
Calibration gas 755580
Calibration gas regulator 755534
Calibration sampling line 733251
Air pressure gauge -
Luer plug
TonometricsTM catheter TONO-14F or another TONO-_F catheter

See order numbers for accessories in the Patient Monitor Supplies and Accessories catalogue.

3.2.2 Recommended parts

Part Order No. Notes

Special tube, (Nafion) 300 mm 733382

3.2.3 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• all screws are tightened properly
• all cables are connected properly
• tubes are not pinched and there are no sharp bends on them
• all tubes are connected properly

"
2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• connectors are intact and attached properly

11

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

• the module box and latch are intact

"
3. Nafion tube
Replace the Nafion tube.
NOTE: The Nafion tube should be replaced annually.

"
3.2.4 Functional inspection
4. Recognition
Reattach the module box and check that the latch moves properly.
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly.
Turn the monitor on and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitoring screen so that information regarding the tonometric measurement is
shown, for example:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Digit Fields -Lower Field 4 - PgCO2
Check that the module is recognized, i.e. the PgCO2 header with related information appears in
the chosen digit field.

"
5. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Record the information regarding the software of the tonometry module by selecting Scroll Vers
and turning the ComWheel.

"
6. Communication and memories
Enter the tonometric module service menu:
...Parameters - More... - TONO
Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster
than by 5 per second. Check that the module memories have passed the internal memory test,
i.e. RAM, ROM and EEPROM all state OK. Check that the general error status, module
pneumatics error status, module hardware error status and testbit status are zero.

"
7. Membrane keys
Check the front panel Start-Stop and Lab. Data membrane keys.

12

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

Press each key for at least one second and check that the key being pressed is identified, i.e.
the keyboard status changes.

"
8. Pressure sensor calibration
Perform the pressure sensor calibration (TONO - PressSensCal), see instructions in section
“Pressure sensor calibration”.

9. System test
Perform the system test (TONO - System Test).
a. Block the catheter port of the module airtight e.g. with a plug that is made for closing a syringe.
b. Select Start Test.
c. Wait until the automatic test procedure is over. The results are given in the data field and
descriptions of the tested parts are listed in the “Service Menu” slot of the Monitor “Technical
Reference Manual”.
The test can be interrupted at any time by selecting Stop Test.
NOTE: The system test takes about one minute to carry out.
NOTE: Use a plug with very small volume to block the catheter port.

"
10. Gas calibration
Perform the gas calibration (TONO - Tonometry - PgCO2 - Calibration).

"
11. Measurement
Connect the catheter to the tonometry module. Start the tonometric measurement by pressing
the Start-Stop key on the module.
If the measurement is turned on PgCO2 time bat replaces the Meas Off text. Check that the
catheter fills up. Stop the measurement by pressing the Start-Stop key.

"
12. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
13. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after the performed electrical safety check.

"

13

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

14. Final cleaning

Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

14

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the tonometry module (see the exploded view of the module in the “E-Modules Spare
parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it from the
main body.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front cover to the
front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the tubes and cables are not pinched
between the boards and the cover.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

3.3.4 Instructions after replacing tubings

After replacing any part of the tubings:
• perform the “System test”
• perform the “PgCO2 calibration”

15

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.4 Adjustments and calibrations

3.4.1 Pressure sensor calibration
Before the procedure:
• Find out what the ambient pressure is at the moment in [mmHg] or [mbar].
• Find a device with which you can apply a known pressure of about 100 mmHg to the
catheter port. There are e.g. suitable blood pressure gauges. Make sure that it can be
connected to a male luer connector.
1. The monitor prompts: ‘Make sure that catheter connector is open to room air and start
calibration.’
• Remove the catheter, plug, pressure gauge or anything that is connected to the catheter
port of the module.
• Select Start Calib
2. The monitor prompts: ‘Calib started. Make sure that the catheter connector is open to room air.’
• Remove the catheter, plug, pressure gauge or anything that is connected to the catheter
port of the module, if you haven’t done so already.
• Wait a moment.
3. The monitor prompts ‘Adjust ambient pressure.’
• Turn ComWheel to match the highlighted pressure value (or the corresponding value in
mbar to the right of the mmHg reading) to the known ambient pressure.
• Press ComWheel.
4. The monitor prompts: ‘Pump approximately 100 mmHg pressure and adjust cal. press. to
match.’
• Connect the blood pressure gauge to the catheter port.
• Pump in pressure between 95 and 105 mmHg.
• Turn ComWheel to match the highlighted pressure value to the applied pressure.
• Press ComWheel.
5. The monitor prompts ‘Store or discard new sensor gains and offsets.’
• Turn ComWheel to display YES if you want to store the calibration factors or NO if you do
not want to store them.
• Press ComWheel.
6. The monitor prompts ‘Calibration finished.’
• Everything went OK and the calibration is finished.
• OR
• The monitor prompts: ‘Calibration pressure too close to ambient pressure.’
• The applied pressure was too low and you have to redo the calibration.

16

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

3.4.2 System test

1. Plug the catheter port of the module airtight e.g. with a plug that is made for closing a syringe.
2. Select Start Test.
3. Wait till the automatic test procedure is over. The results are given in the data field and
descriptions of the tested parts are listed in the Service Menu slot of the Monitor “Technical
Reference Manual”.
The test can be interrupted at any time by selecting Stop Test.
NOTE: The system test takes about one minute to perform.
NOTE: Use a plug with very small volume to block the catheter port.

3.4.3 PgCO2 calibration

The gas calibration is performed in the Others - Tonometry or ...Service - Parameters - More... -
TONO - Tonometry submenu.
1. Connect the calibration gas sampling line to the regulator and to the module’s catheter
connector.
2. Press the Others key on the monitor keyboard.
3. Select Tonometry - PgCO2 Calibration.
4. Wait until the text ‘Start feeding gas and press ComWheel. Feed gas until Adjust message is
displayed’ appears. Open the regulator and start feeding gas. Press ComWheel and continue
feeding gas until the text ‘Adjust’ appears on the display.
5. Check that the displayed values match the values on the calibration gas container. Adjust with
ComWheel if necessary.
6. It is recommended that the airway gases be calibrated at the same time.

17

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart
Problem Cause/What to do
Tonometry module HW error. Module hardware error. Return the module to the factory for
repair.
Tonometrics catheter empty. There is no gas in the tonometry catheter. It will be filled
automatically during the next measurement. Occlusion in the
catheter, or leak in the catheter or connector in the module.
Check catheter.
Tonometrics catheter leakage. The tonometry catheter is disconnected, the tubes are leaking
inside the module or the catheter is leaking. Ensure proper
catheter connection and have the internal leak repaired.
Unable to fill tonometrics Occlusion in the catheter or the balloon is squeezed. Check
catheter. catheter.

4.2 Gas sampling system troubleshooting

The faults which can occur in the sampling system are: leaks or blockages in the tubing, fault in
pressure sensors, failure of the sampling pump or the magnetic valves.
The system test should help in localizing the fault. Whenever suspecting the sampling system and
always after having done any work on the sampling system, check and if necessary adjust the
pressure sensors.
CAUTION The special internal sample tube is mechanically fragile. Sharp bends will cause
leaks.
CAUTION If there is any fault in the CPU board, pump unit, valve unit or CO2 sensor, the module
should be sent to factory for repair. The CPU board contains calibration data for the
pressure transducers in the pump unit and valve unit.
NOTE: If any liquid has entered the module, contact GE Healthcare Technical Services.

18

Document no. M1027830-1

 Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5TM Tonometry Module, E-TONO.

19

Document no. M1027830-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

20

Document no. M1027830-1

 Appendix A, Service check form, Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

Tonometry Module, E-TONO (Rev. 00)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

3. Nafion tube

Functional inspection

4. Recognition

5. Module software TONO

6. Communication and
7. Membrane keys
memories
8. Pressure sensor
9. System test
calibration

10. Gas calibration 11. Measurement

13. Functioning after

12. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

14. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027830-1
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

A-2(2)
Document no. M1027830-1
Datex-Ohmeda
S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EEC.
CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.
All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1027831-02

May 18, 2011

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2,
FI-00510 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2005, 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures ii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.1 Entropy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 Functional description 3
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 EntrEEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2 FEMG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.3 RE and SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.4 Impedance measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.3.2 Module front panel connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

3 Service procedures 7
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2.3 Functional inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.1 Before disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.2 Tools needed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.4 To disassemble the module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

4 Troubleshooting 11
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.2 Troubleshooting flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

5 Earlier revisions 13
Appendix A: Service check form, Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY (Rev. 00) A-1

Document no. M1027831-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Table of figures

Figure 1 Measurement setup.................................................................................................................................................................... 1

Figure 2 A general view of the cable connections.......................................................................................................................... 3
Figure 3 Front panel of Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY .................................................................................................................... 4
Figure 4 Entropy measurement system block diagram............................................................................................................... 5
Figure 5 Entropy module troubleshooting flowchart ..................................................................................................................12

ii

Document no. M1027831-02

 S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY. The Entropy module is a single width
plug-in module designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda Anesthesia Monitors. Later in this
manual modules may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY, and accessories are indicated for
monitoring the state of the central nervous system (CNS) by data acquisition of
electroencephalograph (EEG) and frontal electromyograph (FEMG) signals in the anesthesia
environment. The spectral entropies, State Entropy (SE) and Response Entropy (RE), are
processed EEG and FEMG variables, and may be used as an aid in monitoring the effects of
certain anesthetic agents.
The Entropy module uses an electroencephalography (EEG) signal, together with spontaneous
facial muscular activity with a frontal electromyography (FEMG) signal to measure:
• Response Entropy (RE)
• State Entropy (SE)
• Burst Suppression Ratio (BSR)
The Entropy module is responsible for EEG and FEMG signal acquisition, amplification, filtering
and digitization and electrode impedance measurement. All the calculated parameters can be
selected on the display, and trended.

 

Figure 1 Measurement setup

(1) Entropy module
(2) Entropy sensor cable
(3) GE Entropy sensor
(4) Entropy sensor

Monitor software compatibility

The Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY requires monitor software version 03 or greater.

Document no. M1027831-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size (W x D x H) 37 x 186 x 112 mm/1.5 x 7.3 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.35 kg/0.8 lb.
Power consumption 2.6 W

1.2 Technical specifications

1.2.1 Entropy
Amplifier
Amplification 10 000
Input dynamic range ±500 µV
Input offset ±300 mV
Frequency range 0.5 - 118 Hz
Noise level <0.5 µV @ 0.5 - 118 Hz
Input impedance 1 MΩ @ 50 Hz
CMRR >100 dB
Defibrillation protection 3000V, 130 J
A/D conversion
Sampling frequency 1600 Hz
Resolution 60 nV
Waveform display (One channel of raw EEG)
Range 800 µVpp
Scales ±25/50/100/250/400 µV
Sweep speed 12.5/25/50 mm/s
Numeric display (RE, SE and BSR)
Range RE 0 - 100
SE 0 - 91
BSR 0 - 100%
Accuracy ±1 or ±1%
Display resolution 1 digit
Display update 1s
Impedance measurement
Measurement frequency 75 Hz
Current 10 µA
Range 0...30 kΩ
Resolution 0.1 kΩ
Accuracy ±1 kΩ or ±10%
Measurement time, all leads 5s
Start of measurement manual/automatic
Leads off detection > 3 MΩ, continuous

Document no. M1027831-02

 S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
The hypnotic component of anesthesia is most reliably monitored by measuring cortical
electrical activity. Electroencephalography (EEG) changes from irregular to more regular
patterns when anesthesia deepens. Similarly, frontalis EMG (FEMG) quiets down as the deeper
parts of the brain are increasingly saturated with anesthetics. Entropy measures irregularity of
EEG and FEMG.
Entropy parameters and BSR are calculated from EEG and FEMG signals acquired with a sensor
which is attached to the patient's forehead. The sensor consists of three electrodes. This
referential measurement yields one channel of raw EntrEEG.

6HQVRU


,0& 6HQVRUFRQQSDGGOH HOHFWURGHV

(QWURS\0RGXOH



Figure 2 A general view of the cable connections

2.1.1 EntrEEG
EEG is a differential voltage signal measured from electrodes attached the patient’s skin. EEG
measures the spontaneous electrical activity of the brain. This electrical activity reflects the
state of the brain. In referential measurement, the referential electrode delivers its potential to
every channel’s minus-input. The signal is the potential difference between this common
reference electrode (electrode #3) and the electrode connected to the plus input (electrode #1).
The purpose of the ground electrode (electrode #2) is to reduce common mode noise.
The EntrEEG signal is amplified, antialias filtered, digitized and software filtered. After that, the
EntrEEG signal is shown on the screen and the RE, SE and BSR characteristics are calculated
from it.

2.1.2 FEMG
FEMG is an electrical signal originating from facial muscles. The FEMG signal has much broader
spectrum than EEG and it overlaps with EEG at low frequencies. The FEMG signal gives its
contribution to the RE values (see chapter 2.1.3). Mains power frequency and its harmonics are
digitally filtered away to reject interference noise from power lines.

2.1.3 RE and SE
Entropy numbers range from 100 to zero (RE 0-100, SE 0 – 91), correlating to the patient's
anesthetic state. High values of Entropy indicate high irregularity of the signal, signifying that
the patient is awake. There are two Entropy parameters: the fast-reacting Response Entropy
and the more steady and robust State Entropy. State Entropy consists of the entropy of EEG
signal calculated up to 32 Hz. Response Entropy includes additional high frequencies up to 47
Hz and, consequently, the fast frontalis EMG (FEMG) signals enable a fast response time.

Document no. M1027831-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Table 1 Frequency ranges for Entropy calculation

Response Entropy, RE 0 < f < 47 Hz

State Entropy, SE 0 < f < 32 Hz

2.1.4 Impedance measurement

The impedance measurement is performed for all leads at the same time and the EntrEEG is
stopped for no longer than 5 seconds during the impedance measurement.
Differences in the electrode impedance of the electrodes cause common mode noise coupling
to the measured signal. To minimize this, the electrode impedance is measured and a warning
of an unsatisfactory impedance level is generated when necessary. The impedance of an
electrode is measured by applying a known current through the electrode and measuring the
voltage drop over the electrode. This way the impedance of a single electrode can be resolved.

2.2 Main components

(QWURS\ &KHFN
6HQVRU

(QWURS\
0(1

((17523<

Figure 3 Front panel of Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

− Entropy: Opens the Entropy menu on the screen

− Check Sensor : Starts the manual sensor check
The Entropy board consists of the following functional sections:
• Microprocessor for measurement control, and for processing the measurement signal
• Digital I/O circuit for smart chip communication (the chip is located in the entropy sensor)
• Serial communication driver for module bus communication

Document no. M1027831-02

 S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

The serial bus speed to the monitor is 500 kbps and the bus itself is half duplex, i.e. data can be
transferred to both directions but only one way at a time.


 *'$+#'& ',$
.*
)&* ')%)

%($# #+#'&


'&-)+)


'&&+')
')
+#&+
*'$+#'&



#$+)#&!
'
&+)'(.
',$
,*

&*')




+"'! 

'
%)+
"#(

#!#+$



*+ (+' 

+ *'$+#'& )#-)

Figure 4 Entropy measurement system block diagram

Document no. M1027831-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector Pin No. Name Despcription

(X1)
Female D25 1 Reset_ RS485 Module Bus Reset +
13 1 3 +15VD +15V Supply voltage
25 14

5 Ndata_ RS485 Module Bus Data -

6 Data_ RS485 Module Bus Data +
7 GND Ground
8 Nreset_ RS485 Module Bus Reset -
13 GND Ground
Other NC Not Connected

2.3.2 Module front panel connector

Module front panel Pin No. Name Color Description

connector
1 VCC PURPLE Supply voltage
2 I/O WHITE Bi-directional data line (open drain)
3 CLOCK BLUE Clock input
4 RESET YELLOW Control input (reset)
5 GND GREY Smartchip ground
6 Screen - Cable screen
7 Electrode 2 (N) GREEN EEG channel neutral
8 Electrode 3 (-) RED EEG channel -
9 Electrode 1 (+) BROWN EEG channel +

Document no. M1027831-02

 S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the E-ENTROPY module is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
The simulator for E-ENTROPY (order code N-ES) is recommended for functional checks.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void warranty of
the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service check should
be performed after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be
used for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) Service check form, which should be filled
in when performing the procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after
performing the procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

Simulator for E-ENTROPY N-ES
Torx screwdriver, T10

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts of the module

Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly
• the EMC cover is attached properly in the module
• there are no loose objects inside the module

"

Document no. M1027831-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2. External parts of the module

Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• connectors are intact and attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

Turn the monitor on and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that information regarding the Entropy measurement is
shown:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - EntrEG
Others - Entropy - Entr.EEG Scale - 250 µV
Others - Entropy - Display format - All
Others - Entropy - Automatic check - OFF

3. Installation
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly.

"
4. Recognition of module
Check that the module is recognized, i.e. the EntrEEG header with related information
appears in the chosen waveform fields and ‘Cable off’ message is shown on the field.

"
5. Recognition of sensor
Connect the cable to the module. Check that the cable is recognized i.e. message ‘No
sensor’ is shown on the waveform field. If the Entropy sensor is connected, ‘Sensor off’
message appears.

"
6. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Record the information regarding the software of E-ENTROPY by selecting Scroll vers and
turning the ComWheel.

"
7. Communication and memories of module
Enter the Entropy module service menu:
Parameters - More… - Entropy

Document no. M1027831-02

 S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values in the module view
are not increasing faster than by 5 per second. Check that the memories of the module
have passed the internal memory test, i.e. RAM, ROM and EEPROM all state OK.

"
8. Membrane keys
Check the Entropy and Check Sensor membrane keys of the module. Go to the module
view and press each key for at least one second and check that the key being pressed is
identified, i.e. the Check Sensor text is highlighted in the service menu and that pressing
the Entropy key brings up the Entropy menu.

"
9. Impedances
Connect the Entropy simulator (N-ES) to the cable. Go to the Entropy service menu and
select Check Sensor. In the Sensor view, check that the impedances in all three leads are
0 kΩ.

"
10. Checks with simulator
Keep the Entropy simulator connected and check that the EntrEEG waveform and RE and
SE values appear on the monitor screen. The RE and SE values start to decrease after a
couple of minutes.

"
11. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
12. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after performing the electrical safety check.

"
13. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

Document no. M1027831-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic
discharge may damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.4 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the E-ENTROPY module (see the exploded view of the module in the “E-Modules
Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it
from the main body.
3. Detach the Entropy board by removing the two screws located near the front panel
frame, disconnect the cable and pull out the front panel frame.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front
cover to the front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected
properly.
Always perform the “Service check ” after reassembling the module.

10

Document no. M1027831-02

 S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart
Trouble Cause What to do
No EntrEEG waveform on screen. EntrEEG waveform not selected on Press Monitor Setup key and
screen. select EntrEEG waveform on the
screen.
No EntrEEG waveform on screen Entropy sensor not attached to Attach sensor to patient.
and ‘Sensor off’ message shown in skin.
the number field.
Number field shows ‘- - -‘ and Module could not accomplish a Check the sensor connection to
message ‘Sensor check failed' is successful sensor check. skin and initiate a new check by
displayed in number field. pressing Check sensor module
key or from Entropy menu.
EntrEEG signal looks noisy and High frequency electrical Remove noise sources if possible.
'Noise' message is displayed in the interference (i.e. electrocautery) is Check the sensor and electrode
number field and waveform field coupling to the sensor. impedances.
Sensor check measurement is not Measurement is off because Sensor check starts immediately
available on menus. sensor is not connected to cable when sensor is connected to the
and to patient. patient and first Entropy values
should appear 15 seconds after
successful sensor check.
Electrode impedances show One or more of sensor electrodes is Check the sensor contact and
‘Fail‘and 'Press electrodes' poorly connected to patient. cable. If the sensor electrodes have
message is displayed on number too high impedance (>7.5k), the
fields after impedance measurement fails even if the
measurement. sensor seems properly attached.
Cure for this is to prepare the skin
better, check that the sensor is not
dried out or outdated and try
again.

11

Document no. M1027831-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.2 Troubleshooting flowcharts

3RVVLEOHIDXOW(QWURS\PRGXOH

7DNHDOOPRGXOHVRXWRIWKHIUDPH

,QVHUW(17523<PRGXOHDQGWXUQSRZHU
RQ

'RHV
WKHIDXOWVWLOO 1R )DXOWQRWLQ(QWURS\PRGXOH
DSSHDU"

<HV
1R
(QWHUWKH(QWURS\6HUYLFHPHQX

'RHVDQRWKHU
&KHFNDUHWKH7LPHRXWV%DGFKHFNVXPV PRGXOHZRUNLQWKH
RU%DGFVE\UXQQLQJ" VDPHVORW"

2." 1R <HV

<HV
5HSODFH(QWURS\ERDUG

&KHFN5$0520DQG((3520
1R

'RHVDQRWKHU
2." 1R '0&FRQQHFWRUERDUGZRUN <HV 5HSODFH'0&FRQQHFWRUERDUG
ZLWKPRGXOH"
<HV

1R
&RQQHFWVHQVRUFDEOHLQWRPRGXOH
FRQQHFWRUDQG(QWURS\VHQVRULQWRVHQVRU
FDEOH 'RHVDQRWKHU
VHQVRUFDEOHZRUNZLWK <HV 5HSODFHVHQVRUFDEOH
PRGXOH"
&KHFNIURPVHQVRUYLHZWKDWPRGXOH
UHFRJQL]HV(QWURS\VHQVRU 1R

'RHVDQRWKHU
(QWURS\VHQVRUZRUN <HV 5HSODFH(QWURS\VHQVRU
2." 1R
ZLWKPRGXOH"

<HV

&KHFNIURQWSDQHONH\IXQFWLRQ ,VWKHNH\SDG
1R &RQQHFWWKHNH\SDG
FRQQHFWHG"
HQWURS\BWUEOBVKWQJYVG

2." 1R <HV

<HV 'RHVWKHWHVW
SDVVZLWKDQRWKHU <HV 5HSODFHWKHNH\SDG
)DXOWQRWLQ(QWURS\ NH\SDG"
PRGXOH

1R 5HSODFH(QWURS\ERDUG

Figure 5 Entropy module troubleshooting flowchart

12

Document no. M1027831-02

 S/5 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5™ Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY.

13

Document no. M1027831-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

14

Document no. M1027831-02

 Appendix A, Service check form, Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY (Rev. 00)
Customer
Service Module type S/N
Service engineer Date

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts of the 2. External parts of the
module module

Notes

Functional inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

3. Installation 4. Recognition of module

5. Recognition of sensor

Notes

6. Module software E-ENTROPY

7. Communication and
8. Membrane keys
memories of module

9. Impedances + -
Lead 1 0 kΩ
Lead 2 0 kΩ
Lead 3 0 kΩ

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027831-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

10. Checks with simulator + - OK N.A. Fail

EntrEEG waveforms

RE value

SE value

Notes

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

12. Functioning after
11. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

13. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-2(2)

Document no. M1027831-02

 Datex-Ohmeda
EEG Module
S/5™ EEG Module, E-EEG (Rev. 00)
S/5™ EEG Headbox, N-EEG (Rev. 01)

Technical Reference Manual Slot

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027832-1
November, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures iii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.1 Headbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.2 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Technical specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.1 EEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.2 AEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.3 EMG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.4 Impedance measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2 Functional description 4
2.1 Measurement principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.1 EEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.2 FEMG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.3 AEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.4 Impedance measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.1 Neuro board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.2 Headbox board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.3.2 Headbox connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3.3 Headbox input connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3 Service procedures 10
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2.3 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.4 E-EEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
3.3.5 N-EEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

4 Troubleshooting 17
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
4.2 Troubleshooting flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions 20
Appendix A: Service check form,
EEG Module, E-EEG (Rev. 00) and EEG Headbox, N-EEG (Rev. 01) A-1

ii

Document no. M1027832-1

 Table of figures

Table of figures

Figure 1 Measurement setup ............................................................................................................................. 1

Figure 2 EEG measuring principle....................................................................................................................... 4
Figure 3 Front panel of EEG Module, E-EEG, and of EEG Headbox, N-EEG ............................................................ 5
Figure 4 Neuro board block diagram .................................................................................................................. 6
Figure 5 Audio stimulator circuitry ...................................................................................................................... 6
Figure 6 EEG headbox board block diagram........................................................................................................ 7
Figure 7 EEG module troubleshooting flowchart................................................................................................ 18
Figure 8 Headbox troubleshooting flowchart ..................................................................................................... 19

iii

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

iv

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Datex-Ohmeda S/5 EEG Module, E-EEG, and the Datex-Ohmeda S/5 EEG Headbox, N-EEG. The EEG
module is a single width plug-in module designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors.
Later in this manual modules may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The EEG module and the EEG headbox together measure:
• electroencephalography (EEG)
• spontaneous facial muscular activity with frontal electromyography (FEMG)
• auditory evoked potentials (AEP)
The EEG Headbox, N-EEG, is responsible for EEG and FEMG signal amplification, filtering and
digitization and electrode impedance measurement. It is situated close to the patient’s head. The
Headbox has connectors for the EEG leads, either for a referential or a bipolar montage, and for the
AEP stimulation earphones.
The EEG module E-EEG creates auditory stimulus pulses and takes care of AEP signal processing. It
has one connector for the EEG headbox.

Figure 1 Measurement setup

(1) Module EEG, EP and FEMG measurement capability, E-EEG

(2) EEG Headbox and cable, N-EEG
(3) EEG leadset: preconfigured or own montage
- EEG electrodes (cup, needle or stick-on)
(4) Earphones (for AEP, earphones (4) are required)

Monitor software compatibility

The S/5 EEG Module, E-EEG and Headbox N-EEG function only with monitor software of level 99 or
later.

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
1.1.1 Headbox
Box size, W × D × H 97 × 174 × 34 mm/3.8 × 6.9 × 1.3 in
Box weight 0.4 kg/0.9 lb.
Power consumption 1.9 W

1.1.2 Module
Module size, W × D × H 37 × 186 × 112 mm/1.5 × 7.3 × 4.4 in
Module weight 0.3 kg/0.7 lb.
Power consumption 3.1 W

1.2 Technical specifications

1.2.1 EEG
Amplification 10 000
Resolution 60 nV
Max amplitude 800 µVpp
Sampling frequency 100 Hz per channel
Range ±400 µV
Frequency range 0.5...30 Hz
Input impedance 8 MΩ @ 10 Hz
Noise level < 0.5 µV rms from 0.5 Hz to 30 Hz
CMRR >100 dB @ 50 Hz
Parameters from power spectrum SEF, MF, relative power in frequency bands
Burst suppression calculated burst-suppression ratio (BSR)
Defibrillation protection 5000V, 360 J
Allowable Input Offset ±300 mV

1.2.2 AEP
Amplification 10 000
Resolution 60 nV
Max amplitude 1000 µVpp
Stimulation
Click (condensating) duration 100 µs
Frequency 1.1...9.1 Hz (1 Hz steps) @ 10 ms measurement
1.1...8.1 Hz (1 Hz steps) @ 100 ms measurement
Intensity 10...90 dB nHL, 10 dB steps

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

Measurement
Sampling frequency 2400 Hz for MLAEP/ 4800 Hz for BAEP
Frequency range 0.5...1000 Hz
Highpass filter off/10/30/50/75/100/150 Hz
Single average:
Averaged responses 100...2000
Moving average:
Gross average 100...2000
Update interval after every 100 stimuli (200, when gross average is 2000)

1.2.3 EMG
Amplification 50 000
Resolution 100 nV
Max amplitude 100 µVpp
Frequency range 60...300 Hz
Amplitude Root Mean Square (RMS)

1.2.4 Impedance measurement

Measurement frequency 75 Hz
Current 10 µA
Range 0...30 kΩ
Resolution 100
Accuracy ±1k or ±10% whichever is greater
Measurement time, all leads 3s
Start of measurement manual/automatic
Leads off detection >3 MΩ, continuous

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 EEG
EEG is a differential voltage signal measured from electrodes attached to the patient’s skin. EEG
measures the spontaneous electrical activity of the brain. This electrical activity reflects the state of
the brain.
Electrode connections can be made with two different principles: bipolar or referential montage. In
bipolar montage, every channel has two electrodes and the signal is the potential difference between
these two electrodes. In referential montage, the referential electrode delivers its potential to every
channel’s minus-input. The signal is the potential difference between this common reference
electrode and the electrode connected to the plus input. The purpose of the ground electrode is to
reduce common mode noise. It cannot be used as referential electrode.

Bipolar connection Referential connection

EEG_meas_principle.vsd
Figure 2 EEG measuring principle

The EEG signal is amplified, antialias filtered, digitized and software filtered. After that the EEG signal
is displayed on the screen and various characteristics are calculated from it. These include spectrum,
rms amplitude, spectral edge frequency, median frequency, burst-suppression ratio and percentage
of total power in four different bands: theta (1...4 Hz), delta (5...9 Hz), alpha (9...13 Hz) and beta (>13
Hz).

2.1.2 FEMG
FEMG is an electrical signal originating from facial muscles. In the headbox, the signal of channel 1 is
divided into two different amplification and filtering paths. One is the EEG path and the other is the
FEMG path. The FEMG signal has a much broader spectrum than the EEG and it overlaps with the EEG
at low frequencies. Because of this, the rms amplitude of FEMG signal is calculated from the
frequency band 60...300 Hz. The mains power frequency and its harmonics are digitally filtered away
to reject noise interference from power lines.

2.1.3 AEP
AEP is an electrical response of the nervous system to external auditory stimulus. It is measured using
the same electrodes as in the EEG measurement, but the sampling frequency and bandwidth are
different. The electrical signal resulting from one stimulus is weaker than the spontaneous activity of
the brain. To overcome this, the stimulus is repeated several times (100...2000), and an average of
all responses is calculated. Responses containing large artefacts are removed from the average to
improve the signal to noise ratio.

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

2.1.4 Impedance measurement

The impedance measurement is performed from one channel at a time and the EEG or EP
measurement is stopped during the impedance measurement.
Differences in electrode impedance cause common mode noise coupling to the measured signal. To
minimize this, the electrode impedance is measured and a warning of unsatisfactory impedance level
is generated when necessary. The impedance of an electrode is measured by applying a known
current through the electrode and measuring the voltage drop over the electrode. This way the
impedance of a single electrode can be resolved instead of a sum impedance of an electrode pair.

2.2 Main components

EP Imp.
Start/Stop Check

E-EEG
Figure 3 Front panel of EEG Module, E-EEG, and of EEG Headbox, N-EEG

EP Start/Stop Starts/stops evoked potential measurement with the defined settings.

Imp. Check Starts the manual measuring of the electrode impedance.

Headbox
The headbox, N-EEG, amplifies and digitizes the EEG signal. It has connectors for the EEG electrode
leads and AEP simulation headphones. There are the same two keys as on the E-EEG: EP
Start/Stop and Imp. Check. The headbox is situated close to the patient’s head.

2.2.1 Neuro board

The Neuro board consists of the following functional sections:
• audio stimulator
• microprocessor for stimulation and measurement control, and for counting the measurement
results

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

• two serial communication drivers

The serial bus speed to the monitor is 500 kbps and the bus itself is half duplex, i.e. data can be
transferred to both directions but only one way at a time.
The serial bus speed to the headbox is 500 kbps and the bus is full duplex i.e. data can be transferred
to both directions at the same time.

Module
Power Power ±5 V Keys
+15 V supply ±12V +15 V
Patient Isolation 5 kV

Data To
Module Bus

EEPROM CPU RS-422 EEG

3048 driver Head-
AEP stimulus box

neuro_brd_blck_diagram.vsd
RAM

Reset
Opto RS485
Data Isolation Driver AEP
Stimulator

Figure 4 Neuro board block diagram

Earphones

Audio level
adjustment
audio_stim_circuitry.vsd

PWM
Audio
H83048 Headbox
generator
CTRL
Timing control

Figure 5 Audio stimulator circuitry

2.2.2 Headbox board

The Headbox board consists of the following functional sections:
• input protection
• EEG amplifiers and filters
• FEMG amplifier and filter
• current feeding circuitry and amplifiers for impedance measurement

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

• microprocessor
• serial communication

Power ±5 V
+15 V supply ±12V

Isolation kV
1 p
A a
CPU EEG
/ t
3048 signal
D i

EEG_headbox_brd_blck_dgrm.vsd
RS 1-4 1-4
Data Opto 422 e
AEP n
AEP stimulus Isolation driver
stimulus t
Impedance
Headbox check
Keys

Figure 6 EEG headbox board block diagram

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal

1 I RESET_RS485
13 1
25 14 2 I -15 VDC
3 I +15 VDIRTY
4 I +15 VDC
5 I/O -DATA_RS485
6 I/O DATA_RS485
7 - Ground & Shield
8 I -RESET_RS485
9 I CTSB
10 O RTSB
11 I RXDB
12 O TXDB
13 - Ground & Shield
14 I +32 VDIRTY
15 I GroundDIRTY
16 I CTSC
17 O RTSC
18 I RXDC
19 O TXDC
20 - ON/STANDBY
21 - PWM_ECG
22 - RXDD_RS232
23 - TXDD_RS232
24 I +5 VDC
25 I +5 VDC

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

2.3.2 Headbox connector

Headbox connector Pin No. Signal

1 Ground
3 6
9
2 Ground
1
4 7
2 0 3 +15 V
5 8
4 TXD+
5 EP Audio
6 Power sync 43 kHz
7 RXD+
8 EP Sync
9 RXD-
0 TXD-

2.3.3 Headbox input connector

Headbox input connector Pin No. Signal

1 Lead set id
2 1+
headbox_input_conn.vsd

3 2+
1 5
4 3+

6 5 4+
10
6 Ground
7 1- / Ref
8 2-
9 3-
10 4-

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the E-EEG module and N-EEG headbox is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards
or mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

The symbol "in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

EEG simulator 90502 No longer available *
Torx screwdriver, T10
Earphones

* In case no EEG simulator is available for checking, skip over the steps referring to the simulator.

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.
Detach also the cover of the EEG headbox by removing the four screws from the bottom of the
box. Be careful with the two wired connectors in the circuit board attached to the cover.

1. Internal parts of the module and the headbox:

Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly
• the EMC cover is attached properly in the module

10

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

• there are no loose objects inside the module or the headbox

"
2. External parts of the module
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• connectors are intact and attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
3. External parts of the headbox
Check that:
• cover and the base of the headbox are intact
• the headbox sticker is intact
• connectors are intact and attached properly

"
Reattach the module box and the cover of the EEG headbox.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

Turn the monitor on and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that information regarding the EEG measurement is shown:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - EEG1
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 2 - EEG2
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 3 - EEG3
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 4 - EEG4
Others - EEG - Montage - EEG Channels - 4
Others - EEG - Montage - Montage type - Bip
Others - EEG - EEG Setup - Numeric 1 - MF
Others - EEG - EEG Setup - Numeric 2 - Ampl.
4. Installation
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly

"
5. Recognition of module
Check that the module is recognized, i.e. the EEG header with related information appears in
the chosen waveform fields and ‘Headbox off’ message is shown on the four fields.

"

11

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

6. Recognition of headbox
Connect the headbox to the module. Check that the headbox is recognized i.e. message ‘EEG
measurement off’ is shown on the four waveform fields. If the EEG leads are connected, ‘EEG
measurement off’ message disappears after 15 seconds.

"
7. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Record the information regarding the software of E-EEG and N-EEG by selecting Scroll vers and
turning the ComWheel.

"
8. Communication and memories of module
Enter the EEG module service menu:
Parameters - More… - EEG & EP
Check that the Timeouts, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values in the module view are not
increasing faster than by 5 per second. Check that the memories of the module have passed the
internal memory test, i.e. RAM, ROM and EEPROM all state OK.

"
9. Communication and memories of headbox
Check that the HB Mod Timeouts, HB Mod Bad Checksum and Mod HB Bad Checksum values
are not increasing faster than by 5 per second. Check that the memory of the headbox has
passed the internal memory test, i.e. HB Rom Error in the headbox view states 0.

"
10. Membrane keys
Check the EP Start/Stop and Imp. Check membrane keys both of the module and the
headbox. Go to the module view and press each key for at least one second and check that the
key being pressed is identified, i.e. the corresponding text is highlighted in the service menu.
Repeat in the headbox view with the headbox keys.

"
11. Impedances
Select 10 kΩ as imped. pos. and imped. neg. value on the simulator. Go to the EEG & EP
service menu and select Check Electr. In the headbox view, check that the impedances in all
four channels are 10 kΩ ±1 k.

"

12

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

12. Checks with simulator

Connect the EEG simulator to the headbox. Select 2 kΩ as imped. pos. and imped. neg. value
on the simulator. Select 10 Hz 200 µV sinewave on the simulator and check that all the four
waveforms have the same form. Check that the size of the waveforms is 200 µVpp ±5 µV. Check
that the MF value is 10 ±0.5 Hz. Check that the amp value is 71 µV 3 µV.

"
13. FEMG value
Select 75 Hz 50 µV signal on the simulator. Check that the FEMG value is 16 ±3 µV.

"
Preset the AEP measurement settings:
Others
EP - Cycle - Cont.
EP - AEP Setup - AEP Channels - 2
EP - AEP Setup - Responses -100
EP - AEP Setup - Stim. Frequency - 1.1Hz
EP - AEP Setup - Stim. Intensity - 60 dB
EP - AEP Setup - Sweep length - 100 ms
14. AEP stimulation
Plug in the earphones to the headbox. Be careful with load stimulation from the earphones
when starting AEP stimulation. Start AEP stimulation by pressing the EP Start/Stop button on
the module. Check that the clicking sound comes from the earphones in 1.1 Hz frequency. Stop
the stimulation by pressing again the EP Start/Stop button on the module. Check that the
clicking stopped.

"
Modify the AEP measurement settings:
Others
EP - AEP Setup - Stim. Frequency - 8.1Hz
EP - AEP Setup - Stim. Intensity - 90 dB
EP - EP Size - 1
15. AEP response
Connect the AEP testing cable between the simulator and the headbox. Select 2 kΩ as imped.
pos. and imped. neg. value on the simulator. Select 40 µV amplitude in the EP waves menu on
the simulator and start AEP measurement in the Others - EP menu. Wait until you get the
response on the display. Check that the shape of the response is one period of a sine wave.
Save EP and adjust the markers to the minimum and maximum level of the response curve in
both channels. Check that the amplitude is 40 V ±5 µV.

"

13

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

16. Electrical safety check

Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
17. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after performing the electrical safety check.

"
18. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

14

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

3.3.4 E-EEG
To disassemble the E-EEG module (see the exploded view of the EEG module in the “E-Modules Spare
parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it from the
main body.
3. Detach the Neuro board by removing the two screws located near the front panel frame,
disconnect the cable and pull out the front panel frame.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front cover to the
front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

3.3.5 N-EEG
To disassemble the N-EEG headbox (see the exploded view of the headbox in the “E-Modules Spare
parts” slot):
1. Remove the four screws from the bottom of the headbox.
2. Lift off the cover and disconnect the two cables connected to the EEG headbox board.
3. Disconnect the module-headbox cable and the headbox input unit connectors from the EEG
headbox board.

15

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4. Remove the four screws on the corners of the EEG headbox board and detach the EEG headbox
board.
To reassemble the N-EEG, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the headbox, make sure that the cables are reconnected
properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the headbox.

16

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart
Problem Cause What to do
No EEG waveforms on screen. EEG waveforms not selected on screen. Press Monitor Setup key and select EEG
waveforms on the screen.
No EEG waveforms on screen and ‘EEG Electrodes not attached properly to skin or Check electrodes and electrode cables.
measurement off’ message shown in the electrode cables not connected to headbox.
number field.
All EEG waveforms not drawn on screen even The number of channels chosen on montage Check that the number of channels in menu
if electrodes and cables are OK. setup is smaller than the number of channels Others -EEG - Montage is the same as
connected to patient. the number of channels connected to patient.
Number fields show ‘---‘ and message ‘High Patient has high muscle activity in the head Wait until the patient is relaxated or remove
EMG’ is displayed. region or noise from some equipment is the noise source.
coupling to electrode cables.
EEG signal looks noisy and artefact message Electrodes are poorly connected or electrical Check the electrodes and electrode
is displayed in the number fields. interference is coupling to electrode cables. impedances. Remove noise sources if
necessary.
‘Leads off’ message is shown on other The montage chosen in monitor is not Change the montage to referential from
channels than channel 1 in referential referential. monitor menu Others -EEG - Montage.
connection.
Electrode impedance measurement is not EEG measurement is off. EEG measurement starts 15 seconds after
available on menus. first electrode pair is connected.
Electrode impedance measurement is not EP measurement is on. Wait until EP measurement ends or stop EP
available on menus. measurement.
Electrode impedances show ‘---‘ and ‘Check Ground electrode is poorly connected to Check the electrode and cable. If the
ground electrode’ message is displayed on patient or ground electrode cable is not electrode has too high impedance (>50k), the
number fields after impedance measurement. connected to headbox. measurement fails even if the electrode is
properly attached. Cure for this is to use
better electrodes or prepare the skin better.
Electrode impedances show ‘---‘ The electrode impedances are too high and Prepare the skin better or use better
out of measurement range. electrodes.
Start EP measurement not available on EP The EEG measurement is off. Connect electrodes and wait 15 seconds and
menu. the measurement starts.
EP measurement parameters cannot be The EP measurement is on. Stop EP measurement.
changed.
All or most of the EP epochs are rejected (Rej. The signal has too much noise/artefacts in EP Check that electrode impedances are below
counter on EP screen increases more rapidly measurement band. Especially coupled 5k and the impedances of the same channel
than Ave. counter). 50/60 Hz is not shown on EEG waveform are close to one another. If this does not help,
because of filtering, but may be present in EP then try to remove noise sources.
signal.
EP wave is shown only on one channel even if Leads are off in the channel where the EP Check the electrodes and electrode cables.
two channels EP measurement is selected. wave is not shown.
No clicks can be heard from earphones. The earphones connector is not in place. Check that the earphones plug is firmly
pushed into the headbox’s earphone
connector.

17

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.2 Troubleshooting flowcharts

Probably faulty Take all modules
EEG Module out of the frame.

Insert EEG module

and turn power on

Does No Fault not in EEG

fault still
appear? module

Yes
Enter the EEG
Service menu
No
Check are the Timeouts,
Bad checksums or Bad
c-s by mod running?

Does
No another
OK? module work in
the same
Yes slot?
Check RAM, ROM
and EEPROM
Yes

No Replace
OK?
Neuro board

Yes
Connect headbox into
module connector
Yes
Check from headbox view are the
Timeouts, HB Mod Bad Checksums
or Mod Hb Bad Checksums running

Does
another No Fault not in EEG
OK? No
module work with module
headbox?
Yes
Check front panel
key functions

Is the
No keypad No Connect the
OK?
connected? keypad

Yes

Does the
test pass with Yes Replace the
another keypad
Yes keypad?
EEG_module_trblsh_chart.vsd

No
Connect earphones into Replace Neuro
the headbox and start board
AEP measurement
No

No Can clicks be Yes Fault not in EEG

Can clicks heard with another module
be heard? headbox?

Figure 7 EEG module troubleshooting flowchart

18

Document no. M1027832-1

 EEG Module

Possibly faulty EEG Take all modules

headbox out of the frame

Insert EEG module and EEG

on headbox and turn power

Does
fault still No Fault not in EEG
appear? headbox

Yes
Does the
headbox work Yes
with another
module?

No
Enter the EEG
Service menu

Check from headbox view if the

Timeouts, HB Mod Bad Checksums or
Mod Hb Bad Checksums are running
Try with another
No headbox - module Fault in Yes Replace the
OK? cable or check the headbox - module
cable?
cable by hand cable
Yes
Check HB
Rom Error No

No
OK? Replace the
Headbox board
Yes
Check front panel
key functions

Is the
No No Connect
OK? keypad
connected the keypad
?

Yes
Yes
Does the
test pass Yes Replace
with another the keypad
keybad?

Connect earphones into No

the headbox and start
AEP measurement Replace Yes
Neuro board
Is earphone jack
intact and
Can Try with another headbox
No Fault in No connected to
clicks be - module cable or check
cable? heardbox circuit
heard? the cable by hand board?
Yes No
Yes
Check EP waveforms Replace the headbox Connect or replace
with EEG simulator - module cable the earphones jack
Yes
EEG_headbox_trbls_chart.vsd

Try with another headbox -

OK No Fault in No Replace Neuro
module cable or check the
? cable? board
cable by hand
Yes
Check EEG waveforms, FEMG
reading, impedance measurement and Replace the input
lead off detection with EEG simulator connector
No
Check the headbox Yes
OK? Replace the
T input connector and OK?
Headbox board
e input board
xt
Figure 8 Headbox troubleshooting flowchart

19

Document no. M1027832-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5TM EEG Module, E-EEG. This manual supports the earlier
revisions of the S/5TM EEG Headbox, N-EEG.

20

Document no. M1027832-1

 Appendix A, Service check form, EEG Module, E-EEG (Rev. 00) and EEG Headbox, N-EEG (Rev. 01)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

EEG Module, E-EEG (Rev. 00) and EEG Headbox, N-EEG (Rev. 01)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts of the 2. External parts of the
module and the headbox: module
3. External parts of the 4. Installation
headbox

Notes
Functional inspection
4. Installation 5. Recognition of module

6. Recognition of headbox

7. Module software E-EEG

N-EEG

8. Communication and 9. Communication and

memories of module memories of headbox
10. Membrane keys

11. Impedances Measured value Allowed range

Channel 1 9...11 kOhm

Channel 2 9...11 kOhm

Channel 3 9...11 kOhm

Channel 4 9...11 kOhm

Notes

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027832-1
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

12. Checks with simulator Measured value Allowed range

Waveforms 195...205 µVpp

MF 9.5...10.5 Hz

Amp value 68...74 µV

13. FEMG value Measured value Allowed range

FEMG 13...19 µV

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

14. AEP stimulation

15. AEP response Measured value Allowed range

Channel 1 35...45 µV

Channel 2 35...45 µV

16. Electrical safety check 17. Functioning after

electrical safety check
18. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-2(2)
Document no. M1027832-1
BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EC

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1208507-005

May 18, 2011

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2
FI-00510 Helsinki, Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310

www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents
Table of contents i
Table of figures ii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.1 BIS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.2 BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.3 Environmental specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 Parameter specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2 Functional description 5
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1.1 BIS measurement on the monitor screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Sensor check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.3.1 BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3.2 BIS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.2 BISx communication connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.4.3 BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3 Service procedures 10
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.2.3 Functional inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3.1 Before disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3.2 Tools needed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

4 Troubleshooting 15
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.2 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3 Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

5 Earlier revisions 18
Appendix A: Service check form, BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01) A-1

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

Table of figures

Figure 1 Measurement setup.................................................................................................................................................................... 1

Figure 2 BIS sensor check........................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 3 Front panel of BIS Module, E-BIS........................................................................................................................................... 6
Figure 4 BIS measurement system block diagram......................................................................................................................... 7
Figure 5 Block diagram of setup ............................................................................................................................................................. 8
Figure 6 BIS module troubleshooting flowchart ............................................................................................................................17

ii

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the BIS Module, E-BIS. The BIS module is a single width plug-in module designed for use with
the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
BIS and the BIS logo are trademarks of Aspect Medical Systems Inc., and are registered in the
USA, EU and other countries. Later in this manual Aspect Medical Systems Inc. will be referred
to as Aspect.
The BIS module is indicated for monitoring the state of the brain by data acquisition of EEG
signals. BIS may be used as an aid in monitoring the effects of certain anesthetic agents. The
raw EEG signals are processed to produce a single number, ranging from 100 for a patient
being wide awake to 0 in the absence of brain activity.
Calculated parameters are:
• Bispectral Index, BIS
• Suppression Ratio, SR
• Electromyograph EMG
• Signal Quality Index, SQI
The calculated parameters can be selected on the display, and trended (excluding SQI).
The module has two user keys, for BIS menu and for sensor check.

4
1

22

42

2
4

Figure 1 Measurement setup

(1) Module with BIS measurement capability, E-BIS
(2) Digital Signal Processing Unit, BISx
(3) Patient Interface Cable, PIC plus
(4) BIS Sensor

Monitor software compatibility

E-BIS module requires monitor software version 02 or later.

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

Accessories
The BIS measurement is based on Aspect Medical Systems Inc. technology, and all accessories
are developed and manufactured by Aspect.
NOTE: Only Aspect accessories can be used with the E-BIS module.

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
1.1.1 BIS Module
Module size, W × D × H 37 × 189 × 112 mm / 1.5 × 7.4 × 4.4 in
Module weight 0.3 kg / 0.7 lb.
Power consumption typical 2.3 W

1.1.2 BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit

Dimensions (diameter, thickness) 95 mm, 63 mm (3.75 in, 2.5 in)
Weight 0.284 kg / 0.6 lb
Integral BISx unit Cable length 2.7 m / 9 ft
Patient Interface Cable (PIC Plus)
length 1.4 m / 4.5 ft

1.1.3 Environmental specifications

Operating temperature +10 to +40°C
Storage temperature -25 to +70°C
Relative humidity 10 to 95%, non-condensing
Atmospheric pressure 700 to 1060 mbar
Protection against electrical shock Type BF (BISx)

1.2 Technical specifications

1.2.1 Parameter specifications
BIS EEG
Epoch duration 2s
Artifact rejection automatic
EEG scales 25 to 400 μV
EEG sweep speeds 12.5 / 25 / 50 mm/s
Bispectral index (BIS) 0 to 100
Signal quality index (SQI) 0 to 100
EMG 30 to 80 db (70 to 110 Hz)
Suppression ratio (SR) 0 to 100%
Update rate 1 s for BIS index
Filters ON (2 to 70 Hz with notch), OFF (0.25 to 100 Hz)
Smoothing rate 15 s, default in S/5 AM and CAM
30 s, default in S/5 CCM and CCCM
BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit
Analog to digital converter noise-shaped sigma-delta
Sampling rate 16 384 samples/second
Resolution 16 bits at 256 samples/second
Input impedance > 50 Mohms typical
Noise < 0.3 μV RMS (2.0 μV peak-to-peak) 0.25 to 50 Hz

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

Common mode rejection 110 dB at 50/60 Hz to earth ground (isolation mode)

Bandwidth 0.25 to 100 Hz (-3 dB)

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
The BIS measurement is based on EEG signals, these are processed as the BIS index. The BIS
sensor is placed on the patient’s forehead to acquire the high-resolution signals required.
These EEG signals are transferred to the BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit that amplifies and
digitizes the EEG signal. The BISx unit calculates the BIS index and sends the signal and the
index to the module. Then the module sends both the signal and the index to the monitor via
MBUS.

2.1.1 BIS measurement on the monitor screen

The waveform field shows the BIS EEG waveform. The following BIS related data appears in
digit fields and graphical trends (except SQI):
BIS number indicates the patient’s level of hypnosis, ranging from 100 for wide awake to 0 in
the absence of brain activity.
Signal Quality Index (SQI) bar graph indicates the quality of the EEG signal in the range of 0 to
100.
Electromyograph (EMG) bar graph represents the absolute power in the 70 to 110 Hz
frequency band and ranges from 30 to 55 dB. This frequency band contains power from
muscle activity (electromyograph) as well as power from high frequency artifacts.
Suppression ratio (SR) number indicates the percentage of suppressed (flat line) EEG detected
over the last 63 seconds. It ranges from 0 to 100%.

2.2 Sensor check

Sensor check is performed automatically at the beginning of each case when the sensor is
attached to the patient interface cable (monitor). An initial ‘Checking sensor’ message is shown
in the digit field together with an appropriate sensor picture. The information on the passed or
failed sensor check is shown on this picture at each electrode’s location. The BIS measurement
cannot continue if the first sensor check fails. In such a case a message ‘Sensor check failed’ is
shown in the digit and waveform field.

Figure 2 BIS sensor check

Continuous checking of the reference and signal electrodes and periodic checking of the
ground electrode are performed by default. The automatic check can be switched off by
selecting OFF in the BIS Setup menu, and the message ‘Automatic check off’ appears on the
screen. Sensor check can be started manually by pushing a module key or selecting the
appropriate command from the menu. Manual sensor check can be useful e.g. when AEP's are
being monitored at the same time, as continuous sensor check might disturb the AEP
measurement.

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

During periodic ground checks, the signal disappears momentarily and the message ‘Checking
sensor’ is displayed in the digit and waveform fields. Also, all BIS calculation stops during this
check, and no measurement values are shown.
CAUTION Continuous impedance check may need to be disabled if the 1 nA 128 Hz
impedance check signal interferes with other equipment such as evoked
potential.
WARNING Make sure that the electrodes, sensor and connectors do not touch any
electrically conductive material, including earth.

2.3 Main components

Opens the BIS menu on the screen xxxxxxxxxx Starts the manual sensor check
M1203601

E-BIS

Figure 3 Front panel of BIS Module, E-BIS

The BIS measurement chain is composed of BIS sensor, BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit,
E-BIS module containing an interfacing board, and a host monitor. A block diagram of the
system is shown below.

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

%,60RGXOH

%,6,QWHUIDFLQJ%RDUG .H\V

&RQWUROOHU
+RVW0RQLWRU
0%86
6HULDOGDWD3RZHU

3RZHU

'LJLWDOVLJQDO

%,6[

'LJLWDO6LJQDO


3URFHVVLQJ8QLW
3DWLHQW,VRODWLRQ
0HDVXUHPHQW
&RQWURO

3,&

%,66HQVRU

Figure 4 BIS measurement system block diagram

2.3.1 BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit

BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit receives, amplifies and digitizes patient EEG signals. It is
placed close to the patient's head where the EEG signal is less subject to interference from
other medical equipment. The digital signal converter is connected to the module with a 2.7 m
long shielded cable and to the BIS sensor with a 1.2 m long patient interface cable, see
Measurement setup. For BIS Sensor related documentation refer to BIS documentation by
Aspect, Inc.
WARNING Do not autoclave the BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit with steam or
sterilize with ethylene oxide. Do not open it for any reason.
WARNING When using the electrosurgery unit, ensure proper contact of the ESU
return electrode to the patient to avoid burns at monitor measurement
sites. Also ensure that the ESU return electrode is near the operating area.
WARNING Radiated field strengths above 1V/m may cause erroneous measurements
at various frequencies. Do not use electrical radiating equipment close to
the BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit.

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

2.3.2 BIS Module

BIS interfacing board
The BIS interfacing board supplies data from the BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit to the
monitor via a module bus. In addition, the module accepts commands from the monitor via the
module bus. The module also provides supply voltages and all the required control signals to
the BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit.
The controller H8 has on-chip RAM and FLASH ROM, external SRAM and EEPROM.

%,60RGXOH

.H\V %,6,QWHUIDFLQJ%RDUG

65$0 ((3520 3URJ

+&RQWUROOHU 56 0%86 +RVW0RQLWRU

6HULDOGDWD3RZHU
)/$6+
5(6(7

Figure 5 Block diagram of setup

2.4 Connectors and signals

2.4.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. Name Description

13 1
6 Data_ RS485 Module Bus Data +
25 14
5 Ndata_ RS485 Module Bus Data -
3 +15VD +15V Supply voltage
7 GND Ground
13 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
Other NC Not Connected

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

2.4.2 BISx communication connector

Connector Pin No. Name

1 GND
2 PWR +5V
3 PWR +5V
4 PWR +5V
5 RXD / USB+
6 TXD / USB-
7 Reset
8 Baud Select
9 Monitor Select
10 GND

2.4.3 BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit connector

Connector Pin No. Name

1 GND
2 PWR +5V
3 PWR +5V
4 PWR +5V
5 RXD / USB+
6 TXD / USB-
7 Reset
8 Baud Select
9 Monitor Select
10-12 GND

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the E-BIS is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or mechanical parts.
The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
The BIS Simulator (order No. 900509) is recommended for functional checks.
WARNING Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the
tests and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the
warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service check is
mandatory after any service repair. However, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which may be used when performing the
procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions indicates that the check form contains space to record the
results of the particular procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

BIS Simulator or 900509
BIS Sensor simulator 900508
Torx screwdriver, T10

3.2.2 Visual inspection

1. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover is intact
• connectors are intact and attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"

10

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

2. Check the external parts of BISx unit

• the cover and the panel stickers are intact
• cables and their connections are intact
Do not connect the BISx unit to the module yet.

"
3.2.3 Functional inspection
Turn the monitor on and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that information regarding the BIS measurement is shown:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup – Waveform Fields – Field1 – BIS EEG
Others – BIS – Scale - 100uV
Others – BIS – Smoothing Rate 15s

3. Installation
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and engages properly.

"
4. Recognition of BISx unit
Connect the PIC+ cable to the BISx unit.
Connect the BISx unit to the module.
• Check that the BISx unit is recognized (BISx unit related data appears on the page)
• Check that ‘No sensor’ appears in the selected waveform field.

"
5. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Record the information regarding the module software of E-BIS by selecting Scroll vers
and turning the ComWheel.
NOTE: BISx unit related data will appear only when the BISx unit is connected for the first time
after start-up.

"

11

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

6. Communication and memories of module

Enter the BIS module service menu:
Parameters - More… - BIS
Check that the Mod Mon Time-outs, Mon Mod Bad checksums, Mod Mon Bad Checksums,
Bad Checksums from BIS values in the module view are not increasing faster than by 5
per second. Check that the memories of the module have passed the internal memory
test, i.e. RAM, ROM and EEPROM all state OK.

"
7. Membrane keys
Check the membrane keys of the module. Stay in the module view and press each key for
at least one second and check that the key being pressed is identified, i.e. the
corresponding ‘PUSHED’ text appears in the BIS module service menu.

"
8. Message from BE
Check that Messages from BE are increasing steadily.

"
9. Sensor ID
Go to the Sensor page.
Check that:
• no sensor is identified
• mains frequency is set correctly
• check that BE power-up test, DSC selftest Ch1 and DSC selftest Ch2 all show PASS
• (if not, go to BIS Setup page, perform DSC Test and check the results again)

"
10. Sensor check
Connect the BIS simulator to the PIC+ cable. See that ‘Checking sensor’ text and an image
appear. Wait for a while and check that all sensors show PASS. Check that the Sensor
type shows Demo Sensor.

"

12

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

11. Checks with simulator

Check that the BIS, SQI and SR values are between 0 to 1000, and the EMG value between
0 to 10000.
NOTE: If Sensor simulator 900508 is used, the values can be out of the given range.

"
12. Sensor check
Perform sensor check by pressing and verify that the sensor shows PASS.

"
13. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
14. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after performing the electrical safety check.

"
15. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

13

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
WARNING Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards.
Electrostatic discharge may damage components on the board. Handle all
PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the E-BIS module (see the exploded view of the module in the “E-Modules Spare
Parts” slot):
1. To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front
cover to the front chassis.
2. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
3. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it
from the main body.
4. Detach the interface board by removing the two screws located near the front panel
frame, disconnect the cable and pull out the front panel frame.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure to reconnect all cables properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

14

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart
Problem Cause What to do
No BIS waveforms on screen. BIS waveforms not selected on Press Monitor Setup key and
screen. select BIS waveforms on the
screen.
Sensor check is not available on Sensor is not connected to the BISx Connect the sensor and the BISx
menus. unit or BISx unit is not connected to unit.
the module.
Sensor check fails. Sensor poorly attached. Attach the sensor by following the
sensor instructions.

4.2 Messages
The messages below appear in the BIS digit field (DF), BIS waveform field (WF) or the message
field (MF) at the upper section of the patient monitor display.

Message Location Cause What to do

No Sensor DF Sensor is not connected to PIC+ cable Connect the sensor to the PIC+ cable.
No BIS Sensor MF or Connect the PIC+ cable to the BISx
PIC+ cable is not connected to the unit.
BISx unit. Replace sensor and then PIC+ cable.
Incompatible DF Sensor is not recognized. Connect correct type of sensor.
sensor Sensor is not a BIS sensor. Make sure PIC connector is clean and
dry.
Incompatible DSC DF Current module hw/sw is Connect correct type of BISx unit.
incompatible with the BISx Digital
Processing Unit.
Sensor check failed DF Sensor check failed, one or more of Reattach the sensor to the patient by
BIS sensor the electrode impedances exceeds following the sensor instructions.
check failed the threshold. Replace the sensor.
MF
Check PIC+ cable and then BISx unit.
Poor signal DF Artifacts, or the amount of EMG Check the sensor, then the PIC cable.
activity prevents calculating BIS, data Reattach the sensor to the patient by
excluded. following the sensor instructions.
SQI < 50
Checking sensor Sensor check in progress. Can be Wait until the check has been
either the initial sensor check, performed.
manual check or the periodic check.
‘Checking sensor’ DF Sensor check fails, the sensor is not Attach the sensor to the patient and
message stays attached to the patient while press the Check Sensor button on the
more than 2 min. connected to the PIC+ cable. module front panel.

15

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

Message Location Cause What to do

Automatic check DF Continuous sensor checking has Turn the check on from the BIS menu.
off been turned off.
Replace Sensor DF The sensor has passed its use by Replace with a new sensor.
date.
The sensor has been used for 24h.
High BIS DF Sensor is not attached properly to the Check the cable connections.
impedance patient. Reattach the sensor to the patient by
following the sensor instructions.
Artifact DF Non-EEG data such as EMG, eye Wait for good data.
blinks or shivering present.
Module error DF BISx unit failure. Replace the BISx unit.
For more information see service
page description.
DSC Error DF The BISx unit is not communicating Replace the BISx unit.
MF or operating properly. This may occur
during the use of electrocautery
device.
For more information see service
page description.
Demo data MF BIS simulator is connected. Disconnect the BIS simulator.

16

Document no. M1208507-005

 BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

4.3 Troubleshooting flowchart

3UREDEO\IDXOW\ 7DNHDOOPRGXOHV ,QVHUW%,6PRGXOHDQGWXUQSRZHURQ
%,60RGXOH RXWRIWKHIUDPH NHHS%,6[XQLWGLVFRQQHFWHG
3UREDEO\IDXOW\ 7DNHDOOPRGXOHV ,QVHUW%,6PRGXOHDQGWXUQSRZHURQ
%,60RGXOH RXWRIWKHIUDPH NHHS%,6[XQLWGLVFRQQHFWHG

'RHV
(QWHUWKH6HUYLFH <HV
IDXOWVWLOO
PHQX,'SDJH 'RHV
(QWHUWKH6HUYLFH DSSHDU" <HV
IDXOWVWLOO
PHQX,'SDJH
1R DSSHDU"

1R
,VWKH
PRGXOH,' 1R
GLVSOD\HGRQ ,VWKH
VFUHHQ" PRGXOH,' )DXOWQRWLQ%,6
1R
<H GLVSOD\HGRQ PRGXOH
VFUHHQ" )DXOWQRWLQ%,6
<HV <H PRGXOH

(QWHUWKH%,6 <HV


6HUYLFHPHQX
(QWHUWKH%,6 1R


6HUYLFHPHQX
$UH 1R
'RHV
WKH7LPHRXWV DQRWKHU
 
DQG%DG   <HV
$UH
  PRGXOHZRUNLQ 'RHV
&KHFNVXPV WKH7LPHRXWV WKHVDPH
     DQRWKHU
HWFUXQQLQJ" DQG%DG <HV VORW"
   PRGXOHZRUNLQ
&KHFNVXPV WKHVDPH
1R

HWFUXQQLQJ"
 <HV VORW"

1R

&KHFN <HV
WKDW5$0
520DQG 1R

&KHFN 5HSODFH
((3520 WKDW5$0 LQWHUIDFHERDUG

 

VKRZ


520DQG 1R
5HSODFH
2." ((3520


LQWHUIDFHERDUG
 

VKRZ


<HV
2."

&RQQHFW%,6[XQLWLQWR <HV
PRGXOHFRQQHFWRU

&RQQHFW%,6[XQLWLQWR
PRGXOHFRQQHFWRU
,V'6& 1R
VHOIWHVW 
5HSODFHWKH%,6[XQLW
SDVVHG" ,V'6& 1R
VHOIWHVW 
5HSODFHWKH%,6[XQLW
<HV SDVVHG"
&KHFN%,6(QJLQH
<HV
HUURUV
&KHFN%,6(QJLQH
HUURUV
1R    
2." 5HSODFHWKH%,6[XQLW
 
<HV 1R    
2." 5HSODFHWKH%,6[XQLW
 
&KHFNIURQWSDQHO
NH\IXQFWLRQV <HV

&KHFNIURQWSDQHO
,V 'RHV
,VWKH
NH\IXQFWLRQV
1R WKHNH\SDG <HV WKHWHVWSDVV <HV 5HSODFHWKH
2." NH\SDG
FRQQHFWHG" ZLWKDQRWKHU NH\SDG
,V 'RHV
,VWKH
NH\SDG"
1R WKHNH\SDG <HV WKHWHVWSDVV <HV 5HSODFHWKH
2." NH\SDG
<HV
FRQQHFWHG" ZLWKDQRWKHU NH\SDG
1R 1R NH\SDG"

)DXOWQRWLQ%,6 &RQQHFWWKH
<HV 5HSODFH%,6
PRGXOH NH\SDG 1R 1R
LQWHUIDFHERDUG
)DXOWQRWLQ%,6 &RQQHFWWKH 5HSODFH%,6
Figure 6 BIS module troubleshooting flowchart

17

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 00)

18

Document no. M1208507-005

 Appendix A, Service check form, BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

BIS Module, E-BIS (Rev. 01)
Customer
Service Module type S/N
Service engineer Date

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

2. Check the external parts

1. External parts
of BISx unit

Notes

Functional inspection

3. Installation 4. Recognition of BISx unit

5. Module software E-BIS

6. Communication and
7. Membrane keys
memories of module

8. Message from BE 9. Sensor ID

10. Sensor check

Notes

A-1(2)

Document no. M1208507-005

E-Modules

Functional inspection

11. Checks with simulator Measured value Allowed range

BIS 0 to 1000

SQI 0 to 1000

SR 0 to 1000

EMG 0 to 10000

OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

12. Sensor check 13. Electrical safety check

14. Functioning after

15. Final cleaning
electrical safety check

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-2(2)

Document no. M1208507-005

Datex-Ohmeda
S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT
(Rev. 00)

Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EEC.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1027834-02

January 21, 2011

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2,
FI-00510 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2005, 2011 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures ii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.1 NMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.2 Stimulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2.3 Regional block mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 Functional description 3
2.1 Measurement principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 Nerve stimulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2 Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.3 Regional block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.1 NMT board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3.2 NMT connector (NMT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3 Service procedures 9
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.3 Functional inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3.1 Before disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3.2 Tools needed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.4 To disassemble the module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

4 Troubleshooting 15
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

5 Earlier revisions 18
Appendix A: Service check form, NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT
A-1

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Table of figures

Figure 1 NMT Setup ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1

Figure 2 Principle of response measurement ................................................................................................................................... 4
Figure 3 Front panel of NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT................................................................................. 5
Figure 4 Serial communication and opto isolation......................................................................................................................... 6
Figure 5 Stimulator block diagram......................................................................................................................................................... 6
Figure 6 Module troubleshooting flowchart ....................................................................................................................................17

ii

Document no. M1027834-02

 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT. The E-NMT module is a single width plug-in
module designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda Anesthesia and Compact Anesthesia
Monitors. Later in this manual modules may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The module contains peripheral nerve stimulation and response measurement, which supports
electromyography EMG. The module can also be used as a nerve locator for regional nerve
blocking with a regional block cable. However, in this case there is no response measurement.

White White

Brown Brown

2 Black Green
1

Red

3 4

Figure 1 NMT Setup

(1) Module measuring NMT
(2) NMT sensor cable
(3) ElectroSensor
(4) MechanoSensor

Monitor software compatibility

The E-NMT requires monitor software S-xxx95 or later.
From the M-NMT rev.01 onwards, NMT modules have contained a memory for storing stimulus
current and reference response data. The memory function requires monitor software S-xxx97
or later.

Equipment safety symbols

When displayed on the E-NMT module, indicates the following warnings:
- Do not place the NMT stimulating electrodes on the patient’s chest.
- Always stop the NMT measurement before handling the stimulating
electrodes.
- Never subject a patient with an implanted electronic device to electrical
stimulation without consulting a medical specialist first.

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size, W × D × H 37 x 186 x 112 mm / 1.5 x 7.3 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.35 kg /0.8 lb.
Power consumption 3.3 W

1.2 Technical specifications

1.2.1 NMT
Stimulation modes Train of four (TOF)
Double burst (3.3) (DBS)
Single twitch (ST)
50 Hz tetanic + post tetanic count (PTC)
Measurement intervals for TOF / DBS
Manual; 10 s, 12 s, 15 s, 20 s, 1 min, 5 min, 15 min in AM and CAM
Manual; 20 s, 1 min, 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 60 min, 120 min in CCM
and CCCM
Measurement intervals for ST Manual; 1 s, 10 s, 20 s

1.2.2 Stimulator
Stimulus pulse Square wave, constant current
Pulse width 100, 200 or 300 μs
Stimulus current range supramax 10...70 mA, manual 10...70 mA with 5 mA steps
Stimulus current accuracy 10% or ±3 mA

Max. load 3 kΩ
Max. voltage 300 V

1.2.3 Regional block mode

Stimulation modes Single twitch
Intervals 1 s, 2 s, 3 s
Stimulus pulse Square wave, constant current
Pulse width 40 μs
Stimulus current range 0...5.0 mA with 0.1 mA steps
Stimulus current accuracy 20% or ±0.3 mA

2
Document no. M1027834-02
 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

2 Functional description
2.1 Measurement principle
2.1.1 Nerve stimulation
There are three stimulus modes in the NeuroMuscular Transmission Module: Train of Four (TOF),
Double Burst 3,3 (DBS) and Single Twitch (ST).
In the Train of Four stimulus mode, four stimulation pulses are generated at 0.5 second
intervals. The response is measured after each stimulus and the ratio of the fourth and first
response of the TOF sequence is calculated (TOF%).
NOTE: If the first response does not exceed a certain signal level, TOF% is not calculated due to
poor accuracy.
Double burst (3,3) stimulation includes two bursts with a 750 ms interval. Both bursts consist of
three pulses separated by 20 ms intervals. The responses of both bursts are measured, and the
ratio of the second and first response is calculated (DBS%). EMG responses are measured
immediately after the first stimulus pulse of both bursts.
In Single Twitch stimulation, one stimulation pulse is generated. The response is measured
after the stimulus. In order to prevent decurarization of the stimulated area, the measurement
is automatically stopped after 5 minutes stimulation in 1 sec. cycle time.

Tetanic/PTC
Tetanic/PTC (Post Tetanic Count) can measure deeper relaxation than TOF. The tetanic
stimulation is produced when Start is chosen under Tetanic/PTC. The length of stimulation is 5
seconds. The stimulation generates pulses with a frequency of 50 Hz and with a selected pulse
width and current. After tetanic stimulation and a three second delay, Single Twitch stimulation
is produced to detect the post tetanic count (PTC). PTC describes the number of responses
detected after tetanic stimulation. If there is no response, the measurement will be stopped. If
responses will not fade away, a maximum of 20 responses will be calculated. If more can be
detected, the PTC value is displayed only as '> 20' and measurement will be stopped. If the TOF,
DBS or ST measurement cycle was on when tetanic stimulation started, the cycle will continue
after the PTC. After completing the PTC measurement during 1 minute TOF, DBS or another PTC
measurement is not possible. This is to avoid erroneous readings due to post tetanic
potentiation.

2.1.2 Response
Before each stimulation, the sequence offset, noise and threshold for the response detection
are measured. Offset is a baseline of the noise measurement. Noise is calculated by the same
algorithm as the response signal itself. The response detection threshold is calculated based
on the noise, and if the response is not greater than the threshold then it is interpreted as no
response.

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

A/D & μP
EMG

Timing control
EMG leads off

Mechano
Sensor
Measurement

Figure 2 Principle of response measurement

EMG measurement
The EMG response is measured as integrated muscle activity. The EMG measurement starts 3
ms after the stimulation and lasts 15 ms. The 3 ms delay helps to prevent the effect of
stimulation artifact.

Mechano sensor measurement

Response is measured as movement of the thumb, which is the area of positive signal.

2.1.3 Regional block

A regional block cable can be used as a nerve locator in local anesthesia. A maximum current
of 5.0 mA is given every, every other or every 3rd second. The response measurement is ocular.

4
Document no. M1027834-02
 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

2.2 Main components

Stop
Start-up Continue

E-NMT

Figure 3 Front panel of NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT

Start-up starts the search of supramaximal current and reference

level and proceeds with the selected measurement cycle.
Stop/Continue interrupts monitoring and restarts monitoring of the same
patient.

2.2.1 NMT board

The NMT board consists of the following functional sections:
• constant current stimulator
• measuring electronics for the EMG signals
• microprocessor for the stimulation and measuring control, and for counting the
measuring results
• serial communication
The serial bus speed is 500 kbps and the bus itself is half duplex, i.e. data can be transferred in
both directions but only one way at a time.

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Serial communication

5 kv
Receive data Data
to module prosessor RS485
Send data
Receive data driver NData

to central unit
(module bus)
Send data
Opto isolation Send/receive
Send/receive
Reset Reset in
Reset RS485

serial_comm_opto_isol.vsd
driver NReset in

isolation
Patient

Figure 4 Serial communication and opto isolation

Stimulator
The constant current stimulator generates pulses whose amplitude is independent of the load.
The main components of the stimulator are a transformer, capacitor and transistor. The
transformer produces a high voltage which charges the capacitor and the transistor adjusts
the pulse width and amplitude of the current.

Power supply

Current
adjustment 80C196KD
PWM
Constant current
Patient generator HSO
Current
control
NMT_stim_blck_dgrm.vsd

Continuous
stimulation
congestion

Figure 5 Stimulator block diagram

6
Document no. M1027834-02
 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

2.3 Connectors and signals

2.3.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal

1 I RESET_RS485
13 1
25 14 2 I -15 VDC
3 I +15 VDIRTY
4 I +15 VDC
5 I/O -DATA_RS485
6 I/O DATA_RS485
7 - Ground & Shield
8 I -RESET_RS485
9 I CTSB
10 O RTSB
11 I RXDB
12 O TXDB
13 - Ground & Shield
14 I +32 VDIRTY
15 I GroundDIRTY
16 I CTSC
17 O RTSC
18 I RXDC
19 O TXDC
20 - ON/STANDBY
21 - PWM_ECG
22 - RXDD_RS232
23 - TXDD_RS232
24 I +5 VDC
25 I +5 VDC

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.3.2 NMT connector (NMT)

Front panel connector Pin No. Signal

1 EMG Signal +
3 6
1
4 7
9 2 EMG Signal -
2 0
5 8 3 Not Used
4 Stimulus +
5 Stimulus -
6 Ground
8 Sensor Identification
9 +5 V
10 Mechanical Signal

8
Document no. M1027834-02
 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT, is limited to replacing
faulty circuit boards or mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE
Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
The NMT Simulator (order code 871251) is recommended for functional checks.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests
and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the
warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be
performed after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which should be filled in when performing
the procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after
performing the procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

NOTE: Use only calibrated and traceable measuring equipment.

Tool Order No. Notes

NMT simulator 871251
E-NMT ElectroSensor
E-NMT MechanoSensor
E-NMT Sensor Cable
3 kΩ resistor
Torx screwdriver, T10

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

• the EMC cover is attached properly

• there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• connectors are intact and attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch moves properly.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

Turn the monitor on and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that information regarding the NMT measurement is
shown, for example:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Digit Fields - Field 4 - NMT

Preset the NMT measurement settings:

Others - NMT - Stimulus Mode - TOF
Set Cycle Time - 10 sec.
NMT Setup - Current - S(70 mA)
Pulse Width - 200 mS
Stim. Beep Volume - 2

3. Installation
Plug in the module. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks up properly

"
4. Recognition
Check that the module is recognized, i.e. the NMT header with related information appear
in the chosen digit field.

"
5. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding the NMT software by selecting SCROLL VERS and
turning the ComWheel.

"
6. Communication and memories
Enter the NMT module service menu:
Parameters - NMT

10
Document no. M1027834-02
 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing
faster than by 5 per second. Check that the module’s memories have passed the internal
memory test, i.e. RAM, ROM and EEPROM all state OK.

"
7. ElectroSensor recognition
Check that the message ‘Cable off’ is shown in the digit field and that Cable in the Service
Data field states OFF.
Plug the E-NMT Sensor Cable with the E-NMT ElectroSensor into the front panel connector
NMT. Check that the message in the digit field changes to ‘Measurement OFF’ and Cable
in the Service Data field states EMG and ELECTR. OFF.

"
8. Stimulus current test
Perform the stimulus current test.
Connect a 3 kΩ resistor between the ElectroSensor’s stimulus electrode leads (brown and
white).
Start the test by selecting START CURR. TEST on the service menu and pressing the
ComWheel. Check that the test was successful with all three test currents, i.e. the Current
test (mA): in the Service Data field states 30 OK, 50 OK and 70 OK.

"
Connect the E-NMT ElectroSensor leads to the NMT simulator. Set the switch on the
simulator to Fade off and turn the knob to max. Check that Cable in the Service Data field
now states only EMG.

9. Supramaximal current
Start NMT measurement (TOF) by pressing the START-UP key on the module.
When the message ‘Supramax search’ changes to ‘Setting reference’ in the digit field,
check that the supramaximal current detected is less than 70 mA, i.e. the Current set
value in the Service Data field is less than 700.

"
10. TOF measurement with NMT simulator
Check that the module gives four successive stimulus pulses with 10 second intervals. A
small asterisk (\) should be shown in the digit field during each of the stimulus pulses and
simultaneous sound signals should be heard from the loudspeaker.
Check that in the Service Data field the values for T1%, T2%, T3%, T4% and Ratio% are all
within 950-1059.
Check also that in the digit field the TOF% value is within 95-105, Count is 4 and T1% is
within 95-105.

"
11. Noise
Check that the Noise value in the Service Data field stays under 100.

"

11

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

12. Stimulus pulse width

Change the stimulus pulse width to 100 μs through the NMT service menu:
NMT Setup - Pulse Width - 100 mS
Check that the TOF% value is still within 95-105, Count is 4 and T1% is within 95-105 in
the digit field.
Check the same parameters with a stimulus pulse width of 300 s.

"
13. No response
Turn the knob on the NMT simulator to 0.
Check that in the Service Data field the values for T1%, T2%, T3%, T4% turn to 0 and the
Ratio% states - - -. In the digit field TOF% should also state - - -, and Count and T1%
should show 0.
Turn the NMT simulator knob back to max.

"
14. DBS measurement with NMT simulator
Change the stimulus mode to Double Burst Stimulation (DBS) through the service menu:
NMT Setup - Stimulus Mode - DBS
Check that the module now gives only two stimulus pulses with a 10 seconds interval.
Check that in the Service Data field the values for T1%, T2%, and Ratio% are still within
950-1059. In the digit field the DBS% value should be within 95-105, Count is 2 and T1% is
within 95-105.

"
15. ST measurement with NMT simulator
Change the stimulus mode to Single Twitch Stimulation (ST):
NMT Setup - Stimulus Mode - ST
Check that the module starts to give only one stimulus pulse with a 1 second interval.
Note the time when the ST stimulation started.
Check that in the Service Data field the value for T1% is within 950-1059. In the digit field,
the Count value should be 1 and T1% within 95-105.
Let the monitor continue to give single twitch stimulation.

"
16. Automatic measurement off
Check that the NMT measurement stops and the message ‘Measurement OFF’ appears in
the digit field for NMT five minutes after the start of the ST stimulation.

"
17. MechanoSensor recognition
Replace the E-NMT ElectroSensor with the E-NMT MechanoSensor and check that Cable
in the Service Data field states PIEZO.

"

12
Document no. M1027834-02
 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

18. Electrical safety check

Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
19. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after performing the electrical safety check.

"
20. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

13

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic
discharge may damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.4 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (see the exploded view of the
NMT Module in the “E-Modules Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it
from the main body.
3. Detach the NMT board by removing the two screws located near the front panel frame,
disconnect the cables and pull out the front panel frame.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front
cover to the front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected
properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

14
Document no. M1027834-02
 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart
Problem Cause What to do
Check the stimulus electrodes. Loose electrodes or loose stimulus Change or attach the electrodes or
EMG electrode off. clip. clip.

Supramax. not found. Loose electrodes or loose stimulus Change or attach the electrodes or
clip. clip.
Stimulus electrodes attached to Change the place of the stimulus
wrong place. electrode.
Patient is relaxated.
Response too weak. Loose stimulus electrodes. Change or attach the electrodes.
Measuring electrodes attached to Change the place of the meas.
wrong place. electrodes.
Patient is relaxated.
Ref. not stable. Patient is relaxated. Start measurement with fixed
Movement artifact. current without reference
measurement.

15

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4.2 Troubleshooting flowchart

Possible fault in NMT
monitor

Open NMT Service Menu

Check Timeouts, Bad

checksums, Bad c-s by mod

Does
OK? no another module work in yes Replace NMT board
the same slot?
yes
no
Check RAM, ROM,
Fault not in NMT module
EEPROM

OK? no Replace NMT board

yes

Test stimulus current

Does the test Replace the original

OK? no pass with another yes
sensor
sensor?
yes

Go to following page to no
continue

Does the test Replace the original NMT

pass with another NMT yes
sensor cable
sensor cable?

no

Are the
NMT input board wires no Connect the connector
connected?

yes

Does the test

NMT_troubleshooting.vsd

Replace the original NMT

pass with another NMT yes
input board
input board?

no Replace NMT board

16
Document no. M1027834-02
 S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT (Rev. 00)

Continuing from
previous page

Connect power cord and

interconnecting cables

Does the test Keyboard trouble. See

OK? no pass with another yes
Command boars slot.
sensor?

no

Does the test Replace the original

pass with another NMT yes
NMT sensor cable
sensor cable?
yes

no

Does the test Replace the original

pass with another NMT yes
NMT input board
input board?

no

Connect ElectroSensor to
NMT stimulator and start Replace NMT board
measurement

Does the test Replace the original

Responses OK? no pass with another yes
sensor
sensor?

no

Does the test Replace the original

pass with another NMT yes
NMT sensor cable
sensor cable?
yes

no

Does the test Replace the original

pass with another NMT yes
NMT input board
input board?

no
Check front panel key
Replace NMT board
functions

Is the keyboard
NMT_troubleshooting.vsd

OK? no no Connect the keyboard

connected?

yes

Does the test Replace the original

pass with another yes
keyboard
keyboard

no

Replace NMT board

Figure 6 Module troubleshooting flowchart

17

Document no. M1027834-02

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5 NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT.

18
Document no. M1027834-02
 Appendix A, Service check form, NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

NeuroMuscular Transmission Module, E-NMT
Customer
Service Module type S/N
Service engineer Date

Measuring equipment / test gases used:

Equipment / tool / gas: Manufacturer: Model/Type/Part Serial Number / Calibration
Number: ID: Date:

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Functional inspection

3. Installation 4. Recognition

5. Module software NMT

6. Communication and 7. ElectroSensor
memories recognition

8. Stimulus current test

9. Supramaximal current <70 mA

10. TOF measurement with NMT simulator Measured value Allowed range

T1% 950...1059
T2% 950...1059
T3% 950...1059
T4% 950...1059
Ratio% 950...1059
TOF% 95...105
Count 4
T1% 95...105

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027834-02
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Measured value Allowed range

11. Noise <100
12. Stimulus pulse width 100 300 Allowed range
TOF% 95...105

Count 4

T1% 95...105

OK N.A. Fail
13. No response

14. DBS measurement with NMT simulator Measured value Allowed range
T1% 950...1059
T2% 950...1059
Ratio% 950...1059
DBS% 95...105
Count 2
T1% 95...105
15. ST measurement with NMT simulator Measured value Allowed range
T1% 950...1059
Count 1
T1% 95...105
OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail
16. Automatic 17. MechanoSensor
measurement off recognition
19. Functioning after
18. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

20. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-2(2)

Document no. M1027834-02

 Datex-Ohmeda
S/5™ Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx (Rev. 00)
S/5™ Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx (Rev. 01)
Technical Reference Manual

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027835
December, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Table of figures ii
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 Environmental specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.1 Protection against ingress of liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Technical specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3 Electrical specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.4 Maximum power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.5 Module communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2 Functional description 5
2.1 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 DIS module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.4 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4.1 Male bus cable connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.5 Interfaced devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3 Service procedures 10
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2.2 Recommended parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2.3 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.2.4 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.4 To disassemble the module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

4 Troubleshooting 14
4.1 LED indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
4.1.1 Green LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
4.1.2 Yellow LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
4.2 Quick functional check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

5 Earlier revisions 16
Appendix A: Service check form,
Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx (Rev. 00 and Rev. 01) A-1

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Table of figures

Figure 1 An example of interfacing external devices with Device Interfacing Solution............................................ 1

Figure 2 Implementation of Device Interfacing Solution ...................................................................................... 5
Figure 3 DIS module working principle diagram.................................................................................................. 6
Figure 4 Connection cables and LED indicators .................................................................................................. 7
Figure 5 LED indicators ................................................................................................................................... 14

ii

Document no. M1027835

 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx

Introduction
This “Technical Reference Manual” slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx. Later in this manual modules may be
referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
Please also refer to the “Installation Guide” accompanying each module.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The purpose of the Device Interfacing Solution is to produce a data connection between an external
bedside device and a Datex-Ohmeda modular monitor.
The N-DISxxx is a new interfacing solution and it works beside the previous interface solutions, E-INT,
M-INT and B-INT that are still available.
Up to 10 devices can be connected simultaneously via device specific N-DISxxx modules. No Device
Interfacing Solution is called N-DISxxx, but the xxx are replaced with a device specific ending such as
N-DISQVUE and N-DISOPT.

2
1

Figure 1 An example of interfacing external devices with Device Interfacing Solution

(1) Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Anesthesia Monitor (with software L-ANE01(A) or later)

(2) Aestiva3000 Anesthesia machine
(3) RGM monitor
(4) DIS module (max. 10 pcs)

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Monitor compatibility
The Device Interfacing Solution requires the following monitor software versions:
− S/5 Anesthesia Monitor with software version L-ANE01 or later
− S/5 Critical Care Monitor with software version L-ICU01 or later
− S/5 Compact Anesthesia Monitor with software version L-CANE02 or later
− S/5 Compact Critical Care Monitor with software version L-CICU02 or later
The Device Interfacing Solution requires B-UPI4(NET) or later.

Document no. M1027835

 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx

1 Specifications
1.1 Environmental specification
Operating temperature +10...+35 °C (50...95 °F)
Storage and transport temperature -10...+50 °C (14...122 °F)
Relative humidity 10...90% (non condensing)
Atmospheric pressure 660...1060 hPa
(66...106 kPa/660...1060 mbar/500...800 mmHg)

1.1.1 Protection against ingress of liquids

According to IEC/EN 60592 class IPX 1.
The DIS module must always be used in vertical position to prevent water from entering the module.

1.2 Technical specifications

1.2.1 General
Max 10 DIS modules or 10 m (33 ft) cable length.
Module
Size (W × D × H) 60 × 27 × 85 mm/2.4 × 1.1 × 3.4 in
Weight 0.1 kg/0.2 lb.
Bus cables
8-pin Hirose HR12/HR212 connector
Material black PVC
Length/Weight 1 m/47 g (39 in/3.3 ft./0.104 lb.)
2 m/85 g (79 in/6.6 ft./0.187 lb.)
6 m/220 g (236 in/19.7 ft./0.485 lb.)
Device cables
Depends on device.
Material elastollan
Length 0.5...1 m (19...39 in/1.6...3.3 ft.)
Weight 40...70 g (0.088...0.154 lbs.)

1.3 Electrical specification

There is no isolation in the DIS module. The interfaced device, DIS module and the monitor must be
situated in the same patient environment (as defined in IEC 60601-1-1).
WARNING Connecting electrical equipment together or using the same extension cord for
more than one device may cause their leakage currents to exceed the limit
specified in relevant safety standards. Always make sure that the entire
combination complies with the international safety standard IEC 60601-1-1 for
medical electrical systems and with the requirements of local authorities.

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1.4 Maximum power consumption

450 mW (30 mA @ 15 V) 900mW peak.

1.5 Module communication

Bus communication speed is 500 kbps. RS422 implementation.
Device communication speed depends on the interfaced external device. RS232 implementation.

Document no. M1027835

 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx

2 Functional description
The S/5TM Device Interfacing Solution provides a seamless link between external patient care devices
and the Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Monitoring system. You can interface simultaneously up to ten external
devices: monitors, ventilators, blood gas analyzers, etc.
The Device Interfacing Solution is designed for use with the S/5 Anesthesia Monitor and Compact
Anesthesia Monitor, and S/5 Critical Care Monitor and Compact Critical Care Monitor. The Device
Interfacing Solution (DIS) is only compatible with the S/5 Anesthesia and S/5 Critical Care Monitor,
when the monitor has B-UPI4(NET) and B-CPU4 boards installed. Also, DIS is only compatible with
the S/5 version (i.e. F-CM(REC)1 frame) of the Compact Anesthesia and Compact Critical Care
monitor. In addition, the S/5 Monitors must be equipped with DIS compatible main software. The
Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx, cannot be used with AS/3 and CS/3 Compact Monitors.
WARNING The manufacturer guarantees a reliable functioning of the devices with tested
software versions only. Always refer to the Installation guide accompanying the
DIS module and verify the compatibility before use.

2.1 Main components

The implementation of Device Interfacing Solution can be divided into five parts:
• Device specific software
• Device specific module
• Device specific cable
• Bus cables
• Software in Datex-Ohmeda Monitor

Datex-Ohmeda Monitor

DIS Module bus

DIS
DIS DIS
Module
Module Module

External
Device # 2 serial Device # 3
Device # 1 format

Figure 2 Implementation of Device Interfacing Solution

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.2 DIS module

A DIS module receives data from an external device, converts the data to a suitable format for the
monitor and then sends the data to the monitor. The main board contains the power supply with a
current limiter, microcontroller, reset circuits, memory and serial communication buffers. The board
communicates with the Datex-Ohmeda Monitor through the DIS bus.
A DIS module consists of:
• Power supply with current limiter and reset circuit parts
• Microcontroller H8, internal and external RAM, non volatile memory, etc.
• Programming connection
• Device communication connection and RS232 driver
• Bus communication connection and RS422 driver
• LEDs that indicate the status of the communication
• Device specific software

to programming device to external device

RS232
Programming buffers

Controller H8 SRAM
Flash
RAM
+5V
EEPROM

LEDs

Power DIS_module_wrkng_principle
Current limit
Green Yellow
Reset RS422
buffers

DIS Bus

Figure 3 DIS module working principle diagram

Document no. M1027835

 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx

2.3 Connections
Connect the device specific cable to the external device and the bus cable to the Datex-Ohmeda
Monitor’s DIS connector, B-UPI4(NET) board, or to another DIS module.

(1) label specifying the external device

2
(2) LED indicators
(3) black bus cable from another interfacing
module, if needed
1
(4) grey device specific cable to the
communication port of the external
3
device
(5) black bus cable to the monitor’s DIS
connector (or to another interfacing
5 module)

Figure 4 Connection cables and LED indicators

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.4 Connectors and signals

2.4.1 Male bus cable connector

2 1
5 4 3
7 6
8

Pin No. Signal Color

1 Data from UPI + brown
2 Data from UPI - red
3 VDD 9 V to 18 V (max 1 A) orange
4 GND yellow
5 VCC 7 V to 8 V (max 1 A) blue
6 GND grey
7 Data to UPI + white
8 Data to UPI - black

2.5 Interfaced devices

See the following table of DIS modules and devices that you can interface with the Device Interfacing
Solution.
For specific information on parameters transferred from the interfaced device to the Datex-Ohmeda
Monitor and the applicable software versions of the device, refer to the Installation guide
accompanying each DIS module.

Table 1 DIS modules and interfaced devices

Device Ventilators
N-DISEV4 Evita 4a
N-DISPRIM Primusa. NOTE: Not available in the US
N-DIS7200 7200 Series Ventilator Systemb
N-DIS840 840 Ventilator Systemb.
N-DISS300 Servo Ventilator 300c
N-DIS7900 7900 SmartVent Ventilatord

Document no. M1027835

 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx

N-DISAEST e Aestiva/5d.
N-DISVENT S/5 Aespired.
Aestiva/5d.
Aisys Carestationd.
S/5 Avanced.
Centiva/5d.
Engström Carestationd.
a. Trademark of Dräger Medical AG & Co
b. Trademark of Nellcor Puritan Bennet Inc
c. Trademark of Maquet Critical Care AB part of the Getinge Group (previously trademark of Siemens)
d. Trademark of GE Healthcare Finland Oy
e. Replaced by N-DISVENT

Device Monitors
N-DISOXIM3 Oximetrix 3a
N-DISQVUE QVue /Q2a.
N-DISA2000 A-2000 Bispectral Index Monitoring Systemb
N-DISVIGIL Baxter-Vigilancec
N-DISPICCO PiCCO-Technologyd NOTE: Not available in the US
N-DISRGM RGM Monitore
N-DISTONO Tonocape.
N-DISWHITE Capnomac, Capnomac IIe.
Multicap, Normocap, CD2-O2e.
Capnomac Ultimae.
Normocap CD-200e.
Oscar Oxy, Cardiocap 1GS, Cardiocap 2GSe.
Satlite, Satlite Trans, Satlite Pluse.
a. Trademark of Hospira Inc. (previously trademark of Abbott Laboratories)
b. Trademark of Aspect Medical Systems
c. Trademark of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation
d. Trademark of Pulsion Medical Systems
e. Trademark of GE Healthcare Finland Oy

Device Blood gas analyzers

N-DISOPT AVL Opti CCAa

Device Heart-lung machines

N-DISHL20 Jostra HL-20b
a. Trademark of Diamond Diagnostics Inc
b. Trademark of MAQUET GmbH & Co. KG part of the Getinge Group

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the Device Interfacing Solution is limited to replacing faulty cables or mechanical
parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the warranty of the
unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

The symbol "in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

Screwdrivers

3.2.2 Recommended parts

No recommended parts.

3.2.3 Visual inspection

Disconnect the DIS module from the DIS bus and from the interfaced external device.

1. Internal check
• Disassemble the DIS module.
• Make sure that there are no loose parts inside the DIS module.
• Check that the screws holding the PC board are tightened properly.
• Check that the cables are attached properly and the connectors are intact.

"

10

Document no. M1027835

 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx

2. External check
• Check that the DIS module case and label are clean and intact.
• Reassemble the DIS module.
• Check that the screws for the DIS module case are secured properly.
• Check that the bus cable connector is intact.
• Check that the DIS bus and device specific cables are intact.

"
3.2.4 Functional inspection
3. DIS module interface status
Connect the DIS module to the DIS bus and to the external device that is specified in the DIS
module label. Turn on the interfaced external device.
Check that no error messages are displayed on the monitor screen.
Check via the Interfacing menu that the connected DIS module status is correct:
Monitor Setup - Interfacing - Status Page
Check that the waveforms and numeric fields are transferred to the monitor according to the
configuration.

"
4. Recognition of interface
Disconnect the DIS bus cable and check that the ‘[device name] module removed’ message
appears on the monitor screen. Reconnect the cable.
Turn off the external device (if possible) and check that the ‘[device name] disconnected from
module’ message appears on the screen. Turn the external device back on again.

"
5. DIS module service menu
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup – Install/Service (password 16-4-34) –
Service (password 26-23-8) –
Parameters – More – DIS Interfacing
Check that the menu displays submenus for all connected DIS modules.
Enter the corresponding DIS module service menu and check that the displayed information
corresponds with the information on the DIS module labels.
Check that the DIS bus voltage is between 6.00 ...8.00 V or 10.00... 12.00 V (depending on the
N-DISxxx version and the host monitor).
Check that the DIS module time-out and checksum error values do not increase more than by 5
per second.
Check that the status of each DIS module memory indicates OK.

"
11

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

6. Electrical safety check

Perform the electrical safety test and leakage current test.

"
7. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the DIS module functions normally after the tests.

"
8. Final cleaning
Clean the DIS module, bus cable and device specific cable with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill up all the necessary documents.

12

Document no. M1027835

 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- screwdriver
- flat blade screwdriver
- antistatic wristband

3.4 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the N-DISxxx module (see the exploded view of the module in the “E-Modules Spare
parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws from the back of the module.
2. Loosen the two strain-relief threads and after that disconnect the cables from the connectors.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front cover to the
front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

13

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 LED indicators

Figure 5 LED indicators

4.1.1 Green LED

The meaning of the green LED is to indicate that the communication between the monitor and DIS
module and the communication between the DIS module and external device is working properly.
When allcables are connected and the connected devices are on, the green LED should be lit
continuously.

4.1.2 Yellow LED

The meaning of the yellow LED is to alert the user. The yellow LED is lit when any of the following
conditions becomes true:
1. The DIS module is connected to the DIS bus, but the external device is not connected.
2. The external device is in power off state.
3. The external device is not selected from the interfacing menu as an active source of data.
NOTE: The meaning of the yellow LED varies with some external devices. See the “Installation Guide”
delivered with the DIS module.

14

Document no. M1027835

 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx

4.2 Quick functional check

You have two ways for checking the function of the Device Interfacing Solution:
• Press the Monitor Setup key, select Interfacing and open the Status Page menu. The status
page shows you the current communication status of the interfacing modules connected to the
bus (1...10 pcs).
NOTE: The status message ‘Connected’ appears on the monitor screen after you have connected the
external device to the DIS module and turned it on, if the monitor and DIS module have already been
initialized.
• Check the LED indicators on the DIS module (the green LED indicates the physical connections,
the yellow LED software selections):

GREEN YELLOW INDICATION

lit dark Physical connections between the monitor, DIS module and
external device are in order and the device has been selected
in the menu.
dark lit There is something wrong with the physical connections
between the monitor, interfacing module and external device.
The external device has not been selected in the menu.
lit lit Physical connections between the monitor, DIS module and
external device are in order, but the external device has not
been selected in the menu (see the “User’s Reference Manual”
of the monitor).
dark dark The DIS module is not connected to the monitor.

15

Document no. M1027835

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

5 Earlier revisions
This manual supports all earlier N-DISxxx revisions.

16

Document no. M1027835

 Appendix A, Service check form, Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx (Rev. 00 and Rev. 01)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx (Rev. 00 and Rev. 01)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal check 2. External check

Notes

Functional inspection
3. DIS module interface
4. Recognition of interface
status

5. DIS module service menu 6. Electrical safety check

7. Functioning after
8. Final cleaning
electrical safety check

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027835
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

A-2(2)
Document no. M1027835
 Datex-Ohmeda
S/5™ Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027836-1
November, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Serial I/O definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Analog definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 Functional description 3
2.1 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 External connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2 RS-485 Serial communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.3 Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.4 RS-232 Serial communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1.5 Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.2 Serial/analog connector CH1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2.3 Serial/analog connector CH 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

3 Service procedures 7
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2.3 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

4 Troubleshooting 12
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Earlier revisions 13
Appendix A: Service check form, Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00) A-1

Document no. M1027836-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ii

Document no. M1027836-1

 Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Interface Module, E-INT. The Interface module is a single width plug-in module
designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors. Later in this manual modules may be
referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The Interface Module, E-INT, provides an interface between the S/5 Monitors and other external
monitors such as Datex-Ohmeda Cardiocap and Capnomac Ultima, Criticon Dinamap 1846 SX, and
Abbott Oximetrix 3.
NOTE: The Interface Board, B-INT, and Interface Module, E-INT, cannot be used simultaneously in the
same monitor.

Document no. M1027836-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
Module size (W × D × H) 37 x 190 x 112 mm / 1.5 x 7.5 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.35 kg / 0.8 lb.

1.2 Serial I/O definitions

• RS-232 buffered (channels 1-2)
• All standard baud rates are possible from 300 to 115200
• Each interfaced device has a fixed baud rate.

1.3 Analog definitions

• There are four analog inputs available on channel 1 and four on channel 2.
• All analog inputs are Op-Amp buffered, with an input impedance of 1 M. Each analog input is
also equipped with a 1 MΩ pull-down resistor to -12 V for NC detection.
• Sampling rate: 10 ms/sample/channel
• Input range: -10 V...+10 V
• Resolution: 10 bits → 1024 voltage levels in input range

Document no. M1027836-1

 Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

2 Functional description
The Interface Module, E-INT, detects and identifies the external monitors connected to the module.
The identification is made by a serial string, sent by the external monitor.
When an external monitor is connected to the Interface Module, numeric data is always displayed on
the monitor screen. Also, analog real time waveforms are displayed, if the external monitor is able to
send them.
Connections from the Interface Module to external monitors are isolated from the S/5 Monitor.

2.1 Main components

E-INT

Figure 1 Front panel of Interface Module, E-INT

1. Serial/analog connector (X2) CH1

2. Serial/analog connector (X3) CH2

2.1.1 External connections

The connectors on the Interface Module are:
• One 25-pin D-connector X1 for the module bus.
• Two 9-pin connectors, X2 and X3, for external monitors. These are internally connected to two
9-pin female D-connectors via ribbon cables.
Each X2 and X3 connector has an RS-232 serial communication channel and four analog inputs.

2.1.2 RS-485 Serial communication

The Interface Module uses RS485 signal levels when communicating with the external monitor. The
RS485 signals are transformed to digital signal levels and fed via an opto-isolator to the
microprocessor. The communication signals for transmitting (TxD) and receiving (RxD) data are sent to

Document no. M1027836-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

the microprocessor ports. The direction of the communication is controlled by REC/SND signals,
generated by the microprocessor, via the opto-isolator. When the module bus is reset, the
communication is always set to the receiving state.

2.1.3 Reset
The interface board resets when the module bus is reset. The RESET signal is converted from an
RS-485 signal level to a digital signal level and then fed to an opto-isolator. The RESET signal is
renamed to POWEROK signal. The POWEROK signal resets the microprocessor and the GAL circuit.

2.1.4 RS-232 Serial communication

A QUART is used to provide four serial communication channels with external monitors. However, only
two channels are used. The microprocessor controls resetting of the QUART during normal operation.
When the microprocessor is reset the QUART is also reset.

2.1.5 Memories
There are static RAM, ROM, EEPROM memories in the Interface Module. The memory decoding is
done with the GAL circuit. The microprocessor communicates with the EEPROM memory in serial
mode.
Analog inputs
Eight analog inputs from the serial/analog connectors are connected to eight low pass filters. The
frequency limit (-3 dB) is set to 35 Hz. The input signal levels are between -10 V and +10 V, and the
output signals are scaled between 0 V and 5 V. The output signals are then fed to the microprocessor
A/D inputs.

Document no. M1027836-1

 Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

2.2 Connectors and signals

2.2.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal

1 O RESET_RS485

13 1 2 O -15 VDC
25 14
3 O +15 VDIRTY
4 O +15 VDC
5 I/O -DATA_RS485
6 I/O DATA_RS485
7 Ground & Shield
8 O -RESET_RS485
9 O CTSB
10 I RTSB
11 O RXDB
12 I TXDB
13 Ground & Shield
14 O +32 VDIRTY
15 O GroundDIRTY
16 O CTSC
17 I RTSC
18 O RXDC
19 I TXDC
20 ON/STANDBY
21 BIT0IN
22 RXDD_RS232
23 TXDD_RS232
24 O +5 VDC
25 O +5 VDC

Document no. M1027836-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.2.2 Serial/analog connector CH1

Serial/analog connector (X2) Pin No. Definition

CH 1 (floating, off-board)
1 A0 analog input
2 RXD
5 1
3 TXD
9 6
4 A1 analog input
5 GND
6 A2 analog input
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 A3 analog input

2.2.3 Serial/analog connector CH 2

Serial/analog connector (X3) Pin No. Definition
CH 2 (floating)
1 A4 analog input

5 1
2 RXD
9 6 3 TXD
4 A5 analog input
5 GND
6 A6 analog input
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 A7 analog input

Document no. M1027836-1

 Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the Interface Module, E-INT, is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the warranty of the
unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

The symbol "in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

Datex-Ohmeda gas monitor with the SpO2 e.g. ULT-S
measurement
INT Interface cable 892377
Calibration gas 755582
SpO2 probe e.g. OXY-F4-M
Torx screwdriver, T10

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal check
Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly
• all socket mounted IC’s are inserted properly

Document no. M1027836-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

• the EMC cover is attached properly

• there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External check
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• the block screws for cables are in place and tightened properly
• the block screw threads are intact
• all connectors are intact and attached properly
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch moves properly.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

3. Installation
Plug the Interface Module into the monitor Central Unit. Check that it goes in smoothly and locks
up properly.

"
4. Interface selection
Connect the Datex-Ohmeda gas monitor with the interface cable (order code 892377) to
Interface Module, E-INT, connector 1. Lock the cable properly.
Turn both monitors on.
Make sure the serial output mode of the Datex-Ohmeda gas monitor being used is set to
NUMERIC.
Configure the S/5 Monitor screen so that all required parameters are shown, for example:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 5 - Pleth
Field 6 - Co2
Set the interface for the Datex-Ohmeda gas monitor being used:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Installation -
Interfacing - Gases/Spiro - XXX
SpO2 - XXX
XXX = the gas monitor being used
Check that the menus NIBP and SvO2/C.O. are selectable from the menu.

"
5. Module software
Enter the service menu:

Document no. M1027836-1

 Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)

Take down the information regarding the Interface Module, E-INT, software by selecting Scroll
vers and turning the ComWheel.

"
6. Communication and memories
Enter the Interface service menu:
Parameters - More - Interface
Check that the Time-outs, Bad checksums and Bad c-s by mod values are not increasing faster
than by 5 per second. Check that the Interface Module E-INT memories have passed the
internal memory test, i.e. RAM and ROM state OK.

"
7. Recognition of connection
Check that the interfaced gas monitor is identified, i.e. the required waveform fields are shown
on the screen and the gas monitor type is shown correctly on the service menu.
Check that the communication state is online.

"
8. Gas interface (1)
Select Gases from the Interface service menu.
Check that id: states the correct monitor and interface type, Active states YES and Time-out NO.
Check that the numeric values on the service menu are reasonable.
Simulate breathing by feeding calibration gas into the Datex-Ohmeda gas monitor sampling
line and check that the values on the service menu correspond with the values on the gas
monitor screen.
Check that the values in the S/5 Monitor gas waveform field are correct and a proper CO2
waveform is shown.
Stop feeding the calibration gas. Check that the message ‘Apnea’ appears in the S/5 Monitor
waveform field, and in the message field, if the selected interface type is ULT/al.

"
9. SpO2 interface (1)
Select SpO2 from the Interface service menu.
Check that id: states the correct monitor and interface type, Active states YES and Time-out NO.
Check that ProbeOff shows 1 when no SpO2 probe is connected to the interfaced gas monitor.
Connect the SpO2 probe and check that the NoProbe shows 1.
Attach the SpO2 probe to your finger and check that the values on the menu correspond with the
values on the gas monitor screen.
Check that the values in the S/5 Monitor pleth waveform field are correct and a proper pleth
waveform is shown.

Document no. M1027836-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Disconnect the SpO2 probe. Check that the message ‘Probe off’ appears in the S/5 Monitor
waveform field, and ‘SpO2 probe off’ appears in the message field, if the interface type is
ULT/al.

"
10. Recognition of disconnection
Turn the gas monitor off. Check that the messages ‘Interfaced Gas monitor removed’ and
‘Interfaced SpO2 monitor removed’ appear on the S/5 Monitor screen.

"
11. Interface (2)
Turn the S/5 Monitor off. Connect the gas monitor with interface cable to Interface Module,
E-INT connector 2.
Turn the monitors on and check that the necessary numerics and waveforms are still interfaced,
together with the alarms, if the interface type is ULT/al.

"
12. Restarting
Disconnect the Interface Module, E-INT, for a moment, then plug the module back into the
monitor.
Check that interfacing with the gas monitor is restored.

"
13. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
14. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the Interface Module, E-INT, functions normally after performing the electrical safety
check.

"
Set the interface back for modules:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Installation -
Interfacing - Gases/Spiro - Module
SpO2 - Module

15. Final cleaning

Clean the module with suitable detergent.

• Fill in all necessary documents.

10

Document no. M1027836-1

 Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver, T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

To disassemble the module

To disassemble the Interface Module, E-INT (see the exploded view of the module box and E-INT in the
“E-Modules Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it from the
main body.
3. To detach the circuit board, remove the four screws and disconnect the two ribbon cables from
the front panel.
To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front cover to the
front chassis.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

11

Document no. M1027836-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

4 Troubleshooting
Enter the Service Menu (see the “Service Menu” slot of the Monitor “Technical Reference Manual”).
Select Scroll vers and scroll down the SW version/Unit id list. Make sure that the software code and
level, control and serial numbers of the Interface Module, E-INT, are displayed under INT.
If they are not displayed, the Interface Module, E-INT, is faulty.

4.1 Troubleshooting chart

Problem Cause What to do
Interface menu item not active in the Module is not connected properly. Check that the module is firmly
Service Menu. E-INT is faulty pushed into the module slot.
Software version and ID data are not Replace E-INT Interface board.
available in the Service Data field.
Measured values from the interfaced Monitor not selected for interface. Select the right monitor from the
monitor do not appear on the display Poor contact in the interface Interfacing menu.
after approximately one minute. cables. Check the cables and connections.
Change the cable to another
Wrong interface cable. connector.
Check cable type and change if
necessary.

12

Document no. M1027836-1

 Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5™ Interface Module, E-INT.

13

Document no. M1027836-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

14

Document no. M1027836-1

 Appendix A, Service check form, Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

Interface Module, E-INT (Rev. 00)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal check 2. External check

Functional inspection

3. Installation

4. Interface selection

5. Module software E-INT

6. Communication and 7. Recognition of

memories connection

8. Gas interface (1) 9. SpO2 interface (1)

10. Recognition of
11. Interface (2)
disconnection

12. Restarting

14. Functioning after

13. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

15. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027836-1
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

A-2(2)
Document no. M1027836-1
 Datex-Ohmeda
S/5™ Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027837-1
November, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
2 Functional description 3
2.1 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 Recorder board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

3 Service procedures 6
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2.2 Recommended parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2.3 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2.4 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

4 Troubleshooting 11
4.1 Troubleshooting chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
4.2 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

5 Earlier revisions 13
Appendix A: Service check form, Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00) A-1

Document no. M1027837-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ii

Document no. M1027837-1

 Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Recorder Module, E-REC. The REC module is a double width plug-in module
designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors. Later in this manual the module may be
referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The Recorder Module, E-REC, provides real time printing of waveform and numerical data, and trend
data.
The S/5 Compact Monitors may include a built-in recorder. The built-in recorder is technically the
same as the Recorder Module.
NOTE: Printings on thermal paper may be destroyed when exposed to light, heat, alcohol, etc. Take a
photocopy for archive.
NOTE: The Recorder Module, E-REC, cannot be used in the Extension Frame, F-EXT4.
NOTE: The Recorder Module, E-REC, functions with all monitor software versions.
NOTE: The Recorder Module, E-REC, is not compatible with the Compact Monitor frames that contain
the built-in recorder (F-CMREC, F-CMCREC, F-CMREC1 and F-CMCREC1).

Document no. M1027837-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
Module size, W x D x H 75 x 192 x 112 mm / 3.0 x 7.6 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.85 kg/ 1.9 lb.
Power consumption 3W
Principle Thermal array
Print resolution
Vertical 8 dots/mm (200 dots/inch)
Horizontal 32 dots/mm (800 dots/inch) at a speed of 25 mm/s and
slower
Paper width 50 mm, printing width 48 mm
Traces Selectable 1, 2, or 3 traces
Print speed 1, 6.25, 12.5, 25 mm/s

Document no. M1027837-1

 Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

2 Functional description
2.1 Main components
M1026911 EN

Figure 1 Front panel of Recorder Module, E-REC

Record Wave key records selected real-time waveforms. Recording time depends on the
recording length.
Record Trends key prints numerical, graphical or tabular trends. Recording time depends on
the recording length and trend resolution.
Stop key stops recording or trend printing.

2.1.1 Recorder board

The function of the recorder board is to establish an interface between the recorder unit and main CPU
board in the monitor. The three front panel keys are connected to the recorder unit via the recorder
board. The recorder unit and the recorder board are connected together with a small connector board
and a 12-pin flex-strip cable.
External communication
Communication with the main CPU board is established via a +5 V CMOS level RS232 serial
interface, with an RS485 reset.
Reset The differential RS485 reset from the module bus generates a Recorder Unit reset signal on the
Recorder Board. The Recorder Board also generates a power-up-reset, whose time constant is
approximately 0.1 second. The Recorder Unit reset signal is therefore active when either the Module
Bus RS485-reset or the power-up-reset is active.
+5 V priority The recorder unit supply voltage, +15 VREC, is switched on after +5 V is present.
Front panel keys The recorder board can read the three front panel keys and pass their status on to the main CPU
board.

Document no. M1027837-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

To protect the keypad signals from static discharges, zener diodes and series resistors are used.
Separate pull-up resistors are not needed, because pull-up resistors connecting the keypad input
signals to +5 V are inside the recorder.

Recorder Board

Power-up Reset
reset
logic Reset

RS-485-Reset
Recorder
Module Serial interface
mother
board +15 V + 15VREC

REC_board_blck_diagram.vsd
+5V

Front
panel Switches
membrane
switch

Figure 2 Recorder board block diagram

Document no. M1027837-1

 Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

2.2 Module bus connector

Module bus connector (X1) Pin No. I/O Signal
1 I RESET_RS485
13 1 3 I +15 VDIRTY
25 14
7 - Ground & Shield
8 I -RESET_RS485
9 O CTSB
10 I RTSB
11 O RXDB
12 I TXDB
13 - Ground & Shield
15 I GroundDIRTY
24 I +5 VDC
25 I +5 VDC

Document no. M1027837-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the Recorder Module, E-REC, is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the warranty of the
unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

The symbol "in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

Multiparameter hemodynamic module
Patient simulator
Torx screwdriver, T10

3.2.2 Recommended parts

Part Order No. Notes

Recorder paper 74205

3.2.3 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly

Document no. M1027837-1

 Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

• there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch moves properly.

3.2.4 Functional inspection

3. Paper compartment cleaning

Open the paper compartment hatch and take out the paper roll, if installed.
Remove any paper chaff from the paper compartment.
Clean the thermal printhead and the small glass window in front of the static brush with a cotton
swab dipped in isopropyl alcohol. Avoid contact with the rubber paper roller.
NOTE: Be careful to limit the application of alcohol to the thermal printhead and the window.
Leave the paper compartment empty and close the hatch.

"
Turn the monitor on and wait until the normal monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that all required parameters are shown, for example:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - ECG1
Field 2 - ECG2
Field 3 - P1
Field 4 - P2
Field 5 - PLETH
Field 6 - OFF
Insert the Hemodynamic Module into a module slot. Connect a patient simulator to the module
and check that all connected parameters are shown on the screen.
Preset recording settings:
Record/Print - Record Waveforms - Waveform 1 - ECG1
Waveform 2 - P1
Waveform 3 - P2
Delay - Off
Paper Speed - 6.25 Mm/S
Length --> 30 S
Record Trends - Graphic Trend 1 - Hr
Graphic Trend 2 - P1

Document no. M1027837-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Installation - Printer & Recorder -

Default Trend - Graph.
Display Trends - Time Scale - 2 h

4. Installation
Plug in the Recorder Module. Check that the module goes in smoothly and locks up properly.

"
5. Paper recognition
Press the RECORD WAVE key on the module front panel. Check that the message ‘Recorder:
Out of paper’ appears on the screen.

"
6. Cover state recognition
Open the paper compartment cover. Check that the previous message changes to ‘Recorder:
Cover open’.
Install a paper roll and close the cover. Check that the message ‘Recorder: Cover open’
disappears from the screen.

"
7. Front panel membrane keys
Press the RECORD WAVE key again and check that the module starts recording the selected
waveforms. Press the STOP key on the module front panel to stop recording.
NOTE: If no recording appears, check that the paper roll is installed correctly - only one side of the
paper is printable.
Press the PRINT TRENDS key and check that the module starts recording graphical trends.
Wait until the recording stops.

"
8. Quality of recording
Check that the quality of the recordings is acceptable.

"
9. Recording speed
Press the RECORD WAVE key again and this time wait until the recording stops. Check that the
length of the recorded waveform scale is 18.7 cm (±1.5 cm).
Change the paper speed setting to 1 mm/s:
Record/Print - Record Waveforms - Paper Speed - 1 mm/s

Document no. M1027837-1

 Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

Press the RECORD WAVE key and wait until the recording stops. Check that the length of the
scale is now 3.0 cm (±0.5 cm).

"
10. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
11. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after performing the electrical safety check.

"
12. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

Document no. M1027837-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver; T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

To dissassemble the Recorder Module, E-REC (see the exploded view of the module in the
“E-Modules Spare parts” slot):
1. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
2. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it from the
main body.
3. Open the recorder unit paper loading hatch. Loosen the two screws at the bottom of the
recorder unit housing with a long blade screwdriver.
4. Disconnect the 50-pin connector from the back of the recorder unit and the 5-pin ribbon
keypad connector from the recorder board.
The recorder unit and front panel frame can now be pulled out of the main body. The front panel frame
is pulled out of the recorder by pulling backward.
The recorder board is attached to the metal chassis with four screws.
CAUTION The recorder board is fixed to the metal chassis at the factory in a specific position.
The recorder board and chassis must therefore not be separated.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables are reconnected properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

10

Document no. M1027837-1

 Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting chart
Problem Cause What to do
Module not responding to front panel Membrane switch cable loose or Check the cable. Replace the
keys, but operates through Recorder broken. front panel if necessary.
key in Record menu. E-REC: Flex-strip cable broken. Check the cable. Replace if
necessary.
E-REC: Bad contact on connector Check contact.
board.
Recorder will not start. E-REC: Module not properly inserted. Re-insert the module properly.
No error messages shown.
E-REC: Flex-strip cable broken. Check the cable. Replace if
necessary.
E-REC: Connector board loose. Check connector board
connections.
Recorder board faulty. Replace the recorder board.
Recorder unit faulty. Replace the recorder unit.
Recorder works but nothing appears on Active side of the paper downwards. Turn the paper roll over.
the paper. To test which side is active: Place
the paper on a hard surface and
draw a line with a fingernail - a
dark line will appear on the active
(thermal) side.
Recorder unit faulty. Replace the recorder unit.

4.2 Messages
Problem What to do
Recorder: out of paper Release paper jam or insert a roll of paper into the recorder.
Recorder: cover open Close the recorder cover correctly.
Recorder: thermal array overheat Recorder overheated. Stop using and allow it to cool down.
Recorder: input voltage low +15 Vrec is too low. Check flex-strip cable and connector board.
Recorder: input voltage high +15 Vrec is too high. Check flex-strip cable and connector board.
Recorder system error System error. Remove the recorder module and re-insert it.
1, 2, 3 If the problem persists, replace the recorder unit.
Recorder: module removed The module not in place, or a communication error due to a fault in the
module or in the main CPU board.

11

Document no. M1027837-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

12

Document no. M1027837-1

 Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5™ Recorder Module, E-REC.

13

Document no. M1027837-1

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

14

Document no. M1027837-1

 Appendix A, Service check form, Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

Recorder Module, E-REC (Rev. 00)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Notes

Functional inspection

3. Paper compartment
4. Installation
cleaning

5. Paper recognition 6. Cover state recognition

7. Front panel membrane

8. Quality of recording
keys

9. Recording speed Measured value Allowed range

6.25 mm/s 17.2...20.2 cm

1.0 mm/s 2.5...3.5 cm

11. Functioning after

10. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

12. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027837-1
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

A-2(2)
Document no. M1027837-1
 Datex-Ohmeda
S/5™ Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Slot

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027817
June, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.datex-ohmeda.com www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.1 E-MEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Technical specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 Functional description 3
2.1 Main components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 Memory board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2.1 Module bus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2.2 LED board connector (X5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2.3 Connector board connector (X1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

3 Service procedures 8
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2.3 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3.3 To disassemble the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

4 Troubleshooting 13
4.1 Troubleshooting charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.1.1 Memory module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.1.2 Memory cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

5 Earlier revisions 14
Appendix A: Service check form,
Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00) A-1

Document no. M1027817

ii

Document no. M1027817

 Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Datex-Ohmeda S/5 MEM Module, E-MEM. The Memory Module, E-MEM, is an optional data storage
single width module designed for Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors. Later in this manual modules
may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.
The Memory Module is used for storing patient related physiological data, discrete record keeping
events, menu configurations and user defined monitor configurations in removable PCMCIA1
compatible memory cards.
The memory module can be utilized in the following applications:
• As a backup media for patient related physiological and record keeping data.
• As a local menu server for the monitor it is attached to.
• A memory card with its previously recorded patient data can be transported to a new monitor
location with the patient, enabling continuous data collection.
• To save and load user defined monitor configurations.
The memory module is available in one version:
• Single width external plug-in Memory Module, E-MEM, for S/5 Critical Care and Anesthesia
monitors.
The memory module has two card slots, which use rewritable PCMCIA-ATA specification compatible
memory cards: Data and Menu Cards.
The data card is used for storing patient related data and record keeping events, and the menu card is
used as a storage media for pre-recorded menu configurations and user defined monitor
configurations. If the module is used only for data backup and transportation, the Menu card is not
necessarily required. Similarly, if only record keeping configurations are needed, the data card does
not have to be present. In the latter case, however, no physiological or event data can be stored in a
memory card.
Module software runs under MS-DOS2 compatible operating system provided by Datalight3. The files
created in Data and Menu MemCards are MS-DOS compatible.
1
PCMCIA = Personal Computer Memory Card International Association
2
MS-DOS is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation
3
Datalight is a trademark of Datalight, Inc.
The communication between the monitor CPU and the memory module is performed with a
high-speed internal TTL level RS-232 serial interface. Data transfer rate is 76.8 kbps.
Compatibility
NOTE: Memory Module, E-MEM, cannot be used in the Extension Frame, F-EXT4 and in the
S/5 Compact Monitors.

Document no. M1027817

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
1.1.1 E-MEM
Module size (W × D × H) 37 x 187 x 112 mm/1.5 x 7.4 x 4.4 in
Module weight 0.35 kg/0.8 lb.
Total power consumption 2 W maximum

1.2 Technical specifications

MemCard capacity 32 MB
Data storage capacity 2 days of continuous physiological data trends
Operating system Datalight ROM-DOS
File system MS-DOS compatible
MemCards PCMCIA-ATA compatible memory cards

Document no. M1027817

 Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

2 Functional description
The Memory Module, E-MEM, contains a memory board and a LED (Light Emitting Diode) board
attached to the front panel.
The front panel has a dual PCMCIA card connector for two MemCards. There are two push buttons
above the card slots for removing the MemCards from the module, and two memory card specific
LEDs. The LEDs are on during memory card read and write operations to notify the user not to remove
them until the operation is complete.

2.1 Main components

Menu Data

E-MEM

Figure 1 Front panel of Memory Module, E-MEM

2.1.1 Memory board

Processor section
Basically, the memory module is a single board PC with any unnecessary I/O functions removed. The
processor is Intel 80C186 compatible and the software runs under the DOS operating system.
Operating frequency is 16 MHz. The board has 512 kB RAM, 448 KB ROM, 128 kB EEPROM and
associated buffer circuits for memory operations.
The Intel 82365SL compatible PC Card Interface Controller (PCIC) provides all the functions needed
in MemCard operations. Serial communication, EEPROM read and write operations and LED control
is accomplished through a QUART circuit. In addition, the processor board contains a circuitry to
control reset signals and MemCard programming voltages.
The memory module board block diagram is shown in Figure 2.
PCMCIA card interface
E-MEM has PCMCIA compatible card sockets for two MemCards. Both sockets consist of 60 signal
and 8 power connections. MemCards are PCMCIA-ATA compatible, and their memory capacity is 6
MB.

Document no. M1027817

 All MemCard read and write operations as well as card power management are controlled by a PCIC
interface controller.
Card removals and insertions are also detected by the interface controller.
MemCard files are MS-DOS compatible and they can be copied for archiving with any MS-DOS
compatible computer equipped with any PCMCIA-ATA specification compatible card drive.

Document no. M1027817

 Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

Address/
data Address
Address bus record
latches control
Processor logic
80C186X

Control
bus Data
bus
Data
buffer 0.5 MB static
RAM

Serial,
EEPROM & 448 kB flash
LED control memory

Serial
communication
Module bus
connector

Reset,
+5 V & Power &
+12 V reset
control

Memory Memory card

data buffers address buffers
PCMCIA
memory
card
controller
MEM_brd_blck_dgrm.vsd

Card data
Memory card
power control Card control Card address

Dual slot PCMCIA memory

Card power card connector

Figure 2 Memory board block diagram

Document no. M1027817

Serial communication
Serial communication between the module and main CPU board is performed through a module bus
TTL-level RS-232 interface. The data transfer rate is 76.8 kbps.
An RS485 type monitor reset signal is converted to module reset by an interface transceiver, and
power reset is generated by a reset circuit.
Power supply
The module receives its power (+5 V, +15 V) from the monitor. The PCMCIA card programming
voltage +12 V is generated from +15 V by voltage regulators. Card programming voltage is controlled
by an interface controller. Otherwise, only +5 V power is used in the module. Maximum power
consumption is 2 W.
LED board
The LED board contains only two yellow light emitting diodes and a three-lead cable to the memory
board.

2.2 Connectors and signals

2.2.1 Module bus connector

Module bus connector Pin No. I/O Signal

1 I RESET_RS485
13 1
14
4 I +15 VDC
25
7 - Ground & Shield
8 I -RESET_RS485
13 - Ground & Shield
16 O CTSC
17 I RTSC
18 O RXDC
19 I TXDC
24 I +5 VDC
25 I +5 VDC

Document no. M1027817

 Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

2.2.2 LED board connector (X5)

Pin No. I/O Signal
1 O +5 V
2 O LED1 control
3 O LED2 control

2.2.3 Connector board connector (X1)

Pin No. I/O Signal
1 I Ground & Shield
2 I Ground & Shield
3 I -RESET_RS485
4 I +15 VDC
5 I RESET_RS485
6 O CTSC
7 I RTSC
8 O RXDC
9 I TXDC
13 I +5 VDC
14 I +5 VDC

Document no. M1027817

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the memory module is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or mechanical
parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

The symbol "in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

MemCard - Menu (PCMCIA-ATA)
MemCard - Data (PCMCIA-ATA)
Hemodynamic module
Patient simulator
Torx screwdriver, T10

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Detach the module box by removing the two screws from the back of the module.

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• screws are tightened properly
• cables are connected properly
• all IC’s that are on sockets are attached properly
• EMC covers are attached properly

Document no. M1027817

 Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

• there are no loose objects inside the module

"
2. External parts
Check that:
• the front cover and the front panel sticker are intact
• the memory card housing frame is intact
• the module box and latch are intact

"
Reattach the module box and check that the latch is moving properly.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

Switch the monitor on and wait until the monitoring screen appears.
Configure the monitor screen so that all the needed parameters are shown, for example as
follows:
Monitor Setup - Screen 1 Setup - Waveform Fields - Field 1 - ECG1
Field 2 - ECG2
Field 3 - P1
Field 4 - P2
Field 5 - PLETH
Field 6 - OFF
Insert the hemodynamic module. Connect a patient simulator to the module and check that all
connected parameters are shown on the screen.

3. Installation
Plug in the Memory Module without memory cards. Check that the module goes in smoothly and
locks up properly.

"
4. Front panel LEDs
Check that both LEDs on the module’s front panel light up briefly, when the module is
connected.

"
5. Module software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding the MEM software by selecting Scroll Vers and turning the
ComWheel.

"

Document no. M1027817

 6. Module recognition
Enter the memory module service menu:
...Frame - MemCards
Check that the module is recognized properly, i.e. Module present and Module active state YES.

"
7. Memories and PCMCIA controller
Check that the Memory board memories and the PCMCIA controller have passed their tests. The
status for each should be OK.

"
8. Communication
Enter the memory cards Communication menu:
Select ...Frame - Communication.
Check that the Interface status states continuously ACTIVE and the error counter values on the
bottom part of the menu are stable.

"
9. Menu-card recognition
Enter the memory module service menu:
Select ...Frame - MemCards
Insert a Memory card labelled Menu in the left hand side memory card slot. Check that the
message ‘Menu Card inserted’ appears on the message field and the white menu card symbol
on the upper right hand corner of the screen within 1 minute.
NOTE: The battery symbol overrides the memory card symbols in the Compact Monitor.
Wait until the information regarding SLOT1 is fully updated in the service menu, then check that
the Card type states MENU and the File system ATA.
Check that the rest of the information for SLOT1 is reliable and no errors have been detected.

"
10. Data-card recognition
Insert a Memory card labelled Data in the right hand side memory card slot. Check that the
message ‘Data Card inserted’ appears on the message field and the green menu card symbol
on the upper right hand corner of the screen within 1 minute.
Wait until the information regarding SLOT2 is fully updated in the service menu, then check that
the Card type states DATA and the File system ATA.
Check that the rest of the information for SLOT2 is reliable and no errors have been detected.

"
Enter the Save Modes menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Save Modes (password 13-20-31)

10

Document no. M1027817

 Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

Save the current modes into the Menu card by selecting LOAD MODES and then TO MEMORY
CARD --> SAVE. Wait until the text ‘Saved’ appears, then return to the previous menu.
Change the name for the mode number 1:
Highlight the mode number 1, press the ComWheel and select NAME. Select suitable
characters from the list by turning and pressing the ComWheel, then confirm the new name by
selecting END.

11. Menu-card functions

Load the original modes from the Menu card by selecting LOAD MODES and then FROM
MEMORY CARD --> LOAD. Wait until the text ‘Loading’ changes to ‘Loaded’, then return to the
previous menu.
Check that the mode number 1 has got back its original name.

"
Press the membrane key Display Trends. Check that there are enough trend information
available for the monitored parameters.
Erase the trends:
Reset Case - Reset All - Yes
Check that the trends have been erased by pressing the key Display Trends again.

12. Data-card functions

Reload the trends from the Data card by pressing the key Patient Data, selecting Patient
From Card, pressing the ComWheel on the last saved file (the file information is shown at the
bottom of the menu) and selecting Load.
Wait until the message ‘Loading from Mem. Module’ disappears, then check that the original
trends are available again by pressing the key Display Trends.

"
13. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
14. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the module functions normally after the performed electrical safety check.

"
15. Final cleaning
Clean the module with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

11

Document no. M1027817

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly
3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- torx screwdriver; T10

- flat blade screwdriver
- pincers
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble the module

To disassemble the memory module (see the exploded view of the module in the “E-Modules Spare
parts” slot):
1. To remove the Module Front Cover from the module, release the snaps that hold the front cover
to the front chassis.
2. Remove the two screws (T10) from the back of the module.
3. While pressing the release latch, pull the module box slowly backwards and remove it from the
main body.
4. Remove the two screws that are located on the module bus connector and the screws that
connect the front panel frame to the Memory board.
5. Disconnect the LED board cable and remove the front panel frame.
6. Remove the EMC cover carefully from around the Memory board.
To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.
CAUTION When reassembling the module, make sure that the cables, especially the LED board
cable, are reconnected properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the module.

12

Document no. M1027817

 Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting charts
4.1.1 Memory module

Problem Cause What to do

‘Memory module removed’ Module removed from monitor frame. Insert module in the module frame.
message Possible error in data communication Remove module briefly from the
between the module and the monitor. monitor. Insert module back to
monitor frame. If the message
persists, replace the memory board or
the main CPU board.
‘Memory module error’ message Module has detected an error condition. If message persists, remove module
for repair.
‘Memory module comm. error’ Module not properly attached to monitor Check module attachment.
message frame.

4.1.2 Memory cards

Problem Cause What to do

‘Two Data Cards in mem. module’ Two Data cards detected. Remove MemCard from the left hand
message side slot of the module.
‘Two Menu Cards in mem. module’ Two Menu cards detected. Remove MemCard from the right hand
message side slot of the module.
‘No menus in Menu Card’ There are no menus in the Menu card. Insert a Menu card with valid menu
message configuration files in the module.
‘Faulty Data Card - change card’ An error has occurred during Data card Change Data card.
message read/write operation.
‘Faulty Menu Card - change card’ An error has occurred during Menu card Change Menu card.
message read/write operation.

13

Document no. M1027817

5 Earlier revisions
There are no earlier revisions of the S/5™ Memory Module, E-MEM.

14

Document no. M1027817

 Appendix A, Service check form, Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

Memory Module, E-MEM (Rev. 00)

Customer

Service Module type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

Notes

Functional inspection

3. Installation

4. Front panel LEDs

5. Module software MEM

7. Memories and PCMCIA

6. Module recognition
controller

8. Communication 9. Menu-card recognition

10. Data-card recognition 11. Menu-card functions

12. Data-card functions

14. Functioning after

13. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

15. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027817
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

A-2(2)
Document no. M1027817
Datex-Ohmeda
Remote Controller
S/5™ Remote Controller, K-REMCO (Rev. 01)
S/5™ Remote Controller, K-CREMCO (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EC

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1187342-004

February 3, 2010

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2
FI-00510 Helsinki, Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310

www.gehealthcare.com
Copyright © 2010 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Introduction 1
1 Specifications 2
1.1 Remote Controller, K-REMCO, K-CREMCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

2 Functional description 3
2.1 Remote Controller, K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.1 K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.2 External communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1.3 ComWheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

3 Service procedures 4
3.1 General service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2.2 Visual inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3.2.3 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.3.3 To disassemble Remote Controller K-REMCO / K-CREMCO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

4 Troubleshooting 9
4.1 K-REMCO, K-CREMCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Appendix A: Service check form, Remote Controllers K-REMCO (Rev. 01)

and K-CREMCO (Rev. 00) A-1

Document no. M1187342-004

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ii

Document no. M1187342-004

 Remote Controller

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of
the Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Remote Controllers, K-REMCO and K-CREMCO. The Remote Controllers
are designed for use with the Datex-Ohmeda modular monitors. Later in this manual the
remote controllers may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“Spare Parts” slot .
The Remote Controller, K-REMCO/K-CREMCO, brings the Command Bar/ monitor keyboard
functions near to the user and allows access to the same menus as the Command Bar/
monitor keyboard.
• Remote Controller, K-REMCO for Anesthesia Monitor and Critical Care Monitor
• Remote Controller, K-CREMCO for Compact Monitors, S/5 FM and FM Light.

Figure 1 K-REMCO and K-CREMCO

Monitor software compatibility

K-REMCO and K-CREMCO require monitor software version 97 or later.

Document no. M1187342-004

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1 Specifications
1.1 Remote Controller, K-REMCO, K-CREMCO
Dimensions (without cable) 150 × 60 × 50 mm
Weight (incl. cable) 0.5 kg
Cable length 6m
Input voltage 5V
Power consumption 180 mW
Communication protocol RS-232
NOTE: Power supply from the monitor only.

Document no. M1187342-004

 Remote Controller

2 Functional description
2.1 Remote Controller, K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO
The Remote Controller consists of 12 direct function keys and the ComWheel.

2.1.1 K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO PCBs

The K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO has two PCBs located inside the Remote Controller. One board has
only the push button switches of the keys. The other board reads the status of the keys and the
ComWheel and forwards the information to the CPU board.

2.1.2 External communication

K-REMCO Rev. 00-01
Two signals, TXD and RXD in RS232 format are in use. No handshaking is used. Serial
communication speed is 19.2 kbps. The 26-pin subminiature D-connector of the Remote
Controller is connected to the Display Controller Board, B-DISP.

K-REMCO Rev. 00 with optional Remote Controller - Compact Monitor cable

or K-CREMCO Rev. 00
Two signals, TXD and RXD in RS232 format are in use. No handshaking is used. Serial
communication speed is 19.2 kbps.
In Compact Monitors, the DIN 5 connector is connected to the keyboard connector X9.
In S/5 FM and FM Light, the DIN 5 connector is connected to Multi IO adapter X7.

2.1.3 ComWheel
The ComWheel is used for menu selection.

Document no. M1187342-004

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the remote controllers is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or
mechanical parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full
type designation, and a detailed fault description.
WARNING Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the
tests and repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the
warranty of the unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service check is
mandatory after any service repair. However, the service check procedures can also be used
for determining possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A:”) which may be used when performing the
procedures.

The symbol " in the instructions indicates that the check form contains space to record the
results of the particular procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

Screwdriver

3.2.2 Visual inspection

Turn the monitor to STBY.
Disconnect the remote controller cable from the monitor.
Detach the remote controller upper cover and the keypad cover by removing the screws
(7 pcs) from the bottom.

1. Internal parts
Check that:
• cables are connected properly
• the remote controller cable is fastened to the bottom cover with screws
• the keypad switches are intact
• the software EPROM under the keypad is attached properly

"

Document no. M1187342-004

 Remote Controller

2. External parts
Check that:
• the upper and bottom covers are intact
• the keypad cover is intact
• the ComWheel cover is intact and attached properly

"
Reassemble the remote controller.

3. Cable
Check the remote controller cable:
• the cable is intact
• the cable connector is intact
• the connector pins are clean, straight and at about the same height
• the locking screws inside the connector case are intact

"
3.2.3 Functional inspection
Reconnect the cable to the monitor and turn the monitor ON.

4. Command board software

Enter the service menu:
Menu (on the remote controller keypad) - Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password
16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding the remote controller software.

"
Select the menu KEYBOARD:
Service - Keyboard

5. Remote controller keys

Press the keys one by one. Check that each key generates a sound from the loudspeaker.

"
6. ComWheel
Turn the ComWheel clockwise and counterclockwise and check that each step generates
a sound and the corresponding values at the bottom of the menu increase.
Select DUMMY PRESS. Push the ComWheel and check that the push generates a sound
and the corresponding value in the menu increases.

"

Document no. M1187342-004

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

7. Electrical safety check

Perform an electrical safety check and a leakage current test.

"
8. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the remote controller functions normally after the electrical safety check.

"
9. Final cleaning
Clean the remote controller and the cable.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

Document no. M1187342-004

 Remote Controller

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
WARNING Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards.
Electrostatic discharge may damage components on the board.
Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- screwdriver
- flat blade screwdriver
- antistatic wristband

3.3.3 To disassemble Remote Controller K-REMCO / K-CREMCO

To disassemble the Remote Controller (see Figure 2):
1. Disconnect the K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO cable from the monitor.
2. Pull out the knob of the ComWheel.
3. Open the nut on the shaft of the ComWheel.
4. Open the three cross head screws on the bottom of the K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO.
5. Remove the top cover.
6. Open the four screws on the bottom of the K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO.
7. Remove the keyboard cover.
8. Disconnect the K-REMCO/ K-CREMCO cable and the wire set from the Comwheel.
9. Remove the PCBs.
For more information on the spare parts, see the “Spare parts” slot.
In reassembly, remember to put the reinforcing cord of the cable around the screw on the
metal bridge before tightening the screw.

Document no. M1187342-004

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Figure 2 K-REMCO, K-CREMCO disassembly and reassembly

To reassemble the module, reverse the order of the disassembly steps.

In reassembly, remember to put the reinforcing cord of the cable around the screw on the
metal bridge before tightening the screw.
CAUTION When reassembling the remote controller make sure that the cables are
reconnected properly.
Always perform the “Service check” after reassembling the remote controller.

Document no. M1187342-004

 Remote Controller

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 K-REMCO, K-CREMCO
See Keyboard Service Menu in the “Service Menu“ slot and perform tests available. If any of the
tests fail, see explanation below.

Problem Cause What to do

ComWheel not working ComWheel leads broken or Check the items. Replace the
connector loose. ComWheel ComWheel if necessary.
faulty.
Membrane key not Switch cable loose or broken. Check the items. Replace them if
working Keyboard cable loose or broken. necessary.
Cable connector pin failure.
RS232 communication failure
on CPU board.

Document no. M1187342-004

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

For your notes:

10

Document no. M1187342-004

 Appendix A, Service check form, Remote Controllers K-REMCO (Rev. 01) and K-CREMCO (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A: Service check form,

Remote Controllers K-REMCO (Rev. 01) and
K-CREMCO (Rev. 00)

Customer

Service Keyboard type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Internal parts 2. External parts

3. Cable

Notes

Functional inspection

4. Command board
KB
software

5. Remote controller keys 6. ComWheel

8. Functioning after
7. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

9. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

1(2)
Document no. M1187342-004
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

For your notes:

2(2)

Document no. M1187342-004

 Datex-Ohmeda
Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)
S/5™ Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK (Rev. 00)
ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN (Rev. 00)
Technical Reference Manual Slot

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

M1027839
June, 2005

Datex-Ohmeda Inc. GE Healthcare Finland Oy

P.O. Box 7550 Helsinki, Finland
Madison, WI 53707-7550, USA P.O. Box 900
Tel: +1 608 221 1551 FI-00031 GE, FINLAND
Fax: +1 608 222 9147 Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.datex-ohmeda.com www.gehealthcare.com
© 2005 Copyright General Electric Company
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Table of contents i
Introduction 1
1 Specifications 3
1.1 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.1 Keyboard, K-ARKB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.2 ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2 Functional description 4
2.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2.1 Controller board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2.2 Alpha-numeric keyboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2.3 Membrane keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.4 ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.5 Connectors and signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.5.1 Connectors on the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.5.2 Connectors on the Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

3 Service procedures 9
3.1 General service information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2 Service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.1 Recommended tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.2 Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2.3 Functional inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3 Disassembly and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3.1 Before disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.3.2 Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.4 To disassemble the keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

4 Troubleshooting 13
4.1 Troubleshooting charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.1.1 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.1.2 Barcode Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

5 Earlier revisions 15
Appendix A: Service check form,
Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00) A-1

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

ii

Document no. M1027839

 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

Introduction
This Technical Reference Manual slot provides information for the maintenance and service of the
Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, the S/5 Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK, and the
ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN. The information is applicable for the current production revisions of
the devices. Later in this manual the board may be referred to without S/5 for simplicity.
The service menu is described in a separate “Service Menu“ slot and the spare part lists in the
“E-Modules Spare Parts” slot.

Silence Take Alarms Record/ Invasive Normal

Freeze Snapshot ECG NIBP
Alarms Setup Print Pressures Screen

2
Help Reset Trends Monitor Patient Pulse Airway
Data Oximetry Others
Case Setup Gas

Display & Gases

Patient List Fluids Analg. Relaxants Cardiacs Events Modify Print
Record Ventilat.
3
Lab. Local& Drugs End of
Cancel Personnel Antibiot. Hypnotics Antagon Comments Special
Data Regional Other Case

# ( )
Q U 7
-
W E R T Y I O P Backspace 8 9
Drugs
.
. " * %
+
4 A S D F G H J K L \
' 4 5 6
5
< > ? ´ `

<
Z X C V B N M , . / 1 2 3
Shift Enter
Events
¨ Del
SPACE/SEARCH Shift
PgUp PgDn
0 .

Figure 1 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (English version)

(1) The ComWheel

(2) Keys that function as the S/5 Monitor’s command bar. The power switch is in the monitor’s
Command Bar.
(3) Keys for record keeping control.
(4) Letter and number keys for typing in information that is not listed in the menus.
(5) Arrow keys (Drugs, Events) for moving up or down the Event list and Event trend when the record
is on the display.
NOTE: The S/5 Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK, can only be used with the S/5 Anesthesia Monitor
and the AS/3 Anesthesia Monitor.

Monitor software compatibility

The K-ARK and K-ARKB keyboards are compatible with monitor software versions:
S-ARK94 and later, L-ARK99(A), L-00A03/04, L-00A07/08 and L-ANE01(A) and later.

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Related documents
For more information about... See
Technical issues “Technical Reference Manual” of the S/5 Monitor, Part I
Configuration Anesthesia Record Keeping Solution, user documentation
Contents of the menus in your hospital Contact the personnel responsible for the menu configurations in the
hospital
Monitor, parameters, physiological trends, “Datex-Ohmeda S/5 Anesthesia Monitor, User’s Guide” and “User’s
general messages and symbols on the display Reference Manual”
Printer The printer manual
Barcode Reader The Barcode Reader manual

Document no. M1027839

 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

1 Specifications
1.1 General specifications
1.1.1 Keyboard, K-ARKB
Dimensions (W × D × H) 328 × 232 × 61 mm/12.9 × 9.1 × 2.4 in
Weight 1.3 kg/3.8 lbs.
Power +5 V DC ±10%, 70 mA max, supplied from S/5 AM or S/5 CM
Character set ASCII
Communication interface PC compatible serial line plus S/5 type serial line
Environmental requirements:
Operating temperature +10...+35 °C/+50...+95 °F
Storage temperature -10...+45 °C/+14...+113 °F
Humidity 10...90% non-condensing

1.1.2 ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN

Dimensions (W × L × H) 7.1 12.7 × 16 cm/2.8 × 5 ×6.3 in
Weight approx. 170 g/5.98 oz. (w/o cable)
Power supplied from S/5 Monitor or AS/3 AM or AS/3 CM
Light source 675 nm laser diode
Laser classifications CDRH Class II, IEC Class 1, IEC 825 Class 2
Environmental requirements:
Operating temperature 0...+40 °C/+32...+104 °F
Storage temperature -40...+60 °C/-40...+140 °F
Humidity 5...95% non-condensing
Durability withstands 1.2 m drop to concrete

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2 Functional description
2.1 Introduction
The Anesthesia Record Keeping Solution is an automated anesthesia documentation system. For the
Anesthesia Record Keeping Solution, the record keeping configurations from the network and a
memory module, and optionally the keyboard, K-ARKB, are needed.
The Anesthesia Record Keeping Solution is connected to the network, and runs in S/5 AM or S/5
CAM. The Memory Module, E-MEM (N-CMMEM), is needed for backup data storage.
The Anesthesia Record Keeping Solution combines the physiological data measured by the monitor,
information automatically integrated from external devices such as S/5 ADU, and the information
manually entered into a printable anesthesia record using the menus. The record can be stored in
electronic format for later review/printing and for statistical analysis.

2.2 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB

The Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, consists of a controller board, alphanumeric
keyboard and membrane keyboard.

2.2.1 Controller board

The controller board reads the status of the keyboard keys and the ComWheel, and forwards the
information to the CPU board in the monitor through an RS232 serial interface.
Additionally, the board controls the LEDs on the K-ARKB front panel.
External communication
Communication with the CPU board takes place in the RS232 serial communication channel which is
available on the CPU bus. There are also two bidirectional signals (Data and Clock) for PCKB format
communication.
For serial communication, the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, is connected to the
S/5 Anesthesia Monitor central unit by a 9-pin-26-pin interface cable. The cable is connected to
Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK, or to Display Controller Board, B-DISP in the F-CU8 or F-CPU.
In case of PCKB type communication, the Keyboard can be connected to the S/5 LCD Display,
D-LCC10A, D-LCC12A or to the S/5 Compact Monitor.
CPU
The CPU on the controller board is of type 80C51FA and the oscillator frequency is 11.059 Mhz. There
is a power-up-reset whose time constant is about 1 second.
Serial communication
The RS232 serial communication IC needs only +5 V supply voltage, because it chops the necessary
RS-level supply voltages to its external capacitors. A diode allows the use of two keyboards, and a
pull-down resistor on the CPU board is used for pulling the corresponding line to the negative
RS-level. The speed rate of the serial communication is 19.2 kbps.
LEDs
The CPU on the controller board controls the alarm LEDs according to commands received from the
main CPU board.

Document no. M1027839

 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

2.2.2 Alpha-numeric keyboard

The controller board reads the status of the keys on the alphanumeric keyboard. The boards are
connected together with a 26-pin ribbon cable.

2.2.3 Membrane keyboard

The controller board reads the status of the keys on the membrane keyboards. The membrane
keyboard and the controller board are connected together with a ribbon cable.

2.3 Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK

The Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK, is installed in the central unit of the S/5 Anesthesia Monitor. It
has a 26-pin D-connector to which the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, is connected.
The board passes the keyboard signals to the central unit.

2.4 ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN

The ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN, is an optional device to make record keeping faster by using bar
codes. With the Barcode Reader, the user has direct access to a menu item by reading a bar code
mapped to the menu item. Barcodes can also be used for pushing and turning the ComWheel and
opening the main menus (L-ARK99(A) or later).
WARNING When using the ARK Barcode Reader, N-SCAN, do not stare into beam. The ARK
Barcode Reader, N-SCAN, is a Class 2 laser product.

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.5 Connectors and signals

2.5.1 Connectors on the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB
Barcode Reader 5-pin connector
Pin No. Signal
1 PC-CLOCK
2 PC-DATA
3 N.C.
4 GND
5 +5 V

Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard 9-pin connector

Pin No. I/O Signal
1 I/O PC-DATA
2 I RX
3 O TX
4 I +5 V
5 GND
6 I RESET
7 - GND
8 - N.C.
9 I/O PC-CLOCK

Document no. M1027839

 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

2.5.2 Connectors on the Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK

26-pin connector (X3)
Pin No. I/O Signal
1 N/C
9 1
18 10 2 N/C
26 19
3 N/C
4 N/C
5 N/C
6 O Ground
7 N/C
8 N/C
9 N/C
10 N/C
11 N/C
12 N/C
13 N/C
14 N/C
15 O +5V
16 N/C
17 N/C
18 N/C
19 I RxD RS232
20 O TxD RS232
21 N/C
22 N/C
23 N/C
24 N/C
25 N/C
26 N/C

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

CPU bus connector (X1)

Pin No. a b c
1 +15 V AGND DGND
2 -15 V BALE DGND
3 SA0 SA1 DGND
4 SA2 SA3 RESET_RS485
5 SA4 SA5 -RESET_RS485
6 SA6 SA7 DATA_RS485
7 SA8 SA9 -DATA_RS485
8 SA10 SA11 TXDD_RS232
9 SA12 SA13 RXDD_RS232
10 SA14 SA15 BIT0IN
11 SA16 SA17 BIT1IN
12 SA18 SA19 TXDC
13 SA20 SA21 RXDC
14 SA22 SA23 RTSC
15 -SMEMR -SMEMW CTSC
16 -IOR -IOW TXDB
17 CLK -RESET RXDB
18 -IOCHRDY IRQ10 RTSB
19 N/C_1 IRQ11 CTSB
20 N/C_2 IRQ12 TXDA
21 -SBHE IRQ15 RXDA
22 SD0 SD1 RTSA
23 SD2 SD3 CTSA
24 SD4 SD5 LOUDSPEAKER
25 SD6 SD7 +5 V
26 SD8 SD9 +5 V
27 SD10 SD11 +5 V
28 SD12 SD13 +5 V
29 SD14 SD15 ON/STBY
30 +15 VD -RESET_CPU +5 V_CPU
31 +15 VD +32 VD REFRESH_WD
32 GNDD GNDD POWER_FAIL

Document no. M1027839

 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

3 Service procedures
3.1 General service information
The field service of the K-ARKB Keyboard is limited to replacing faulty circuit boards or mechanical
parts. The circuit boards should be returned to GE Healthcare for repair.
GE Healthcare is always available for service advice. Please provide the unit serial number, full type
designation, and a detailed fault description.
CAUTION Only trained personnel with appropriate equipment should perform the tests and
repairs outlined in this section. Unauthorized service may void the warranty of the
unit.

3.2 Service check

These instructions include complete procedures for a service check. The service should be performed
after any service repair. Additionally, the service check procedures can also be used for determining
possible failures.
The procedures should be performed in ascending order.
The instructions include a check form (“APPENDIX A”) which should be filled in when performing the
procedures.

The symbol "in the instructions means that the check form should be signed after performing the
procedure.

3.2.1 Recommended tools

Tool Order No. Notes

B-ARK with AM
Screwdriver

3.2.2 Visual inspection

1. Cable
Disconnect the interface cable from the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, and
check the cable:
• the connector pins are clean and straight and at about the same height
• the locking screws are intact
• the cable is intact
Leave the cable disconnected.

"
2. Internal check
Detach the bottom cover and check internal parts:

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

• all screws are tightened properly

• the block screws for the interface cable are in place and tightened properly
• the block screw threads are intact
• the interface cable connector is clean and intact
• all internal cables are connected properly
• all IC’s that are on sockets are attached properly
• there are no loose objects inside
Reattach the bottom cover, reconnect and lock the interface cable to the Anesthesia Record
Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB.

"
3. External check
Check that:
• the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, plastic frame is intact
• the front panel stickers are intact
• the ComWheel cover is intact and attached properly
• all four rubber pads are in place on the bottom cover

"
Install the B-ARK into the Central Unit. Connect and lock the interface cable to the B-ARK rear
panel connector.

3.2.3 Functional inspection

4. ON LED
Switch the monitor on. Check that the LED on the upper right hand corner of the Anesthesia
Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, is lit up.

"
5. Software
Enter the service menu:
Monitor Setup - Install/Service (password 16-4-34) - Service (password 26-23-8)
Take down the information regarding the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB,
software.

"
6. Alarm LEDs
Select the menu Keyboard with the ComWheel.
Highlight the text Upper Led. Check that the red alarm LED is turning on and off on the
Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, when pressing the ComWheel.

10

Document no. M1027839

 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

Check also the yellow alarm LED by selecting Lower Led from the menu.

"
7. ComWheel
Check the ComWheel.
Turn the ComWheel clockwise and counterclockwise and check that each step generates a
sound from the loudspeaker and the corresponding values at the bottom of the menu increase.
Select Dummy Press. Press the ComWheel and check that the press generates a sound and the
corresponding value in the menu increases.

"
8. Membrane keys
Check the membrane keys of the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB.
Press the keys on the upper part of the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, one by
one. Check that each key generates a sound from the loudspeaker and the corresponding text in
the menu changes from yellow to red.
Press the keys on the lower part, all except the keys Modify and Print. Check that each key
generates a sound from the loudspeaker, or at least the Message count value increases in the
service menu.
Press the keys Modify and Print and check that the corresponding menus open on the screen.

"
9. Electrical safety check
Perform an electrical safety check and aleakage current test.

"
10. Functioning after electrical safety check
Check that the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, functions normally after the
performed electrical safety check.

"
11. Final cleaning
Clean the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB, with suitable detergent.

"
• Fill in all necessary documents.

11

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

3.3 Disassembly and reassembly

3.3.1 Before disassembly
NOTE: Wear a grounded, antistatic wristband when handling PC boards. Electrostatic discharge may
damage components on the board.
NOTE: Handle all PC boards by their edges.

3.3.2 Tools needed

- screwdriver
- flat blade screwdriver
- antistatic wristband

3.4 To disassemble the keyboard

To disassemble the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (see the exploded view of the
K-ARKB keyboard in the “E-Modules Spare parts” slot):
1. Disconnect the ARK keyboard - monitor cable (ARK keyboard - LCD display cable).
2. Remove the four screws from the bottom of the keyboard, and detach the cover plate from the
bottom plate.

12

Document no. M1027839

 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

4 Troubleshooting
4.1 Troubleshooting charts
4.1.1 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB

Problem Cause What to do

Keys have no effect on the display. Cable is not connected or broken. Connect right type of cable properly (see
Wrong type of cable is connected. above).

Loose connector inside.

Component failure inside. Detach the bottom plate and check connectors
and components.
Membrane key not working. Ribbon cable loose or broken. Keyboard cable Check the items. Replace them if necessary.
loose or broken. D-connector pin failure. IC
failure on the Controller board. RS232
communication failure on the main CPU board.
NOTE: The cancel key does not respond if the
menu is closed.
The modify key may not work if there is no
selection.
Led does not light at alarm or stays lit after Cable loose or broken. LED broken. Check the items. Replace them if necessary.
alarm is over. Component failure on the Controller board.

See more troubleshooting items in “User’s Reference Manual”.

4.1.2 Barcode Reader

Problem Cause What to do

Barcode Reader does not give a beep sound Beep sound is OFF. Contact personnel responsible for installing
and configuring the monitors. Bar Code Beep
should be ON in Monitor Setup -
Install/Service - Installation - Monitor
Settings menu. Password is required for the
selection.
Nothing happens when trying to use the Cable connections are not properly Confirm that the cables are properly
Barcode Reader. connected. connected.

13

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Problem Cause What to do

Barcode Reader opens a Search menu but Menu directory does not have a Barcode Contact personnel responsible for installing
nothing else happens. Reader file. and configuring the monitors.
Barcode Reader led flashes and you may hear 1. Barcodes are not included in the 1. Contact personnel responsible for
a beep sound, but nothing else happens. configuration. installing and configuring the monitors.
2. Barcode Reader is not correctly 2. Contact personnel responsible for
programmed. installing and configuring the monitors.
3. Monitor is not connected to the network The Barcode Reader should be
and the memory module does not have a reprogrammed. See the instructions
menu card inside. following the Barcode Reader.
4. Monitor has an old configuration which is 3. Connect the monitor to the network or
not updated. insert a menu card into the memory
module.
5. Old software version on monitor.
4. Contact personnel responsible for
installing and configuring the monitors.
5. Please upgrade your monitor.
6. NOTE: Possible connecting cables are
881152 and Y-piece or 8001117.
Search result seems to mix different menu Menu files have been modified after which Contact personnel responsible for installing
items. they have not been recompiled with the map and configuring the monitors. The menu files
files. have to be recompiled together with the map
files.

See more troubleshooting items in the Barcode Reader manual.

14

Document no. M1027839

 Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

5 Earlier revisions
Information on Anesthesia Keyboard, K-ARK rev. 00, see Service Manual 885 941.
Information on Anesthesia Keyboard, K-ARK rev. 02, see Technical Reference Manual 896 624.
Previous Bar Code Reader (by HP) rev. 00, see Technical Reference Manual 895 585.

15

Document no. M1027839

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

16

Document no. M1027839

 Appendix A, Service check form, Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)

APPENDIX A Service check form,

Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard, K-ARKB (Rev. 00)
Customer

Service Keyboard type S/N

Service engineer Date

OK = Test OK N.A. = Test not applicable Fail = Test failed

Visual inspection OK N.A. Fail OK N.A. Fail

1. Cable 2. Internal check

3. External check

Functional inspection

4. ON LED

5. Software KB

6. Alarm LEDs 7. ComWheel

8. Membrane keys

10. Functioning after

9. Electrical safety check
electrical safety check

11. Final cleaning

Notes

Used spare parts

Signature

A-1(2)
Document no. M1027839
Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

A-2(2)
Document no. M1027839
Datex-Ohmeda
E-Modules
Spare Parts

Conformity according to the Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices amended by 2007/47/EEC.
CAUTION: U.S. Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner.
Outside the USA, check local laws for any restriction that may apply.

All specifications subject to change without notice.

Document number M1044469A

June 1, 2012

GE Healthcare Finland Oy
Kuortaneenkatu 2,
FI-00510 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: +358 10 39411
Fax: +358 9 1463310
www.gehealthcare.com
 2012, 2011, 2005 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
 Table of contents

Table of contents

1 Compact Airway Module, E-CAiOVX, E-CAiOV, E-CAiO, E-COVX, E-COV, E-CO 1

1.1 D-FEND latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

2 Hemodynamic Modules 7
2.1 E-PRESTN, E-PRETN, E-RESTN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 Patient Side Modules, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.3 Patient Side Modules, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 00). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3.1 Front panel labeling, E-PSM(P) (Rev. 00 and 01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3.2 Spare parts for PSM mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

3 Pressure Modules, E-P, E-PP, E-PT 17

3.1 Pressure Module, E-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.2 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.3 Pressure Temp Module, E-PT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

4 Cardiac Output Modules E-COP, E-COPSv 23

4.1 Cardiac Output Module, E-COP- 00, -01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.2 Cardiac Output Module, E-COPSv -00, -01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

5 Oxygen Saturation Modules 27

5.1 Nellcor compatible Saturation Module, E-NSATX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5.2 Oxygen Saturation Module, E-NSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
5.3 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

6 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC 33

7 Tonometry Module, E-TONO 36
8 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY 38
9 EEG Module and EEG Headbox 40
9.1 EEG Module, E-EEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
9.2 EEG Headbox, N-EEG rev. 00, 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

10 BIS Module, E-BIS 45

10.1 BIS Module, E-BIS-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
10.2 BIS Module, E-BIS-00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

11 NMT Module, E-NMT 48

12 Device Interfacing Solution, N-DISxxx(rev.01... 02) 50
13 Interface Module, E-INT 52
14 Recorder Module, E-REC 54

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

15 Memory Module, E-MEM 56

16 Remote controller, K-REMCO, K-CREMCO, rev. 00, 01 58
17 Anesthesia keyboards, K-ARK, K-ARKB 60
17.1 K-ARK rev. 00, 01, 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
17.2 Anesthesia recordkeeping keyboard, K-ARKB rev. 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
17.2.1 S/5 front panel stickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
17.3 Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

ii
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

1 Compact Airway Module, E-CAiOVX,

E-CAiOV, E-CAiO, E-COVX, E-COV, E-CO

Item Description Order No.

Nafion tubing 300mm 733382

1 SCREW, machine screw, M3x6mm, DIN7985 ISO7045, Pozidrive, pan head, steel, 61721
zinc

2 Casing, E-GAS M1023095

3 CPU BOARD, M-CAiOVX 8001806

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

4 Cover Plate for Gas Units M1029000

5 SCREW, machine screw, M3x18mm, DIN7985, ISO7045, Pozidrive, pan head, steel, 61739
zinc, STZn

6 Air deflector M-CAiOV 886239

7 Filter Base, E-GAS M1021041

8 M-CAiOV Fan 886213

9 Filler Plug, E-GAS M1024364

10 Front Cover, DA, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029150

10 Front Cover, DE, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029151

10 Front Cover, EN, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029152

10 Front Cover, ES, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029153

10 Front Cover, FI, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029154

10 Front Cover, FR, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029155

10 Front Cover, HU, E-COV(X), E-CiAOV(X) M1046325

10 Front Cover, IT, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029156

10 Front Cover, JA, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029157

10 Front Cover, NL, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029158

10 Front Cover, NO, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029159

10 Front Cover, PL, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029160

10 Front Cover, PT, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029161

10 Front Cover, SV, E-COV(X), E-CAiOV(X) M1029162

10 Keyplate (no buttons), E-CO, E-CAiO M1024362

11 Membrane Keyboard, E-GAS M1024354

12 O-RING, O-RING, 4.0x1.0, NBR, SHORE 70 653125

13 O-ring, 2.8x1.6 65340

14 Ref. Gas Filter and Frame, E-CAIOV M1028983

15 D-FEND water trap (replacement part), black 875055

15 D-FEND+ water trap (once), green 893200

16 SCREW, machine screw, M2.5x10mm, DIN7985, ISO7045, Pozidrive, pan head, steel 61715

17 Fan filter, E-CAiOV M1028987

18 Latch M1021039

2
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

19 Torsion Spring, E-REC, E-GAS M1024356

20 Joint, E-GAS, Turned M1023087

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, DA (A, B, D) M1035122

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, DE (A, B, D) M1035045

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, EN (A, B, D) M1031237

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, ES (A, B, D) M1035054

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, FI (A, B, D) M1035116

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, FR (A, B, D) M1035047

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, HU (A, B, D) M1042368

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, IT (A, B, D) M1035110

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, JA (A, B, D) M1035125

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, NL (A, B, D) M1035049

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, NO (A, B, D) M1035120

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, PL (A, B, D) M1035127

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, PT (A, B, D) M1035112

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiO, SV (A, B, D) M1035118

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, DA (A,B,C) M1035840

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, DE (A,B,C) M1035821

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, EN (A, B, C) M1031245

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, ES (A,B,C) M1035828

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, FI (A,B,C) M1035834

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, FR (A,B,C) M1035823

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, HU (A, B, C) M1042371

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, IT (A,B,C) M1035830

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, JA (A,B,C) M1035842

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, NL (A,B,C) M1035826

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, NO (A,B,C) M1035838

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, PL (A,B,C) M1035844

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, PT (A,B,C) M1035832

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOV, SV (A,B,C) M1035836

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, DA (A,B,C) M1035943

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, DE (A,B,C) M1035921

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, EN (A, B, C) M1031248

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, ES (A,B,C) M1035928

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, FI (A,B,C) M1035936

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, FR (A,B,C) M1035924

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, HU (A, B, C) M1042375

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, IT (A,B,C) M1035930

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, JA (A,B,C) M1035945

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, NL (A,B,C) M1035926

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, NO (A,B,C) M1035941

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, PL (A,B,C) M1035947

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, PT (A,B,C) M1035934

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CAiOVX, SV (A,B,C) M1035938

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, DA (A,B,D) M1036193

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, DE (A,B,D) M1036169

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, EN (A, B, D) M1031240

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, ES (A,B,D) M1036179

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, FI (A,B,D) M1036186

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, FR (A,B,D) M1036172

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, HU (A, B, D) M1042377

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, IT (A,B,D) M1036181

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, JA (A,B,D) M1036196

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, NL (A,B,D) M1036175

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, NO (A,B,D) M1036190

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, PL (A,B,D) M1036200

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, PT (A,B,D) M1036184

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-CO, SV (A,B,D) M1036188

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, (A,B,C), DE M1036299

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, DA (A,B,C) M1036330

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, EN (A, B, C) M1029566

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, ES (A,B,C) M1036317

4
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, FI (A,B,C) M1036323

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, FR (A,B,C) M1036313

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, HU (A, B, C) M1042380

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, IT (A,B,C) M1036319

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, JA (A,B,C) M1036332

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, NL (A,B,C) M1036315

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, NO (A,B,C) M1036328

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, PL (A,B,C) M1036334

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, PT (A,B,C) M1036321

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COV, SV (A,B,C) M1036326

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, DA (A,B,C) M1036440

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, DE (A,B,C) M1036418

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, EN (A, B, C) M1029575

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, ES (A,B,C) M1036427

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, FI (A,B,C) M1036433

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, FR (A,B,C) M1036420

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, HU (A, B, C) M1042382

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, IT (A,B,C) M1036429

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, JA (A,B,C) M1036443

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, NL (A,B,C) M1036423

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, NO (A,B,C) M1036437

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, PL (A,B,C) M1036446

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, PT (A,B,C) M1036431

21 Front Panel Sticker, E-COVX, SV (A,B,C) M1036435

22 PVX Unit, E-CAiOV M1029209

23 PUMP, 0V, 10V, Air pump, max 0.39l/min, 10VDC, EPDM 57313

24 Zero absorber, M-Cxxx 895933

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

1.1 D-FEND latch

Item Description Order No.

D-fend Latch Assembly, Spare Part Assembly M1039037

1 Pin, M-CAiOV 887005

2 Latch, D-Fend M1028985

3 Spring 0.4x2.5x10 64242

4 Hinge, M-CAiOV 886235

5 Washer STZN, M 2.7 63608

6 Screw M2.5x6 mm, DIN7985 ISO7045, Pozidrive 617120-HEL

6
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

2 Hemodynamic Modules
2.1 E-PRESTN, E-PRETN, E-RESTN

Item Description Order No.

1 SCREW, thread forming, M3x8mm, WN1423, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel M1027118
2 Module Casing, Double M1021037
3 NIBP Board PSM M1007747
4 STP - NIBP insulator M1008207
5 E-PRESTN Module bus connection board M1024653
6 SCREW, for plastic PT, 3x10mm, WN1452, pan head, steel, zinc, head Torx 8, head 628728
max 5mm

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

7 STP-CO board, PSM M1018406
8 ECG STP insulator M1008205
9 ECG Board, PSM M1007722
10 Board Cover, E-(P)RE(S)TN M1038754
11 SCREW, PT, 2.2mmx10mm, torx head, pan head, steel M1010187
12 FILTER, air filter, 30um, HDPE, D=6.5mm, d=3.3mm, L=46mm M1221481
13 Filter cover M1020996
14 Membrane Keyboard, E-(P)RE(S)TN M1023085
15 Front Cover, DA, E-PRESTN M1027792
15 Front Cover, DE, E-PRESTN M1027793
15 Front Cover, EN, E-PRESTN M1027794
15 Front Cover, ES, E-PRESTN M1027795
15 Front Cover, FI, E-PRESTN M1027796
15 Front Cover, HU, E-PRESTN M1046280
15 Front Cover, IT, E-PRESTN M1027797
15 Front Cover, JA, E-PRESTN M1027798
15 Front Cover, FR, E-PRESTN M1027799
15 Front Cover, NO, E-PRESTN M1027801
15 Front Cover, NL, E-PRESTN M1027800
15 Front Cover, PL, E-PRESTN M1027802
15 Front Cover, PT, E-PRESTN M1027803
15 Front Cover, SV, E-PRESTN M1027804
15 Front Cover, DA, E-PRETN M1027845
15 Front Cover, DE, E-PRETN M1027846
15 Front Cover, EN, E-PRETN M1027848
15 Front Cover, ES, E-PRETN M1027851
15 Front Cover, FI, E-PRETN M1027852
15 Front Cover, HU, E-PRETN M1046282
15 Front Cover, IT, E-PRETN M1027854
15 Front Cover, FR, E-PRETN M1027853
15 Front Cover, JA, E-PRETN M1027855
15 Front Cover, NL, E-PRETN M1027856
15 Front Cover, PL, E-PRETN M1027858
15 Front Cover, NO, E-PRETN M1027857

8
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

15 Front Cover, PT, E-PRETN M1027859
15 Front Cover, SV, E-PRETN M1027860
15 Front Cover, DA, E-RESTN M1027866
15 Front Cover, DE, E-RESTN M1027867
15 Front Cover, EN, E-RESTN M1027868
15 Front Cover, ES, E-RESTN M1027869
15 Front Cover, FI, E-RESTN M1027870
15 Front Cover, FR, E-RESTN M1027871
15 Front Cover, HU, E-RESTN M1046289
15 Front Cover, IT, E-RESTN M1027880
15 Front Cover, JA, E-RESTN M1027881
15 Front Cover, NL, E-RESTN M1027882
15 Front Cover, NO, E-RESTN M1027883
15 Front Cover, PL, E-RESTN M1027884
15 Front Cover, PT, E-RESTN M1027885
15 Front Cover, SV, E-RESTN M1027886
16 Latch M1021039
17 Torsion Spring M1020935
18 Front Chassis including connectors, E-(P)RE(S)TN, Spare Part M1033420
19 Front Chassis Unit, E-PRESTN M1027514

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

20 FILT-EMI, low pass, soft ferrite for 16way flat cable, solid 304508
21 Frame, E-(P)RE(S)TN M1023076
22 NIBP Pump Extension Wires, E-PRESTN M1027664
23 NIBP Manifold Unit, E-PRESTN M1027676
24 Washer 2.5x7.5x1 mm M1010176
25 E-PRESTN NIBP pump connection board M1024369
26 NIBP Pump Unit, E-PSM(P) M1011858
27 Tube connector, L-piece 3mm, white 73381

10
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

28 Tube silicon 3,18x6,35 73375
29 Angled hose, E-(P)RE(S)TN M1023083
30 Snap spring M1036967

11

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.2 Patient Side Modules, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 01)

FRU Description Parts Included Order No.

E-PSM(P)-01, NIBP Board, FRU 2) NIPB Board M1221544
E-PSM(P)-01, STP Board, FRU 4) STP Board M1221543
E-PSM(P)-01, Module Bus Connector Board, FRU 7) Module Bus Connector M1221542
6) Module Bus Insulator
E-PSM(P)-01, ECG Board, FRU 8) ECG Board M1221541
E-PSM(P), NIPB Pump, FRU 9) NIPB Pump, screws and washers M1221540
E-PSM(P)-01, NIPB Manifold Unit, FRU 15) NIPB Manifold Unit M1221539
14) Filter
13) Filter Cover
E-PSM(P), Plastic Parts, FRU 1) Cover M1221538
3) STP NIPB Insulator
5) ECG STP Insulator
6) Module Bus Insulator
E-PSM(P), Frame, FRU 10) Frame M1221537
E-PSM(P), Screws and Washers, FRU All screws and washers M1221482
E-PSM(P), Air Filter, FRU 14) Filter M1221481
13) Filter Cover
E-PSM(P), Lock Unit, FRU 11) Lock Unit and screws M1221394

12

Document no. M102xxxxxxx

 Spare Parts

FRU Description Parts Included Order No.

E-PSM-01, Front Panel Unit - DE, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213585
17) Front Mask - DE
18) Front Panel Stickers: DE
E-PSM-01, Front Panel Unit - EN, NL, IT, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213586
17) Front Mask - EN, NL, IT
18) Front Panel Stickers: EN, NL, IT
E-PSM-01, Front Panel Unit - ES, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213587
17) Front Mask - ES
18) Front Panel Stickers: ES
E-PSM-01, Front Panel Unit - CS, DA, FI, NO, PL, SV, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213588
17) Front Mask - CS, DA, FI, NO, PL, SV
18) Front Panel Stickers: CS, DA, FI,
NO, PL, SV
E-PSM-01, Front Panel Unit - FR, PT, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213589
17) Front Mask - FR, PT
18) Front Panel Stickers: FR, PT
E-PSM-01, Front Panel Unit - HU, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213590
17) Front Mask - HU
18) Front Panel Stickers: HU
E-PSMP-01, Front Panel Unit - DE, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213591
17) Front Mask - DE
18) Front Panel Stickers: DE
E-PSMP-01, Front Panel Unit - EN, NL, IT, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213592
17) Front Mask - EN, NL, IT
18) Front Panel Stickers: EN, NL, IT
E-PSMP-01, Front Panel Unit - ES, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213593
17) Front Mask - ES
18) Front Panel Stickers: ES
E-PSMP-01, Front Panel Unit - CS, DA, FI, NO, PL, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213594
17) Front Mask - CS, DA, FI, NO, PL
18) Front Panel Stickers: CS, DA, FI,
NO, PL
E-PSMP-01, Front Panel Unit - FR, PT, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213595
17) Front Mask - FR, PT
18) Front Panel Stickers: FR, PT
E-PSMP-01, Front Panel Unit - HU, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213596
17) Front Mask - HU
18) Front Panel Stickers: HU
E-PSMP-01, Front Panel Unit - SV, FRU 16) Front Panel Unit M1213597
17) Front Mask - SV
18) Front Panel Stickers: SV

13

Document no. M102xxxxxxx

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

2.3 Patient Side Modules, E-PSM, E-PSMP (Rev. 00)

FRU / Item Description Parts Included Order No.

NIBP Board, E-PSM(P) 2) NIPB Board M1007747
STP-CO Board, E-PSM(P) 4) STP Board M1018406
Module Flex Board Unit, E-PSM(P) 7) Module Bus Connector M1012191
ECG Board, E-PSM(P) 8) ECG Board M1007722
E-PSM(P), NIPB Pump, FRU 9) NIPB Pump, screws and washers M1221540
NIBP Manifold Unit, E-PSM(P) 15) NIPB Manifold Unit M1020158
E-PSM(P), Plastic Parts, FRU 1) Cover M1221538
3) STP NIPB Insulator
5) ECG STP Insulator
6) Module Bus Insulator
E-PSM(P), Frame, FRU 10) Frame M1221537
E-PSM(P), Screws and Washers, FRU All screws and washers M1221482
E-PSM(P), Air Filter, FRU 14) Filter M1221481
13) Filter Cover
E-PSM(P), Lock Unit, FRU 11) Lock Unit and screws M1221394
Front Panel Unit, E-PSM - DE 16) Front Panel Unit M1027533
17) Front Mask - DE

14

Document no. M102xxxxxxx

 Spare Parts

FRU / Item Description Parts Included Order No.

Front Panel Unit, E-PSM - EN, NL, IT 16) Front Panel Unit M1027530
17) Front Mask - EN, NL, IT
Front Panel Unit, E-PSM - ES 16) Front Panel Unit M1027534
17) Front Mask - ES
Front Panel Unit, E-PSM - FI, DA, NO, PL, SV, CS 16) Front Panel Unit M1027531
17) Front Mask - CS, DA, FI, NO, PL, SV
Front Panel Unit, E-PSM - FR, PT 16) Front Panel Unit M1027532
17) Front Mask - FR, PT
Front Panel Unit, E-PSM - HU 16) Front Panel Unit M1050791
17) Front Mask - HU
Front Panel Unit, E-PSMP - DE 16) Front Panel Unit M1027524
17) Front Mask - DE
Front Panel Unit, E-PSMP - EN, NL, IT 16) Front Panel Unit M1027528
17) Front Mask - EN, NL, IT
Front Panel Unit, E-PSMP - ES 16) Front Panel Unit M1027529
17) Front Mask - ES
Front Panel Unit, E-PSMP - FI, DA, NO, PL, CS 16) Front Panel Unit M1027523
17) Front Mask - CS, DA, FI, NO, PL
Front Panel Unit, E-PSMP - FR, PT 16) Front Panel Unit M1027525
17) Front Mask - FR, PT
Front Panel Unit, E-PSMP - HU 16) Front Panel Unit M1050790
17) Front Mask - HU
Front Panel Unit, E-PSMP - SV 16) Front Panel Unit M1027526
17) Front Mask - SV

2.3.1 Front panel labeling, E-PSM(P) (Rev. 00 and 01)

Item Description Order No.

Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - CS M1063619
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - DA M1023749
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - DE M1023740
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - EN M1023739
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - ES M1023743
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - FI M1023746
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - FR M1023741
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - HU M1042359
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - IT M1023744
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - NL M1023742
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - NO M1023748

15

Document no. M102xxxxxxx

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - PL M1023750
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - PT M1023745
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSM - SV M1023747
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - CS M1063611
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - DA M1021379
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - DE M1021348
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - EN M1020271
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - ES M1021358
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - FI M1021369
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - FR M1021352
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - HU M1042356
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - IT M1021362
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - NL M1021355
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - NO M1021375
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - PL M1021386
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - PT M1021366
Front Panel Sticker, E-PSMP - SV M1021372

2.3.2 Spare parts for PSM mounts

Item Description Order No.
Pole Mount for PSM, long M1051023-S
Frame Mount for PSM M1051021-S
Pole Mount for PSM, short M1049197-S

16

Document no. M102xxxxxxx

 Spare Parts

3 Pressure Modules, E-P, E-PP, E-PT

3.1 Pressure Module, E-P

Item Description Order No.

1 Module Casing, Single M1021035
2 Body Plate, E-P, E-PP, E-PT M1012033
3 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628729
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
4 E-P Input board M1025766
5 Membrane Keyboard M1012126
6 Front Cover, DA, E-P M1027188
6 Front Cover, DE, E-P M1027189
6 Front Cover, ES, E-P M1027191

17

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

6 Front Cover, EN, E-P M1027190
6 Front Cover, FI, E-P M1027192
6 Front Cover, HU, E-P M1046310
6 Front Cover, IT, E-P M1027194
6 Front Cover, FR, E-P M1027193
6 Front Cover, JA, E-P M1027195
6 Front Cover, NL, E-P M1027196
6 Front Cover, NO, E-P M1027197
6 Front Cover, PL, E-P M1027198
6 Front Cover, PT, E-P M1027199
6 Front Cover, SV, E-P M1027200
7 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
8 Torsion Spring M1020935
9 Latch M1021039
10 Front Chassis Unit, E-P M1027137
11 Bushing, E-P, E-PT, E-PP M103976
12 Module bus connection board for E-PT M1021462
13 SCREW,CYLINDER HEAD,MRT,M3x6,STZN (FZB),8.8,M,DIN7985 TORX 605000-HEL
14 Std Bushing nylon, D flange = 8.7 mm M1046004
15 Screw 61123
16 STP Main Assembly for E-P, E-PPand E-PT M1024765

18
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

3.2 Dual Pressure Module, E-PP

Item Description Order No.

1 Module Casing, Single M1021035
2 Body Plate, E-P, E-PP, E-PT M1012033
3 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628729
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
4 E-PP Input board M1022749
5 Membrane Keyboard M1012126
6 Front Cover, DA, E-PP M1027172
6 Front Cover, DE, E-PP M1027173
6 Front Cover, EN, E-PP M1027174
6 Front Cover, ES, E-PP M1027175
6 Front Cover, FI, E-PP M1027176

19

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

6 Front Cover, FR, E-PP M1027177
6 Front Cover, HU, E-PP M1046274
6 Front Cover, IT, E-PP M1027178
6 Front Cover, JA, E-PP M1027179
6 Front Cover, NL, E-PP M1027180
6 Front Cover, NO, E-PP M1027181
6 Front Cover, PL, E-PP M1027182
6 Front Cover, PT, E-PP M1027183
6 Front Cover, SV, E-PP M1027184
7 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
8 Torsion Spring M1020935
9 Latch M1021039
10 Front Chassis Unit, E-PP M1027000
11 Bushing, E-P, E-PT, E-PP M103976
12 Module bus connection board for E-PT M1021462
13 SCREW,CYLINDER HEAD,MRT,M3x6,STZN (FZB),8.8,M,DIN7985 TORX 605000-HEL
14 Std Bushing nylon, D flange = 8.7 mm M1046004
15 Screw 61123
16 STP Main Assembly for E-P, E-PPand E-PT M1024765

20
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

3.3 Pressure Temp Module, E-PT

Item Description Order No.

1 Module Casing, Single M1021035
2 Body Plate, E-P, E-PP, E-PT M1012033
3 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628729
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
4 Input board, E-PT M1021461
5 Membrane Keyboard M1012126
6 Front Cover, DA, E-PT M1027157
6 Front Cover, DE, E-PT M1027158
6 Front Cover, EN, E-PT M1027159
6 Front Cover, ES, E-PT M1027160

21

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

6 Front Cover, FI, E-PT M1027161
6 Front Cover, FR, E-PT M1027162
6 Front Cover, HU, E-PT M1046321
6 Front Cover, IT, E-PT M1027163
6 Front Cover, JA, E-PT M1027164
6 Front Cover, NL, E-PT M1027165
6 Front Cover, NO, E-PT M1027166
6 Front Cover, PL, E-PT M1027167
6 Front Cover, PT, E-PT M1027168
6 Front Cover, SV, E-PT M1027169
7 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
8 Torsion Spring M1020935
9 Latch M1021039
10 Front Chassis Unit, E-PT M1027140
11 Bushing, E-P, E-PT, E-PP M103976
12 Module bus connection board for E-PT M1021462
13 SCREW,CYLINDER HEAD,MRT,M3x6,STZN (FZB),8.8,M,DIN7985 TORX 605000-HEL
14 Std Bushing nylon, D flange = 8.7 mm M1046004
15 Screw 61123
16 STP Main Assembly for E-P, E-PP and E-PT M1024765

22
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

4 Cardiac Output Modules E-COP, E-COPSv

4.1 Cardiac Output Module, E-COP- 00, -01

Item Description Order No.

1 E-COP module unit, FRU M1194048

- Front chassis unit, FRU (inc. front chassis, membrane keyboard, connector unit,
latch, torsion spring)
- Measurement board, FRU (inc. Measurement board, metal frame, mounting
screws)

2 Front Cover, CS, E-COP M1063534

2 Front Cover, DA, E-COP M1025568

2 Front Cover, DE, E-COP M1025569

2 Front Cover, EN, E-COP M1025570

2 Front Cover, ES, E-COP M1025571

23

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

2 Front Cover, FI, E-COP M1025572

2 Front Cover, FR, E-COP M1025573

2 Front Cover, HU, E-COP M1046293

2 Front Cover, IT, E-COP M1025574

2 Front Cover, JA, E-COP M1025575

2 Front Cover, NL, E-COP M1025576

2 Front Cover, NO, E-COP M1025577

2 Front Cover, PL, E-COP M1025578

2 Front Cover, PT, E-COP M1025579

2 Front Cover, SV, E-COP M1025580

3 Module Hardware kit, FRU M1206392

- 2 mounting screws for metal frame
- 2 mounting screws for front chassis unit
- 2 mounting screws for module casing
- Latch
- Torsion spring

24
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

4.2 Cardiac Output Module, E-COPSv -00, -01

Item Description Order No.

1 E-COPSv module unit, FRU M1194084
- Front chassis unit, FRU (inc. front chassis, membrane keyboard, connector unit,
latch, torsion spring)
- Measurement board, FRU (inc. Measurement board, metal frame, mounting
screws))

2 Front Cover Unit, CS, E-COPSV M1063536

2 Front Cover Unit, DA, E-COPSV M1027002

2 Front Cover Unit, DE, E-COPSV M1027003

2 Front Cover Unit, EN, E-COPSV M1027004

2 Front Cover Unit, ES, E-COPSV M1027005

2 Front Cover Unit, FI, E-COPSV M1027006

2 Front Cover Unit, FR, E-COPSV M1027007

25

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

2 Front Cover Unit, HU, E-COPSV M1046297

2 Front Cover Unit, IT, E-COPSV M1027008

2 Front Cover Unit, JA, E-COPSV M1027009

2 Front Cover Unit, NL, E-COPSV M1027010

2 Front Cover Unit, NO, E-COPSV M1027011

2 Front Cover Unit, PL, E-COPSV M1027012

2 Front Cover Unit, PT, E-COPSV M1027013

2 Front Cover Unit, SV, E-COPSV M1027014

3 Module Hardware kit, FRU M1206392

- 2 mounting screws for metal frame
- 2 mounting screws for front chassis unit
- 2 mounting screws for module casing
- Latch
- Torsion spring

26
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

5 Oxygen Saturation Modules

5.1 Nellcor compatible Saturation Module, E-NSATX

Item Description Order No. Replaced

1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, 606024
flat
2 Module Casing, Single M1021035
3 Metal Frame 879184
4 SCREW, machine screw, 3x6mm, DIN7985, 605000-HEL
ISO7045, torx
5 NELL1GE Interface board, E-NSATX M1080561
6 SCREW, screw for plastic, 3x12mm, WN1452, torx 628729
head, pan

27

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No. Replaced

7 Front Cover, CS, E-NSATX M1063523
7 Front Cover, DA, E-NSATX M1071156
7 Front Cover, DE, E-NSATX M1071159
7 Front Cover, EN, E-NSATX M1071160
7 Front Cover, ES, E-NSATX M1071162
7 Front Cover, FI, E-NSATX M1071163
7 Front Cover, FR, E-NSATX M1071164
7 Front Cover, HU, E-NSATX M1071174
7 Front Cover, IT, E-NSATX M1071166
7 Front Cover, JA, E-NSATX M1071169
7 Front Cover, NL, E-NSATX M1071167
7 Front Cover, NO, E-NSATX M1071168
7 Front Cover, PL, E-NSATX M1086342
7 Front Cover, PT, E-NSATX M1071171
7 Front Cover, SV, E-NSATX M1071172
8 Latch, E-Modules M1021039
9 Torsion Spring, E-Modules, M1020935
10 Flex board, E-NSATX M1076223
11 MOUNTING, M3 threaded hexagonal spacer, L M1035473
7mm, brass
12 WASHER, 3.2x7.0x0.5mm, nylon-6 (PA-6), DIN125 M1028526
13 SCREW, machine, M3x4mm, DIN7985, torx head, M1025320
pan
14 OEM-ITEM, Nellcor NELL-1GE Pulse Oximetry M1069914
Module
15 Front Chassis Unit, E-NSATX M1072325
NELL1GE Interface Board, E-NSATX M1080561

28
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

5.2 Oxygen Saturation Module, E-NSAT

Item Description Order No. Replaced

1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat 606024
countersunk head, steel, zinc coated
2 Module Casing, Single, Injection molded M1021035
3 Metal frame 879184
4 SCREW,CYLINDER HEAD,MRT,M3x6,STZN 61721
(FZB),8.8,M,DIN7985 TORX
5 Interface board E-NSAT for MP100, Printed Circuit M1026771
Assembly
6 SCREW, screw for plastic,3.0 x12mm, torx head, 628729

29

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No. Replaced

7 SCREW, machine, M3x4mm, DIN7985, torx head, pan M1025320
head, steel, zinc coated
8 E-NSAT flex board, Printed Circuit Assembly M1035951
9 Front Cover, CS, E-NSAT M1063523
9 Front Cover, EN, E-NSAT M1024919
9 Front Cover, DA, E-NSAT M1025070
9 Front Cover, DE, E-NSAT M1025073
9 Front Cover, ES, E-NSAT M1025075
9 Front Cover, FI, E-NSAT M1025077
9 Front Cover, HU, E-NSAT M1046302
9 Front Cover, IT, E-NSAT M1025079
9 Front Cover, FR, E-NSAT M1025082
9 Front Cover, NL, E-NSAT M1025083
9 Front Cover, NO, E-NSAT M1025084
9 Front Cover, JA, E-NSAT M1025085
9 Front Cover, PT, E-NSAT M1025086
9 Front Cover, SV, E-NSAT M1025087
10 Latch, Injection molded M1021039
11 Torsion Spring, Machined M1020935
12 SCREW, machine, M2.5x10mm, DIN7985, torx head, M1026605
pan head, steel, zinc coated
13 M3 threaded hexagonal spacer, L 7mm, D max 5.5mm, M1035473
brass
14 WASHER, 3.2x7.0x0.5mm, nylon-6 (PA-6), DIN125 M1028526
15 Nellcor MP100 oximetry board M1037711
16 Front Chassis Unit, E-NSAT M1025088

30
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

5.3 Masimo compatible Saturation Module, E-MASIMO

Item Description Order No. Replaced

1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat 606024
countersunk head, steel, zinc coated
2 Module Casing, Single *) M1021035
2*) order with Module Casing: Patent Sticker, E-MASIMO M1121761
3 Metal frame 879184
4 SCREW,machine screw, 3x6, DIN7985, ISO7045, TORX 605000-HEL
5 Masimo Interface board, E-MASIMO M1122843
6 SCREW, screw for plastic,3.0 x12mm, torx head, 628729
7 Front Cover, E-MASIMO M1121205

31

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No. Replaced

8 Latch, Injection molded M1021039
9 Torsion Spring, Machined M1020935
10 Front Chassis Unit, E-MASIMO (includes the connector M1125298
and flex cable)
11 OEM-ITEM, Masimo MS-11 SpO2 board M1125175
12 MOUNTING, M3 threaded hexagonal spacer, L 7mm, D 640409-HEL
max 5.5mm, brass

32
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

6 Single-width Airway Module, E-miniC

Item Description Order No.

Mini D-Fend, pkg of 10 pcs 8002174
1 Module Casing, Single M1021035
2 Front Chassis Unit, E-MINIC M1027134
3 M-miniCO2, CONNECTOR FOR D-FEND, MINI CO2 8002173
4 O-RING, O-RING, 2.5x1.6, VITON, SHORE70, BLACK 656565
5 Front Cover, USA, E-MINIC M1026941

33

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

5 Front Cover, E-MINIC M1026943
6 Latch M1021039
7 Torsion Spring M1020935
8 Screw-cross rec. c/s h, stzn, m3x6 61620

34
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

9 Metal frame 879184
10 Frame, E-MINIC M1024360
11 Nafion tubing 300mm 733382
12 MAGN-VALVE, N.O. valve, 3/2, 5VDC, 0.55W, includes seal 585714
13 Module Connection Flex, E-MINIC M1027744
14 Cross cylinder head screw M3x6 61621
15 Pump Unit for miniC M1013716
16 Air filter, M-MiniC M1011471
17 Tubing Unit for miniC M1013717
18 Cross cylinder head screw M3x10 628703
19 Screw-cross rec.c/s h,m3x8,acidproof 61609

35

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

7 Tonometry Module, E-TONO

Item Description Order No.

1 Screw-cross rec. c/s h, stzn, m3x6 61620
2 Module Casing, Single M1021035
3 Nafion tubing 300mm 733382

36
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

4 Cross cylinder head screw M3x10 628703
5 TUBE UNIT, M-TONO 896981
6 INSUL-TUBE, ID= 1.7 +/-0.2mm, Wall= 1.05 +/-0.2mm, SIK.8128 73373
7 Pipe 10mm 871925
8 Hose-plastic,d=2/hole 1,transluc.vin 73341
9 Membrane Keyboard, E-TONO M1012121
10 Front Cover, DA, E-TONO M1026193
10 Front Cover, DE, E-TONO M1026196
10 Front Cover, EN, E-TONO M1026197
10 Front Cover, ES, E-TONO M1026198
10 Front Cover, FI, E-TONO M1026199
10 Front Cover, FR, E-TONO M1026201
10 Front Cover, HU, E-TONO M1046314
10 Front Cover, IT, E-TONO M1026202
10 Front Cover, JA, E-TONO M1026203
10 Front Cover, NL, E-TONO M1026204
10 Front Cover, NO, E-TONO M1026206
10 Front Cover, PL, E-TONO M1026207
10 Front Cover, PT, E-TONO M1026208
10 Front Cover, SV, E-TONO M1026209
11 Latch M1021039
12 Torsion Spring M1020935
13 Front Chassis Unit, E-TONO M1026527

37

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

8 Entropy Module, E-ENTROPY

Item Description Order No.

1 Module Casing, Single M1021035
2 SCREW, machine, M3x4mm, DIN7985, torx head, pan head, steel M1025320
3 Entropy Board, M-ENTROPY 8004787
4 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628729
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
5 SCREW, screw for plastic, x8mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628727
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x8mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
6 IMC CONNECTOR BOARD, M-ENTROPY 8004791
7 Front Chassis Unit, E-ENTROPY M1024285
8 Membrane Keyboard M1012126

38
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

9 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
10 Metal frame 879184
11 Ferrite holder, M-ENTROPY, Investment cast M1002842
12 CONNECTOR CABLE, M-ENTROPY..01 8005305
13 Torsion Spring M1020935
14 Latch M1021039
15 Front Cover, EN, E-ENTROPY M1021097
15 Front Cover, DA, E-ENTROPY M1024882
15 Front Cover, ES, E-ENTROPY M1024939
15 Front Cover, FI, E-ENTROPY M1024941
15 Front Cover, FR, E-ENTROPY M1024942
15 Front Cover, HU, E-ENTROPY M1046108
15 Front Cover, IT, E-ENTROPY M1024943
15 Front Cover, JA, E-ENTROPY M1024944
15 Front Cover, NL, E-ENTROPY M1024945
15 Front Cover, NO, E-ENTROPY M1024946
15 Front Cover, PL, E-ENTROPY M1024947
15 Front Cover, PT, E-ENTROPY M1024948
15 Front Cover, SV, E-ENTROPY M1024949
15 Front Cover, DE, E-ENTROPY M1020825

39

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

9 EEG Module and EEG Headbox

9.1 EEG Module, E-EEG

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk 606024
head, steel, zinc coated
2 Module Casing, Single, Injection molded M1021035
3 SCREW,CYLINDER HEAD,MRT,M3x6,STZN (FZB),8.8,M,DIN7985 61721
TORX
4 NEURO BOARD, M-EEG, Printed Circuit Assembly 898806
5 Membrane Keyboard, Sheet metal M1012126
6 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, 628700
steel, zinc, SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN,
WN1452
7 Front Chassis Unit, E-EEG, Manufacturing assembly M1025223
8 EEG Input board, E-EEG, Printed Circuit Assembly M1021394
Front Cover, CS, E-EEG M1063545

40
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

9 Front Cover, DE, E-EEG M1025171
9 Front Cover, EN, E-EEG M1025172
9 Front Cover, ES, E-EEG M1025173
9 Front Cover, FI, E-EEG M1025174
9 Front Cover, FR, E-EEG M1025175
9 Front Cover, HU, E-EEG M1046299
9 Front Cover, JA, E-EEG M1025177
9 Front Cover, NL, E-EEG M1025178
9 Front Cover, NO, E-EEG M1025180
9 Front Cover, PL, E-EEG M1025181
9 Front Cover, PT, E-EEG M1025182
9 Front Cover, SV, E-EEG M1025183
10 Metal frame 879184
11 Torsion Spring, Machined M1020935
12 Latch, Injection molded M1021039
13 SCREW, thread forming, M2.5x10mm, WN1423, torx head, flat M1025318
countersunk head, steel, zinc coated

41

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

9.2 EEG Headbox, N-EEG rev. 00, 01

Figure 1 Exploded view of headbox

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

1 EEG headbox board, N-EEG 898805
2 Module-headbox cable, N-EEG 895610
3 Headbox input unit 896558
4 AEP-connector, N-EEG 896461 895610
5 EMC cover 898276
6 Membrane keypad 880101
7 Cover 896457
8 Bottom side of N-EEG 896557
9 Cross cyl. head screw M3x6 61515
10 Cross cylinder head screw M3x12 61736
11 Cross cylinder head screw M3x12 zinc-coated 61721
12 HEADBOX STCIKER, CS, N-EEG M1062572

42
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

12 Front Panel sticker, DA; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898708
12 Front Panel sticker, DE; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898699
12 Front Panel sticker, EN; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898698
12 Front Panel sticker, ES; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898702
12 Front Panel sticker, FI; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898705
12 Front Panel sticker, FR; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898700
12 Front Panel sticker, IT; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898703
12 Front Panel sticker, HU; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 M1042346
12 Front Panel sticker, JA; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 8000382
12 Front Panel sticker, NL; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898701
12 Front Panel sticker, NO; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898707
12 Front Panel sticker, PT; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898704
12 Front Panel sticker, SV; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898706
12 Headbox sticker, DA; N-EEG (rev.00) 897266
12 Headbox sticker, DE; N-EEG (rev.00) 897267
12 Headbox sticker, EN; N-EEG (rev.00) 896512
12 Headbox sticker, ES; N-EEG (rev.00) 897268
12 Headbox sticker, FI; N-EEG (rev.00) 897269
12 Headbox sticker, FR; N-EEG (rev.00) 897270
12 Headbox sticker, IT; N-EEG (rev.00) 897271
12 Headbox sticker, NL; N-EEG (rev.00) 897272
12 Headbox sticker, NO; N-EEG (rev.00) 897273
12 Headbox sticker, PT; N-EEG (rev.00) 897274
12 Headbox sticker, SV N-EEG (rev.00) 897275
13 ELECTRODE STICKER, CS, N-EEG M1062575
13 Electrode sticker, DA; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898207
13 Electrode sticker, DE, EN, FI,; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 897858
13 Electrode sticker, ES; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898203
13 Electrode sticker, FR; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898201
13 Electrode sticker, HU; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 M1042351
13 Electrode sticker, IT; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898204
13 Electrode sticker, JA; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 8000393
13 Electrode sticker, NL; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898202

43

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

13 Electrode sticker, NO; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898208
13 Electrode sticker, PT; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898205
13 Electrode sticker, SV; N-EEG (rev.01); S/5 898206

44
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

10 BIS Module, E-BIS

10.1 BIS Module, E-BIS-01
 


Item Description Order No.

1 E-BIS-01, Front Chassis Kit, FRU M1206390
- Front Chassis
- Membrane Keyboard
- Connector Unit
- Latch
- Torsion Spring
2 E-BIS-01, Interface Board, FRU M1206391
- Interface Board
- Metal Frame
- 2 mounting screws
3 E-BIS-01, Front Cover, FRU M1203601-S
- Front Cover
4 E-Modules, Hardware Kit, FRU M1206392
- 2 mounting screws for Metal Frame
- 2 mounting screws for Interface Board
- 2 mounting screws for Module Casing
- Latch
- Torsion Spring
- Membrane Keyboard

45

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No.

5 BISx Digital Signal Processing Unit M1206545
- Patient Interface Cable, PIC plus
- Integral BISx unit cable

10.2 BIS Module, E-BIS-00

Item Description Order No.

1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
2 Module Casing, Single M1021035
3 Metal frame 879184
4 SCREW, machine, M3x4mm, DIN7985, torx head, pan head, steel M1025320
5 Interface Board, M-BIS, Product assembly M1029851
6 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628729
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN, WN1452

46
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

7 Membrane Keyboard M1012126
8 Front Chassis Unit, E-BIS M1024772
9 BIS CONNECTOR UNIT, M-BIS 8002480
10 Front Cover, CS, E-BIS M1063521
10 Front Cover, DA, E-BIS M1024768
10 Front Cover, ES, E-BIS M1024915
10 Front Cover, DE, E-BIS M1024924
10 Front Cover, EN, E-BIS M1024925
10 Front Cover, FI, E-BIS M1024926
10 Front Cover, FR, E-BIS M1024928
10 Front Cover, HU, E-BIS M1046286
10 Front Cover, IT, E-BIS M1024929
10 Front Cover, JA, E-BIS M1024930
10 Front Cover, NL, E-BIS M1024931
10 Front Cover, NO, E-BIS M1024932
10 Front Cover, PL, E-BIS M1024933
10 Front Cover, PT, E-BIS M1024934
10 Front Cover, SV, E-BIS M1024935
11 OEM-ITEM, BIS-Engine Board, BIS-Engine Board 900505
12 Torsion Spring M1020935
13 Latch M1021039

47

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

11 NMT Module, E-NMT

Item Description Order No.

1 Module Casing, Single M1021035
2 Metal frame 879184
3 SCREW,CYLINDER HEAD,MRT,M3x6,STZN (FZB),8.8,M,DIN7985 TORX 605000
4 NMT BOARD, M-NMT 887487
5 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628729
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
6 Membrane Keyboard M1012126
7 NMT Connector Board, E-NMT M1024116
8 SCREW, thread forming, M2.5x10mm, WN1423, torx head, flat countersunk head, M1025318
steel
9 Front Cover, CS, E-NMT M1063527
9 Front Cover, DE, E-NMT M1025669

48
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

9 Front Cover, EN, E-NMT M1025671
9 Front Cover, ES, E-NMT M1025672
9 Front Cover, FI, E-NMT M1025673
9 Front Cover, FR, E-NMT M1025674
9 Front Cover, HU, E-NMT M1046307
9 Front Cover, IT, E-NMT M1025675
9 Front Cover, JA, E-NMT M1025676
9 Front Cover, NL, E-NMT M1025677
9 Front Cover, NO, E-NMT M1025678
9 Front Cover, PL, E-NMT M1025679
9 Front Cover, PT, E-NMT M1025680
9 Front Cover, SV, E-NMT M1025681
9 Front Cover, DA, E-NMT M1024266
10 Latch M1021039
11 Torsion Spring M1020935
12 EMC cover 886320
13 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
14 Front Chassis Unit, E-NMT M1024188

49

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

12 Device Interfacing Solution,

N-DISxxx(rev.01... 02)

Figure 2 Exploded view of the Device Interfacing module

Item Description Order No.

1 Screw for the DIS module case 617210
2 DIS module case, rear 896930
3 Screw for the PC board, MFX M2.5X5 STZN 61209
4 Screw, STZN M3x6 TUFFLOCK 617120
5 SCREW, machine screw, M2.5x10mm, DIN7985, ISO7045, Pozidrive, pan head, 61715
steel, zinc coated
6 Strain relief, N-DIS 897443
7 Bus cable, 1 m 900501
7 Bus cable, 2 m 900502
7 Bus cable, 6 m 900503
Device specific cables:
8 Cable for Abbot Oximetrix 3 N-DISOXIM3 M1034676

50
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

8 Cable for Abbot Q-Vue/Q2 N-DISQVUE 897230
8 Cable for AVL Opticca N-DISOPT M1034675
8 Cable for Baxter Vigilance N-DISVIGIL 8002841
8 Cable for Datex-Ohmeda anesthesia systems and critical care N-DISVENT M1023823
ventilators
DIS module case with labeling:
9 Front cover for Abbot Oximetrix 3 N-DISOXIM3 M1057869
9 Front cover for Abbot Q-Vue/Q2 N-DISQVUE M1057870
9 Front cover for AVL Opticca N-DISOPT M1057867
9 Front cover for Baxter Vigilance N-DISVIGIL M1057872
9 Front cover for Datex-Ohmeda anesthesia systems and N-DISVENT M1057871
critical care ventilators
DIS Extension Cable for AM and CCM M1159125

51

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

13 Interface Module, E-INT

Item Description Order No.

1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
2 Module Casing, Single M1021035
3 EMC cover 884099
4 Metal frame 879184
5 SCREW,CYLINDER HEAD,MRT,M3x6,STZN (FZB),8.8,M,DIN7985 TORX 605000
6 Interface board, M-INT 890843
7 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628729
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
8 NUT M3 STZN 63116
9 Front Chassis, E-INT, E-MEM M1021025
10 Connector Plate, E-INT M1012031

52
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

11 SCREW, thread forming, M2.5x10mm, WN1423, torx head, flat countersunk head, M1025318
steel
12 Flat Cable, E-INT, Cable assembly M1025419
13 Block screw for cables, M-INT 891033
14 Front Cover, E-INT M1025582
15 Latch M1021039
16 Torsion Spring M1020935
17 Front Chassis Unit, E-INT M1025416

53

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

14 Recorder Module, E-REC

Item Description Order No.

1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
2 Module Casing, Double M1021037
3 Recorder Board with Body Plate, E-REC, Spare Product assembly M1029379
4 Side Plate, E-REC M1021055
5 OEM-ITEM, Thermal printer 50mm, AR42A, Serial connection 76.8 KBaud, White M1028145
6 Membrane Keyboard, E-REC M1021051
7 Front Cover, cs, E-REC M1063532
7 Front Cover, DA, E-REC M1025398
7 Front Cover, DE, E-REC M1025399

54
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

7 Front Cover, EN, E-REC M1025400
7 Front Cover, ES, E-REC M1025401
7 Front Cover, FR, E-REC M1025402
7 Front Cover, HU, E-REC M1046413
7 Front Cover, IT, E-REC M1025403
7 Front Cover, JA, E-REC M1025404
7 Front Cover, NL, E-REC M1025405
7 Front Cover, NO, E-REC M1025406
7 Front Cover, PL, E-REC M1025407
7 Front Cover, PT, E-REC M1025408
7 Front Cover, SV, E-REC M1025409
7 Front Cover, FI, E-REC M1025410
8 Latch M1021039
9 Torsion Spring, E-REC, E-GAS M1024356
10 PANEL, Name sticker for E-REC M1032491
11 Front Chassis Unit, E-REC M1026338

55

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

15 Memory Module, E-MEM

Item Description Order No.

AS/3 MemCard, Menu, EN 893860
AS/3 MemCard, Data, EN 887045
AS/3 MemCard, Menu, FR 893861
AS/3 MemCard, Data, FR 887047
AS/3 MemCard, Menu, JA 893862
AS/3 MemCard, Data, JA 890349
AS/3 MemCard, Menu, DE 895880
1 SCREW, machine, M3x8mm, DIN965, torx head, flat countersunk head, steel 606024
2 Module Casing, Single M1021035
3 Metal frame 879184

56
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No.

4 Cross recess screw UNC 4-40 61841
5 SCREW,CYLINDER HEAD,MRT,M3x6,STZN (FZB),8.8,M,DIN7985 TORX 605000
6 MEMORY BOARD, E-MEM M1028886
7 SCREW, screw for plastic, x12mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628729
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x12mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
8 SCREW, screw for plastic, x8mm, WN1452, torx head, pan head, steel, zinc, 628727
SCREW-PT, PAN-HEAD, TORX, 3.0x8mm, ST-ZN, WN1452
9 LED board, M-MEM 885252
10 Front Cover, DE, E-MEM M1027457
10 Front Cover, EN, E-MEM M1027456
10 Front Cover, FR, E-MEM M1027458
10 Front Cover, JA, E-MEM M1027459
11 Latch M1021039
12 Torsion Spring M1020935
13 Front Chassis Unit, E-MEM M1027451
14 Insulation plate, M-MEM 886656
15 EMC cover, M-MEM 885860

57

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

16 Remote controller, K-REMCO, K-CREMCO,

rev. 00, 01

Figure 3 Exploded view of the Remote Controller

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

1 CPU board, K-REMCO 890368
2 Keyboard PCB, K-REMCO 890371
3 Connecting plate 891427
4 Rotary wheel 891036
5 ComWheel (green); K-REMCO; S/5 898940
6 Bottom (Munsell N9); K-REMCO; S/5 898938
7 Cover (Munsell N9); K-REMCO; S/5 898939

58
Document no. M1044469A
 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

8 Remote Controller Cable, K-REMCO 891813
8 K-REMCO - CM cable (for K-CREMCO) 891965
9 Bridge for cable 893235
10 Printing of the keyboard, CS; K-REMCO M1063588
10 Front Panel sticker, DA; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 892203
10 Front Panel sticker, DE; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 892312
10 Front Panel sticker, EN; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 891425
10 Front Panel sticker, ES; K-REMCO 892315
10 Front Panel sticker, FI; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 892317
10 Front Panel sticker, FR; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 892313
10 Front Panel sticker, IT; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 892316
10 Front Panel sticker, JA; K-REMCO (rev.01) S/5 894962
10 Front Panel sticker, NL; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 892314
10 Front Panel sticker, NO; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 893553
10 Front Panel sticker, PL; K-(C)REMCO (rev.01); S/5 8004786
10 Front Panel sticker, PT; K-REMCO (rev.01); S/5 895233
10 Front Panel sticker; SV; K-REMCO (rev.00), (rev.01; S/5) 892318
10 Printing of the keyboard, K-REMCO, HU M1060080
11 Front panel framework 891426
12 Slotted recess screw M2.5x22 61218
13 Cross recess PT-screw M2.5x16 628719
14 Cross cylinder-head screw M3x6 61721
15 Shake proof washer m3.2 63611
16 Cable binder 546454

59

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

17 Anesthesia keyboards, K-ARK, K-ARKB

17.1 K-ARK rev. 00, 01, 02

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

1 Sticker-pad,diam 16,height 8 65142
2 Alpha-numeric Keyboard PC-board, K-ARK (rev.00-01), K-CENTRALB 884178
3 Command board PCB, K-ARK (rev.01-02) 893944
3 Controller board, K-ARK (rev.00), K-CENTRALB 884177
4 Rotary wheel 879872
5 ComWheel cover and spring 879191
6 Cross cylinder-head screw M3x6 61721
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, IT; K-ARK (rev.02) 893608
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, SCA; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 884632 893807
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, DA; K-ARK (rev.02) 893611
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, DE; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 885133 893604
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, DE; K-ARK (rev.02) 893604
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, EN; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 884017 893603
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, EN; K-ARK (rev.02) 893603
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, ES; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 886198 893607

60

Document no. M1044469A

 Spare Parts

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

7 Lower Front Panel sticker, ES; K-ARK (rev.02) 893607
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, FI; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 888862 893609
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, FI; K-ARK (rev.02) 893609
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, FLE; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 886161 893114
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, FLE; K-ARK (rev.02) 893114
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, FR; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 884406 893605
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, FR; K-ARK (rev.02) 893605
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, IT; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 886911 893608
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, NL; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 886282 893606
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, NL; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 892200 893611
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, NL; K-ARK (rev.02) 893606
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, NO; K-ARK (rev.02) 893552
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, PT; K-ARK (rev02) 895261
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, SCA; K-ARK (rev.02) 893807
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, SV; K-ARK (rev.00-01) 885916 893610
7 Lower Front Panel sticker, SV; K-ARK (rev.02) 893610
8 Membrane keypad, lower, K-ARK 879964
9 Upper Fro Panel sticker, ES; K-ARK (rev.01) 892329 893598
9 Upper Fro Panel sticker, FI; K-ARK (rev.01) 892331 893600
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, DE; K-ARK (rev.01) 892326 893595
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, ES; K-ARK (rev.00) 886200
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, FR; K-ARK (rev.00) 884731
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, FR; K-ARK (rev.01) 892327 893596
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, DA; K-ARK (rev.01) 892199 893602
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, DA; K-ARK (rev.01) 892199 893602
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, DA; K-ARK (rev.02) 893602
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, DE; K-ARK (rev.00) 885140
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, DE; K-ARK (rev.02) 893595
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, EN, SCA; K-ARK (rev.00) 881648
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, EN, SCA; K-ARK (rev.01) 892350 893594
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, EN, SCA; K-ARK (rev.02) 893594
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, ES; K-ARK (rev.02) 893598
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, FI; K-ARK (rev.00) 888861
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, FI; K-ARK (rev.02) 893600

61

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

9 Upper Front Panel sticker, FR; K-ARK (rev.02) 893596
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, IT; K-ARK (rev.00) 886910
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, IT; K-ARK (rev.01) 892330 893599
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, IT; K-ARK (rev.02) 893599
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, NL, FLE; K-ARK (rev.00) 886162
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, NL, FLE; K-ARK (rev.00) 886162
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, NL, FLE; K-ARK (rev.01) 892328 893597
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, NL, FLE; K-ARK (rev.01) 892328 893597
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, NL, FLE; K-ARK (rev.02) 893597
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, NO; K-ARK (rev.02) 893551
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, PT; K-ARK (rev.02) 895260
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, SV; K-ARK (rev.00) 885915
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, SV; K-ARK (rev.01) 892332 893601
9 Upper Front Panel sticker, SV; K-ARK (rev.02) 893601
10 Membrane keypad, K-VHC14 879373

62

Document no. M1044469A

 Spare Parts

17.2 Anesthesia recordkeeping keyboard, K-ARKB rev. 00

Figure 4 Exploded view of the Anesthesia Record Keeping Keyboard

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

1 ComWheel; S/5 898794
2 Membrane keypad, lower, K-ARKB; S/5 8000006
3 Alpha-numeric Keyboard PC-board, K-ARK (rev.00-01), K-CENTRALB 884178
4 Cross cylinder-head screw M3x6 61721
5 Bottom plate, K-ARKB; S/5 898392
6 Sticker-pad,diam 16,height 8 65142
7 Membrane keypad, K-ARKB; S/5 8000050
8 Keyboard casing, K-ARKB; S/5 898391

63

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

9 Command bar board, K-ARKB; S/5 8000054
10 Opto-encoder, rotary switch,16-positions, push button, metal shaft, 113291
4inch ribbon cable and connector
11 Shake proof washer m3.2 63611
12 Emc plate, K-ARKB; S/5 8000960
13 Output connector cable, K-ARKB; S/5 8000098
14 D-female screw lock 640624
15 Connection cable PC-KB, K-ARKB;S/5 8000097

17.2.1 S/5 front panel stickers

Figure 5 K-ARKB S/5 front panel stickers

Item Description Order No. Replaced by

1 Keyboard casing, K-ARKB; S/5 898391
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, DA; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898369
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, DE; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898378
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, EN; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898368
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, EN; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898368
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, ES; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898372
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, FI; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898375

64

Document no. M1044469A

 Spare Parts

2 Upper Front Panel sticker, FR; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898370

2 Upper Front Panel sticker, IT; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898373
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, JA; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 8000373
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, NL; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898371
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, NL; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898371
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, NO; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898377
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, PT; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898374
2 Upper Front Panel sticker, SV; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898376
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, BE, NL; K-ARKB; S/5 898797
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, DA; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898390
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, DE; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898381
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, EN; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898380
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, ES; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898384
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, FI; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898387
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, FR; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898382
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, IT; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898385
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, JA; K-ARKB (00); S/5 8000374
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, NL; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898383
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, NO; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898389
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, PT; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898386
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, SKAND; K-ARKB; S/5 898796
3 Front Panel sticker, lower, SV; K-ARKB (rev.00); S/5 898388

17.3 Keyboard Interface Board, B-ARK

Item Item description Order No.
Grounding plate, blank/narrow 885198
Block screw for cables 546096

65

Document no. M1044469A

Datex-Ohmeda E-Modules

For your notes:

66

Document no. M1044469A

 WARNING This service manual is available in English only.
• If a customer's service provider requires a language other than English, it is
(EN) the customer's responsibility to provide translation services.
• Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual has been
consulted and is understood.
• Failure to heed this warning may result in injury to the service provider,
operator, or patient, from electric shock, mechanical or other hazards.
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ Това упътване за работа е налично само на английски език.
• Ако доставчикът на услугата на клиента изиска друг език, задължение на
(BG) клиента е да осигури превод.
• Не използвайте оборудването, преди да сте се консултирали и разбрали
упътването за работа.
• Неспазването на това предупреждение може да доведе до нараняване
на доставчика на услугата, оператора или пациент в резултат на токов
удар или механична или друга опасност.
VAROVÁNÍ Tento provozní návod existuje pouze v anglickém jazyce.
• V případě, že externí služba zákazníkům potřebuje návod v jiném jazyce, je
(CS) zajištění překladu do odpovídajícího jazyka úkolem zákazníka.
• Nesnažte se o údržbu tohoto zařízení, aniž byste si přečetli tento provozní
návod a pochopili jeho obsah.
• V případě nedodržování této varování může dojít k poranění pracovníka
prodejního servisu, obslužného personálu nebo pacientů vlivem elektrického
proudu, respektive vlivem mechanických či jiných rizik.
ADVARSEL Denne servicemanual findes kun på engelsk.
• Hvis en kundes tekniker har brug for et andet sprog end engelsk, er det
(DA) kundens ansvar at sørge for oversættelse.
• Forsøg ikke at servicere udstyret medmindre denne servicemanual har været
konsulteret og er forstået.
• Manglende overholdelse af denne advarsel kan medføre skade på grund af
elektrisk, mekanisk eller anden fare for teknikeren, operatøren eller patienten.
WARNUNG Diese Serviceanleitung ist nur in englischer Sprache verfügbar.
• Falls der Kundendienst eine andere Sprache benötigt, muss er für eine
(DE) entsprechende Übersetzung sorgen.
• Keine Wartung durchführen, ohne diese Serviceanleitung gelesen und
verstanden zu haben.
• Bei Zuwiderhandlung kann es zu Verletzungen des Kundendiensttechnikers,
des Anwenders oder des Patienten durch Stromschläge, mechanische oder
sonstige gefahren kommen.
ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις διατίθεται στα αγγλικά μόνο.
• Εάν το άτομο παροχής σέρβις ενός πελάτη απαιτεί το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σε
(EL) γλώσσα εκτός των αγγλικών, αποτελεί ευθύνη του πελάτη να παρέχει
υπηρεσίες μετάφρασης.
• Μην επιχειρήσετε την εκτέλεση εργασιών σέρβις στον εξοπλισμό εκτός εαν
έχετε συμβουλευτεί και έχετε κατανοήσει το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις.
• Εαν δε λάβετε υπόψη την προειδοποίηση αυτή, ενδέχεται να προκληθεί
τραυματισμός στο άτομο παροχής σέρβις, στο χειριστή ή στον ασθενή από
ηλεκτροπληξία, μηχανικούς ή άλλους κινδύνους.
ADVERTENCIA Este manual de servicio sólo existe en inglés.
• Si el encargado de mantenimiento de un cliente necesita un idioma que no
(ES) sea el inglés, el cliente deberá encargarse de la traducción del manual.
• No se deberá dar servicio técnico al equipo, sin haber consultado y
comprendido este manual de servicio.
• La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el proveedor de
servicios, el operador o el paciente sufran lesiones provocadas por causas
eléctricas, mecánicas o de otra naturaleza.

M1182571 1
 HOIATUS Käesolev teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles.
• Kui klienditeeninduse osutaja nõuab juhendit inglise keelest erinevas keeles,
(ET) vastutab klient tõlketeenuse osutamise eest.
• Ärge üritage seadmeid teenindada enne eelnevalt
käesoleva teenindusjuhendiga tutvumist ja sellest aru saamist.
• Käesoleva hoiatuse eiramine võib põhjustada teenuseosutaja, operaatori või
patsiendi vigastamist elektrilöögi, mehaanilise või muu ohu tagajärjel.
VAROITUS Tämä huolto-ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi.
• Jos asiakkaan huoltohenkilöstö vaatii muuta kuin englanninkielistä
(FI) materiaalia, tarvittavan käännöksen hankkiminen on asiakkaan vastuulla.
• Älä yritä korjata laitteistoa ennen kuin olet varmasti lukenut ja ymmärtänyt
tämän huolto-ohjeen.
• Mikäli tätä varoitusta ei noudateta, seurauksena voi olla huoltohenkilöstön,
laitteiston käyttäjän tai potilaan vahingoittuminen sähköiskun, mekaanisen
vian tai muun vaaratilanteen vuoksi.
ATTENTION Ce manuel technique n'est disponible qu'en anglais.
• Si un service technique client souhaite obtenir ce manuel dans une autre
(FR) langue que l'anglais, il devra prendre en charge la traduction et la
responsabilité du contenu.
• Ne pas tenter d'intervenir sur les équipements tant que le manuel technique
n'a pas été consulté et compris.
• Le non-respect de cet avertissement peut entraîner chez le technicien,
l'opérateur ou le patient des blessures dues à des dangers électriques,
mécaniques ou autres.
UPOZORENJE Ove upute za servisiranje dostupne su samo na engleskom jeziku.
• Ukoliko korisnički servis zahtijeva neki drugi jezik, korisnikova je odgovornost
(HR) osigurati odgovarajući prijevod.
• Nemojte pokušavati servisirati opremu ukoliko niste konzultirali i razumjeli
ove upute.
• Nepoštivanje ovog upozorenja može rezultirati ozljedama servisnog osoblja,
korisnika ili pacijenta prouzročenim električnim udarom te mehaničkim ili
nekih drugih opasnostima.
FIGYELMEZTETÉS Ez a szerviz kézikönyv kizárólag angol nyelven érhető el.
• Ha a vevő szerviz ellátója angoltól eltérő nyelvre tart igényt, akkor a vevő
(HU) felelőssége a fordítás elkészíttetése.
• Ne próbálja elkezdeni használni a berendezést, amíg a szerviz kézikönyvben
leírtakat nem értelmezték és értették meg.
• Ezen figyelmeztetés figyelmen kívül hagyása a szerviz ellátó, a működtető
vagy a páciens áramütés, mechanikai vagy egyéb veszélyhelyzet miatti
sérülését eredményezheti.
PERINGATAN Manual servis ini hanya tersedia dalam Bahasa Inggris.
• Jika penyedia jasa servis pelanggan memerlukan bahasa lain selain dari
(ID) Bahasa Inggris, merupakan tanggung jawab dari penyedia jasa servis
tersebut untuk menyediakan terjemahannya.
• Jangan mencoba melakukan servis pada perlengkapan kecuali telah
membaca dan memahami manual servis ini.
• Mengabaikan peringatan ini bisa berakibat cedera pada penyedia servis,
operator, atau pasien, karena terkena kejut listrik, bahaya mekanis atau
bahaya lainnya.
AÐVÖRUN Þessi þjónustuhandbók er eingöngu fáanleg á ensku.
• Ef að þjónustuveitandi viðskiptamanns þarfnast annas tungumáls en ensku,
(IS) er það skylda viðskiptamanns að skaffa tungumálaþjónustu.
• Reynið ekki að afgreiða tækið nema að þessi þjónustuhandbók
hefur verið skoðuð og skilin.
• Brot á sinna þessari aðvörun getur leitt til meiðsla á þjónustuveitanda,
stjórnanda eða sjúklings frá raflosti, vélrænu eða öðrum áhættum.
AVVERTENZA Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in Inglese.
• Se un addetto alla manutenzione richiede il manuale in una lingua diversa, il
(IT) cliente è tenuto a provvedere direttamente alla traduzione.
• Si proceda alla manutenzione dell'apparecchiatura solo dopo aver consultato
il presente manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto.
• Il non rispetto della presente avvertenza potrebbe far compiere operazioni da
cui derivino lesioni all'addetto, alla manutenzione, all'utilizzatore ed al
paziente per folgorazione elettrica, per urti meccanici od altri rischi.

2 M1182571
 警告 このサービスマニュアルは英語版しかありません。
(JA) ･ サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作業
はその業者の責任で行うものとさせていただきます。
･ このサービスマニュアルを熟読し、十分に理解した上で装置のサービスを
行ってください。
･ この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患者
が、感電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があります。
경고 본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다 .
• 고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우 , 번역 서비스를 제
(KO)
공하는 것은 고객의 책임입니다 .
• 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하려고
시도하지 마십시오 .
• 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크 , 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로부터 서
비스 제공자 , 운영자 혹은 환자에게 위해를 가할 수 있습니다 .
ĮSPĖJIMAS Šis eksploatavimo vadovas yra prieinamas tik anglų kalba.
• Jei kliento paslaugų tiekėjas reikalauja vadovo kita kalba – ne anglų, numatyti
(LT) vertimo paslaugas yra kliento atsakomybė.
• Nemėginkite atlikti įrangos techninės priežiūros, nebent atsižvelgėte į šį
eksploatavimo vadovą ir jį supratote.
• Jei neatkreipsite dėmesio į šį perspėjimą, galimi sužalojimai dėl elektros
šoko, mechaninių ar kitų pavojų paslaugų tiekėjui, operatoriui ar pacientui.
BRĪDINĀJUMS Šī apkalpotāju rokasgrāmata ir pieejama tikai angļu valodā.
• Ja apkalpošanas sniedzējam nepieciešama informācija citā, nevis angļu,
(LV) valodā, klienta pienākums ir nodrošināt tās tulkošanu.
• Neveiciet aprīkojuma apkopi, neizlasot un nesaprotot apkalpotāju
rokasgrāmatu.
• Šī brīdinājuma neievērošana var radīt elektriskās strāvas trieciena,
mehānisku vai citu risku izraisītu traumu apkopes sniedzējam, operatoram
vai pacientam.
WAARSCHUWING Deze service manual is alleen in het Engels verkrijgbaar.
• Indien het onderhoudspersoneel een andere taal nodig heeft, dan is de klant
(NL) verantwoordelijk voor de vertaling ervan.
• Probeer de apparatuur niet te onderhouden voordat deze service manual
geraadpleegd en begrepen is.
• Indien deze waarschuwing niet wordt opgevolgd, zou het
onderhoudspersoneel, de gebruiker of een patiënt gewond kunnen raken als
gevolg van een elektrische schok, mechanische of andere gevaren.
ADVARSEL Denne servicehåndboken finnes bare på engelsk.
• Hvis kundens serviceleverandør trenger et annet språk, er det kundens
(NO) ansvar å sørge for oversettelse.
• Ikke forsøk å reparere utstyret uten at denne servicehåndboken er lest og
forstått.
• Manglende hensyn til denne advarselen kan føre til at serviceleverandøren,
operatøren eller pasienten skades på grunn av elektrisk støt, mekaniske eller
andre farer.
OSTRZEŻENIE Niniejszy podręcznik serwisowy dostępny jest jedynie w języku angielskim.
• Jeśli dostawca usług klienta wymaga języka innego niż angielski,
(PL) zapewnienie usługi tłumaczenia jest obowiązkiem klienta.
• Nie należy serwisować wyposażenia bez zapoznania się i zrozumienia
niniejszego podręcznika serwisowego.
• Niezastosowanie się do tego ostrzeżenia może spowodować urazy dostawcy
usług, operatora lub pacjenta w wyniku porażenia elektrycznego, zagrożenia
mechanicznego bądź innego.
AVISO Este manual de assistência técnica só se encontra disponível em inglês.
• Se o serviço de assistência técnica do cliente não for GE, e precisar de outro
(PT-BR) idioma, será da responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.
• Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este
manual de assistência técnica.
• O não cumprimento deste aviso pode por em perigo a segurança do técnico,
operador ou paciente devido a choques elétricos, mecânicos ou outros.

M1182571 3
 AVISO Este manual técnico só se encontra disponível em inglês.
• Se a assistência técnica do cliente solicitar estes manuais noutro idioma, é
(PT-PT) da responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.
• Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este
manual técnico.
• O não cumprimento deste aviso pode provocar lesões ao técnico, ao
utilizador ou ao paciente devido a choques eléctricos, mecânicos ou outros.
AVERTISMENT Acest manual de service este disponibil numai în limba engleză.
• Dacă un furnizor de servicii pentru clienţi necesită o altă limbă decât cea
(RO) engleză, este de datoria clientului să furnizeze o traducere.
• Nu încercaţi să reparaţi echipamentul decât ulterior consultării şi înţelegerii
acestui manual de service.
• Ignorarea acestui avertisment ar putea duce la rănirea depanatorului,
operatorului sau pacientului în urma pericolelor de electrocutare, mecanice
sau de altă natură.
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ Настоящее руководство по обслуживанию предлагается только на
английском языке.
(RU) • Если сервисному персоналу клиента необходимо руководство не на
английском, а на каком-то другом языке, клиенту следует обеспечить
перевод самостоятельно.
• Прежде чем приступать к обслуживанию оборудования, обязательно
обратитесь к настоящему руководству и внимательно изучите
изложенные в нем сведения.
• Несоблюдение требований данного предупреждения может привести к
тому, что специалисты по обслуживанию, операторы или пациенты
получат удар электрическим током, механическую травму или другое
повреждение.
VAROVANIE Tento návod na obsluhu je k dispozícii len v angličtine.
• Ak zákazníkov poskytovateľ služieb vyžaduje iný jazyk ako angličtinu,
(SK) poskytnutie prekladateľských služieb je zodpovednosťou zákazníka.
• Nepokúšajte sa o obsluhu zariadenia skôr, ako si neprečítate návod na
obsluhu a neporozumiete mu.
• Zanedbanie tohto varovania môže vyústiť do zranenia poskytovateľa služieb,
obsluhujúcej osoby alebo pacienta elektrickým prúdom, mechanickým alebo
iným nebezpečenstvom.
OPOZORILO Ta servisni priročnik je na voljo samo v angleškem jeziku.
• Če ponudnik storitve stranke potrebuje prirocnik v drugem jeziku, mora
(SL) stranka zagotoviti prevod.
• Ne poskušajte servisirati opreme, če tega prirocnika niste v celoti prebrali in
razumeli.
• Če tega opozorila ne upoštevate, se lahko zaradi elektricnega udara,
mehanskih ali drugih nevarnosti poškoduje ponudnik storitev, operater ali
bolnik.
UPOZORENJE Ovo servisno uputstvo je dostupno samo na engleskom jeziku.
• Ako klijentov serviser zahteva neki drugi jezik, klijent je dužan da obezbedi
(SR) prevodilacke usluge.
• Ne pokušavajte da opravite uredaj ako niste procitali i razumeli ovo servisno
uputstvo.
• Zanemarivanje ovog upozorenja može dovesti do povredivanja servisera,
rukovaoca ili pacijenta usled strujnog udara ili mehanickih i drugih opasnosti.
VARNING Den här servicehandboken finns bara tillgänglig på engelska.
• Om en kunds servicetekniker har behov av ett annat språk än engelska
(SV) ansvarar kunden för att tillhandahålla översättningstjänster.
• Försök inte utföra service på utrustningen om du inte har läst och förstår den
här servicehandboken.
• Om du inte tar hänsyn till den här varningen kan det resultera i skador på
serviceteknikern, operatören eller patienten till följd av elektriska stötar,
mekaniska faror eller andra faror.
UYARI Bu servis kilavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur.
• Eğer müşteri teknisyeni bu kilavuzu ingilizce dişinda bir başka lisandan talep
(TR) ederse, bunu tercüme ettirmek müşteriye düşer.
• Servis kilavuzunu okuyup anlamadan ekipmanlara müdahale
etmeyiniz.
• Bu uyariya uyulmamasi, elektrik, mekanik veya diğer tehlikelerden dolayi
teknisyen, operatör veya hastanin yaralanmasina yol açabilir.

4 M1182571
 ЗАСТЕРЕЖЕННЯ Дане керівництво з сервісного обслуговування постачається виключно
англійською мовою.
(UK) • Якщо сервісний інженер потребує керівництво іншою мовою, користувач
забов’язаний забезпечити послуги перекладача.
• Не намагайтеся здійснювати технічне обслуговування даного
обладнання, якщо ви не читали, або не зрозуміли інформацію, надану в
керівництві з сервісного обслуговування.
• Недотримання цього застереження може призвести до травмування
сервісного інженера, користувача даного обладнання або пацієнта
внаслідок електричного шоку, механічного ушкодження або з інших
причин невірного обслуговування обладнання.
CẢNH BÁO Tài Liệu Hướng Dẫn Sửa Chữa chỉ có bản tiếng Anh.
• Nếu các đơn vị cung cấp dịch vụ cho khách hàng yêu cầu một ngôn ngữ nào
khác tiếng Anh, thì khách hàng sẽ có trách nhiệm cung cấp các dịch vụ dịch
(VI) thuật.
• Không được sửa chữa thiết bị trừ khi đã tham khảo và hiểu Tài liệu Hướng
dẫn Sửa chữa.
• Không tuân thủ những cảnh báo này có thể dẫn đến các tổn thương cho
người thực hiện sửa chữa, người vận hành hay bệnh nhân, do sốc điện, các
rủi ro về cơ khí hay các rủi ro khác.

警告 本维修手册仅提供英文版本。
• 如果维修服务提供商需要非英文版本，客户需自行提供翻译服务。
(ZH-CN)
• 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前，不得进行维修。
• 忽略本警告可能对维修人员，操作员或患者造成触电、机械伤害或其他形式
的伤害。
警告 本維修手冊只提供英文版。
• 如果客戶的維修人員有英語以外的其他語言版本需求，則由該客戶負責提供
(ZH-TW)
翻譯服務。
• 除非您已詳閱本維修手冊並了解其內容，否則切勿嘗試對本設備進行維修。
• 不重視本警告可能導致維修人員、操作人員或病患因電擊、機械因素或其他
因素而受到傷害。

M1182571 5